diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:20:17 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:20:17 -0800 |
| commit | 0909fc7209c4ce9e69492d35ac95648a3dfe8b6d (patch) | |
| tree | fce03d471ef6dadcffd3bd9d09a70c348107c9fc | |
| parent | 99194379b0b5803cbb3d4a0c9fdddc60e8bb6664 (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-0.txt | 10131 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-0.zip | bin | 199255 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h.zip | bin | 358545 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/55053-h.htm | 11967 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 46592 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus020a.jpg | bin | 14082 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus020b.jpg | bin | 13308 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus021a.jpg | bin | 13153 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus021b.jpg | bin | 20484 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus022.jpg | bin | 20516 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus023a.jpg | bin | 13330 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55053-h/images/illus023b.jpg | bin | 11665 -> 0 bytes |
15 files changed, 17 insertions, 22098 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..980a86f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #55053 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55053) diff --git a/old/55053-0.txt b/old/55053-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b54a97d..0000000 --- a/old/55053-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10131 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885 - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: July 5, 2017 [EBook #55053] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. V, FEB 1885 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - - THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - _A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. - ORGAN OF THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE._ - - VOL. V. FEBRUARY, 1885. No. 5. - -Officers of the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle. - -_President_, Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio. _Chancellor_, J. H. Vincent, -D.D., New Haven, Conn. _Counselors_, The Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; -the Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; Bishop H. W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. -Wilkinson, D.D.; Edward Everett Hale. _Office Secretary_, Miss Kate -F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J. _General Secretary_, Albert M. Martin, -Pittsburgh, Pa. - - - -Contents - -Transcriber’s Note: This table of contents of this periodical was -created for the HTML version to aid the reader. - - - REQUIRED READING FOR FEBRUARY - How English Differs From Other Languages 247 - Sunday Readings - [_February 1_] 250 - [_February 8_] 251 - [_February 15_] 251 - [_February 22_] 252 - Home Studies in Chemistry and Physics - Chemistry of Fire.—Ancient Fancies 252 - Temperance Teachings of Science: or, the Poison Problem - Chapter V.—Prohibition 255 - Studies in Kitchen Science and Art - V. Tea, Coffee and Chocolate 257 - Household Beverages 260 - Huxley on Science 261 - The Circle of the Sciences 264 - The Poet’s Vision 267 - The Homelike House - Chapter II.—The Family Parlor 268 - National Aid to Education 271 - The Parson’s Comforter 274 - The Smithsonian Institution 275 - Geography of the Heavens for February 279 - New Orleans 280 - The Upper Chautauqua 284 - Outline of Required Readings, February, 1885 285 - Programs for Local Circle Work 286 - Local Circles 286 - The C. L. S. C. Classes 291 - Questions and Answers 293 - The Chautauqua University - Can Language Be Taught By Correspondence? 295 - Editor’s Outlook 296 - Editor’s Note-Book 299 - C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for February 301 - Notes on Required Readings in “The Chautauquan” 302 - Talk About Books 305 - Special Notes 306 - C. L. S. C. Graduates 306 - - - - -REQUIRED READING FOR FEBRUARY. - - - - -HOW ENGLISH DIFFERS FROM OTHER LANGUAGES. - -BY RICHARD GRANT WHITE. - - -It has occurred to me that some readers of THE CHAUTAUQUAN may have -been disappointed in these articles because in their judgment they have -been thus far not sufficiently “practical.” Many people, far too many, -desire chiefly to find some short, straight road to knowledge. They like -to have some man who is called an “authority” upon a certain subject -cut his knowledge up into small parcels or “chunks” of convenient size, -and arrange them with labels, alphabetically, in an article or a book, -so that they maybe referred to at need, and followed like a recipe for -making a pudding, and with as little thought. But there are no such -recipes for acquiring real knowledge. In this way an acquaintance with -facts may be made which, used blindly, may prove of some immediate -service, and may not. Nothing, however, learned in this perfunctory way -is worthy of the name of knowledge. For it is a barren process; it really -teaches nothing; it profits nothing; it does nothing for the education -of the person by whom it is adopted. Real knowledge comes only by a -thoughtful learning of the relations of facts. True as to all subjects, -this is eminently true as to language; because, language is eminently -a subject of relations. There is hardly a word that we use which has -not relations to other words, and other forms of speech; relations -historical, spiritual, almost moral; to set forth which in detail would -furnish occasion for a little essay. The mere learning to speak and to -write a language is only a matter of memory and practice; nothing more. -It is child’s work, and it is continually done, and is best done, by -children. A man may speak and write English, French, German or Latin -with unexceptionable correctness and fluency, and yet know no more about -that language than a well instructed parrot would which had been taught -to use all the words which he uses. His study would not be a study of -language; and in that which he had painfully learned he might be easily -and unconsciously surpassed by a child who had never studied at all. Now -what I hope to do here is to help my readers to some knowledge of the -English language, in so far as my own imperfect acquaintance with my -mother tongue and its literature will enable me to do so. - -We have seen what English is, of what stuff it is made, how it came -by its present compositeness of substance; how it became strong, and -full, and flexible, and fervent; let us now look a little into its -structure, _i. e._, the way in which it is put together, in doing which -we shall see by comparison how it differs from other languages. This -matter of structure, the formation of the sentence, is the distinctive -trait of a language. Mere words are not the essential difference between -languages. Many words are common (with slight phonetic variation) to all -the languages of the Aryan or Indo-European stock, as we have already -seen. Multitudes of words have been adopted into all the modern tongues -from other languages ancient and modern, dead and living, as most of -the readers of THE CHAUTAUQUAN know. The bulk of English dictionaries -like Webster’s and Worcester’s is composed of words which are of Latin, -Greek, French or Italian origin, and which indeed are essentially the -same words in all these languages; their unlikeness being merely a -phonetic variation, mostly caused by difference in pronunciation, or -change in termination. For example, _flower_ is in Latin _flos_ (genitive -_floris_), in Italian _fiore_, in French _fleur_, in Spanish _flor_; -each language having somewhat changed the sound of the word, according -to rules or habits which are loosely called laws; but the word is in -all essentially the same. A sentence—many sentences—might be written -in English, Latin, French, Italian, Spanish and German, in which all -the words of subject-matter (all but verbs like _have_ and _be_, and -prepositions and conjunctions) should be essentially the same, and so -like that an intelligent person with some faculty for language, and who -understood any one of these languages, could apprehend the meaning of -any one of the supposed sentences with little difficulty. And yet the -sentences would be respectively English, Latin, French, and so forth. Why -and how? It is to the reason of this, that is the why and the how of it, -that we shall now give a little time and attention. - -The most important and significant distinction between languages is -in their grammar; that is, in the structure of the sentence. In the -languages mentioned above the greatest unlikeness in this respect is -manifested in English, Latin and German, or to name them in their -order of grammatical importance, Latin, German and English. The term -“grammar” has two senses; one large and vague, and called by some -“philosophical” or “scientific” (phrases commonly used with a deplorable -union of pretension and looseness), which includes all that relates to -the history, the substance and the structure of a language; the other -much narrower and simpler; the sense implied when the phrases “good -grammar” and “bad grammar” are used. To this sense I shall here confine -myself, and shall here repeat a definition of grammar which I have given -before.[A] - -Grammar concerns the forms of words and their dependent relations in the -sentence. - -To illustrate this: It is “bad grammar,” ludicrously, monstrously bad -grammar, to say in Latin, _Nos habeo bonus mater_, and yet these Latin -words, literally and simply translated in their order, mean, We have a -good mother, which in English is perfectly “good grammar.” In the Latin -(to call it Latin) every word is wrong; in English every word is right. -The reason of this is that in Latin words change their forms according -to their relations, not according to their essential meaning. _Habeo_ -means have; but it can not be used to express a plural having; that -requires for _we_ (_nos_) the form _habemus_. _Bonus_ means good; but it -can not be used to express the goodness of a feminine object, for which -the form _bona_ is required. Yet further: Even _bona_ can not be used -to qualify a noun which is the object of a verb, or, as we say, in the -objective (or accusative) case, for which the form _bonam_ is required. -_Mater_ means mother, but as the object of the verb _have_, _mater_ must -change its form to _matrem_. By these required changes of form the Latin -sentence becomes, _Nos habemus bonam matrem_, which is “good grammar,” -although poor Latin, but which, after all the changes, means simply, We -have a good mother; nothing more nor less. Yet further: The sentence, -as written above, although grammatical, is poor Latin because it is at -variance with the habit, or as it is sometimes called the spirit, or even -the genius, of the Latin language. In Latin the word _habemus_ (although -like _habeo_ it means simply, have) is so positively and distinctively -limited in use to the first person plural that the pronoun _nos_—we—is -quite superfluous, and is never used unless with an emphatic purpose; -_habemus_, without the _nos_, means, we have. Moreover it was the Latin -habit of speech to place the object generally before the verb; and good -Latin for, We have a good mother would be, _bonam matrem habemus_—_i. -e._, A good mother we have, or rather (literally) Good mother we have for -the Latin strangely has no articles, or none which correspond to our _an_ -(_or a_) and _the_, and which may be translated by them. - -This illustration, brief and simple although it be, is sufficient, I -think, to make the great and essential distinction between English and -Latin, and measurably between English and all other modern civilized -tongues, clear to the readers of these articles. The essential difference -is not one of words but of the construction of the sentence. In Latin and -other languages that construction depends not upon the thought and the -meaning of the words, but upon the forms of the words—their inflections. -Now the distinctive trait of English is that it is a language without -inflections—not absolutely so, but so to all intents and purposes; and, -being without inflections, it is therefore without grammar, which, as we -have seen, concerns the forms of words and their dependent relations in -the sentence. _Nos habeo bonus mater_ is bad grammar because the forms -of the words are incorrect according to the usage of the Latin language. -_Bonus_ means good; but for the expression of the quality good in its -barest, simplest idea _bonus_ takes on five forms in Latin; _bonus_ -for masculine goodness in the singular, _bona_ for feminine singular, -_bonum_ for neuter singular; _boni_ masculine plural; _bonæ_ feminine -plural, _bona_ neuter plural. To be brief; for use in various relations, -this word _bonus_ takes on no less than thirteen forms, of which more -need not here be given. _Mater_—mother—takes on eight of these forms -or inflections, which are called cases. But in English _good_ has but -one form. Singular, plural, masculine, feminine, neuter, nominative, -possessive, dative, objective, vocative—in whichever of these senses the -word which it qualifies is used it has but one form—_good_. Thus it is -with all English adjectives, and with articles (_an_ and _the_) which -are a kind of adjective. In all other languages adjectives and articles -have various forms adapted to the various numbers, genders, and cases of -nouns. In English nouns have two cases (strictly but one, the nominative -not being a true case), the second of which is the possessive: _e. g._, -mother’s; and they have a singular and a plural form, _e. g._, _mother_, -_mothers_. - -In other languages the verb is inflected into a multitude of forms, -expressive of voice (active and passive), person, number and time of -action. In English the variations of form in the verb are very few. There -is no passive voice. The English has but one passive verb; the obsolete -_hight_, which means, is called. As to time, there are only the forms -of present and perfect, e. g., _love_ and _loved_; as to person and -number, inflections only in the present tense, e. g., _love_, _lovest_, -_loves_; and of these one, _lovest_, is obsolete, or very obsolescent. -To these inflected forms there is to be added only the present or -indefinite participle _loving_. Beyond this there are in English, by -way of inflection, only the cases of the pronouns, e. g., _he_, _his_, -_him_, _who_, _whose_, _whom_, _etc._ And it is here to be remarked that -almost all the questions of “good grammar” and “bad grammar” that arise -in English relate to the use of pronouns. (For surely we may leave out -of consideration here the difficulties of those who say _I see_ or _I -seen him_, for _I saw him_, or _I have went_ for _I have gone_, and the -like.) Here, therefore, we have set forth, although very succinctly, the -distinctive grammatical position of the English language. - -That position is briefly this: In English words have (with the few -exceptions mentioned above) but one form; and as grammar is concerned -only with the formal relations of words in the sentence, English has no -grammar. Among languages it is the grammarless tongue. - -Let us further illustrate this point by a brief consideration of a -subject which is very perplexing to the learners of a foreign language, -and which is not less so to the historical students of language in -general; a subject which, I believe, has never been explained by the -latter with any semblance of satisfaction—gender. All other languages are -infested with gender; in English there is no such distinction in words -as that of gender. English, it should be needless to say, has words to -express difference of sex; that no language can fail to do, for failing -in that, it would not communicate the facts and thoughts of every-day -life. But grammatical gender has no relation to sex, no relation to the -essential characteristics of things. Gender, grammatical gender, is an -attribute of _words_. He creatures are male, she creatures female, and -the words which are their names are generally (but not universally) -masculine and feminine in all languages. Things neither male nor female -are neuter, which means merely, neither. But this is not gender. Gender, -as I have said before, is an attribute of words; of words only. For -example, the Latin word _penna_—a pen, or quill, is feminine; in French -the word _table_—table, is also feminine. It is needless to say that -there is no question as to the sex of a pen, or of a table; nor is -there any quality in either of those objects which has a sexual trait -or characteristic. In each case it is the word which is of the feminine -gender; and in all, or almost all, languages but English all or almost -all words are afflicted with this mysterious pest of gender. How annoying -and perplexing it is, and how it complicates the use of language, and -makes the acquisition of foreign languages difficult, no student needs -be told. For it creates an ever present and far-reaching perplexity. It -dominates the construction of the sentence and binds it up in bonds -of iron. For every adjective, and in French and other languages having -articles, every article which is applied to a noun must be of the gender -of that noun. You can not say in Latin _bonus penna_, a good pen, without -“bad grammar,” you must say _bona penna_. You can not say in French _un -mauvais table_, a bad table, but must say _une mauvaise table_; nor _le -table_, but _la table_—although both mean the table, nothing more nor -less. The absurdity of this is made very apparent when a feminine word -is applied to a male object. Thus _majesté_—majesty, is feminine; but -when a king is called your majesty, the words _sa majesté_ (her majesty) -are used because the _word majesty_ is feminine; and instead of saying -he (_il_) did thus or so, we must say she (_elle_) did it, although the -she was a man; the reason being that the word _majesté_ is feminine.[1] -All this has been swept clean away in English, in which language there -is no distinction of gender but only that of sex: male creatures, or -those so personified, are masculine, female, feminine; those which have -no sex are neuter; and there an end. English is eminently a language -of common sense; and one marked evidence of this trait is its freeing -itself entirely from the nuisance of grammatical gender along with other -grammatical trammels.[2] - -It has _freed_ itself from those trammels; for at one time it was -hampered by them sorely. Anglo-Saxon, or Old English, was an inflected -speech, and was tied up in the bonds of gender and other grievous -grammatical tetherings. This was long ago; but it was after Britain had -become England, or Engle-land, the land of the English people and of -English speech. When our English forefathers were little better than -semi-savages, bloody, barbarous, heathen, worshiping Thor and Woden, and -in a state of benighted ignorance of which it would be difficult for -those of my readers who have not tried to pierce the darkness of that -historical past to form even an approximate notion—at this time, and in -this social and intellectual condition of the speakers of the English -language, it was copiously provided with grammar. Even Greek had not much -the better of it in this respect. It had not only forms for person and -number, but gender forms, and cases galore.[3] Take, for example, a word -which was English a thousand years ago, just as it is to-day, _man_. This -simple word has undergone no change in all the thousand years, unless -by losing a little breadth of sound; it having probably been pronounced -_mahn_, of which sound the rustic _mon_ of provincial England is a relic -and representative. But _man_ could not be used pure and simple, under -all circumstances and in all cases, in the English of that day any more -than, as we have seen, _mater_ and _bonus_ could be so used in Latin. -There was the nominative singular—_man_, simply; the genitive _mannes_—of -a man; the dative _men_, to or for a man; accusative _mannan_—a man -objectively; nominative plural _men_; genitive _manna_—of men, or men’s; -and a dative _mannum_—to or for men. - -Of all these various forms or cases of _man_, the language has freed -itself, excepting the genitive singular, _mannes_, and the nominative -plural, _men_. These have been retained, not by accident, or neglect, but -at the dictate of common sense, because convenience and intelligibility -required their use. It was found necessary to distinguish the plural -from the singular; and the genitive or possessive idea from the simple -and absolute; but _man_ as a dative or accusative singular, and _men_ as -the same in the plural, were found quite as useful and convenient as the -old inflected forms; and therefore (or therefore finally and in a great -measure) the latter were discarded. The genitive or possessive has been -retained; but it has slightly changed its form; by contraction only, -however; _mannes_ has become _man’s_. The old sign of the possessive was -_es_; and it is this, and not the pronoun _his_ (as once was supposed) -that is represented in our possessive case, in which the apostrophe -merely marks the elision of the old _e_. There is really no good reason -for the use of the apostrophe, none which would not apply equally to many -other cases in which no elision is marked. In the Elizabethan era it was -not used, and with no consequent confusion. Mans folly, the boys hat, -Johns coat, are as clear in meaning as they would be with the apostrophe; -and the possible confusion of the possessive with the plural, as in that -fancy of the girls, and that fancy of the girl’s is so remote and so very -unlikely as to be worthy of little consideration. - -As to English in its earliest form (Anglo-Saxon) suffice it here to say -in this regard that it was so largely an inflected language, that is, it -varied the forms of its words so numerously to express time of action, -mode of action, person, number, case, and gender, that it is in this -respect almost as unlike modern English as Greek is, and is little less -difficult of acquirement to the English speaking student of to-day than -Latin. Its very articles had gender forms as well as case forms; and, -moreover, like the Mæso-Gothic and like the Greek it had preserved the -old dual number (for the expression of a plural of two) although only in -the personal pronoun. A comparative examination of the pronoun of the -first person and of the present tense of the verb _to have_ in their -ancient and modern forms will show the mode and the reason of the changes -by which English has assumed its present character. - -OLD ENGLISH PRONOUN OF THE FIRST PERSON. - - SINGULAR. DUAL. PLURAL. - - N. _ic_, I. _wit_, us two. _we_, we. - - G. _min_, of me. _uncer_, of us two. _ure_, of us. - - D. _me_, to, for, with me. _unc_, to or for us two. _us_, to, for, - with us. - - A. _me_, me (objectively). _unc_, us two. _us_, us. - -The dual form has been swept away entirely as needless, and worse, -cumbrous and perplexing; but it will be seen that we have retained every -one of the other forms. _Ic_ has become I; _mine_ is still the possessive -of I; _me_ is still not only the objective form of the first person, but -the dative, “make me a hat,” or “buy me a horse,” being merely “make a -hat to or for me,” or “buy to or for me a horse.” _We_ and _us_ will be -recognized at sight, and _ure_ has only changed its pronunciation from -_oor_ to _our_. These forms have been retained in our modern English -partly because a pronoun is the most ancient of indestructible parts of -speech,[B] but chiefly because of their usefulness, their convenience. A -brief consideration of them by the intelligent reader will make this so -plain that more need not be said on the subject. - -Now let us see the unlike fate of the verb _to have_. This will be more -readily apparent if we look at it in Latin, in French, and in English (it -is actually the same word in all these languages, with slight phonetic -variation); and we shall thus also have another demonstration of the -manner in which English differs from other languages. - - SINGULAR. PLURAL. - - Latin. French. English. Latin. French. English. - - 1. _habeo._ _J’ai._ I have. _habemus._ _nous avons._ we have. - - 2. _habes._ _tu as._ thou hast. _habetis._ _vous avez._ you have. - - 3. _habet._ _il a._ he has. _habent._ _ils ont._ they have. - -It will be seen at once that the Latin and the French have each a special -plural form, and also three forms for the three persons of that number. -English has swept away this plural form entirely, and uses for the plural -in all its persons the simple _have_ of the first person singular. The -form of the second person singular has also virtually disappeared; the -simple _have_ appearing in its substitute, _you have_. Whether the form -of the third person singular will ever follow the other is doubtful; -but it is certain that our language has lost nothing in clearness, and -has gained much in simplicity by the doing away with all the formal -superfluity by which the old numbers and persons were distinguished. - -This simplification of the forms of words is not absolutely confined -to the English language. It appears to be a tendency of language; a -modern tendency, using modern in its widest sense. For this movement -toward simplification appears in the Latin, in the Romance tongues -formed from it, and in the Gothic languages. In none, however, does this -simplification, this destruction of superfluous forms, approach, even -remotely, that which has taken place in English. So different, indeed, -are the results, that the process seems, if not of another kind, at least -as having another motive. For example, all the other languages retain the -absurdity of gender. In this respect German is no better than French. And -let me here remark that the common notion that English and German are -most alike of all modern languages, and most nearly akin, is altogether -wrong. On the contrary, English and German are very unlike; the most -unlike of all the Gothic (or Teutonic) languages. English and French have -much greater likeness, both in substance and in structure. There are -more words now common to the English language and to the French than to -English and German; and the syntax of the French language is very much -more like that of the English, than German syntax is. A French sentence -literally translated in the French order of the words is, in most cases, -so like an English sentence that it requires little change to be correct -English, while a similar translation of a German sentence produces an -effect both harsh and ludicrous. - -The simple form of the English language is the result of two causes. -Of these the first in order of time was the conflict and subsequent -mingling of the Old English (Anglo-Saxon) and the Norman-French. When two -languages are thus brought together and are both spoken by two peoples, -all that is superfluous in the words of each soon begins to disappear. -Each people grasps only the essential in the foreign words which it is -obliged to use; each soon adopts the curtailed form of its speech used -by the neighbors of another race and speech with whom it is obliged to -live in daily communication; and ere long a composite speech of simpler -forms takes the place of two tongues—each of which was more complex in -structure, but less rich and varied in substance. By this process, out of -Anglo-Saxon and Norman-French, came modern English. But not only thus. -Other languages have mingled, but never before with such a result. Never -was there in any other amalgamation, such an esurience of superfluous -form; a devouring which has to all intents and purposes made English -a language of one-formed words, and therefore a language practically -without formal grammar. In this characteristic is its strength; from -this comes its flexibility, its adaptation to all the needs of man, the -highest and the lowest. Hence it is eminently the language of common -sense as well as of the highest flights of poetry. The English mind saw -that it was not necessary to have two words to express possession in the -singular and in the plural; that _good_ as clearly expressed the goodness -of a woman as of a man, and that of a dozen men as well as that of one; -that pens and tables needed no distinction of gender in their names; in -fact that nothing was gained, and that much was lost by these grammatical -excrescences; and therefore they were done away with very thoroughly, -almost entirely. The process was pretty well completed some three hundred -years or more ago; since when no noteworthy changes in this respect -have taken place. But it is still going on, although so slowly as to be -perceptible only on close examination. All the little specks of grammar -that English has are mostly to be found in the pronouns, as I have before -remarked. In the use of one of these a change is very gradually taking -place. _Whom_ has begun to disappear, began, indeed, a long time ago; but -of late is fading somewhat more perceptibly. For example: all speakers of -good English say, The man whom I saw, not The man who I saw; _whom_ being -the objective form of _who_. - -But now-a-days not one person in a hundred of the best bred and best -educated speakers of English asks, Whom did you see? but, _Who_ did you -see? Indeed, the latter form of the question may be regarded almost as -accepted English. Yet in the latter phrase, as in the former, the pronoun -is the object of the verb _see_, and should strictly have the objective -form. But, Whom did you see? would now sound very formal and precise, -almost priggish, like _gotten_ instead of _got_. When, however, the -pronoun is brought in direct contact with the verb, as in the phrase, The -man whom I saw, we shrink from insult to the little semblance of grammar -that our language possesses, and give the word its objective form. The -time will probably come, although it may be remote, when _whom_ will have -altogether disappeared. As to _gotten_, its use is now so confined to the -over-precise in this country as to make it almost an Americanism. Its -disappearance from our language in England is also one of the evidences -of the process of simplification which is still slowly going on. Another, -which has taken place within the memory of the elder living generation, -is the disappearance of the subjunctive mood, which is now obsolete, or -so very obsolescent as to be met with very rarely. But thirty-five or -forty years since correct writers used this mood, and wrote, for example, -_if he go_ instead of _if he goes_. Of the effect of this grammarless -condition of the English language we may see something in a subsequent -article. - - -FOOTNOTES - -[A] “Every Day English,” chapter xvii. - -[B] Certain uneasy manipulators of speech have lately set -themselves at making an impersonal English pronoun. Vanity of vanities! -Make a pronoun? As well undertake to build a pyramid. Better. There is -not a pronoun in use that was not hoary with age before the first stone -of Keops was laid. - - - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -SELECTED BY CHANCELLOR J. H. VINCENT, D. D. - - -[_February 1._] - -I find David making a syllogism, in mood and figure, two propositions he -perfected. - - (Ps. lxvi) 18. If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will - not hear me. - - 19. But verily God hath heard me, he hath attended to the voice - of my prayer. - -Now I expected that David should have concluded thus: - - Therefore I regard not wickedness in my heart. - -But far otherwise he concludes: - - 20. Blessed be God, who hath not turned away my prayer, nor his - mercy from me. - -Thus David hath deceived, but not wronged me. I looked that he should -have clapped the crown on his own, and he puts it on God’s head. I will -learn this excellent logic, for I like David’s better than Aristotle’s -syllogisms, that, whatsoever the premises be, I make God’s glory the -conclusion. - - * * * * * - -Young King Jehoash had only a lease of piety, and not for his own, but -his uncle’s life (2 Kings xii:2): He did that which was right in the -sight of the Lord all his days, wherein Jehoiada the priest instructed -him. - -Jehu was good in the midst of his life, and a zealous reformer to the -utter abolishing of Baal out of Israel, but in his old age (2 Kings x:31) -he returned to the politic sins of Jeroboam, worshiping the calves in Dan -and Bethel. - -Manasseh was bad in the beginning and middle of his life, filling -Jerusalem with idolatry; only toward the end thereof, when carried into a -strange land, he came home to himself and destroyed the profane altars he -had erected. - -These three put together make one perfect servant of God. Take the -morning and rise with Jehoash, the noon and shine with Jehu, the night -and set with Manasseh. Begin with youth-Jehoash, continue with man-Jehu, -conclude with old-man-Manasseh, and all put together will spell one good -Christian, yea, one good, perfect performer. - -Constantly pray to God, that in his due time he would speak peace to -thee.… Prayers negligently performed draw a curse, but not prayers weakly -performed. The former is when one can do better, and will not; the latter -is when one would do better, but, alas! he can not.… - -Be diligent in reading the word of God, wherein all comfort is -contained.… Thou hast a great journey to go, a wounded conscience has -far to travel to find comfort (and though weary shall be welcome at his -journey’s end), and therefore must feed on God’s word, even against his -own dull disposition, and shall afterward reap benefit thereby.… - -Be industrious in thy calling; I press this the more because some -erroneously conceive that a wounded conscience cancels all indentures of -service, and gives them (during their affliction) a dispensation to be -idle. - -Let none in like manner pretend that (during the agony of a wounded -conscience) they are to have no other employment than to sit moping, -to brood over their melancholy, or else only to attend their devotion; -whereas a good way to divert or assuage their pain within is to take -pains without in their vocation. I am confident, that happy minute which -shall put a period to thy misery shall not find thee idle, but employed, -as some ever secret good is accruing to such who are diligent in their -calling.—_Fuller._[1] - - -[_February 8._] - -The Deity is intended to be the everlasting field of the human intellect, -as well as the everlasting object of the human heart, the everlasting -portion of all holy and happy minds, who are destined to spend a blissful -but ever active eternity in the contemplation of his glory.… He will -forever remain “the unknown God.” We shall ever be conscious that we -know little compared with what remains to be known of him; that our most -rapturous and lofty songs fall infinitely short of his excellence. If we -stretch our powers to the uttermost, we shall never exhaust his praise, -never render him adequate honor, never discharge the full amount of claim -which he possesses upon our veneration, obedience, and gratitude. When -we have loved him with the greatest favor, our love will still be cold -compared with his title to our devoted attachment. This will render him -the continual source of fresh delight to all eternity. His perfection -will be an abyss never to be fathomed; there will be depths in his -excellence which we shall never be able to penetrate. We shall delight in -losing ourselves in his infinity. An unbounded prospect will be extended -before us; looking forward through the vista of interminable ages we -shall find a blissful occupation for our faculties, which can never end; -while those faculties will retain their vigor unimpaired, flourish in the -bloom of perpetual youth, … and the full consciousness remain that the -Being whom we contemplate can never be found out to perfection … that -he may always add to the impression of what we know, by throwing a veil -of indefinite obscurity over his character. The shades in which he will -forever conceal himself will have the same tendency to excite our adoring -wonder as the effulgence of his glory; the depths in which he will -retire from our view, the recesses of his wisdom and power as the open -paths of his manifestation. Were we capable of comprehending the Deity, -devotion would not be the sublimest employment to which we can attain. -In the contemplation of such a Being we are in no danger of going beyond -our subject; we are conversing with an infinite object, … in the depths -of whose essence and purposes we are forever lost. This will probably -give all the emotions of freshness and astonishment to the raptures of -beatific vision, and add a delightful zest to the devotions of eternity. -This will enable the Divine Being to pour in continually fresh accessions -of light; to unfold new views of his character, disclose new parts of -his perfection, open new mansions of himself, in which the mind will -have ample room to expatiate. Thus shall we learn, to eternity, that, so -far from exhausting his infinite fullness, there still remain infinite -recesses in his nature unexplored—scenes in his counsels never brought -before the view of his creatures; that we know but “parts of his ways;” -and that instead of exhausting our theme, we are not even approaching -nearer to the comprehension of the Eternal All. It is the mysteriousness -of God, the inscrutability of his essence, the shade in which he is -invested, that will excite those peculiar emotions which nothing but -transcendent perfection and unspeakable grandeur can inspire.—_Robert -Hall._[2] - - -[_February 15._] - -We need not go far to seek the materials for an acceptable offering; they -lie all around us in the work of our callings, in the little calls which -divine Providence daily makes to us, in the little crosses which God -requires us to take up, nay, in our very recreations. The great point is -to have the mind set upon seeing and seeking in all things the service of -Christ and the glory of God, and, lo! every trifling incident which that -mind touches, every piece of work which it handles, every dispensation to -which it submits becomes a sacrifice. - - “If in our daily walks our mind - Be set to hallow all we find, - New treasures still of countless price - God will provide for sacrifice. - We need not bid for cloistered cell - Our neighbor and our work farewell, - Nor strive to wind ourselves too high - For sinful man beneath the sky; - The trifling round, the common task - Will furnish all we ought to ask, - Room to deny ourselves—a road - To bring us daily nearer God.” - -If we allow the beauties of nature to raise our heart to God, we turn -that into a sacrifice. If cross incidents, which could not be avoided -or averted, are taken sweetly and lovingly, out of homage to the living -will of God, this, too, is a sacrifice. If work be done in the full view -of God’s assignment of our several tasks and spheres of labor, and under -the consciousness of his presence, however secular in its character, it -immediately becomes fit for presentation on the altar. If refreshment and -amusement are so moderated as to help the spirit instead of dissipating -it, if they are to be seasoned with the wholesome salt of self-denial -(for every sacrifice must be seasoned with salt) they, too, become a holy -oblation. If we study even perverse characters, with a loving hope and -belief that we shall find something of God and Christ in them, which may -be made the nucleus of better things, and instead of shutting ourselves -up in a narrow sphere of sympathies, seek out and try to develop the -good points of a generally uncongenial spirit; if we treat men as Christ -treated them, counting that somewhere in every one there is a better -mind, and the trace of God’s finger in creation, we may thus possibly -sanctify an hour which would else be one of irksome constraint, and after -which we might have been oppressed with a heavy feeling that it had been -a wasted one. If a small trifle, destined to purchase some personal -luxury or comfort, be diverted to a charitable and religious end, this is -the regular and standing sacrifice of alms, recognized by the Scripture -and the Liturgy. And finally, if we regard our time as, next to Christ, -and the Holy Spirit, the most precious gift of God; if we gather up -the fragments and interstices of it in a thrifty and religious manner, -and employ them in some exercise of devotion or some good and useful -work, this, too, becomes a tribute which God will surely accept with -complacency, if laid upon his altar and united by faith and a devout -intention with the one Sacrifice of our dear Lord. - -Yes; if laid upon his altar; let us never forget or drop out of sight -that proviso. It is the altar, and the altar alone, which sanctifieth -the gift. Apart from Christ and his perfect sacrifice, an acceptable -gift is an impossibility for man. For at best our gifts have in them the -sinfulness of our nature; they are miserably flawed by defectiveness -of motive, duplicity of aim, infirmity of will. “The prayers of all -saints,” what force of interpretation must they have with God, if, as we -are sure, “the effectual, fervent prayer of a” (single) “righteous man -availeth much!” Yet when St. John saw in a vision “the prayers of all -saints” offered “upon the golden altar which was before the throne,” it -was in union with that which alone can perfume the tainted offsprings of -even the regenerate man. “There was given unto him much increase, that -he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar -which is before the throne.” - -The increase is the intercession of Jesus. Place your offering, be -it prayer or alms, deed or work, or submission—in his hands for -presentation; pray him, as your only priest, to transact for you with -God, and he will do so. And the sense of God’s favor shall shine out upon -thy offering; and the dew of his blessing shall descend upon it, and ye -shall be gladdened with your Father’s smile.—_Goulburn._[3] - - -[_February 22._] - -_Heaven, as a place of residence and state of enjoyment, should always -be viewed in contrast with earth._ This is a state of pupilage and -probation, that of dignity and promotion. Here is conflict, there -victory. This is the race, that the goal. Here we suffer, there we -reign. Here we are in exile, there at home. On earth we are strangers -and pilgrims, in heaven fellow citizens with the saints; and, released -from the strife and turmoil, the bitterness and regrets of earth, are -incorporated forever with the household of God. - -This is triumph! How striking the contrast! How must earth and its -trials be lost sight of in such a vision! How must this contrast -strengthen the ties of confidence, and kindle the ardor of devotion! - -What did Moses care for the perils of the wilderness, when, from the -storm-defying steep of Pisgah, he viewed the land of promise, imaging -forth the green fields of heaven’s eternal spring! Look at Elijah, the -immortal Tishbite, exchanging the sighs and solitude of his juniper -shade, for wheels of fire and steeds of wind that bore him home to God! -Look at Paul—poor, periled and weary, amid the journeyings and conflicts -of his mission: the hand that once stretched the strong eastern tent, -or wore the dungeon’s chain, now sweeps in boldest strain the harps of -heaven.… Look at the Christian of apostolic and early times, exchanging -the clanking of his chains and the curses of his jailor—the dungeon’s den -and martyr’s stake—for the notes of gladness and lofty anthem pealing -from lute and harp, bedecked with eternal amaranth! The load of chain -with which he went out to meet the descending car of his triumph, with -its angel escort, was a richer dowry than the jewels of empire! The -taper that flickered in the dungeon of the sainted hero shot a ray more -glorious than ever spoke the splendor of the full-orbed moon! What are -the crowns or the diadems of all this world’s masters or Cæsars, compared -with the prospects of such an expectant! - - * * * * * - -Christians! what need we care, although on earth we were so poor and -low we had nor purse nor pillow; so few and trodden down we had no -power; and hamlets, huts and grottoes were the places where we wept and -prayed; if these are to be exchanged for a residence amid the jaspers and -chrysolites, the emeralds and sapphires of the heavenly Jerusalem! - -What though soiled by the dust of toil or damp with the dungeon’s -dew—struggling amid tattered want along our lone and periled path—when -even here we find ourselves invested with glory in the night of our -being, and sustained by hopes guiding and pointing us to the temple hymn -and the heavenly harp above! …—_Bascom._[4] - - - - -HOME STUDIES IN CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. - -BY PROF. J. T. EDWARDS, D.D. - -Director of the Chautauqua School of Experimental Science. - - -CHEMISTRY OF FIRE.—ANCIENT FANCIES. - -In all ages, and among all nations, fire has been regarded with peculiar -interest. Of the four great elements so essential to life—earth, air, -water, fire—the last has often been considered as divine in its origin -and influence. To the unscientific observer it seems more than matter, -and little less than spirit. Contemplating a flame, he sees that while -it has form, it lacks solidity. He may pass a sword through it, but like -the ghost of the story, no wound is made in its ethereal substance. Its -touch is softer than down, but it penetrates the hardest substances. The -diamond carves glass, but flame destroys the diamond. - -Men early found that fire was directly connected with their comfort and -progress, and even essential to their existence. How they first obtained -it is still matter of conjecture; whether it was brought down from -the skies, as the ancient Greeks supposed, struck out from the flinty -rock, evolved by the friction of dry wood, kindled by the lightning, or -obtained from the flaming torch of the volcano, we can not tell. - -Certain it is, that having once been obtained, all the early races were -very careful to preserve it. Among many it was regarded as sacred, and -kept perpetually burning, both in their places of worship and in their -homes. The officers appointed for its preservation were of the highest -rank and influence. Among the titles assumed by Augustus Cæsar was that -of keeper of the public fire. Whenever by accident the fire in the temple -of Vesta, at Rome, was extinguished, all public business was at once -suspended, because the connection between heaven and earth was believed -to be severed, and must be restored before business could properly -proceed. - -Grecian colonists carried fire to their new homes from the altar of -Hestia. The “Prytaneum”[1] of the ancient Greeks and Romans was a place -where the national fire was kept always burning; it was here the people -gathered, foreign ambassadors received, and hospitalities of the state -were offered. Here, too, heads of families obtained coals for lighting -their household fires, which in turn became sacred, so that every hearth -was an altar, where resided the Lares and Penates, the gods who presided -over the welfare of the home. - -Fancies akin to these beliefs of olden time may still be found among the -nations of the East and in northern Europe. - - -MODERN FALLACIES. - -No correct ideas of combustion were attained until the time of -Lavoisier.[2] This great French savant gave precision and accuracy to the -investigations of chemical science by the introduction of the balance. -He disproved the theory that “water is the ultimate principle of all -things,” and prepared the way for a clear apprehension of the truth -that matter, though constantly changing its form, is never destroyed. -He also announced the correct theory of combustion. Until this time -scientists had held what was called the “Phlogiston[3] Theory.” We can -but smile at the absurdity of this belief, and yet no hypothesis was ever -taught more positively, or maintained more tenaciously. It declared, in -brief, that when substances burned, they parted with a certain material -called phlogiston. When, at length, its advocates were asked to explain -the fact, discovered by Dr. Priestly,[5] that quicksilver, when burned, -weighed more than before, they were forced to put forward the ridiculous -statement that phlogiston possessed the property of “buoyancy” so that -when it was contained in a body its weight was lessened; which was as -wise as the brilliant supposition that a person can lift himself over a -fence by tugging at his boot straps. After a fierce struggle they were -forced to confess that they had placed “the cart before the horse.” -The truth was precisely opposite to their statement. Substances when -they burn take up something instead of giving it off. That something is -oxygen, and a body when burned, if it can be weighed, will be found to -weigh as much more as the added weight of the oxygen which has united -with it. Example: Iron-rust is iron, plus oxygen. - -[Illustration: MAGNESIUM RIBBON BURNING, AND PRODUCING MAGNESIC OXIDE -(MgO).[4]] - - -THE TRUE EXPLANATION. - -We shall here confine ourselves to the consideration of the heat and -light produced by chemical action. It will be remembered that by this -term (chemical action) is meant the process of uniting two or more -different elements to form a compound different from either. We usually -consider air essential to combustion, but this is not necessarily the -fact. Gold foil or powdered antimony, dropped into a jar of chlorine, -spontaneously ignites. Even in the interior of the earth, heat must be -produced by the uniting of any elements that have an affinity for each -other. - -[Illustration: BORACIC ACID IMPARTS A GREEN COLOR TO THE FLAME OF -ALCOHOL.[6]] - -The most common agent of combustion is oxygen. Of this interesting -gas some description has been given in a preceding article. It is the -fruitful source of almost all of our artificial heat. - -The fallen tree in the forest is slowly consumed by it, not less surely -than the flaming wood and coal in our stoves. The human body is a -furnace. In the minute corpuscles[7] of the blood, carbon is uniting with -oxygen as certainly as are the particles of carbon in the flame of our -lamps. - -Oxygen is the scavenger that partially cleans our gutters. It is a bird -of prey that devours the offal in our fields and woods. It is nothing -less than the gnawing tooth of old Father Time himself, which crumbles -cities and destroys all things. - -Combustion, as we now know it, consists simply in the union of some -combustible material with oxygen. The generic term for all this action -is “oxidation.” For convenience, special names are given to particular -modes. When metallic oxidation occurs we call the product “rusting.” -When oxygen unites with vegetable matter we call it decaying or rotting; -when with animal substances we term it rotting or putrefaction. When -flame is produced, the word combustion or burning is used. The amount of -heat generated is, in all cases, proportioned to the amount of chemical -action. Great ingenuity and skill have been shown in the discovery and -utilization of materials best calculated to combine readily with oxygen. -To these, as a class, has been applied the term - - -HYDRO-CARBONS. - -All substances composed essentially of the elements, hydrogen and carbon, -would come under this designation. These would include coal, wood, -petroleum, the fats, resins, wax and many others, with some of the gases, -among which may be named light and heavy carburetted hydrogen, CH₄ and -C₂H₄ respectively. - -[Illustration: PHOSPHORUS BURNING IN OXYGEN.[8]] - -In the days of our grandfathers tallow candles were almost universally -employed for lighting houses, and wood for warming them. It would not -be impossible to find even now, in our own country, homes illuminated -(?) by a rag burning in a saucer of fat. Some of us are not too young to -remember the bundle of candle-rods—nice, straight sticks used in dipping -candles—snugly put away for that purpose, alas! sometimes summoned forth -to assist in enforcing family discipline! - -[Illustration: GREEN FIRE COLORED BY A SALT OF BARIUM.[9]] - -Strands of twisted cotton wick were suspended from these sticks, and -successively dipped into a kettle of hot tallow, until external additions -made them of the requisite size. Tin candle moulds finally superseded -these. Then the wick was suspended in the center and the fat poured -in. In cooling, the candles contracted, and so slipped easily from -the moulds. Wax candles can not be cast in moulds, as they expand in -cooling. They are made by pouring successive additions upon them. They -are afterward given symmetrical form by rolling and shaping. Along the -sea coast I have seen women and children gathering bay berries,[10] -a fruit about as large as a grain of black pepper and covered with a -grayish-white, fragrant wax. When these seeds are placed in hot water the -wax dissolves and serves the same purpose as tallow, making delightfully -aromatic candles. - -Many of the hydro-carbons possess an agreeable odor. Sometimes the -woodmen gather the bark and chips of the hickory to smoke hams and -shoulders on account of the peculiarly pleasant flavor they impart. -In burning, a candle or lamp becomes a gas factory, manufacturing and -consuming its own product. The flame consists of three cones. The first, -that next to the wick, is composed solely of gas. It is not hot, as can -be shown by thrusting the end of a match into it, the match will not -ignite. If the match be placed across the flame at the same point it will -burn at the edges, but not in the center. A more striking illustration -of the fact that the flame is hot only where it comes in contact with -the air, can be shown in the following manner: Place on the bottom of an -inverted plate some alcohol, in the center set a tiny saucer containing -powder; ignite the alcohol, and the powder will remain undisturbed in the -center of the surrounding flame until a draft brings the _edge_ of the -flame against the powder, when it will at once explode. - -Look steadily at the flame of an ordinary candle and you can readily -discern the three cones; the first is gas, the second gas in rapid -combination with the oxygen of the air, the third the products of this -combination—watery vapor, carbonic anhydride, and, possibly, some -unconsumed carbon. - -[Illustration: RED FIRE COLORED BY A SALT OF STRONTIUM.[11]] - -The process that goes on in our stoves is essentially the same. The -carbon and hydrogen of the wood or coal unite with the oxygen that passes -through the draft. Now note a wonderful provision for our comfort. It -has already been remarked that the product of combustion consists of -the thing burned, plus oxygen. Suppose, in the case of our fires, this -product were a solid, we should then be forced to take out of the stove -more material than we put in. The Creator has, however, provided that -these resulting materials shall take the form of gas or vapor, so that -they can float away. The ashes that remain form but a small part of the -whole. The two most common products of combustion are watery vapor and -carbonic anhydride. - -The illumination of our towns and cities has long been accomplished -by the use of gas manufactured from coal. Bituminous coal is used for -this purpose, and the process consists in heating it to destructive -distillation, and afterward condensing and absorbing such portions of -the volatilized materials as might clog the gas pipes or interfere with -perfect combustion. - -Nature, it is now known, has her own gas works, on an immense scale. -Thirty-five years ago the village of Fredonia, N. Y., was partially -lighted with gas, and the supply is still unexhausted. Indeed, of late, -many private individuals have sunk pipes two or three hundred feet, and -thus supplied their homes with gas for illuminating, heating, and cooking -purposes. In Butler and McKean counties, Pennsylvania, the production of -these gas wells is enormous. Many have been burning day and night for -years, while others have been utilized for heating and lighting towns and -cities. Gas is now extensively used in rolling mills for smelting iron. -Petroleum, or rock oil, which is usually associated with this natural -gas, has now become of immense value to this and other lands. It is one -of the chief articles of export from this country, ranking perhaps as -fourth. Wells have recently been struck in Pennsylvania that flowed 5,000 -and 6,000 barrels per day. - -[Illustration: SODIUM BURNING ON HOT WATER.[12]] - -There is reason to believe that this material is the product of -distillation of organic matter in the earth. It is found in porous rock, -usually coarse sand, at depths varying from three hundred to two thousand -feet. When the rock above the sand containing oil is tight, the gas is -often retained, which by its expansion presses upon the oil and forces it -to the surface through the pipes put down for this purpose. This produces -a flowing well. When the gas has escaped a pump is necessary. - -The most useful hydro-carbon now employed is coal. Its use was first -introduced in the latter part of the twelfth century, and as late as the -thirteenth century petitions were made by residents of London demanding -its exclusion, on account of its injurious effect on the health. But now, -Great Britain mines annually more than one hundred million tons of coal. -Its uses are manifold. By it England has multiplied her power a thousand -fold. It is almost always employed in generating steam, and the aggregate -steam power of England is equal to the productive laboring force of -four hundred millions of men, or “twice the power of the adult working -population of the globe.” Most countries know its value. - -[Illustration: POURING CARBON DI-OXIDE FROM ONE VESSEL INTO ANOTHER TO -EXTINGUISH FLAME.[13]] - -Coal is the key that unlocks for us the treasures of the iron ore. It -seizes upon the oxygen in the ore, and liberates the pure metal. By a -wonderful provision they often exist in the same mountain, side by side. -I have seen in Pennsylvania, running out of the same tunnel in the hills, -car loads of coal and iron ore. - -Among the many advantages possessed by our own country is our immense -store of this precious hydro-carbon. With an area of 300,000,000 miles of -territory, we have more than 200,000 square miles of known coal producing -area, or one in fifteen. - -Great Britain has one-half of the coal fields of all Europe, but even -she has but one square mile of coal to twenty square miles of territory. -Beside, our coal seams are of great thickness, and lie comparatively -near the surface. In the far West, vast fields of lignite[14] have been -discovered, so that there seems no prospect of our exhausting our fuel -supply for ages to come. - -The diamond is crystallized carbon, and can be burned, though one would -hardly care to be warmed by so costly a fire. - -Cleopatra, in a freak of extravagance, dissolved a wonderful pearl, -but who could think of the wise queen of England using in so wasteful -a manner her Kohinoor.[15] Six of the great diamonds of the world are -called, by way of eminence, “The Paragons,” and a romantic interest has -been attached to this form of carbon among all nations. In point of -fact, however, the black diamonds of the coal pit are more interesting, -and of far greater value to mankind than these glittering gems from -Golconda,[16] Brazil and the Dark Continent.[17] - - - - -TEMPERANCE TEACHINGS OF SCIENCE; OR, THE POISON PROBLEM. - -BY FELIX L. OSWALD, M.D. - - -CHAPTER V.—PROHIBITION. - - “Rugged or not, there is no other way.”—_Luther._ - -The champions of temperance have to contend with two chief -adversaries—ignorance and organized crime. The well-organized liquor -league can boast of leaders whose want of principles is not extenuated -by want of information, and who deliberately scheme to coin the misery -of their fellowmen into dollars and cents. But the machinations of -such enemies of mankind would not have availed them against the power -of public opinion, if their cunning had not found a potent ally in the -ignorance, not of their victims only, but of their passive opponents. -We need the moral and intellectual support of a larger class of our -fellow-citizens, before we can hope to secure the effectual aid of legal -remedies, and in that direction the chief obstacles to the progress of -our cause have been the prevailing misconceptions on the following points: - -1. COMPETENCE OF LEGISLATIVE POWER.—There can be no doubt that the -legislative authority even of civilized governments has been frequently -misapplied. The most competent exponents of political economy agree that -the state has no business to meddle in such affairs as the fluctuation -of market prices, the rate of interest, the freedom of international -traffic. On more than one occasion European governments, having attempted -to regulate the price of bread-stuffs, etc., were taught the folly of -such interference by commercial dead-locks and the impossibility of -procuring the necessaries of life at the prescribed price, and were thus -compelled to remedy the mischief by repealing their enactments. Usury -laws tend to increase, instead of decreasing, the rate of interest, by -obliging the usurer to indemnify himself for the disadvantage of the -additional risk. The attempt to increase national revenues by enforcing -an artificial balance of trade has ever defeated its own object. It -is almost equally certain that compulsory charities do on the whole -more harm than good. On the other hand, there are no more undoubtedly -legitimate functions of government than the suppression, and the, if -possible, prevention, of crime, and the enforcement of health laws; and -it can be demonstrated by every rule of logic and equity that the liquor -traffic can be held amenable in both respects. The favorite argument -of our opponents is the distinction of crime and vice. For the latter, -they tell us, society has no remedy, except in as much as the natural -consequences (disease, destitution, etc.) are apt to recoil on the person -of the perpetrator; the evil of intemperance therefore is beyond the -reach of the law. We may fully concede the premises without admitting the -cogency of the conclusion. The suspected possession or private use of -intoxicating liquors would hardly justify the issue of a search warrant, -but the penalties of the law can with full justice be directed against -the manufacturer or vender who seeks gain by tempting his fellowmen to -indulge in a poison infallibly injurious in any quantity, and infallibly -tending to the development of a body and soul corrupting habit; they -may with equal justice be directed against the consumer, stupefied or -brutalized by the effects of that poison. The rumseller has no right -to plead the consent of his victim. The absence of violence or “malice -prepense,”[1] is a plea that would legalize some of the worst offenses -against society. The peddler of obscene literature poisons the souls -of our children without a shadow of ill-will against his individual -customer. The gambler, the lottery-shark, use no manner of force in the -pursuit of their prey. By what logic can we justify the interdiction of -their industry and condemn that of the liquor traffic? By the criterion -of comparative harmlessness? Have all the indecencies published since the -invention of printing occasioned the thousandth part of the misery caused -by the yearly and inevitable consequences of the poison vice? The lottery -player may lose or win, but the customer of the liquor vender is doomed -to loss as soon as he approaches the dram-shop. The damage sustained -by the habitual player may be confined to a loss of money, while the -habitual drunkard is sure to suffer in health, character and reputation, -as well as in purse. And shall we condone the conduct of the befuddled -drunkard on account of a temporary suspense of conscious reason? That -very _dementation_ constitutes his offense. - -His actions may or may not result in actual mischief, but he has put the -decision of that event beyond his control. The man who gallops headlong -through crowded streets is punished for his reckless disregard of other -men’s safety, though the hoofs of his horse may have failed to inflict -any actual injury. A menagerie keeper would be arrested, if not lynched, -for turning a city into a pandemonium by letting loose his bears and -hyenas, and for the same reason no man should be permitted to turn -himself into a wild beast. - -“Virtue must come from within,” says Prof. Newman;[2] “to this problem -religion and morality must direct themselves. But vice may come from -without; to _hinder_ this is the care of the statesman.” And here, as -elsewhere, prevention is better than cure. By obviating the temptations -of the dram-shop a progressive vice with an incalculable train of -mischievous consequences may be nipped in the bud. Penal legislation -is a sham if it takes cognizance of moral evils only after they have -passed the curable stage. “It is mere mockery,” says Cardinal Manning,[3] -“to ask us to put down drunkenness by moral and religious means, when -the legislature facilitates the multiplication of the incitements to -intemperance on every side. You might as well call upon me as a captain -of a ship and say: ‘Why don’t you pump the water out when it is sinking,’ -when you are scuttling the ship in every direction. If you will cut off -the supply of temptation, I will be bound by the help of God to convert -drunkards, but until you have taken off this perpetual supply of -intoxicating drink we never can cultivate the fields. Let the legislature -do its part and we will answer for the rest.” - -All civilized nations have recognized not only the right but the duty -of legislative authorities to adopt the most stringent measures for the -prevention of contagious disease; yet all epidemics taken together have -not caused half as much loss of life and health as the plague of the -poison vice. - -2. MAGNITUDE OF THE EVIL.—Since health and freedom began to be recognized -as the primary conditions of human welfare, the conviction is gaining -ground that the principles of our legislative system need a general -revision. It was a step in the right direction when the lawgivers of the -Middle Ages began to realize the truth that the liberty of individual -action should be sacrificed only to urgent consideration of public -welfare, but the modified theories on the comparative importance of these -considerations have inaugurated a still more important reform. Penal -codes gradually ceased to enforce ceremonies and abstruse dogmas and -to ignore monstrous municipal and sanitary abuses. The time has passed -when legislators raged with extreme penalties against the propagandists -of speculative theories and ignored the propagation of slum diseases, -yet, after all, there is still a lingering belief in the minds of many -contemporaries that intemperance, as a physical evil, a “mere dietetic -excess,” does not justify the invasion of personal liberty. They would -consent to restrict the freedom of thought and speech rather than the -license of the rum-dealer, yet the tendency of a progressive advance -in public opinion promises the advent of a time when that license will -appear the chief anomaly of the present age. The numberless minute -prescriptions and interdicts of our law books and their silence on the -crime of the liquor traffic will make it difficult for coming ages to -comprehend the intellectual status of a generation that could wage such -uncompromising war against microscopic gnats and consent to gratify the -greed of a monstrous vampire. - -3. SELF-CORRECTING ABUSES.—Modern physicians admit that various forms -of disease which were formerly treated with drastic drugs can be safely -trusted to the healing agencies of nature. Many social evils, too, tend -to work out their own cure. High markets encourage competition and -have led to a reduction of prices. Luxury leads to enforced economy -by reducing the resources of the spendthrift. Dishonest tradesmen -lose custom, and a German government that used to fine editors for -publishing unverified rumors might have left it to the subscribers to -withdraw their patronage from a purveyor of unreliable news. But there -are certain causes of disease that demand the interference of art. -_Poisons_, especially, require artificial antidotes. If a child has -mistaken arsenic for sugar, its life commonly depends on the timely -arrival of a physician. The organism may rid itself of a surfeit, but -is unable to eliminate the virus of a skin disease. Alcoholism belongs -to the same class of disorders. We need not legislate against corsets; -the absurdities of fashion change and vanish like fleeting clouds, and -their votaries may welcome the change; but drunkards would remain slaves -of their vice though the verdict of public opinion should have made -dram-drinking extremely unfashionable. The morbid passion transmitted -from sire to son, and strengthened by years of indulgence, would defy all -moral restraints and yield only to the practical impossibility to obtain -the object of its desire. - -“A number of years ago,” says Dr. Isaac Jennings, “I was called to the -shipyard in Derby, to see John B., a man about thirty years of age, of -naturally stout, robust constitution, who had fallen from a scaffold in -a fit, head first upon a spike below. In my visit to dress the wounded -head, I spoke to him of the folly and danger of continuing to indulge his -habit of drinking, and obtained from him a promise that he would abandon -it. Not long after I learned that he was drinking again, and reminded him -of his promise. His excuse was, that it would not do for him to abandon -the practice of drinking suddenly. A few weeks after this he called at my -office and requested me to bleed him, or do something to prevent a fit, -for he felt much as he did a short time before having the last fit. I -said to him, ‘John, sit down here with me and let us consider your case -a little.’ I drew two pictures and held before him; one presented a wife -and three little children with a circle of friends made happy and himself -respectable and useful in society; the other, a wretched family, and -himself mouldering in a drunkard’s grave; and appealed to him to decide -which should prove to be the true picture. The poor fellow burst into -tears and wept like a child. When he had recovered himself from sobbing -so that he could speak he said: ‘Doctor, to tell you the truth, it is not -that I am afraid of the consequences of stopping suddenly that I do not -give up drinking. _I can not do it._ I have tried and tried again, but it -is all in vain. Sometimes I have gone a number of weeks without drinking, -and I flattered myself that the temptation was gone, but it returned, -and now if there was a spot on earth where men lived and could not get -spirits, and I could get there, I would start in a minute.’ I thought I -had understood something of the difficulties of hard drinkers before, -but this gave me a new impression of the matter, and most solemnly did I -charge myself to do what I could to _make a spot on earth where men could -live and couldn’t get spirits_.” - -4. LESSER EVILS.—Even in a stricter form than any rational friend of -temperance would desire its enforcement, prohibition would not involve -any consequences that could possibly make the cure a greater evil than -the disease. The predicted aching void resulting from the expurgation -of beer-tunnels could be filled by healthier means of recreation. -The grief of the superseded poison-mongers would not outweigh the -mountain-load of misery and woe which the abolishment of their cursed -trade would lift from the shoulders of the nation. When the state of Iowa -declared for prohibition the opponents of that amendment bemoaned the -loss entailed by the departure of “so many industrious and respectable -citizens,” _i. e._, from the exodus of the rumsellers! We might just -as well be asked to bewail the doom of the Thugs[4] as the subversion -of a prosperous industry. We might as well be requested to sympathize -with the respectable bloodhound-trainers and knout-manufacturers whom -the abolition of slavery threw out of employment. The liquor dealer -has no right to complain about the rigor of a law that permits him to -depart with the spoils of such a trade. We are told that the mere rumor -of Maine laws has deterred many foreigners from making their homes with -us; that the Russian peasants decline to come without their brewers and -distillers, and that by general prohibition we would risk to reduce our -immigration from every country of northern Europe. We must take that -risk, and let Muscovites rot in the bogs of the Volga if they can not -accept our hospitality without turning our bread corn into poison. Our -utilitarian friends would hardly persuade us to legalize cannibalism in -order to encourage a larger immigration of Fiji islanders. The absence -of such guests might not prove an unqualified evil. I shall not insult -the intelligence of my readers by repeating the drivel of the wretches -who would weigh the reduction of revenues against the happiness of a -hell-delivered nation, and I will only mention the reply of a British -financier who estimates that the increase of national prosperity would -offset that reduction _in less than five years_. - -5. EFFICACY OF PROHIBITION.—Will prohibition prevent the use of -intoxicating liquor? Not wholly, but it will answer its purpose. It will -banish distilleries to secret mountain glens and hidden cellars. It will -drive the man-traps of the poison-monger from the public streets. It -will save our boys from a hundred temptations; it will help thousands -of reformed drunkards to keep their pledge; it will restore peace and -plenty to many hundred thousand homes. More than a century ago the -philosopher Leibnitz[5] maintained that the plenary suppression of the -liquor traffic would be the most effectual means for reforming the moral -status of civilized nations, and experience has since fully demonstrated -the correctness of that opinion. A memorandum endorsed by a large number -of statistical vouchers describes the effect of prohibition in Sweden: -“The nation rose and fell, grew prosperous and happy, or miserable and -degraded, as its rulers and law-makers restrained or permitted the -manufacture and sale of that which all along the track of its history has -seemed to be the nation’s greatest curse.” … “The vigorously maintained -prohibition against spirits in 1753-1756, and again in 1772-1775, proved -the enormous benefits effected in moral, economical, and other respects, -by abstinence from intoxicating spirits.” … “This it is which has so -helped Sweden to emerge from moral and material prostration, and explains -the existence of such general indications in that country of comfort and -independence among all classes.” - -From the Edinburgh _Review_ for January, 1873, we learn that in -eighty-nine private estates in England and Scotland, “the drink traffic -has been altogether suppressed, with the happiest social results. The -late Lord Palmerston[6] suppressed the beer shops in Romsey as the leases -fell in. We know an estate which stretches for miles along the romantic -shore of Loch Fyne,[7] where no whiskey is allowed to be sold. The -peasants and fishermen are flourishing. They have all their money in the -bank, and they obtain higher wages than their neighbors when they go to -sea”—a proof that a small oasis of temperance can maintain its prosperity -in the midst of poison-blighted communities. - -Here and there the wiles of the poison-mongers will undoubtedly succeed -in evading the law, but their power for mischief will be diminished as -that of the gambling-hell was diminished in Homburg and Baden,[8] where -temptation was removed out of the track of the uninitiated till the host -of victims dwindled away for want of recruits. Not the promptings of an -innate passion, but the charm of artificial allurements is the gate by -which ninety-nine out of a hundred drunkards have entered the road to -ruin. It would be an understatement to say that the temptation of minors -will be reduced a hundred fold wherever the total amount of sales has -been reduced as much as five fold—a result which has been far exceeded, -even under the present imperfect system of legal control. “In the course -of my duty as an Internal Revenue officer,” says Superintendent Hamlin of -Bangor, “I have become thoroughly acquainted with the state and extent -of the liquor traffic in Maine, and I have no hesitation in saying that -the beer trade is not more than one per cent. of what I remember it to -have been, and the trade in distilled liquors is not more than ten per -cent. of what it was formerly.” “I think I am justified in saying,” -reports the Attorney-General, “that there is not an open bar for the -sale of intoxicating liquor in this county” (Androscoggin, including -the manufacturing district of Lewiston—once a very hotbed of the rum -traffic). “In the city of Biddeford, a manufacturing place of 11,000 -inhabitants, for a month at a time not a single arrest for drunkenness -has been made or become necessary.” And from Augusta (the capital of the -state): “If we were to say that the quantity of liquor sold here is not -one-tenth as large as formerly, we think it would be within the truth; -and the favorable effects of the change upon all the interests of the -state are plainly seen everywhere.” - -“It is perhaps not necessary,” says the Boston _Globe_, of July 29, 1875, -“to dwell on the evils of intemperance, and yet people seldom think how -great a proportion of these might be prevented by driving the iniquity -into its hiding places, and preventing it from coming forth to lure its -victims from among the unwary and comparatively guileless. Few young men -who are worth saving, or are likely to be saved to decency and virtue, -would seek it out if it were kept from sight. But when it comes forth in -gay and alluring colors, it draws a procession of our youth into a path -that has an awful termination. Nor does the evil which springs from an -open toleration of the way in which this vice carries on its traffic of -destruction fall only on men. A sad proportion of its victims is made -up from shop girls and abandoned women who are not so infatuated at the -start that they would plunge into a life of infamy if its temptations -were strictly under the ban, and kept widely separated from the world -of decency. But it intruded itself upon them. Its temptations and -opportunities are before their eyes, and the way is made easy for their -feet to go down to death.” - -“To what good is it,” says Lord Brougham,[9] “that the legislature -should pass laws to punish crime, or that their lordships should occupy -themselves in trying to improve the morals of the people by giving -them education? What could be the use of sowing a little seed here -and plucking up a weed there, if these beer shops are to be continued -to sow the seeds of immorality broadcast over the land, germinating -the most frightful produce that ever has been allowed to grow up in a -civilized country, and, I am ashamed to add, under the fostering care of -Parliament.” - -The prohibition of the poison traffic has become the urgent duty -of every legislator, the foremost aim of every moral reformer. The -verdict of the most eminent statesmen, physicians, clergymen, patriots -and philanthropists, is unanimous on that point. We lack energy, not -competence, nor the sanction of a higher authority, to gain the votes of -the masses. - -“We can prove the success of prohibition by the experience of our -neighboring state,” writes Dr. Herbert Buchanan, of Portsmouth, New -Hampshire; “all the vicious elements of society are arraigned against -us, _but I have no fear of the event if we do not cease to agitate the -subject_.” - -Agitation, a ceaseless appeal to the common sense and conscience of our -fellowmen can, indeed, not fail to be crowned with ultimate success. The -struggle with vice, with ignorance and mean selfishness may continue, but -it will be our own fault if our adversaries can support their opposition -by a single valid argument, and the battle will be more than half won if -a majority of our fellow-citizens have to admit that we contend no longer -for a favor, but for an evident right. - - - - -STUDIES IN KITCHEN SCIENCE AND ART. - -V. TEA, COFFEE, AND CHOCOLATE. - -BY BYRON D. HALSTED, SC. D. - - -We have here to consider the sources of the three leading dietetic -beverages. They are very unlike in general appearance, but all possess -the same vegetable principle, called an alkaloid,[1] though known under -different names. Thus modern chemistry has proved the identity of the -theine of the tea, the caffeine[2] of the coffee and the theo-bromine[3] -of the chocolate. This same vegetable alkaloid, remarkable for its large -per cent. of nitrogen, is found in small quantities in a few other -plants, most of which have been used to some extent for the making of -an exhilarating drink. It answers our purpose best to treat each of our -three subjects under its respective head. - -TEA (_Thea viridis_[4]).—The tea of commerce is the prepared leaves of -a shrub belonging to the order Camelliaceæ[5] represented in the United -States by loblolly bay[6] and Stuartia.[7] Perhaps the most familiar -near relative of the tea plant is the camellia of our green houses and -window gardens. The wild tea shrub grows from twenty to thirty feet high, -and is found native in China and Japan. When under cultivation the shrub -is pruned so as to not exceed six feet in height. The flowers are large, -white and fragrant; they are produced in clusters in the axils of the -simple, oblong, evergreen, serrate leaves. China and Japan are among the -leading tea-growing countries, its cultivation being chiefly confined -between twenty-five and thirty-five north latitude. Tea was in general -use in China in the ninth century, but it was not until the seventeenth -century that it was introduced into Europe. About the middle of this -century the East India Company imported tea into England, since which -time it has become the regular beverage of many millions of people in all -parts of the world. The importations of tea into the United States for -the year ending June 30th, 1884, were 67,665,910 pounds. It will be seen -that this gives somewhere near a pound and a quarter of tea for each man, -woman and child in this country. Most of our China tea trade is carried -on with Shanghai, Foo Chow and Amoy. - -In China the tea shrub is grown chiefly on the southern slopes of hills -in poor, well watered soil, to which manure is applied. The seeds are -dropped in holes at regular intervals, and during the third year the -first crop is obtained. In from seven to ten years the shrubs are cut -down and shoots spring up from the stumps, which continue to yield crops -of leaves. A single plant produces on an average between three hundred -and three hundred and fifty pounds of dried leaves. The leaves are picked -three times a year, in April, May, and June or July. The young, tender -leaves of the first gathering make the best tea, and this is very largely -consumed in its native country. The older leaves of the second and third -pickings make a poorer quality of tea which abounds in tannin,[8] and -contains but a small per cent. of the best elements of superior tea. -It was long supposed that black and green sorts of tea were made from -distinct varieties, or even species of plants; in fact, there has been -a great deal of mystery surrounding the culture and preparation of tea -until within the past score of years. Authorities now state that there -is only one species of plant yielding tea leaves, and from this all -sorts are made. The differences are natural, being some of them due to -climate and conditions of soil, etc., while others are the result of the -manipulation of the leaves after they are gathered. Black and green tea -may come from the same shrub, or even the same branch of a plant. The -leaves forming black tea undergo a fermentation before they are dried, -while those designed for green tea are at once submitted to a high heat -in iron pans, and not copper pans, as generally supposed. After the -leaves for black tea have been gathered they are placed in heaps, when -they become flaccid and turn dark from incipient fermentation. The leaves -are then rolled between the thumb and fingers or upon bamboo tables until -the desired twist is obtained. They next pass to a drying room and are -heated in an iron pan; again twisted, and afterward dried over a slow -fire. The principal difference between the preparation of black and green -tea is that in the latter the freshly gathered leaves go at once into the -heated pans. The repeated twisting and heating is nearly the same with -both classes. The green teas are sometimes artificially colored by using -turmeric[9] with gypsum or Prussian blue. A flavor is frequently given to -the tea by adding aromatic flowers, as those of the pekoe and caper.[10] -Among the leading varieties of black tea are: Bohea, a small leaf, crisp -and strong odor, with brackish taste; two sorts of Congous—the large leaf -with fine flavor, and the small leaf with a burnt smell. The Souchong is -the much prized “English Breakfast,” made from leaves of three-year-old -trees. Only a small part of the so-called Souchong is genuine. Pekoe is -made from the tenderest leaves gathered from three-year-old plants while -in bloom. Oolongs are common kinds of black teas, much used for mixing -with other sorts. Of the green teas the Gunpowder is round, like shot, -with green color and fragrant taste. The Imperial is more loosely rolled -than the Gunpowder. Young Hyson is in loose rolls, which easily crumble -to the touch; it gives a light green infusion. Old Hyson is the older -leaves in the picking for Young Hyson. Twankay consists of mixed and -broken leaves, and is of inferior quality. Japan teas are both colored -and uncolored, and come from Japan; they are very largely consumed in -this country. - -The chemical composition of a fair sample of tea is; Theine, 1. to 3. per -cent.; caseine,[11] 15.; gum, 18.; sugar, .3; tannin, 26.; aromatic oil, -.75; fat, 4.; vegetable fiber, 20.; mineral substances, 5.; and water, 5. -per cent. - -The tannin is an astringent, while the theine acts as a gentle excitant -upon the nervous system. This is probably enhanced by the warmth of the -infusion. The best authorities agree that tea is a valuable article of -diet for healthy, grown people. It however is not suitable for children -until growth is completed. Adults with irritable constitutions may be -injured by tea-drinking. Tea is the solace of old age. Cibber[12] wrote: -“Tea! thou soft, thou sober, sage and venerable liquid … thou female -tongue-running, smile-smoothing, heart-opening, wink-tippling cordial, to -whose glorious insipidity I owe the happiest moments of my life, let me -fall prostrate.” Waller[13] truthfully says: - - “Tea doth our fancy aid, - Repress those vapors which the head invade - And keep the palace of the soul.” - -Tea is extensively adulterated in many ways. In China exhausted tea -leaves and foliage of other trees are employed by millions of pounds -each year. Willow leaves are among the principal ones used for mixing -with tea. A British consul once related that at Shanghai there were at -one time 53,000 pounds of willow leaves in preparation to be sold as -tea. Mineral matters are used to color or “face” the tea. “The common -test,” states Mr. Felker, in his work “What the Grocers Sell Us,” “is -by infusion; this is poured off the leaves and examined for color, -taste, and odor, all of which are characteristic.… Impurities like sand, -iron filings and dirt may be seen among the leaves or at the bottom of -the cups. The leaves, too, betray by their coarseness and botanical -character, the nature and quality of the tea, for although the leaves -of the genuine tea differ much in form and size, yet their venation and -general structure are very distinctive.… ‘Lie tea,’ used to adulterate -Gunpowder tea, consists of tea dust mixed with mineral substances, starch -and gum, and then formed into little masses resembling tea.” Large tea -houses employ professional tea tasters who make steepings and judge upon -the flavor, purity, etc. - -COFFEE.—The coffee of commerce is the seed of a shrub, _Coffea -Arabica_,[14] belonging to the order Rubiaceæ,[15] which is represented -in the United States by the charming little “bluets” of our pastures in -spring. The cape jessamine and bouvardias[16] of the green house are -near relatives of the coffee plant. The name coffee is probably derived -from the Arabic word _Kahwah_, although some authorities contend that -it is traced to Caffa, a province of Abyssinia, where the coffee plant -flourishes in the wild state. The coffee shrub is an evergreen, growing -to the height of twenty feet, with long, smooth, shining leaves. The pure -white flowers are produced in clusters in the axils of the leaves and -followed by fleshy berries which, when ripe, resemble small, dark red -cherries. Each berry usually contains two seeds embedded in the yellowish -pulp. These seeds, when separated from the pulp and papery covering, form -the raw coffee of the stores. Each seed—improperly called a berry—is -somewhat hemispherical, with a groove running through the middle of the -flat side. Sometimes one seed is abortive in the berry, and the other -becomes round, as in the Wynaad coffee from India, sometimes called “male -berry” coffee. - -Coffee is cultivated in many countries lying between fifteen north and -fifteen south latitude. It may be successfully grown thirty degrees -from the equator. Like the tea plant, the coffee shrub favors the well -watered mountain slopes. The trees are set in long, straight rows, six -feet apart, and six feet from each other in the row. The coffee tree is -naturally a plant with long, straggling shoots, but under cultivation -it is pruned to make a shrub not exceeding six feet in height, with -long, lateral branches. A full crop should be obtained the third year. -The berries are gathered when the pulp begins to shrivel, and are at -once taken to the store-house, where they are pulped. The berries are -passed between large, rough rollers, which remove the pulp, but not the -parchment-like covering of the seeds. The berries with the pulp removed -are heaped up, covered with old sacking, and allowed to ferment for two -days. Water is turned on and all glutinous matter removed. The seeds are -spread out to dry, after which they are passed between wooden cylinders -that remove the thin, dry covering. The coffee seeds, after being -winnowed, are assorted into various sizes and packed ready for shipment. -A thrifty shrub yields two pounds of marketable coffee. The raw coffee -seed has a horny texture, without the peculiar aroma characteristic of -the roasted berry. - -The early history of coffee is obscure. It has been in use for over a -thousand years. The knowledge of its use was first brought into Arabia -from Abyssinia in the fifteenth century. “Its peculiar property of -dissipating drowsiness and preventing sleep was taken advantage of in -connection with the prolonged religious services of the Mohametans, and -its use as a devotional antisoporific stirred up a fierce opposition on -the part of the priests. Coffee was by them held to be an intoxicant -beverage, and therefore prohibited by the Koran;[17] and the dreadful -penalties of an outraged sacred law were laid over the heads of all -who became addicted to its use. Notwithstanding the threats of divine -retribution, and though all manner of devices were adopted to check its -growth, the coffee-drinking habit spread rapidly among the Arabians, -Mohametans, and the growth of coffee as well as its use as a national -beverage became as inseparably associated with Arabia as tea is with -China.” Coffee reached Great Britain in the seventeenth century. Charles -II. attempted to suppress coffee houses by proclamation, because they -“devised and spread abroad divers false, malicious and scandalous reports -to the defamation of his Majesty’s government and to the peace and quiet -of the nation.” How different is this view from that held by those -interested in good government, peace and prosperity at the present day! -We now rejoice in the establishment of coffee houses, hoping that they -may supplant the much dreaded rum shops. - -It is worthy of note here that the three dietetic beverages treated in -this article were all introduced into Europe at nearly the same time. Tea -came through the Dutch; cocoa was brought from South America to Spain, -and coffee came from Arabia by the way of Constantinople. - -Coffee was for some time supplied only by Arabia, but near the beginning -of the eighteenth century its culture was introduced into Java and the -West India islands. At the present day its culture is general within the -tropics, Brazil leading the list in amount annually produced. In the -Eastern hemisphere the principal coffee regions are Java and Ceylon, -where a superior article is produced. The amount of coffee imported into -the United States during the year ending June 30th, 1884, was 534,785,542 -pounds, and 18,907,627 pounds in excess of the previous year. It is seen -that these figures give nearly ten pounds for each individual in this -vast country. This amount per capita is exceeded by only a few countries. -Holland leads all European states, with an average of twenty-one pounds -per head, followed closely by Belgium, Denmark and Norway. - -The dietetic value of coffee depends principally upon the alkaloid -caffeine or theine which it contains in common with tea and cocoa or -chocolate. Good coffee contains nearly one per cent. of this substance. -When obtained in a pure state it crystallizes in slender needles. The -peculiar aroma of coffee is due to the presence of caffeone,[18] which -develops in the process of roasting. It may be isolated as a brown -oil, heavier than water, by distilling roasted coffee with water. The -roasting of coffee is an operation requiring much good judgment, for by -carrying the process beyond a certain point the aroma is destroyed and a -disagreeable flavor is produced. - -Roasted coffee when ground quickly deteriorates unless kept in close -vessels. Mocha coffee, which is brought from Arabia, is the best, and -that from Java ranks next. Much of the so-called Mocha coffee is raised -in Brazil, or elsewhere, and shipped to Arabia, after which it finds its -way into the markets. The berries of the true Mocha coffee are small, -dark and yellow; those of Java are a paler yellow, while the West India -and Brazilian coffees have a greenish-gray tint. The last named coffee is -usually sold under the name of Rio, an abbreviation of the leading coffee -exporting port of Brazil, namely, Rio de Janeiro; Martinique and St. -Domingo coffees are two other kinds but little known. - -Coffee is principally valuable for its stimulating effects upon the -system. It produces a buoyancy of feeling, lightens the sensation of -fatigue, and sustains the muscles when under prolonged exertion. A cup -of rich, hot coffee seems to infuse new life into an o’er-tired body. -Equally with tea it is “the cup that cheers, but not inebriates.” - - “Coffee which makes the politician wise - And see through all things with his half-shut eyes.” - -Coffee is the subject of many adulterations, usually when sold in the -ground state. Several kinds of seeds resembling coffee in size have been -employed to adulterate the whole coffee, some of which need to be colored -before they will pass for the genuine. Many kinds of roots are sliced, -dried and roasted for the adulteration of coffee, among the leading ones -of which are chicory, carrot and the beet. Spent tanbark and even dried -beef’s liver have been thus employed. Many of these fraudulent additions -can be detected with the microscope. Ground coffee floats on water, while -most of the adulterations will sink or discolor the water. There is said -to be a machine in England for making false berries out of vegetable -substance. - -CHOCOLATE.—The chocolate of the shops is derived from a small evergreen -tree, native of South America, Mexico, and West Indias. This tree, -_Theobroma cacao_, has large, pointed leaves and rose-colored flowers, -which are followed by fruit pods six to ten inches long. The first part -of the botanical name is from the Greek meaning “food for the gods,” -and the second or specific word _cacao_ is the old Mexican name for the -tree. The order Sterculiaceæ[19] to which the theobroma or chocolate -tree belongs is not represented in our flora. It however is known to -many by a species of Mahernia[20] from the cape of Good Hope, cultivated -in conservatories. The order contains about 520 species, nearly all of -which are tropical. The long pods, while green, resemble cucumbers, and -when ripe contain from thirty to an hundred seeds, arranged in rows, and -of the size of sweet almonds. During the season of ripening the pods are -gathered daily, laid in heaps until they have fermented, when they are -opened by hand and the seeds spread in the sun to dry, after which they -are ready for market. Before the Spaniards visited Mexico the natives -made a beverage from the seeds, which they called _chocalat_, and from -this we derived our word chocolate. The Spaniards have the credit of -introducing this beverage into Europe. In the manufacture of chocolate -the _cocoa_ (which is a corruption of the original Mexican _cacao_) beans -are roasted similar to the roasting of coffee, and after the husk is -removed they are reduced to a paste. This paste is afterward mixed with -equal quantities of sugar and heated and turned into cakes of various -shapes familiar to all housekeepers. Cacao nibs are the bruised and -broken seeds, and cocoa shells are the thin coverings of the seeds or -beans which are separated before the seeds are ground to powder. Broma is -chocolate prepared for the market in a certain way, and is a trade name. - -The importations of chocolate for the year ending June 30th were -12,235,304 pounds, being an increase of nearly thirty-five per cent. over -the previous year. - -Of the three leading beverages herein briefly described tea is the only -one that has been grown as a crop in the United States. In a reply to an -inquiry recently addressed to the Commissioner of Agriculture, it was -stated that the tea plant is hardy at Washington, D. C., and that the -tea plantations near Summerville, South Carolina, are doing well. “There -is no trouble about growing the plant, but the question of profitable -culture for the manufacture of tea is quite another thing.… The purpose -of the Department of Agriculture … is to cheapen the present methods -or possibly suggest the placing of the teas on the market in a wholly -different shape from what is done at present.” We may be able to supply -our own demands for tea, but it is not likely that the same will be true -of coffee and chocolate. - - - - -HOUSEHOLD BEVERAGES. - - -At the breakfast table of a friend not long ago I heard the gentleman of -the house remark over his fragrant coffee: - -“I laughed at my wife when she went into the cooking school last summer, -I thought her a model cook before; but for some reason she has improved. -I never tasted such coffee as this.” - -My hostess answered: “The reason is simple enough. I had always cooked -by rule before. I learned in my studies in cookery to reason. It makes a -great difference.” - -It does make a difference, and never a greater than in preparing tea, -coffee and chocolate. There is rarely a cup of any one of these beverages -on our tables which is fit to drink; our coffee is bitter and muddy, tea -is either insipid or too strong, and chocolate has failed to become the -popular drink which it deserves to be, because so rarely well prepared. - -Few cooks understand the nature of either the coffee berry or the tea -leaf, and consequently do not know how to treat them in order to extract -their delicious flavor, aroma, and nerve-bracing qualities. - -Few cooks have an idea of the extreme delicacy of these articles, of how -scientifically, even artistically, they must be treated. To extract an -oil or flavor is one of the nicest experiments of the laboratory, and -one for which a chemist selects his materials with the greatest care, -attends strictly to the cleanliness of his vessels, watches every change -in temperature, and counts even seconds in time. Making these beverages -is nothing less than performing a delicate chemical experiment, and yet -we are so ignorant or careless about this important work that we attend -strictly to neither heat nor time, and often take just what we can most -easily get to work with. - -If you would have good tea, coffee and chocolate begin your care with -your buying. Tea is a most troublesome article to purchase. There are -so many varieties on the market, and so much adulteration that the -probability is that unless you are taking extreme precautions you are -getting an inferior article. Adulteration is astonishingly common, -poor teas being manipulated to make them appear like the first-class -grades; inferior black teas colored to look like high-priced green -teas, “lie tea” sold in vast quantities, and made-over teas[1] made to -pass for fresh. How to obtain the genuine article is the housewife’s -first problem. Careful examination may be made under the microscope for -coloring matter, the tea may be soaked to see if it unrolls into true -leaves, or after washing it in a little water the liquid may be tested -with chemicals for foreign substances. But all this means trouble that -few housewives care to take. Probably the most practical plan is to find -by careful experiment a thoroughly reliable[2] tea-house and then confine -your patronage to it. A pound of tea bought here and another there, as -convenience may dictate or some friend advise, will insure you nothing -but adulteration. The only safe plan is to find a house which sells -good tea. Your tea bought, it must be prepared. In making a cup of tea -the chemical composition and the effect of each step in its preparation -must be observed or your draught will be ruined. The constituents in the -leaf which you must look after are the theine, the aromatic oil, and -the tannin. Your tea must be treated in such a way that the first two, -which give to the drink its flavor and aroma, will be extracted, but that -the bitter tannin will be left undeveloped. The theine and oil are both -volatile substances, so that if your tea is steeped too long, or if it -is boiled, they will literally fly away, while the tannin extracted will -turn your cup into a bitter, herby drink. A rule is easily formulated -from this bit of science: - -Into a perfectly clean tea-pot, just scalded with boiling hot water, -put a heaping tablespoonful of tea for each person, and upon it pour a -cup and a half of boiling water for each spoonful. Cover your pot with -a “cosy”[3] if you have one, and let it stand on the back of the range, -where it will not boil, for from five to ten minutes. The length of time -required to steep each variety of tea must be determined by experiment, -some varieties taking longer than others. The exact length each housewife -must determine when she tries a new kind; and it may be said of the -exact proportion of tea to water that it as well must be determined by -experiment. No rule in cooking is inflexible. It must always be modified -by the good sense and the scientific care of the cook. - -The English custom of making tea on the table is the prettiest and the -most satisfactory. They pour upon the tea required a small quantity of -boiling water, this is placed upon the table, covered with the “cosy;” a -pot of water taken when boiling from the stove is kept hot by a spirit -lamp, and when the tea is steeped as much boiling water as the quantity -of tea used demands is poured into the tea-pot. It is allowed to stand -about three minutes and then poured into the cups and on the cream. -Remember, cream should always be poured into the cups first for both tea -and coffee, and tea is as much improved by cream as is coffee. - -The purchase of coffee is beset with the same trouble as that of -tea—adulteration. You may get a manufactured berry, you may get chiccory; -to avoid this careful tests must be applied and only reliable firms -patronized. Nothing but unbrowned coffee should be bought; the roasting -should be done at home. This process requires particular care. The coffee -berry is hard and horny, water has no effect upon it even when it has -been ground. It must be roasted in order that certain constituents may -become soluble. These constituents are a fragrant volatile oil called -caffeone, and the caffeine, which is identical with the theine of -tea. By roasting the oil is distributed through the berry and so made -soluble, while the caffeine is developed so that it may be absorbed by -water. Just the right amount of roasting must be done or the essential -constituents will be expelled and the bitter qualities will be made to -predominate. I have said that the roasting should be done at home. It may -be done in the shops, of course, but the operation there is carried on so -unscientifically that the aroma is lost on the town instead of being shut -up in the berry. Only a few days ago, passing up a business street of a -city, I was astonished to find the air heavy with the delicious aroma -of coffee. It scented the air for a square, and only when I came to a -large grocery store was the mystery explained. The grocer was browning -his coffee, and its odor was serving for an advertisement, effective, -perhaps, among the ignorant, but which would warn every wise housewife -not to purchase roasted coffee. The process is best carried on in one -of the very nearly perfect coffee roasters to be found in the shops; if -these are not at hand an ordinary dripping pan may be used. It should -be covered to prevent loss of aroma, and should be continually shaken -to prevent burning. The entire attention of one person should be given -the coffee during this operation. When turned to a rich chestnut brown -remove, keeping covered until quite cool. If left open the aroma escapes -very rapidly from warm coffee, but if kept covered much of that made -volatile by the heat is re-absorbed. A tight dish—an air-tight canister -is best—must be ready to keep it in. - -When using, grind only what you need, and take care that it is not left -coarse, when the strength can not be extracted, or that it is not too -fine, when the liquor will be muddy in spite of you; in this, as always, -experiment until you know the degree of fineness which ground coffee -should have. A heaping tablespoonful of ground coffee to a cup and a half -of water is the ordinary proportion for making strong coffee—the only -kind which should ever be prepared, by the way, the diluting ought always -to take place in the cup; to the required amount of coffee add the white -and shell of an egg and cold water to thoroughly wet the whole; stir up -these ingredients in your coffee pot and pour upon them the required -amount of _boiling_ hot water. Let it boil from ten to fifteen minutes, -pour in half a cup of cold water and remove to the side of the stove -where it can not boil. Do not boil longer than the exact time which you -have found necessary for the kind of coffee you are using, if you do -you lose your flavor and extract in its place a bitter principle which -is ruinous. Remember always what one of our famous cooks says: “There -comes a time in baking, frying or broiling when injured nature revolts -and burns up, but a thing may boil until not a vestige of its original -condition remains, and unless the water evaporates, it may go on boiling -for hours without reminding one by smell or smoke that it is spoiled.” - -Your coffee will settle in about five minutes. Now if you _must_ use a -different coffee urn, gently pour off the liquor so as not to disturb the -grounds. The settling of coffee is an essential point. The regulation -method of stirring an egg into the freshly ground berry is undoubtedly -best, but another and more economical practice may take its place. After -your freshly roasted berries are cool enough to be easily handled, add -to each pound a fresh egg and stir it in until each kernel is coated -smoothly with the mixture. Care must be taken that the coffee be not warm -enough to cook the egg. When eggs are expensive an economical method is -to wash the shells before they are broken, and use with cold water to -settle the coffee. - -After all these precautions there are still other points to guard. Not -the least is the condition of the inside of the coffee pot; it should -never be stained, burnt or coated, but kept perfectly bright by being -washed, and, if necessary, scoured after each meal. It would be a gain -in aroma if your coffee pot could always be kept perfectly tight so that -none could escape, and if it could go to the table in the same dish. The -pleasant, suggestive odors which precede a meal are always signs that -the most delicious flavors of your coming breakfast, dinner or tea are -escaping, that through the unskillfulness of your cook you are losing -what should give the greatest charm to your meal. - -_Café au lait_[4] is an excellent drink and easily prepared. Make in the -usual way a pint of strong coffee, and into your table urn or a pitcher -pour a cup and a half of fresh milk, scalding hot; to this add the coffee -and let the whole stand for five minutes in a hot place, or in a kettle -of hot water. - -Chocolate is a most delicious drink if properly prepared; it is, however, -so often raw, muddy and strong that we have not been able to educate -ourselves to its peculiar disagreeableness. Make it by the following -rule and you will find it both nutritious and pleasant: Select with care -the best make of chocolate, and into a little cold water rub smooth -five tablespoonfuls of grated chocolate; be sure that it be rubbed in -smoothly, a hard particle of chocolate is as unwelcome a visitor in your -cup as floating tea leaves or black bobbing bits of coffee berries. So -rub it smooth and stir it slowly into five cups of boiling water. Let it -boil for about five minutes, and in the meantime heat two cups of milk; -this must be stirred into the boiling chocolate and the whole allowed to -simmer for a few minutes longer. You may sweeten it on the fire or in the -cup. - - - - -HUXLEY ON SCIENCE.[C] - - -All the time that we are awake we are learning by means of our senses -something about the world in which we live and of which we form a part; -we are constantly aware of feeling, or hearing, or smelling, and, unless -we happen to be in the dark, of seeing; at intervals we taste. We call -the information thus obtained sensation. - -When we have any of these sensations we commonly say that we feel, or -hear, or smell, or see, or taste something. A certain scent makes us say -we smell onions; a certain flavor, that we taste apples; a certain sound, -that we hear a carriage; a certain appearance before our eyes, that we -see a tree; and we call that which we thus perceive by the aid of our -senses a thing or an object. - -Moreover, we say of all these things, or objects, that they are the -causes of the sensations in question, and that the sensations are the -effects of these causes. For example, if we hear a certain sound, we -say it is caused by a carriage going along the road, or that it is the -effect, or the consequence, of a carriage passing along. If there is a -strong smell of burning, we believe it to be the effect of something on -fire, and look about anxiously for the cause of the smell. If we see a -tree, we believe that there is a thing, or object, which is the cause of -that appearance in our field of view. - -In the case of the smell of burning, when we find on looking about, that -something actually is on fire, we say indifferently either that we have -found out the cause of the smell, or that we know the reason why we -perceive that smell; or that we have explained it. So that to know the -reason why of anything, or to explain it, is to know the cause of it. -But that which is the cause of one thing is the effect of another. Thus, -suppose we find some smouldering straw to be the cause of the smell of -burning, we immediately ask what set it on fire, or what is the cause -of its burning? Perhaps we find that a lighted lucifer match has been -thrown into the straw, and then we say that the lighted match was the -cause of the fire. But a lucifer match would not be in that place unless -some person had put it there. That is to say, the presence of the lucifer -match is an effect produced by somebody as cause. So we ask, why did any -one put the match there? Was it done carelessly, or did the person who -put it there intend to do so? And if so, what was his motive, or the -cause which led him to do such a thing? And what was the reason for his -having such a motive? It is plain that there is no end to the questions, -one arising out of the other, that might be asked in this fashion. - -Thus we believe that everything is the effect of something which preceded -it as its cause, and that this cause is the effect of something else, and -so on, through a chain of causes and effects which goes back as far as -we choose to follow it. Anything is said to be explained as soon as we -have discovered its cause, or the reason why it exists; the explanation -is fuller, if we can find out the cause of that cause; and the further -we can trace the chain of causes and effects, the more satisfactory is -the explanation. But no explanation of anything can be complete, because -human knowledge, at its best, goes but a very little way back toward the -beginning of things. - -When a thing is found always to cause a particular effect, we call that -effect sometimes a property, sometimes a power of the thing. Thus the -odor of onions is said to be a property of onions, because onions always -cause that particular sensation of smell to arise, when they are brought -near the nose; lead is said to have the property of heaviness, because -it always causes us to have the feeling of weight when we handle it; a -stream is said to have the power to turn a waterwheel, because it causes -the waterwheel to turn; and a venomous snake is said to have the power -to kill a man, because its bite may cause a man to die. Properties and -powers, then, are certain effects caused by the things which are said to -possess them. - -A great many of the things brought to our knowledge by our senses, such -as houses and furniture, carriages and machines, are termed artificial -things or objects, because they have been shaped by the art of man; -indeed, they are generally said to be made by man. But a far greater -number of things owe nothing to the hand of man, and would be just what -they are if mankind did not exist—such as the sky and the clouds; the -sun, moon and stars; the sea with its rocks and shingly or sandy shores; -the hills and dales of the land; and all wild plants and animals. Things -of this kind are termed natural objects, and to the whole of them we give -the name of Nature. - -Although this distinction between nature and art, between natural and -artificial things, is very easily made and very convenient, it is needful -to remember that, in the long run, we owe everything to nature; that -even those artificial objects which we commonly say are made by men, are -only natural objects shaped and moved by men; and that, in the sense -of creating, that is to say, of causing something to exist which did -not exist in some other shape before, man can make nothing whatever. -Moreover, we must recollect that what men do in the way of shaping and -bringing together or separating natural objects, is done in virtue of the -powers which they themselves possess as natural objects. - -Artificial things are, in fact, all produced by the action of that part -of nature which we call mankind, upon the rest. - -We talk of “making” a box, and rightly enough, if we mean only that we -have shaped the pieces of wood and nailed them together; but the wood is -a natural object and so is the iron of the nails. A watch is “made” of -the natural objects gold and other metals, sand, soda, rubies, brought -together, and shaped in various ways; a coat is “made” of the natural -object, wool; and a frock of the natural objects, cotton or silk. -Moreover, the men who make all these things are natural objects. - -Carpenters, builders, shoemakers, and all other artisans and artists, are -persons who have learned so much of the powers and properties of certain -natural objects, and of the chain of causes and effects in nature, as -enables them to shape and put together those natural objects, so as to -make them useful to man. - -A carpenter could not, as we say, “make” a chair unless he knew something -of the properties and powers of wood; a blacksmith could not “make” a -horseshoe unless he knew that it is a property of iron to become soft and -easily hammered into shape when it is made red-hot; a brickmaker must -know many of the properties of clay; and a plumber could not do his work -unless he knew that lead has the properties of softness and flexibility, -and that a moderate heat causes it to melt. - -So that the practice of every art implies a certain knowledge of natural -causes and effects; and the improvement of the arts depends upon our -learning more and more of the properties and powers of natural objects, -and discovering how to turn the properties and the powers of things and -the connections of cause and effect among them to our own advantage. - -Among natural objects, as we have seen, there are some that we can get -hold of and turn to account. But all the greatest things in nature and -the links of cause and effect which connect them, are utterly beyond our -reach. The sun rises and sets; the moon and the stars move through the -sky; fine weather and storms, cold and heat, alternate. The sea changes -from violent disturbance to glassy calm, as the winds sweep over it with -varying strength or die away; innumerable plants and animals come in -being and vanish again, without our being able to exert the slightest -influence on the majestic procession of the series of great natural -events. Hurricanes ravage one spot; earthquakes destroy another; volcanic -eruptions lay waste a third. A fine season scatters wealth and abundance -here, and a long drought brings pestilence and famine there. In all such -cases, the direct influence of man avails him nothing; and, so long as he -is ignorant, he is the mere sport of the greater powers of nature. - -But the first thing that men learned, as soon as they began to study -nature carefully, was that some events take place in regular order and -that some causes always give rise to the same effects. The sun always -rises on one side and sets on the other side of the sky; the changes of -the moon follow one another in the same order and with similar intervals; -some stars never sink below the horizon of the place in which we live; -the seasons are more or less regular; water always flows down-hill; fire -always burns; plants grow up from seed and yield seed, from which like -plants grow up again; animals are born, grow, reach maturity, and die, -age after age, in the same way. Thus the notion of an order of nature and -of a fixity in the relation of cause and effect between things gradually -entered the minds of men. So far as such order prevailed it was felt that -things were explained; while the things that could not be explained were -said to have come about by chance, or to happen by accident. - -But the more carefully nature has been studied, the more widely has -order been found to prevail, while what seemed disorder has proved to -be nothing but complexity; until, at present, no one is so foolish as -to believe that anything happens by chance, or that there are any real -accidents, in the sense of events which have no cause. And if we say that -a thing happens by chance, everybody admits that all we really mean is, -that we do not know its cause or the reason why that particular thing -happens. Chance and accident are only _aliases_[1] of ignorance. - -At this present moment, as I look out of my window, it is raining and -blowing hard, and the branches of the trees are waving wildly to and -fro. It may be that a man has taken shelter under one of these trees; -perhaps, if a stronger gust than usual comes, a branch will break, fall -upon the man, and seriously hurt him. If that happens it will be called -an “accident,” and the man will perhaps say that by “chance” he went out, -and then “chanced” to take refuge under the tree, and so the “accident” -happened. But there is neither chance nor accident in the matter. The -storm is the effect of causes operating upon the atmosphere, perhaps -hundreds of miles away; every vibration of a leaf is the consequence of -the mechanical force of the wind acting on the surface exposed to it; if -the bough breaks, it will do so in consequence of the relation between -its strength and the force of the wind; if it falls upon the man it will -do so in consequence of the action of other definite natural causes; and -the position of the man under it is only the last term in a series of -causes and effects, which have followed one another in natural order, -from that cause, the effect of which was his setting out, to that the -effect of which was his stepping under the tree. - -But, inasmuch as we are not wise enough to be able to unravel all these -long and complicated series of causes and effects which lead to the -falling of the branch upon the man, we call such an event an accident. - -When we have made out by careful and repeated observation that something -is always the cause of a certain effect, or that certain events always -take place in the same order, we speak of the truth thus discovered as -a law of nature. Thus it is a law of nature that anything heavy falls -to the ground if it is unsupported; it is a law of nature that, under -ordinary conditions, lead is soft and heavy, while flint is hard and -brittle; because experience shows us that heavy things always do fall if -they are unsupported, that, under ordinary conditions, lead is always -soft, and that flint is always hard. - -In fact, everything that we know about the powers and properties of -natural objects and about the order of nature may properly be termed a -law of nature. But it is desirable to remember that which is very often -forgotten, that the laws of nature are not the causes of the order of -nature, but only our way of stating as much as we have made out of that -order. Stones do not fall to the ground in consequence of the law just -stated, as people sometimes carelessly say; but the law is the way of -asserting that which invariably happens when heavy bodies at the surface -of the earth, stones among the rest, are free to move. - -The laws of nature are, in fact, in this respect, similar to the laws -which men make for the guidance of their conduct toward one another. -There are laws about the payment of taxes, and there are laws against -stealing or murder. But the law is not the cause of a man’s paying his -taxes, nor is it the cause of his abstaining from theft and murder. -The law is simply a statement of what will happen to a man if he does -not pay his taxes, and if he commits theft or murder; and the cause of -his paying his taxes, or abstaining from crime (in the absence of any -better motive) is the fear of consequences which is the effect of his -belief in that statement. A law of man tells what we may expect society -will do under certain circumstances; and a law of nature tells us what -we may expect natural objects will do under certain circumstances. Each -contains information addressed to our intelligence, and except so far as -it Influences our intelligence, it is merely so much sound or writing. - -While there is this much analogy between human and natural laws, however, -certain essential differences between the two must not be overlooked. -Human law consists of commands addressed to voluntary agents, which -they may obey or disobey; and the law is not rendered null and void by -being broken. Natural laws, on the other hand, are not commands, but -assertions respecting the invariable order of nature; and they remain -laws only so long as they can be shown to express that order. To speak -of the violation, or the suspension, of a law of nature is an absurdity. -All that the phrase can really mean is that, under certain circumstances -the assertion contained in the law is not true; and the just conclusion -is, not that the order of nature is interrupted, but that we have made a -mistake in stating that order. A true natural law is a universal rule, -and, as such, admits of no exceptions. - -Again, human laws have no meaning apart from the existence of human -society. Natural laws express the general course of nature, of which -human society forms only an insignificant fraction. - -If nothing happens by chance, but everything in nature follows a definite -order, and if the laws of nature embody that which we have been able to -learn about the order of nature in accurate language, then it becomes -very important for us to know as many as we can of these laws of nature, -in order that we may guide our conduct by them. - -Any man who should attempt to live in a country without reference to the -laws of that country would very soon find himself in trouble. And if he -were fined, imprisoned, or even hanged, sensible people would probably -consider that he had earned his fate by his folly. - -In like manner, any one who tries to live upon the face of this earth -without attention to the laws of nature will live there for but a very -short time, most of which will be passed in exceeding discomfort; a -peculiarity of natural laws, as distinguished from those of human -enactment, being that they take effect without summons or prosecution. In -fact, nobody could live for half a day unless he attended to some of the -laws of nature; and thousands of us are dying daily, or living miserably, -because men have not yet been sufficiently zealous to learn the code of -nature. - -It has already been seen that the practice of all our arts and -industries depends upon our knowing the properties of natural objects -which we can get hold of and put together; and though we may be able -to exert no direct control over the greater natural objects and the -general succession of causes and effects in nature, yet, if we know -the properties and powers of these objects, and the customary order of -events, we may elude that which is injurious to us, and profit by that -which is favorable. - -Thus, though men can nowise alter the reasons or change the process -of growth in plants, yet having learned the order of nature in these -matters, they make arrangements for sowing and reaping accordingly; they -can not make the wind blow, but when it does blow they take advantage -of its known powers and probable direction to sail ships and turn -wind-mills; they can not arrest the lightning, but they can make it -harmless by means of conductors, the construction of which implies a -knowledge of some of the laws of that electricity of which lightning is -one of the manifestations. Forewarned is forearmed, says the proverb; -and knowledge of the laws of nature is forewarning of that which we may -expect to happen, when we have to deal with natural objects. - -No line can be drawn between common knowledge of things and scientific -knowledge; nor between common reasoning and scientific reasoning. In -strictness all accurate knowledge is science; and all exact reasoning -is scientific reasoning. The method of observation and experiment, by -which such great results are obtained in science, is identically the -same as that which is employed by every one, every day of his life, but -refined and rendered precise. If a child acquires a new toy, he observes -its characters and experiments upon its properties; and we are all of us -constantly making observations and experiments upon one thing or another. - -But those who have never tried to observe accurately will be surprised to -find how difficult a business it is. There is not one person in a hundred -who can describe the commonest occurrence with even an approach to -accuracy. That is to say, either he will omit something which did occur, -and which is of importance, or he will imply or suggest the occurrence of -something which he did not actually observe, but which he unconsciously -infers must have happened. When two truthful witnesses contradict one -another in a court of justice, it usually turns out that one or other, or -sometimes both, are confounding their inferences from what they saw with -that which they actually saw. A swears that B picked his pocket. It turns -out that all A really knows is that he felt a hand in his pocket when B -was close to him; and that B was not the thief, but C, whom A did not -observe. Untrained observers mix up together their inferences from what -they see with that which they actually see in the most wonderful way; and -even experienced and careful observers are in constant danger of falling -into the same error. - -Scientific observation is such as is at once full, precise, and free from -unconscious inference. - -Experiment is the observation of that which happens when we intentionally -bring natural objects together, or separate them, or in any way change -the conditions under which they are placed. Scientific experiment, -therefore, is scientific observation, performed under accurately known -artificial conditions. - -It is a matter of common observation that water sometimes freezes. -The observation becomes scientific when we ascertain under what exact -conditions the change of water into ice takes place. The commonest -experiments tell us that wood floats in water. Scientific experiment -shows that, in floating, it displaces its own weight of the water. - -Scientific reasoning differs from ordinary reasoning in just the same way -as scientific observation and experiment differ from ordinary observation -and experiment—that is to say, it strives to be accurate; and it is just -as hard to reason accurately as it is to observe accurately. - -In scientific reasoning general rules are collected from the observation -of many particular cases; and, when these general rules are established, -conclusions are deduced from them, just as in everyday life. If a boy -says that “marbles are hard,” he has drawn a conclusion as to marbles -in general from the marbles he happens to have seen and felt, and -has reasoned in that mode which is technically termed induction. If -he declines to try to break a marble with his teeth, it is because -he consciously or unconsciously performs the converse operation of -deduction from the general rule “marbles are too hard to break with one’s -teeth.” - -You will learn more about the process of reasoning when you study logic, -which treats of that subject in full. At present, it is sufficient -to know that the laws of nature are the general rules respecting the -behavior of natural objects, which have been collected from innumerable -observations and experiments; or, in other words, that they are -inductions from those observations and experiments. The practical and -theoretical results of science are the products of deductive reasoning -from these general rules. - -Thus science and common sense are not opposed, as people sometimes fancy -them to be, but science is perfected common sense. Scientific reasoning -is simply very careful common reasoning, and common knowledge grows into -scientific knowledge as it becomes more and more exact and complete. - -The way to science then lies through common knowledge; we must extend -that knowledge by common observation and experiment, and learn how to -state the results of our investigations accurately, in general rules -or laws of nature; finally, we must learn how to reason accurately -from these rules, and thus arrive at rational explanations of natural -phenomena, which may suffice for our guidance in life. - - -FOOTNOTES - -[C] From Science Primers. Introductory. By Prof. T. H. Huxley, -F.R.S. - - - - -THE CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES. - - -Science means classified knowledge. There may be much general knowledge -that is not science. It attains to that dignity only when the particular -facts known are generalized, and arranged in some order, instead of being -jumbled together, and lying about loosely in the memory, to be taken up -at random. Especially must the basal facts of the science be verified, -not assumed. - -Information that is general and assured, though as yet lacking system and -a proper ordering of the elementary facts, may, and usually will in time -advance to the dignity of science. History warrants this expectation. -Only let not the boast be made, or the honor conferred prematurely. -Geography, chemistry, and political economy are all now sciences. The -first has been recognized among the sciences from an early day, though -it has advanced rapidly during the present century. The last two are -comparatively new members, having held their place in the “Circle” -scarcely a hundred years. True, many of the facts of chemistry, and -the principles of political economy had been known for ages, but the -knowledge men had of them lacked either system or certainty, or both. So, -also, in respect to mineralogy, botany, and zoölogy, a store of known -facts had been for ages accumulating, before they could rightly be called -sciences. To reach that distinction the quality and orderly arrangement -of the things known are as necessary as the quantity. - -In the heading of this series of articles, “Circle” does not suggest the -rim of a wheel, or a curved line all the points of which are equally -distant from the center around which it is drawn, but rather a group -of sciences, just as “social circle,” and “circle of friends” indicate -the amicable relations of the persons without saying anything of their -positions in the place of their meeting. It is a goodly group, this -family of the sciences, and the members now so numerous and having -such distinctive characteristics will be introduced, not as a body but -severally, and in five classes: The Mathematical, Physical, Mental, -Moral, and Social Sciences. They hold such intimate relations with each -other, mutually giving and receiving aid, that we will not attempt to -keep the members of classes from mixing occasionally in our account of -them, as they often do in reality. - -Mathematics is the science of quantities and numbers. Its principles are -of the first importance, and are of service in all the departments of -science. In several of its subdivisions, of which brief mention will be -made, it uses known quantities for the determination of those unknown, -reasoning from certain relations existing between them. The qualities -it discusses are represented by diagrams, figures, or symbols, adopted -for the purpose. It is customary to speak of _pure_ and _mixed_, or -_abstract_ and _applied_ mathematics; the former treating of laws, -principles, and relations in the abstract, or without any special -reference to anything as actual or existing. The latter discusses the -principles, laws and relations in connection with existing phenomena. The -operations with numbers and symbols in pure mathematics, dealing only -with abstract quantities, do not necessarily imply the idea of matter. -Those of the science as applied have much to do with material phenomena. -The elements that enter into the calculations in both cases are axioms or -self-evident truths, things that are known intuitively, or grasped by the -reason soon as presented, only in applied mathematics, used more or less -in all sciences, these same axiomatic, self-evident truths are employed -in the discussion of natural objects, the laws, properties, and relations -of which are learned mostly by experience and induction. - -The sciences classed as pure mathematics are Arithmetic, Geometry, -Algebra, Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Arithmetic is eminently the -science of numbers, and treats of, or practically illustrates their -nature and uses. It employs the nine Arabic digits or figures with -the addition of the cipher, giving them various positions to express -numerical values, and not the native qualities or functions of the things -to which they are applied. The methods are the same, and the results -obtained equally true, whatever may be the nature of the quantities about -which inquiry is made. The elementary or fundamental idea in arithmetic -is unity, expressed by the figure 1, from which, with the help of the -other eight digits, and the individually valueless cipher, 0, expressions -for all the other values, whole or fractional, are formed. - -As arithmetical processes underlie, or enter into, the work of nearly all -mathematical calculations, its great importance as a science is evident; -though as often taught in our schools and used in business, it is simply -a method of reckoning or computation. - -Algebra is a kindred science, that, by the use of letters and symbols, -enables us to solve more readily all difficult questions relating to -numbers. It is, indeed, a kind of universal arithmetic. In the ordinary -arithmetic the numbers or figures employed, taken separately, have always -the same value, and the result, when, sometimes by a tedious process, -obtained, is applicable only to the particular question proposed, but -in solving the problem by algebra, since we employ letters to which any -values may be attributed at pleasure, the result obtained is largely -applicable to all questions of a particular class. Thus, having the sum -and difference of two quantities given, we readily obtain an algebraic -expression for the quantities themselves. By the new method the goal -is reached speedily, and the cabalistic terms, that may, at his first -attempts, perplex and discourage the young student, become his delight; -and in many difficult processes greatly shorten the work, enabling him -with ease to solve problems that to the common arithmetician are tedious, -if not impossible. - -Geometry, one of the oldest of sciences, measures extension, treats of -order and proportion in space. Its working elements are not numbers or -symbols, but points, and lines, either straight or curved, and surfaces, -with volumes, or solids. The simpler problems, when successfully -demonstrated, are used in solving those more complicated, making the -progress easy. - -Lines are made up of points, and have extension only in one direction. -Surfaces have length and breadth, and are distinguished as triangles, -quadrilaterals, polygons, etc., according to the number of lines that -circumscribe them. Solids have length, breadth, and thickness. From -a few elementary facts, much geometrical science has been deduced, -by very simple, logical processes. It is intimately related to other -sciences, and of much practical importance; but, if there were no other -advantage derived, as a discipline of the reasoning faculty there can -be nothing better. To pursue the study profitably there is little need -of an instructor. Class recitations are helpful, but let any one intent -on personal culture, and having only a little time for the work, get -a good elementary treatise on plane and solid geometry, and study it. -The exercise will become a delight, will give strength and grip to the -faculties, and furnish protection against the mental dissipation caused -by spending much time in the hasty, careless reading of what is fitly -called light literature. - -Analytical geometry is that branch which examines, discusses and develops -the properties of geometrical magnitudes by the use of algebraic symbols. -The questions or problems are solved, not, as in plane geometry, by -diagrams or figures drawn to show certain relations of magnitudes, but by -making algebraic symbols represent them, and thus solving the problems. -Analysis is much used in simple algebraic processes, but more in -analytical geometry, and in differential and integral calculus, which has -been called the transcendental analysis. It is useful as a higher branch -of the science, and without it the best achievements of the greatest -mathematicians would scarcely have been possible. These last named -branches are generally best pursued in our higher academies and colleges. -A college course would be sadly deficient without them, but only for -exceptional cases would it be advisable to put them in a course of study -to be pursued privately. - -If this brief mention of the higher mathematics kindles desire for -further knowledge, and you hesitate to grapple with them alone, by -all means go to college, and after a proper introduction, wherein the -chief embarrassment is felt, even calculus will be found an agreeable -acquaintance. - -Under the head of “Mixed Mathematics,” applicable to both laws or -abstract principles and facts, the discussion of things as actual -and possible, we have first, mechanics, the science that treats of -the various forces and their different effects. By _force_ is meant -any power that tends to prevent, produce, or modify motion. Three -are recognized—(1) gravitation, or the attraction of bodies toward -each other; (2) the cause, whatever it may be, of light, heat, and -electricity; (3) life, an equally mysterious power producing the actions -of animals and the growth of plants. These forces, though entirely unseen -and their causes unknown, are definite quantities. We readily conceive -of one force as equal to, or greater than another, and know that equal -forces, applied in opposite directions, balance each other. To everything -that moves there is force applied greater than the resistance to be -overcome. A number of forces may act on an object at the same time, -accelerating, retarding, or changing the direction of the motion given -to it. When the forces are so balanced as to hold the body on which they -act in a state of equilibrium, their action and consequent phenomena -are investigated under the head of STATICS, or the science which treats -of bodies at rest. When motion is produced, DYNAMICS considers the laws -that govern the moving bodies and the phenomena that result. These -branches of mechanical science are of great practical importance, and a -knowledge of them would save from many blunders and failures resulting -from incompetence. The same laws govern in the movement of all bodies, -whether solid or liquid. Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics, Hydraulics, etc., -are branches of the same science, and worthy of separate mention only -because they apply the general principles of statics and dynamics to the -phenomena of rest or motion in liquids. The foundation for all that is -peculiar in these branches with the lengthened names, and that together -may be called Hydro-mechanics, lies in the properties that distinguish -the liquid from other states of material bodies, whether gaseous or -solid, viz.: in the presence of cohesion, but with great mobility of -parts and more or less elasticity. Some peculiarities are so noteworthy -as to deserve mention even in this limited presentation. Because of the -only slight cohesive attraction, and entire freedom of motion among the -particles, liquid bodies possess no definite form of their own, but adapt -themselves to the form of the excavations or vessels containing them. -They, of course, vary much in their fluidity, the mobile liquids, as -water and alcohol, flowing more readily than molasses, heavy oils, and -tar. Fluids at rest press equally in all directions, upward, downward, -and laterally. In this, also, they differ from solids that press only -down, or in the direction of the center of gravitation. If not confined -they can not be heaped up, but their particles seek a common level. An -absolute water level is, of course, possible only when the area covered -is so limited that lines joining all the points on the surface with -the center of gravity are practically parallel, or their convergence -an inappreciable quantity. In large bodies of water, as the ocean, the -surface corresponds with the general rotundity of the earth. - -The fact of the equal pressure of liquids in all directions, and with -the same intensity, is found of great importance in practical mechanics. -The strong pressure of a small column of water is finely illustrated -by simple experiment with the water bellows, or hydraulic paradox, in -which one pound of water in a tube lifts a hundred pounds on the top -of the bellows, and the greater the disproportion between the diameter -of the tube and that of the top of the bellows, the greater weight it -will raise. More than two hundred years ago Pascal showed the enormous -pressure exerted by a lofty column of water in a small tube. A strong -cask was filled with water, and a small tube forty feet high closely -fitted in its head, when a few pints of water poured into it burst the -cask, and would have done so if it had been made of the strongest oaken -staves and bound with hoops of iron. This is the power used in the -hydraulic press, a very simple machine of much value in the industrial -arts when there is a demand for great force that can be slowly and -steadily applied, as in compressing cloth, oil cake, paper, gunpowder -and numerous other things. Its parts are so few that it can be described -without a model to represent it. A small, upright cylinder, with a -closely fitting piston used as a pump to draw and force the water, and -connected at the base by a tube with a much larger cylinder directly -under the substance to be pressed, in which there is also a piston to -be moved upward, though water tight. The whole is secured in position -by powerful frame work. Beneath the piston the water is received. And -knowing the principles of hydrostatics we can estimate its power. If -the areas of the lower surfaces of the two pistons are to each other as -one to four hundred square inches, one pound pressure on the small one -will deliver to the lower surface of the large one a pressure equal to -four hundred pounds weight. But let the arms of the lever used as the -force pump handle be to each other as one to fifty. Then when a force -of fifty pounds is applied at the end of the long arm of the lever it -will descend with a force of 50×50=2,500, and there will be delivered on -the lower surface of the large piston a power to raise it expressed by -50×50×400=1,000,000. Some allowance must be made for friction or other -impediments, say one fourth, which is more than enough, and still a man -or boy at the end of that pump handle would be able to lift at least -three hundred and seventy-five tons. - -The sciences we have been considering under the general name of -mechanics, which is derived from a Greek word that means to contrive, -invent, construct, have much to do with machinery, with the methods of -construction, the propelling forces, and the phenomena produced. There -were machinists and some simple machines propelled by human or brute -force, by weights and springs, by falling or running water, and air in -motion before the laws of motion and forces were understood, or the rude -mechanic arts began to assume the character of a science. The machines -were, of course, imperfect, and lacked efficiency, while many of those -now in use seem nearly perfect and adapted to the work expected of them. -But notwithstanding the marvelous advance that has been made in the -manufacture of machinery, and the intelligent application of mechanical -powers, we look for still greater things as possible in the future. - -It is well, however, never to forget that whatever the seeming may be, -the most perfect machine of human invention does not create force. That -is as impossible for man as it is to give life or create matter. All he -can do is to collect, concentrate and use, to the best advantage, the -forces that exist. He may by skillful appliances gain a great mechanic -advantage, and overcome very formidable resistance, but he must be -content to do it very slowly; and it has been often said that “what he -gains in power he loses in speed.” In many cases this seems a necessity, -and he must submit to it. His simplest machine, if the fulcrum is placed -very near the weight, gives a man tremendous power gained by his position -at the long arm of the machine. But the point at which he applies the -force must move much faster and a greater distance than the object -against which it is directed. So when a man with a system of pulleys -raises to the top of a tower a block of granite that four men might lift -from the ground he sacrifices in speed what he gains in the new way of -applying the force he has for the purpose. - -You visit a large manufacturing establishment or the mechanical -department of a great national or international industrial exposition and -see a whole acre of machinery of all kinds, shafts, wheels, saws, lathes, -and spindles in rapid motion, and, astonished at the complications, -inquire for the power that carries the whole. You will possibly find it -is in some remote part of the premises, and shut up in the motionless -boiler where the steam is said to be generated, which only means that the -water heated expands and struggles to escape from its confinement, while -man understanding the laws of its action manages to liberate the force -under conditions that make it his servant. - -The science of numbers and magnitudes, useful in discussing the -distances, measurements, and motions of terrestrial bodies, is especially -so in its application to astronomy. - -Astronomy as a physical science will receive consideration in the next -number; here only the mathematical elements are noticed, and they are -everywhere manifest. The same general laws control all material bodies, -those near to us, and those seen at a distance. So the science of the -stars is not now mere theory, but has all the elements of mathematical -certainty. When dealing with such vast numbers and magnitudes as engage -the astronomer’s attention, with a few known principles or laws, and -abundant recorded telescopic observations for the basis of their work, -men can calculate even more accurately than they can count or measure. -Having once prepared their theorem, aided by the logarithms of Napier[1] -that simplify and shorten the more difficult arithmetical calculations, -they can readily determine the distance, magnitude and motions of a -planet, and know that it is done with sufficient exactness. The distances -of the heavenly bodies are generally determined by their parallax, that -is the difference between the directions of the bodies as seen from two -different points. The inclination of the lines thus drawn is the angle -of parallax. By supposing the lines prolonged to the sun, and other -lines drawn through the points selected to the center of the earth a -quadrangle is formed, all the angles and sides of which are easily found. -In measuring very minute parallaxes it may not be possible to determine -the exact position of the body as projected on the celestial sphere, but -in that case recourse can be had to relative parallax, or the difference -between the parallaxes of two bodies lying nearly in the same direction. -The best opportunity for this is afforded by the transit of Venus, and -on this account great interest is felt in that phenomenon, and extensive -preparations are made for taking accurate observations. - -The figure, size and density of the celestial bodies have all been -calculated with approximate certainty. The orbits, through which they -pass in their revolutions, described, and their velocities ascertained. - -There is a solar system of which the sun is the center, and in its -relation to the planets stationary, though really moving on through -infinite space; the orbits through which planets move are not circles, -but more or less elliptic, having the sun at one focus of the ellipse. - -That planets move in ellipses was announced by Kepler[2] as the first law -governing their motions, and a second deduced from this and confirmed by -observations, is that they do not move with equal velocity in all parts -of their orbits; and that _a line drawn from the center of the earth to -the center of the sun passes over equal spaces in equal times_. He also -found as a third law that _the squares of the times of the revolutions of -the planets are proportional to the cubes of their mean distances from -the sun_. - -Navigation shows how vessels are directed in their course upon the great -waters. In proportion as the “paths of the seas” have become open, safe -and free for all, they are found paths of knowledge and civilization. The -science, small at its beginning, has grown to its present advanced state -by slow degrees, helped by contributions from the most opposite sources. -Practical but uneducated seamen have doubtless done much, as their -ingenuity is often, in emergencies, taxed to supply means of safety and -success that are wanting. More has been contributed by scholars, secluded -philosophic men whose lives are spent “in communion with the skies,” -in observing the motions of the heavenly bodies and studying the laws -by which they are regulated. But perhaps the most valuable service has -been rendered by another class who combine an experience of the sea with -much knowledge of astronomical science, men acquainted with the needs -of seamen and qualified to meet them. The introduction of the mariner’s -compass early in the fifteenth century was an epoch in the history of -navigation, as it made seamen in a measure independent of the sun and -stars. This was an incalculable advantage, as soon became apparent to -those who adopted the compass as their guide. Of the many improvements -and helps in the science of navigation we can only name, as conspicuous, -the invention of Mercator’s chart[3] in 1569, Davis’s quadrant[4] about -1600, and Hadley’s quadrant a century later. The character of the -instruments and a glance at the Nautical Almanac will show how largely -both mathematics and astronomy enter into the science of navigation. Nor -is it quite safe to take passage with a shipmaster who has but limited -knowledge of either. He should at least thoroughly understand his -instruments and be a ready, accurate computer. - -Geometry grew out of the practice of surveying, and now embodies many -of the laws and principles of the science. There are several distinct -systems of surveying, classed according to the purposes contemplated. -It is astronomically employed in determining the figure of the earth -by the actual measurement of arcs. A fair knowledge of mathematics -and trigonometry is required in what are known as coast surveys. Land -surveying is of the plainest kind, and employed in finding the contents -of areas, or in dividing large tracts into lots of smaller dimensions. -The chief difficulty is in getting the exact bearing of the lines and the -measure of the angles when the plot is an irregular polygon. - -Topographical surveying, beside the measurement of lines and angles, -takes note of variations of level, that the draft may properly represent -superficial inequalities. Maritime surveying is an important branch, -fixing the positions of shoals, rocks and shore-lines. Mine surveying -determines the location of works in the mine and decides whether the -excavations conform, as required, to lines on the surface. The compass -and chain are the surveyor’s most common instruments, but others are -used according to the nature of the surveys to be made. Incompetency or -carelessness in surveys often occasions serious trouble and loss. - -Fortifications for the defense of cities and the protection of soldiers -are as ancient as the existence of armies. The former, built in time of -peace, of such form and materials as military science and experience -suggest, are called “permanent fortifications;” and the temporary -works constructed as the exigencies of a campaign require are “field -fortifications.” The art and science have been practiced and studied in -all ages, and there is now an immense literature on the subject. - -As methods of defense must be adjusted to those of attack the earlier -permanent fortifications, in the progress of society and after the -introduction of artillery, became nearly worthless. High stone walls are -a protection while they stand, but, however strong, they can be battered -down by heavy siege guns that have less effect when directed against -earth works, which seem less formidable. A place thoroughly fortified is -seldom taken by a sudden assault. The United States have fortified less -than most of the great European nations, but are by no means defenseless. -Previous to 1860 there had been expended on our forts more than -$30,000,000; and all the exposed positions have been greatly strengthened -within the last twenty-five years. - -_End of Required Reading for February._ - - - - -THE POET’S VISION. - -BY MARY A. LATHBURY. - - - My Lady Lily, the waters sleep, - And the winds are among the clover; - Would I could hear the tale you told - The Poet once, till with voice of gold - Singing it over and over - - He came to the court and cried, “O king, - My song of thy state and glory - Is dead on my lips! I am done with strife, - And courts, and conquests. A song of life - I have learned from a water lily.” - - “Carol us then thy pretty song, - Sir Poet!” the king cried, sneering; - So standing stateliest of them all - The length of the royal banquet hall, - And flinging a look unfearing, - - Full on the king and his court, who sat - Smiling in fine derision, - He sang or chanted as chants a seer - When sense is fading, and draweth near - The high beatific vision. - - He sang of life in the soil of death, - A seed of a heavenly sowing; - Asleep in the murk and mire of earth, - In silence waiting its wondrous birth, - Of death or of life unknowing. - - He sang of the Sun of Life—His quest - In our death-deeps dark and chilly; - Of love that quickens to life the dead, - As the sun rays seek in the river-bed - The germ of the water lily. - - He sang of Faith—of the eye that seeks - With a sightless aspiration - The source of Love and the fount of Light, - Till far in the folds of the utmost night, - Storm-swept with fierce temptation, - - A light breaks through like a faint white star, - That grows and grows like the dawning, - Till, veiled in vapors, it hangs above - The wakened soul as the face of Love, - And Life has begun its morning. - - He sang of Life in the spring o’ day, - Of patience, and truth, and duty,— - The narrow ways to the full release, - When, lapped in light and a dream of peace, - It bursts as a flower to beauty. - - He sang—and his words fell thick and fast— - Of the resurrection glory; - Of good from evil, of life from death, - And then, with hesitant, bated breath, - The God-man’s marvelous story. - - Then silence fell on the king and court, - And out through the open portal - The poet passed with a solemn stride - Into the midnight spaces wide, - Or into the life immortal. - - My Lady Lily, you will not wake, - Wrapped in your dreams Elysian, - But this is the mystic tale you hold, - Deep in your tremulous heart of gold; - And this was the Poet’s vision. - - - - -THE HOMELIKE HOUSE. - -BY SUSAN HAYES WARD. - - -CHAPTER II.—THE FAMILY PARLOR. - - From the gay world we’ll oft retire - To our own family and fire, - Where love our hours employs; - No noisy neighbor enters here - No intermeddling stranger near, - To spoil our heartfelt joys. - - —_N. Cotton._ - -The room which above all others should be furnished with the most loving -thought and lavish expense is the household parlor, or family sitting -room. Here the father reads his evening paper, the mother busies herself -with her ready needle, the children “with books, or work or healthful -play.” This should be to eye and body preëminently a restful room, -commodious, cheerful. If the reception room for visitors needs the cheer -of firelight, how much more the _living room_ of the household. - -Whittier’s description of the homely comfort of an old New England farm -house remains unexcelled in the literature of house furnishing: - - “Shut in from all the world without - We sat the clean-winged hearth about, - Content to let the north wind roar - In baffled rage at pane and door, - While the red logs before us beat - The frost line back with tropic heat; - And ever, when a louder blast - Shook beam and rafter as it passed, - The merrier up its roaring draught - The great throat of the chimney laughed. - The house-dog on his paws outspread - Laid to the fire his drowsy head, - The cat’s dark silhouette on the wall - A couchant tiger’s seemed to fall, - And, for the winter fireside meet, - Between the andiron’s straddling feet - The mug of cider simmered slow, - The apples sputtered in a row. - And, close at hand, the basket stood - With nuts from brown October’s wood. - What matter how the night behaved? - What matter how the north wind raved? - Blow high, blow low, not all its snow - Could quench our hearth-fire’s ruddy glow.” - -For the sake of restfulness to the eye, the walls and carpet should be -neutral in tone, making a good background to the family figures; the wall -paper being of a good all-overish pattern that will not detract from -pictures that may hang on it, and the carpet or rug well mixed, of not -too loud a pattern, and without strong contrasts of light and dark. Blue -wall papers are hard to deal with, but creams, fawns, soft greenish or -olive-grays, and simple leaf patterns with slight variations of color -or shade are all good for walls that are to be hung with pictures, as -a sitting room should be. Common butchers’ paper, put on in sheets, -the better textured cartridge paper, or sheathing paper with a pretty -variation introduced by way of frieze or dado are all restful to the -eye and good for the sitting room walls. The greens used should not be -sharp and crude, but should be modified, making them yellowish, bluish, -or grayish. So with reds, which will be better yellowish, slightly -bluish (not purplish), or brownish; and yellows which must be modified -into creams, old-golds, or fawns. This rule is for large surfaces. A -little pure, bright color can be introduced here and there by way of -decoration, and must appear somewhere in the room if it is to have a -cheerful look, but wait till your pictures are hung before you introduce -much brilliant color. It may take the life out of them. Picture-rods are -a great convenience, and, after the first expense, save much trouble, -and much marring of walls by driving nails. The picture-rod should -run below the frieze, and a box of picture-hooks of suitable size for -the rods should be kept ready to hand, and picture-wire so that a new -painting or engraving when it comes home may find its place at once and -not stand on the floor for a month waiting till the master can drive -a nail. As for the wall decorations, there should be a looking-glass -for family convenience either in this parlor or the entry way (the -parlor is the better place), and the best pictures the house affords, -always making sure that they are good pictures. Better always a good -photograph, or wood-cut, or etching, than a poor chromo, steel engraving, -or water-color; and better, a hundred fold, a good water-color than a -poor oil painting. If your family portraits are poor, consign them to the -garret or the upstairs hall, but, if possible, have at least one good -painting in your home-room, even if it does cost money; and remember that -a first-hand sketch by a good living artist is better than a second-hand -copy of an old master. But one good painting in a house, whether a copy -or an original, is a continual art lesson. A woman of taste will not -mix all manner of pictures together on one wall. If possible, she will -keep oil paintings by themselves, and not put them in juxtaposition with -water-colors—nor will she put a picture suited only to a gallery in a -family sitting room. Nor will she put Bacchantes in the same group with -worshiping cherubs. There is a vast deal of stuff purely ephemeral that -women are apt to load their walls with—Christmas, New Year, Easter and -birthday cards, and painted panels, which may do very well to exhibit -during the holidays or the day or two after the birthday; then, having -had their day, they should cease to obtrude if not to be. There should be -a box or receptacle for all this clutter; such souvenirs are admirable -for their suggestions to the amateur decorator or embroiderer of the -family, but they should not be allowed to spot the walls, to hang from -the side brackets or to decorate the looking-glass. “God bless our home” -is a devout aspiration which is better carried out in a godly life than -worked in cross-stitch and hung over the sitting room door. I have seen -Scripture texts deftly inwrought into the mural decoration of a sea-side -cottage, verses from the sailors’ Psalm being painted in a decorative -way between border lines of frieze or dado, where they did not seem out -of place, but the summer boarders were well nigh driven from another -cottage because of a card-board abomination hung over the mantel piece -of their sitting room, with indigo clouds and grass-green waves, with -a three-quarters-length Christ in all colors of the rainbow uttering -the magic words worked in shaded reds—“Peace, Be Still.” The matter -of mottoes has been overdone, and it is always safe to leave them out -altogether. - -Paintings upon plush must be exceedingly good to make them worth hanging -anywhere. Usually such decoration is a waste of expensive material. -Any way, plush is too easily spoiled by dust or careless handling -to make it welcome in the family room. Painting upon picture and -looking-glass frames is another misuse of decoration. A London artist -with rare ingenuity paints a stalk of lilies to hide a flaw in his -hall mirror, and straightway the “Decorative Art” salesrooms all over -our land effloresce with blooming mirror frames whose unpruned vines -straggle and trail over every glass. The beauty of a mirror is to have -it absolutely clear and free from dust and dirt, finger marks or paint -blotches, throughout its entire surface. Flower painting in polychrome -upon frames and easels is utterly out of place, as it calls the eye off -from the picture which the frame or easel holds, and reminds one of a -servant decked out in finery surreptitiously borrowed from her mistress’s -wardrobe. - -Marble mantel pieces, to be good, must be expensive. A simple pine -mantel piece with a little incised ornament is far better than white or -cold gray marble. Raised, stuck-on ornament is objectionable, whether -in wood or stone, but mantel pieces, book-cases and cabinets give a -fine opportunity for domestic carving, and one can but wonder that -more home ingenuity is not expended on the construction and carving of -mantels and other woodwork in our rooms, such as doors and windows. I -have seen a wooden mantel piece small, plain, and somewhat cheap and -inferior-looking, so improved by a little carving, judiciously introduced -by the man of the house—a small panel set in here, and the edge of the -shelf prettily finished—that the whole thing grew dignified at once and -became a worthy ornament of the “spare room,” when painted in harmony -with the rest of the woodwork. The youngest whittlers might be taught to -use tools for the family good, if parents were only willing to go to a -little trouble and expense in providing models, tools and wood for their -use, and a comfortable chimney nook where the work could be carried on. -In the schools of Philadelphia Mr. Leland has shown how much may be done -by boys and girls when their efforts are wisely directed. - -When there is no room in the house specially set apart as a library, -cabinets and book cases form an important part of the sitting room -furniture. I would have book shelves of some sort in every room of a -house; but in the room where the family gathers there should be a special -shelf for books of reference. An encyclopædia is of as much value to the -household as a wood lot is to the farm. Better wear your old silk gown or -shabby overcoat another year, or two years even, and have your book of -reference always at hand for the general good. The unabridged dictionary -is a necessity, and should stand in its rack easy of access to school -children and their elders as well. A household book of poetry, Dana’s or -Bryant’s, or whatever may be better, and an equally comprehensive volume -of religious verse like Gilman’s, or Palgrave’s choice “Golden Treasury,” -should be well thumbed by the children, and should be placed temptingly -at hand, not locked behind glass doors. Glazed doors are demanded by -collectors who revel in vellum, uncut leaves, and rare editions, but -cases that are well backed and that have leathern, or even moreen or -flannel, valences tacked to the shelves, will serve well enough to -protect books in a house where all the reading matter is for daily use or -study. - -A low book case three or four feet high and broad enough to fill a -generous wall space, running, if need be, across one side of the room, -may be found ample enough for a family whose library is limited. Pictures -and vases can be ranged upon its top. I know a room that holds three -or four such book cases of ebonized pine, filled with books and made -gay with valences of scarlet moreen, which yet scorns to be called “the -library,” and is only known as the family “sitting room.” Valences of -leather or wool are sufficient to protect the books from dust if the -cases are well backed. - -In addition to the book case, hanging shelves for children’s books, or -cabinets for collections of any sort, can be made of pine, and when -absolutely plain, if neatly varnished, need not prove unsightly. They may -even be made very ornamental by a bright curtain, plain or embroidered, -with rings attached that run lightly over a brass rod or wire, and screen -the contents of the shelves from the too inquisitive eye. - -It is really a happy day for a household when one of its members develops -a hobby and begins to make a collection—not of buttons or business cards, -but of something on which genuine study will not come amiss, and there is -hardly any line in which one is likely to interest himself where he may -not often pick up for a mere trifle much that will be of special value to -his collection, much that, by itself, would be comparatively worthless, -but which in a collection has added worth and dignity; and any collection -makes a new point of interest in a home. In a quiet country town where I -once lived, the boys of the village took to collecting butterflies and -insects. Farmers carried turpentine or benzine in their pockets, and -would come home from their haying fields with hats gay with the captured -moths and butterflies they were taking to the collectors of their -several households. Thus homes hitherto utterly wanting in any æsthetic -influence, seemed to brighten into something positively charming, when -father and mother, son and daughter clustered about the drawers in the -front parlor, exhibiting to any chance visitor the fragile treasures so -carefully arranged within them, and when a new specimen was captured the -collector would - - “Run it o’er and o’er with greedy view, - And look and look again, as he would look it through.” - -Think of the many lines in which the collector may work! The postage -stamp craze was by no means to be despised; it was a good geography -lesson for the children, and well up to the times, throwing in a little -history as well. Coin collecting is yet more profitable in the same -lines, and when confined to the coins of one’s own land, gives a wide -enough range for the average collector. For the out-of-door student there -are shells, sea mosses and birds’ eggs, flowers to press, and minerals -to secure. One boy hunts up Indian relics, another collects weapons of -various sorts, from - - “The old queen’s arm which Gran’ther Young - Fetched back from Concord, busted,” - -to an Australian boomerang or a South Sea Island club brought by the -sailor uncle from some voyage of long ago. One dear, old lady has a -choice collection of bits of lace all dated and named; another of -pieces of brocade, an admirable commentary on silk manufactory. Here we -find a treasurer of fans, and there of snuff-boxes; here of children’s -photographs, and there of photographs or autographs of famous men; and -everywhere, all over our land, will be found the covetous collector of -rare, old china and pottery. Let the children be encouraged to interest -themselves in some such lines as these, not so as to make nuisances of -themselves and museums of their homes—there will be little danger of -that—but enough to give them a wholesome enthusiasm in some particular -line of study. A vast deal of general information is disseminated through -a household, unconsciously absorbed, as it were, when each one has a -hobby of his own, and gives out of his choicest discoveries for the -common good. - -As to the sitting room furniture, there are a few essentials that must -be emphasized. There should be a table large enough for half a dozen -people to sit around of an evening—a round one is best—strong, solid, -and covered with a serviceable cloth. There are handsome woolen table -covers that grow yet handsomer with age as their colors mellow together, -but the best is expensive. A square of plain felt does very well, and -is in better taste than the scarlet and green felt cloths stamped with -black figures that were so prevalent twenty years ago. A figured cloth -shows spots less than a plain one. If a mat of some sort, or even a -newspaper, is always laid down under any lamp that burns kerosene, and if -a blotter is always used where writing or painting is going on, a plain -cloth ought to last for years. Light should abound where the family sit -together, sunlight by day and good gas or lamp light by night should be -generously supplied. A good duplex burner or a double student lamp uses -no more oil than several small lamps dotted down here and there, about -the room, and it brings the family together about the central table. So -with the drop light, which is an essential where gas is used. The wise -woman discards gas in her sitting room, however, and uses good oil, -which is far better for the eyes. There should be a writing desk in the -room. The old-fashioned secretary was a valuable piece of sitting room -furniture, and many a good one has been recalled from the attic within -the last few years, and, by a judicious use of soda water, has been freed -from old paint, and when scrubbed and rubbed, it has shone as good as -new, and much more useful than the modern Davenport. There should be -large, easy chairs, not too low, for the use of the men of the house, -and for elderly people who find it hard to rise gracefully and with ease -from soft, low chairs. There should also be low chairs with broad seats, -and short arms, or none at all, for those who must busy themselves with -sewing, knitting, and embroidery, and comfortable camp chairs that can -be lightly lifted by the children and carried here and there about the -room. Let the chairs, in fact let everything be strong and comfortable -in this room. A heavy man is often put to great inconvenience because -the chairs at his disposal are too flimsy to bear his weight. There are -countless stories told of the Rev. Phillips Brooks, and men of his build, -who dare not laugh at a dinner party lest their chairs resolve themselves -into kindling wood at the first mirthful shake. In my own parlor there is -one chair deep, broad, and of marvelous strength, bought with an eye to -the needs of a friendly neighbor of grand dimensions. “This is a chair -that Mr. B. can’t break,” said the kindly donor who had witnessed the -collapsing of ordinary parlor chairs under his ponderous weight. Remember -that no chair should be expected to do service that has not connecting -rungs between the legs. - -There should be, also, a lounge or sofa in this room, with ample pillow, -not a round horse-hair cylinder, but something useful, restful, and not -too fine. Let the color be as perfect as may be, but if the material -of which it is made be really too splendid for daily use, its glories -should be veiled behind a strong, washable tidy. I have seen a gray linen -square or towel, with drawn work at the ends, such as costs fifty cents, -perhaps, at the linen shops, with a few long-stemmed poppies bending -together in a row at one end, wrought in outline, with the familiar -legend, “We are all nodding, nid, nid, nodding,” running sleepily down -the center. That had just sentiment enough, and art enough for its place -and use. Tidies are mere clutter if not intended to be brushed against -and used. Paintings on blue satin, decked out with lace, are out of taste -in any room, however fine, and out of place on any chair. No chair should -be too daintily dressed out to be sat upon; and no painting should so -hang as to invite shoulders clad in black broadcloth to rub themselves -against it. “Tidies” or “chair backs,” if used at all, should be of a -firm material, not easily crumpled, should be firmly attached, should -give off little or no lint, and should be washed when they are soiled, or -thrown away. They are better when off the white. - -There should be a wrap of some sort, afghan, Mexican or army blanket, -railway rug or shawl thrown over the foot of the sofa, with which to -cover up the invalid of the household, or any one who is tempted to -lounge awhile. - -Other sitting room comforts, though not essentials, are a sewing table, -stand or basket with drawers or pockets attached, for the convenience of -needlewomen, a portable screen, two-leaved and not too large, that can -shut off draughts from rheumatic shoulders, and an occasional hassock or -footstool—“crickets” our grandmothers called them in New England. - -The covering of tables, chairs, etc., affords an opportunity to introduce -color into the room, but it is not at all necessary that the chairs -should all be covered with stuffs of the same quality or color. Unless -very well chosen, plain colors are apt to stare, like the sharp green -“rep” that was so long popular, and whose good wearing qualities made it -so hard to displace. If the manufacturers had only kept pace with the -times, and produced the stuff in good, plain shades that would keep their -colors, or figured in good designs, it would still hold its own against -all the so-called tapestry goods that the upholsterers offer us. “Rep,” -however, was utterly unsuitable for curtains; it was stiff and wiry, and -hung in ungainly folds. - -For our sitting room some light drapery at the windows is advisable. If -the room has no blinds, there should be some sort of thick shades or -venetian blinds. There is a yellowish brown holland that is admirable -for the purpose; but with outside or inside blinds, a thin curtain like -Madras muslin is all that is necessary to shade the blackness of the -windows at night, or to temper the brightness of the sunlight by day. The -advantage of Madras muslin or Cretan cloth over lace, muslin, or cheese -cloth curtains lies in the color and figure; colored and figured curtains -showing to better advantage against the light than plain white, and -looking fresher much longer; they “furnish” a room more. - -Whatever curtains are used, they should be hung with rings from rods of -brass, bamboo, or wood—varnished pine is good enough—so that they can -be pushed entirely to one side with ease. Rods should not be too large -and should be finished at the ends with some simple ornament, as a plain -ball which pulls off at one end, so as to allow the rings to slip over -the rod. The curtains may be long, if hung outside the window frame, and -just reach the floor, or they may hang from the upper sash and just reach -to the window ledge, so as to cover only the window; or they may be half -curtains hanging from a small rod or wire so as to screen only the lower -sash. It is not at all necessary to treat the windows alike. A bay window -may have a long, heavy curtain running across the bay and forming a nook -where two or three may sit cosily together, and the other windows may be -treated to sash or half-sash curtains of soft silk, Madras muslin, or -even Turkey red calico. Where a window is filled with plants, the little -half curtain running upon a brass wire and falling over the lower sash -serves, on winter nights, as a slight protection for the plants from -outer air, and can be thrust to one side by day, and tucked up out of -sight. A little drapery is a great relief in a room where there are bare -floors and much display of woodwork in doors and window frames. Then, -a portière in place of a closet door, a hanging before a book case, or -curtains at the windows would relieve the bareness of the room as nothing -else could. Curtains should not repeat the color of the walls, nor should -portières be of the same material and color as the curtains. Woodwork, -however, when painted should repeat the wall color, though it should be -somewhat lighter in shade. - -There lacks but little to make our home parlor complete. A piano, if -practice thereon will not interfere with the occupancy of the room by -the household; otherwise let the piano be kept where music lessons given -and studied will not disturb the family serenity; for many reasons the -drawing room is the best place for the piano, it is more likely to be -treated with respect by mischievous fingers there than in the living -room; and a clock, the plainer the better—no little French fanciful -affair, but something substantial, that can last like the tall, ancestral -eight-day time piece. Should the clock stand on the mantel it is not -essential to have balancing ornaments on either side. The choicest -treasures of the house should indeed adorn the mantel piece, but it is -never necessary to have two of a kind standing at equal distances from -the center. - -This is the room in which all things should seem to grow into a likeness -to the household, and to grow old with it. Here no changes should be made -but for good cause, and always for the better, never by the wholesale. -Nor should furniture be introduced that is so staringly new and gay as to -put the rest out of countenance and make it look shabby by comparison. -There are plenty of good stuffs subdued enough in color to harmonize -with any long used parlor, no matter how old the carpet nor how faded -the chair seats. Whatever is good and old, though worn, let us respect, -preserve, and repair. - - - - -NATIONAL AID TO EDUCATION. - -BY GENERAL JOHN A. LOGAN, - -U. S. Senator from Illinois. - - -To bring to light and expose to public gaze our national defects or -social deformities is an unpleasant and generally thankless task, but -so long as we shirk it, just so long will they remain to our national -detriment and disgrace. To be conscious of disease, to locate and -properly diagnose it, is to be half-way on the road to good health. - -It is not necessary in this age of enlightenment to dwell upon the -manifest and manifold advantages to a people and to a nation, of -education. They are palpable, and conceded by all men. Illiteracy, -then, must as plainly be a disadvantage to a nation, a hindrance to -the advancement and welfare of its people, and an evil which should be -eradicated. - -We Americans boast, and boast rightfully, of the high position in the -scale of intelligence we occupy as a people; but pride in that fact -should not blind our eyes to our existing imperfections. We are proud of -the attainments of our men of letters; we rejoice in the achievements of -our scientists and inventors; we glory in our rapid advance among the -nations to wealth and power; and we fail to give serious heed to the -hundreds of thousands of our people who are growing up every year in -clouded ignorance, without even the rudiments of education. - -If we examine with care our census returns and the reports of our -Bureau of Education, we will be startled by some of the facts they -reveal. To follow many of these revelations in detail might lead to an -accusation of making invidious distinctions, but there are enough to -which the attention of the country may be called without the shadow of -justification for such a charge. Let us look at these. - -Take the Bulletin of “Illiteracy in the United States,” as returned at -the tenth census, and its first line reveals the deplorable fact that of -the 36,761,607 persons of ten years of age and upward, 4,923,451 (over -one-seventh) are unable to read, and 6,239,958 (nearly one-sixth) are -unable to write. - -It appears, moreover, from other census tabulations presented[D] to the -United States Senate that, of the 50,155,783 persons constituting our -population in 1880, there were equally proportioned between the white -and colored races, 4,204,363 of both sexes over twenty-one years of age -unable to write, or about 2,000,000 “illiterates” out of the 10,000,000 -persons at that time entitled to vote; or, in other words, one of every -five voters in the United States unable to write his name. From other -statistics of that census it appears also that 1,640,000 voters were -unable to read. Thus we have the astounding assurance that while one in -every five voters can not write the ballot that he wishes to deposit, one -in every six voters can not even read the ballot that he places in the -box! - -It is this one illiterate voter in every five (or six) voters who holds -the balance of power at our elections. - -While a very large proportion of our population, and also of that portion -of it which exercises the elective franchise, can both read and write, -yet a great number of these are very little the more intelligent because -their limited ability to do either or both is so imperfect and so rarely -availed of. Alluding to these, a committee of the United States Senate -(Report 101, Pt. 2, first session, Forty-eighth Congress), said: “Of -those who can write, multitudes do not place a sentence on paper twice in -a lifetime. Thousands never get an idea from the printed page.” Yet these -are the men who may at any time subject the country to their control—men -who hold the weighty balance of political power. - -To the patriot, to the lover of republican institutions, to the advocate -of unrestricted individual suffrage, this fact is appalling. But it is -none the less a fact that should be known. Nor may the advocates of -monarchical systems of government and of restricted suffrage take comfort -from that fact. That the deciding ballot in our political contests may -be an ignorant one does not prove the evil or folly of unrestricted -suffrage. Not at all. Cancer in the breast does not prove the folly of -life. Nor is a jammed finger necessarily fatal. These simply remind us -that in the one case the knife, and in the other the lotion, should be -quickly and efficiently used. So with the ignorant ballot. Its existence -merely proves the absolute necessity of prompt and vigorous action to -enlighten it—of educating him who casts it—of taking counsel from the -past and present and providently guarding the future. It teaches us -that while we are properly horrified at any desecration of the sacred -right of suffrage—whether by bulldozing, ballot-box stuffing, false -counting, or other methods of intimidation or of fraud—it is high time -to arouse ourselves to a state of facts existing around us and under our -very noses, constituting a sacrilege only differing from these others -in degree; to realize, in time to remedy it, that at every election -we witness, at almost every voting precinct in the land, a constant, -never-failing, almost winked-at desecration by power-clad ignorance of -that right; to realize the great dangers from this source that we have -thus far happily escaped; to properly apprehend the possible perils thus -stored up for us in the bosom of the future, and by timely, energetic and -sufficient action to arrest them. Thus the very knowledge that one in -every five of our voters exercises ignorantly this undue and prodigious -power must nerve a free and enlightened people to make immediate and -adequate provision both to aid and to make obligatory the elementary -education of those who in due time will inherit from us the right of -suffrage. - -It can not be too often or too strongly urged, under the light of -this revelation from the census returns, that an ignorant ballot is -a dangerous ballot, because it may be at once heedless, and easily -deceived; that an educated ballot is, to the degree of education, an -enlightened ballot—possibly wrong-headed or mistaken at times, but -as a rule careful, brave and pure; and that, as the ballot is placed -in the hands of all Americans, education—the means by which they may -discriminatingly cast that ballot—should be open and free to all. - -The very existence of the Republic depends upon the proper use of the -potential ballot. Education alone can teach that proper use. Hence it is -that “education to all” is the chief corner stone of the Republic; and -to make that secure, no effort however great, no expense however large, -should be withheld. - -Here then, with the fact staring us in the face, that the one potential -vote of every five votes that decides all the great political questions -of the day—questions involving the most complex and far-reaching -principles of government—questions of finance, of diplomacy, of commerce, -of trade, of the tariff, of the relations of capital and labor, and -others whose solution perplexes the minds of our very ablest statesmen—is -an utterly ignorant vote, can the American people hesitate to demand of -Congress not only immediate but adequate remedial legislation in the -shape of ample national aid to elementary education for all of school -age, and obligatory attendance within reasonable limits? - -But this is not the only fact bearing heavily upon the question of the -necessity of national aid to our public school system. If we examine -the details of these census tabulations we shall find that much the -larger portion of this illiteracy is found in some thirteen or fourteen -states. Taking these states and territories in which the proportion of -“illiterates” (those unable to write) to the total state or territorial -population of ten years of age and upward exceeds 25 per cent., we find -that ratio to be: In Alabama, 50.9 per cent.; Arkansas, 38; Florida, -43.4; Georgia, 49.9; Kentucky, 29.9; Louisiana, 49.1; Mississippi, 49.5; -New Mexico, 65; North Carolina, 48.3; South Carolina, 55.4; Tennessee, -38.7; Texas, 29.7; and Virginia, 40.6. Massing these twelve states and -one territory together, we find they include a population of 10,079,130 -of ten years of age and upward, of which number no less than 4,324,513, -or over two fifths, are unable to write—forty-three out of every one -hundred unable to sign their own names—while of the 26,682,477 persons -of like age in the remaining states and territories, the number of such -illiterates is but 1,915,445, or a little over seven in every one hundred. - -We are all of course aware that this large proportion of illiteracy -in the states named is largely owing to the presence of the colored -population. Nevertheless the fact remains that these people, to whom all -the rights of citizenship have been accorded, and who will hereafter form -a very important and possibly predominating factor in the administration -of the affairs of many of these states, as well as an important factor in -national affairs, must remain for a long time in ignorance unless some -other means of educating them be adopted than that which now obtains. - -But let no one deceive himself with the idea that this undue and -lamentable ratio of illiteracy in these particular states is due wholly -to the presence of the colored population. Unfortunately illiteracy -prevails to a very considerable and almost an alarming extent among their -native white population also. Thus the census tabulations show that -the proportion of “illiterates” (those unable to write), in the total -native white population, ten years of age and upward, is: In Alabama, 25 -percent.; Arkansas, 25.5; Florida, 20.7; Georgia, 23.2; Kentucky, 22.8; -Louisiana, 19.8; Mississippi, 16.6; New Mexico, 64.2; North Carolina, -31.7; South Carolina, 22.4; Tennessee, 27.8; Texas, 13.9; and Virginia, -18.5. Massing them we find that of the 6,010,714 native whites, ten years -of age and upward, within the territorial limits mentioned, there are as -many as 1,395,441—being 23.2 per cent., or nearly one in every four of -the whites—unable to write. It is evident, therefore, that the surprising -illiteracy in these states is not wholly attributable to the presence -therein of the colored race. - -It is somewhat humiliating to have to confess to the world by our own -official figures that one out of every four of the native whites over ten -years of age in twelve states and one territory of our Republic is unable -to write his own name, especially when we compare it with the additional -fact, derived from the same tabulation, that the illiteracy of the -foreign born of these same localities does not rise in any instance above -10.9 per cent. - -Turning to the other side of the picture we may find some grains of -comparative consolation in observing the fact that of the remaining -19,775,075 native whites, ten years of age and upward, in the United -States only 860,019—or 4.3 per cent., being one in twenty-three—are -unable to write. This favorable condition of one part of the country, -however, only serves to bring out in sharper contrast the sad condition -of the other part, and should spur the philanthropist and statesman to -renewed and more strenuous effort to obliterate, or at least ameliorate, -this alarming sectional inequality in the degree of illiteracy. - -Were it not for the hope of ultimately removing this inequality by -attaining an educational homogeneity or equality on the higher level -as between the sections, one might almost be tempted to wish for an -educational equalization on the lower grade; for as long as that -inequality continues to exist, so long must it prove a source of -irritation and danger in a thousand forms. - -As to the situation in the old slave states, where the colored population -is proportionately large, it is not difficult to understand it. We can -appreciate the dread on the part of the whites of an “uprising,” as it -is termed, of the colored people. But the words of Jefferson[E]—possibly -prophetic unless averted by the exercise of wisdom and fairness—have in -them a depth of meaning that none but those whites can fully realize -when, speaking of the slaves, he says: “And can the liberties of a -nation be thought secure when we have removed their only firm basis, a -conviction in the minds of the people that these liberties are the gift -of God? That they are not to be violated but with his wrath? Indeed I -tremble for my country when I reflect that God is just; that his justice -can not sleep forever; that considering numbers, nature and natural means -only, a _revolution of the wheel of fortune, an exchange of situation is -among the possible events_; that it may become probable by supernatural -interference! The Almighty has no attribute which can take sides with us -in such a contest.” - -Aside from the overawing influence of a large standing army there is -but one thing that can prevent a race-conflict, the very possibility of -which we dread to contemplate, and that is the benign and liberalizing -influence of education, resulting in a free and untrammeled exercise -of the elective franchise. Give the former and you will unquestionably -secure the latter. - -That the local as well as sectional inequality in education can be -overcome by no other means than by national aid, will be further -demonstrated. Nor is it just that we should expect or ask it to be -otherwise. No matter now what may have caused this inequality, the fact -that it exists is that which now momentously concerns us. We know it -can not be removed by recurring to the cause; and it will become more -and more evident as we examine the subject that only by speedy and -efficient congressional action can we now insure that future educational -equilibrium, not only between the races and between the sections, but -also between the people in each state, which will have so important a -bearing upon the destinies of this nation, and is so essential to the -continued peace, prosperity and contentment of its people. - -Another fact of great importance, as bearing upon the necessity for -national aid to education, is revealed by the census returns. It is a -curious as well as an important revelation, because it shows that the -ratio of children or persons under twenty-one years of age to the adults, -is considerably larger in some states than in others, and correspondingly -increases the educational burden. - -The principle involved in this condition of affairs may be simply -illustrated thus: Suppose the head of each family had to pay directly for -the education of his own children. Then, even with an equality of means, -the burden would, as a matter of course, fall heavier on the one with a -numerous than the one with a small progeny. - -To make apparent the effect of this inequality in the proportion of -minors to adults in different parts of our common country, let us suppose -that the mean average cost of schooling is four dollars per annum for -each child. - -It appears that in Connecticut, out of every one hundred persons, -fifty-nine are adults, and forty-one are minors. At this supposed rate, -then, the fifty-nine adults would have each to pay two dollars and -seventy-eight cents per annum in order to make up the one hundred and -sixty-four dollars per annum needed for the education of the forty-one -children. It appears also that in South Carolina, out of every one -hundred persons, forty-three are adults and fifty-seven are minors. At -the supposed rate, then, these forty-three adults would have each to -pay five dollars and thirty cents per annum in order to make up the two -hundred and twenty-eight dollars per annum needed for the education of -the fifty-seven children. - -Now, this is a very important fact, indeed, and must lead all fair minded -advocates of education to modify somewhat the criticisms they may have -made touching the expenditure in the South for education as compared with -that in the North and West; for here it becomes palpable that two dollars -and seventy-eight cents per adult in Connecticut is equivalent to five -dollars and thirty cents per adult in South Carolina for the schooling of -the children respectively, in those states. Nearly twice as much in one -state as in the other. - -But this result is from an assumed uniform mean average standard of the -cost of educating each child in the Union. Let us test the matter by a -comparison founded on actual cost. Take, for instance, the states of -Maine and Mississippi. - -In Maine there are fifty-eight adults to forty-two minors in every -one hundred persons. In Mississippi there are forty-three adults to -fifty-seven minors in every one hundred persons. In Maine[F] the -educational expenditure per capita of the school population is four -dollars and sixty-seven cents per annum. This enforces an annual -expenditure for this purpose of three dollars and thirty-eight cents by -each adult. An equal school tax of four dollars and sixty-seven cents per -annum for each scholar, imposed upon the adult population of Mississippi -would call for six dollars and nineteen cents from each adult—or nearly -twice what the adult of Maine must pay. - -The effects of this disparity will be more fully dwelt upon at a later -period. But it must surely be already apparent that this inequality of -the educational burden created by the disparity existing between the -populations of various portions of our country can alone be met and -remedied by some aid from the general government. - -It is true that the facts thus far adduced indicate rather the necessity -for national assistance to certain sections or states than for general -and uniform aid to all. But a further study and the development of other -facts will, as we proceed, more fully reveal, not alone the wisdom and -necessity of such aid to all, but the character and extent of the aid -required. - -Before we reach that period, however, there are facts touching other -phases of inequality of burden that are worthy of close and careful -consideration. - -Careful tabulations from the census returns show that a school enrollment -of 22.4 per cent. of the total population of Missouri amounts to but 88.6 -per cent. of the school population of that state, fixing the standard of -school age as between six and sixteen years; while a school enrollment -of 22 per cent. of the total population of New Jersey is equal to[G] -101.5 per cent. of her school population. Hence, although Missouri has a -somewhat larger percentage in school of her total population than has New -Jersey, yet she lacks more than 11 per cent. of having all her children -of school age enrolled as scholars; while a slightly smaller per cent. of -her total population places more than all the school age children of New -Jersey in school. So also with Vermont, where a school enrollment of 22 -per cent. of the total population gives 109.5 per cent. in school, of all -of school age. - -Comparing Nebraska and Connecticut, we find that while 22.3 per cent. of -the total population of the former state enrolled in the schools amounts -to but 95.4 per cent. of her children of school age, 21.3 per cent. of -the total population of the latter state enrolled in the schools is -equivalent to 110.3 per cent. of her children of school age. - -Massachusetts has to send 19.2 per cent. of her total population to -school in order to equal 104.8 per cent. of her children of school age, -while Illinois has to send to school 24.5 per cent. of her population to -reach a like ratio of enrolled scholars to children of school age. - -Even in states situated so near to each other as Pennsylvania and -New York we observe this inequality. In the former, where the school -enrollment is 22.8 per cent. of the total population, it is but 99.4 per -cent. of the children of school age, while in New York 23 per cent. of -the total population enrolled in the schools is 112.4 per cent. of her -children of school age. - -Thus far have been selected for comparison some of those states the -ratios of whose school enrollment to the total population were about the -same. But while these contrasts bring out very clearly the inequality in -the burden of educating the children of our country, yet there are more -marked illustrations at hand. - -Take Arkansas, West Virginia and New York, for instance. In Arkansas the -school enrollment is 13.5 per cent. of population, and but 51.3 per cent. -of the children of school age. At the same ratio a school enrollment of -23 per cent. of total population in Arkansas would be but 87.4 per cent. -of the children of school age. West Virginia has a school enrollment of -23.3 per cent. of total population, which is only 87.9 per cent. of her -children of school age. Yet New York, as we have already seen, by an -enrollment of 23 per cent. of her total population secures schooling for -113.3 per cent.—more than all—of her children of school age. - -Comparing other states, one with the other—such as Alabama with Maine, -Georgia with New Hampshire, Tennessee with Rhode Island, Mississippi -with Massachusetts, etc.—we see similar, and in some cases even greater -inequality. - -Let us now apply these facts practically, and thus reach a clearer -understanding of the effect of this great disparity. - -The actual mean average cost of the schooling of each public school -scholar in the United States is about ten dollars. Assuming then that -the adult population of each state bears the burden of educating its -children, and that all the children of school age in each state are -enrolled in the schools—as they should be—let us ascertain how much the -tax per capita would be on the adults bearing this burden in each state -and territory. In other words, let us discover how much in each state and -territory must every adult (male or female) pay every year in order to -supply the ten dollars per annum that it costs to educate each and every -child in that state or territory. - -It would cost each adult in Montana, $1.95; in Wyoming, $2.12; Nevada, -$2.12; Colorado, $2.20; Arizona, $2.34; New Hampshire, $2.78; Idaho, -$3.00; Massachusetts, $3.23; Dakota, $3.30; Rhode Island, $3.22; -California, $3.33; Connecticut, $3.27; Maine, $3.43; Vermont, $3.46; New -York, $3.56; District of Columbia, $3.77; Washington, $3.94; New Jersey, -$4.02; Michigan, $4.15; Oregon, $4.29; Delaware, $4.31; Pennsylvania, -$4.26; Ohio, $4.55; Maryland, $4.55; Nebraska, $4.77; Minnesota, $4.70; -New Mexico, $4.65; Wisconsin, $4.86; Illinois, $4.88; Indiana, $5.00; -Iowa, $5.10; Missouri, $5.28; Kansas, $5.32; Louisiana, $5.54; North -Carolina, $5.67; Virginia, $5.59; Texas, $5.86; Kentucky, $5.65; Florida, -$5.78; Utah, $6.07; Alabama, $6.12; Arkansas, $6.12; Georgia, $5.98; -South Carolina, $5.98; Tennessee, $6.00; West Virginia, $5.86, and -Mississippi, $6.28—while, massing the entire Union, the cost to each -adult in it would be $4.70. - -Thus we find that while the school tax on each adult in New York would -be but $3.56, in the adjoining state of Pennsylvania it would be $4.26; -that while in Massachusetts it would be but $3.23, in Illinois it would -be $4.88—a difference of $1.65 per capita to the adult; that while in New -Hampshire it would be but $2.78, in Mississippi it would be more than -double that amount. But the reader can himself, by a glance at the list -presented, perceive even more glaring inequalities than these in the -relative burdens which would be imposed upon the adult population of the -various states and territories, were that burden to be placed entirely on -their shoulders. - -If it be the true policy of a nation to equalize, as far as possible, -the necessary burdens imposed upon its people, then we certainly have -before us in these statistics, a condition of facts demanding serious -consideration and efficacious action by the general government. - -If inequality in the burdens imposed in order to educate our children be -any argument in favor of national aid to education—and who will venture -to deny it?—then we have in these statistics positive evidence of very -great and possibly hitherto unsuspected inequalities; inequalities of -which none could be aware without a close and critical analysis of the -figures, the developments of which as previously hinted, may well cause -us to modify somewhat the reproaches we may have felt inclined to cast -upon some of our states for what seemed to be a lack of proper effort on -their part in the direction of education. - -While, however, reproachful criticism of them still appears to -some extent justifiable, yet the deductions from rearrangement and -classification of the census and educational bureau tables show that -the fault does not altogether lie at the doors of those among whom the -greatest amount of illiteracy is found. - -In order to make this clear let us examine the ratio of children enrolled -in schools, not to the state, but to the adult population. That ratio is, -in Alabama, 34.6 per cent.; Arkansas, 31.4; California, 35.2; Colorado, -17.7; Connecticut, 36.1; Delaware, 34.6; District of Columbia, 32.1; -Florida, 35.8; Georgia, 42; Illinois, 50; Indiana, 54.3; Iowa, 56; -Kansas, 53.8; Kentucky, 36.3; Louisiana, 19.8; Maine, 40; Maryland, 31.4; -Massachusetts, 33.5; Michigan, 44; Minnesota, 47.8; Mississippi, 48.6; -Missouri, 47.7; Nebraska, 45.5; New Hampshire, 31.3; New Jersey, 40.7; -New York, 40.3; North Carolina, 40.7; Ohio, 47.8; Pennsylvania, 42.2; -Rhode Island, 30.2; South Carolina, 32.3; Tennessee, 49.1; Texas, 25.2; -Utah, 44.4; Vermont, 38; Virginia, 35.4; West Virginia, 51.8; Wisconsin, -50.4, and in the entire Union, 42 per cent. - -Now, the mean average number of children in the United States enrolled -in the schools being forty-two to every one hundred adults, what is our -surprise to find, in the figures just given, that every New England -state, as well as New York, New Jersey, and the District of Columbia, -falls below this average, while on the other hand, every northwestern -state (including Ohio, Missouri and Kansas), as well as Mississippi, -Tennessee and West Virginia, stands above it! - -That in proportion to the adult population of those states, there are -more children at school in Mississippi, Tennessee and West Virginia, than -in any of the New England states, is, indeed, an astounding revelation. - -Supposing, then, the cost of educating a child in those states to be the -same, it follows that each one hundred adults in Mississippi, Tennessee, -and West Virginia are paying more to educate their children than is paid -by the same number of adults in any New England state! - -At first sight these statistical results fairly stagger one, and give -rise to doubts of their accuracy. But a careful examination of them -will satisfy any reasonable mind that these developments are veritable -facts, if the census returns and the school enrollment reported by the -Commissioners of Education are to be accepted—being based upon and -directly calculated from them. Even supposing the existence of some -deficiencies in the returns or some minor errors in the calculations, the -general facts they reveal must be accepted as true. - -[TO BE CONTINUED.] - - -FOOTNOTES - -[D] By Senator Butler, of South Carolina. - -[E] “Notes on Virginia, Fourth American Edition, N. Y. 1801,” p. -241. - -[F] See Report of Commissioner of Education for 1881, page 49. - -[G] The surplus of percentage being due doubtless to the -attendance at school of some children beyond the school age prescribed by -law. - - - - -THE PARSON’S COMFORTER. - -BY FREDERICK LANGBRIDGE. - - - The parson goes about his daily ways - With all the parish troubles in his head, - And takes his Bible out, and reads and prays, - Beside the sufferer’s chair, the dying bed. - - Whate’er the secret skeleton may be— - Doubt, drink, or debt—that keeps within his lair, - When parson comes, the owner turns the key, - And lets him out to “squeak and gibber” there. - - It seems a possibility unguessed— - Or little borne in mind, if haply known— - The he who cheers in trouble all the rest - May now and then have troubles of his own. - - Alas! God knows, he has his foe to fight, - His closet-atomy, severe and grim; - All others claim his comfort as of right, - But, hapless parson! who shall comfort _him_? - - A friend he has to whom he may repair - (Beside that One who carries all our grief), - And when his load is more than he can bear - He seeks his comforter, and finds relief. - - He finds a cottage, very poor and small, - The meanest tenement where all are mean; - Yet decency and order mark it all:— - The panes are bright, the step severely clean. - - He lifts the latch—his comforter is there, - Propt in the bed, where now for weeks she stays, - Or, haply, seated knitting in her chair, - If this be one of those rare “better days.” - - A tiny woman, stunted, bent, and thin; - Her features sharp with pain that always wakes; - The nimble hand she holds the needles in - Is warped and wrenched by dire rheumatic aches. - - Sometimes, but seldom, neighbors hear her moan, - Wrung by some sudden stress of fiercer pain; - Often they hear her pray, but none has known, - No single soul has heard her lips complain. - - The parson enters, and a gracious smile - Over the poor pinched features brightly grows; - She lets the needles rest a little while; - “You’re kindly welcome sir!”—ah! that he knows. - - He takes the Book, and opens at the place— - No need to ask her which her favorite psalm; - And, as he reads, upon her tortured face - There comes a holy rapture, deep and calm. - - She murmurs softly with him as he reads - (She can repeat the Psalter through at will); - “He feeds me in green pastures, and He leads, - He leads me forth beside the waters still.” - - The reading’s done, and now the prayer is said; - He bids farewell, and leaves her to her pain; - But grace and blessing on his soul are shed— - He goes forth comforted and strong again. - - He takes his way, on divers errands bound, - Abler to plead, and warn, and comfort woes; - That is the darkest house on all his round, - And yet, be sure, the happiest house he knows. - - - - -THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. - -BY G. BROWN GOODE. - - - “Let the trust of JAMES SMITHSON to the United States of - America be faithfully executed by their representatives in - Congress, let the result accomplish his object, ‘the increase - and diffusion of knowledge among men,’ and a wreath of more - unfading verdure shall entwine itself in the lapse of future - ages around the name of Smithson, than the united hands of - tradition, history, and poetry have braided around the name of - Percy through the long perspective in ages past of a thousand - years.”—_John Quincy Adams._ - -The name of the Smithsonian Institution is a household word throughout -North America, and its fame is current wherever printed literature -exists. Abroad it is regarded as the chief exponent of the scientific -activities of the people of the United States, and the administrative -scientific department of our government. At home, its actual relations -to the administration are better understood, and it is looked upon in -its proper capacity—that of an organization closely affiliated to the -government and tenderly cherished by its officers, yet, in virtue of its -independent foundation, independent of political favor, and ready to -encourage, advise and coöperate with any public or private enterprise -without the necessity of annual appeals to the congressional committees -on appropriations. - -Visitors to the national capital usually carry away pleasant memories of -the quiet old building among the trees in the mall, with its mediæval -battlements and turrets of brown stone conspicuous from every point of -view, and the multitude who enter its halls are at least impressed with -the fact that the national treasure houses are becoming filled with -valuable collections rather faster than the available money and space -will allow to be properly arranged and displayed. Only a very few, -however, of the four hundred thousand persons who visited the buildings -last year can have had the opportunity to inspect the administrative -offices or the scientific laboratories, and very few indeed of those -who are acquainted with the general nature of the operations of the -establishment, have the slightest conception of their meaning and -importance. - -No class of American people, except indeed our scientific investigators, -better understand and appreciate the work of the Institution than do -our members of Congress, as is clearly shown by the uniform liberality -with which, throughout many successive terms, regardless of changes in -the political complexion of the administration, they have supported -its policy, by the care with which they disseminate its reports, by -the judgment with which they select their representatives in its board -of regents, and above all, by the scrupulous care with which they -have protected its independence from political complications. Through -the disinterested labors of Washington correspondents, novelists, and -playwrights, the average congressman of current, popular belief, is not -a person remarkable either for manners, honesty or intellect. Residents -of Washington, however, do not find the representative men at the Capital -counterparts of the eminent politicians depicted by the author of -“Democracy,” but in their stead, practical men of business, hard-working -in their committees and hard-worked by their constituents. It is its -support by these men, and through them by the people of the United -States, that has enabled the Smithsonian Institution to do its work in -the past. It is to such support that it will owe its efficiency in the -future, and it seems right that every opportunity should be taken to -explain its operations to the public. Representatives of the best classes -of thinking Americans will no doubt thoroughly appreciate the benefits -which education has received and will continue to receive from the proper -administration of the Smithsonian bequest. - -The story of the foundation of the Institution sounds more like a romance -than like fact. Its history seems like the fulfillment of some ancient -prophecy—even more strikingly so because it is evident that the future -is to fulfill the promise of the past. The father of the founder of the -Smithsonian Institution was one of the most distinguished members of -the English peerage. Upon the plate of his coffin in Westminster Abbey, -where he was buried “in great pomp” in 1786, he is described as “the -most high, puissant and most noble prince Hugh Percy, Duke and Earl of -Northumberland, Earl Percy, Baron Warkworth and Lovaine, Lord Lieutenant -and Custos Rotulorum of the Counties of Middlesex and Northumberland, -Vice Admiral of the County of Northumberland and of all America, one of -the Lords of His Majesty’s most Honorable Privy Council and Knight of -the most noble Order of the Garter, etc., etc.” While his aged father -was sustaining this overwhelming accumulation of dignities, and while -his elder brother, Earl Percy, was acting as Lieutenant-General in -the war against the rebellious British colonies in North America (he -commanded the reinforcements at the battle of Lexington in 1775, and led -the column that reduced Fort Washington, near New York in 1776), James -Smithson, a youth of modest fortune, inherited from his mother, was -laying the foundations of a scientific education in the English schools -and colleges, receiving the degree of Master of Arts at Pembroke College, -Oxford, in 1786, the year of his father’s death. He was then known as -James Louis Macie, Esq., and did not assume the name of Smithson until -fourteen years later, after he had attained to some reputation as a man -of science. His mother was not the Duchess of Northumberland, but a -cousin of her father’s, Elizabeth Hungerford, who was subsequently known -as Mrs. Macie. She appears to have been the daughter and heiress of Sir -George Hungerford of Audley and the Hon. Frances Seymour, sister of the -Duke of Somerset and aunt of Algernon Seymour, Lord Percy, by marriage -with whose daughter Sir Hugh Smithson was enabled to assume the name of -Percy and the title of Duke of Northumberland. The Smithsons were an -old Yorkshire family, Sir Hugh Smithson, the great-grandfather of James -Smithson, having been created baronet in 1660 by Charles II. after his -restoration. The names of Percy and Northumberland were, as has been -stated, assumed by James Smithson’s father. These barren, genealogical -details are referred to because they seem to be necessary to the -understanding of James Smithson’s career. - -Proud of his descent he undoubtedly was. In his will he describes his -identity himself in these words: “I, James Smithson, son of Hugh, first -Duke of Northumberland and Elizabeth, heiress of the Hungerfords of -Audley, and niece to Charles the Proud, Duke of Somerset.” He was, -however, a man of broad, philosophic mind, in whom a thorough training -in the best scientific methods of his day, and associations with leading -investigators in Germany and France, and his brother Fellows of the Royal -Society of London, had developed a generous appreciation of the value of -scholarship and scientific culture. - -In one of his manuscripts was found the following sentiment, which I have -already referred to as prophetic in its ring: - -“The best blood of England flows in my veins; on my father’s side I am -a Northumberland, on my mother’s I am related to kings, but this avails -me not. _My name shall live in the memory of man when the titles of the -Northumberlands and the Percys are extinct and forgotten._” - -These words came to my mind last summer in London when I saw the present -Duke of Northumberland, grandson of Smithson’s half-brother, a feeble -old man, still one of England’s greatest dignitaries, following in the -train of the Prince of Wales, and rising to falter out a feeble speech -proposing a vote of thanks to His Royal Highness for presiding at one -of the conferences of the International Fisheries’ Exhibition, upon the -occasion of an address by Prof. Huxley, president of the Royal Society. -The name of the Smithsonian Institution has a world-wide fame; but who -outside of English court circles ever heard of Algernon George Percy, -Duke of Northumberland? - -Smithson seems early in life to have become imbued with the scientific -spirit of his time. In 1784, while still an undergraduate at Oxford, -he made a scientific exploration of the coasts of Scotland in company -with a party of geologists. In 1787 he was admitted as a Fellow of the -Royal Society, and during the remaining forty-two years of his life, a -considerable portion of which was passed upon the continent, in Berlin, -Paris, Rome, Florence and Geneva, he was the associate of the leading -men of science, and devoted himself to research. He made an extensive -collection of minerals, which was destroyed by the burning of a portion -of the Smithsonian building in 1865, and always carried with him a -portable chemical laboratory. His contributions to science are included -in twenty-seven memoirs, chiefly upon topics in mineralogy and organic -chemistry, but a number of them relating to applied science and the -industrial arts. - -His work was by no means of an epoch-making character, but seems to have -been remarkable for its minute accuracy. Smithson was a much greater man -than his published writings would indicate. In his eulogy the president -of the Royal Society remarked: “He carried with him the esteem of various -private friends, and of a still larger number of persons who admired -and appreciated his acquirements.” He was evidently a man of broad, -general culture, who understood thoroughly the needs of the world in the -direction of scientific endowment, and whose action in bequeathing his -estate to the people of America was deliberate and well considered. - -In his admirable little monograph entitled “Smithson and His Bequest,” -Mr. W. J. Rhees has shown the tendency of the time of Smithson to have -been in the direction of establishing permanent scientific institutions. -Between 1782 and 1826, over twenty of the most important academies and -societies now in existence were organized. This period he remarks “was -not less marked by the gloom occasioned by long protracted and almost -universal war, and the extent and rapidity of its social changes, than -by the luster of its brilliant discoveries in science, and its useful -inventions in the arts. Pure, abstract science had many illustrious -votaries, and the practical applications of its truths gave to the world -many of the great inventions by means of which civilization has made such -immense and rapid progress.” He quotes in support of these statements -the words of Lord Brougham, the representative statesman of the day. “To -instruct the people in the rudiments of philosophy,” Brougham remarked, -“would of itself be an object sufficiently brilliant to allure the -noblest ambition.” - -He recommended this idea to the wealthy men of England, pointing out how, -by the promotion of such ends, a man, however averse to the turmoil of -public affairs, may enjoy the noblest gratification of which the most -aspiring nature is susceptible, and may influence by his single exertions -the character and fortunes of a whole generation. - -Very closely do these ideas agree with those expressed by Smithson -in various passages in his note books, especially with that which is -used for a motto upon the publications of the Institution: “Every man -is a valuable member of society who, by his observations, researches, -and experiments, procures knowledge for men.” Or this: “It is in his -knowledge that man has found his greatness and his happiness, the high -superiority which he holds over the other animals who inherit the earth -with him, and consequently, no ignorance is probably without loss to him, -no error without evil.” - -It was with a mind full of such thoughts as these, with perhaps the -support and inspiration of Lord Brougham’s words quoted above from his -“Treatise on Popular Education,” printed in 1825, with such models in -mind as the Royal Society, whose object is “the improvement of natural -knowledge,” the Royal Institution “for diffusing the knowledge and -facilitating the general introduction of useful mechanical inventions and -improvements, and for teaching the application of science to the common -purposes of life,” and the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge -established in London in 1825, that in 1826 Smithson drew up his will -containing the following weighty provision: “_I bequeath the whole of -my property to the United States of America to found at Washington, -under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the -increase and diffusion of knowledge among men._” - -No one has been able to show why he selected the United States as the -seat of his foundation. He had no acquaintances in America, nor does he -appear to have had any books relating to America save two. Rhees quotes -from one of these, “Travels Through North America,” by Isaac Weld, -secretary of the Royal Society, a paragraph concerning Washington, then -a small town of 5,000 inhabitants, in which it is predicted that “the -Federal city, as soon as navigation is perfected, will increase most -rapidly, and that at a future day, if the affairs of the United States go -on as rapidly as they have done, it will become the grand emporium of the -West, and rival in magnitude and splendor the cities of the whole world.” - -Inspired by a belief in the future greatness of the new nation, realizing -that while the needs of England were well met by existing organizations -such as would not be likely to spring up for many years in a new, poor, -and growing country, he founded in the new England an institution of -learning, the civilizing power of which has been of incalculable value. -Who can attempt to say what the condition of the United States would have -been to-day without this bequest? In the words of John Quincy Adams: “Of -all the foundations of establishments for pious or charitable uses which -ever signalized the spirit of the age or the comprehensive beneficence of -the founder, none can be named more deserving the approbation of mankind.” - -When the fact of the bequest became known, some six years after -Smithson’s death, much opposition was shown in Congress toward its -acceptance. Eminent statesmen like Calhoun and Preston argued that it -was beneath the dignity of the United States to receive presents, and -that it was too cheap a way of conferring immortality on the donor. The -wise counsels and enthusiastic labors of John Quincy Adams, who seems to -have had from the first a thorough appreciation of the importance of the -matter, finally prevailed, and the Hon. Richard Rush was sent to England -to prosecute the claim. He entered suit in the Courts of Chancery, in the -name of the President of the United States, and in less than two years—an -event unparalleled in the Court of Chancery—had obtained a favorable -decision. The legacy was brought over in the form of 104,960 gold -sovereigns which were delivered September 1st, 1838, to the Philadelphia -mint, where they were immediately recoined into American money, producing -$508,318.46, as the first installment of the Smithsonian legacy. This was -increased in 1861 to $534,529.09. - -For eight years the legacy lay in the Treasury, while the wise men of the -nation tried to decide what to do with it. In this instance the adage -that in the multitude of counselors there is wisdom did not appear to -be applicable in the ordinary interpretation. The delay, though irksome -to those who desired to see immediate results, was, however, the best -thing in the end for the interests of the trust. Every imaginable -disposition of the legacy was proposed and discussed in Congress; -the debates fill nearly three hundred and fifty pages of Rhees’s -compilation of Smithsonian documents. Letters by the hundred, advisory, -expostulatory and dissuasive were received from representative thinkers -and from societies at home and abroad. Every man had a scheme peculiar -to himself, and opposed all other schemes with a vigor proportionate to -their dissimilarity to his own. Schools of every grade, from a national -university to an agricultural school, a normal school and a school for -the blind were proposed. A library, a botanical garden, an observatory, a -chemical laboratory, a popular publishing house, a lecture lyceum, an art -museum, any and all of these and many more were proposed and advocated by -this voluntary congress of many men of many minds. It is not necessary in -this place to discuss the history of the period at length, nor to relate -the manner in which the prevalence of wiser councils was brought about. -It is sufficient to say that though the new institution was burdened from -the start with various undertakings which have since proved unprofitable -or better suited to the capacity of other institutions, such have been -the flexibility of its organization and the vitality of its membership -that it has been able to work out a career for itself unparalleled in the -history of benevolent foundations. - -It need not be said that the accomplishment of these effects was the -result of long continued effort on the part of men of unusual ability, -energy and personal influence. No board of trustees or regents, no -succession of officers serving out their terms in rotation could have -developed from a chaos of conflicting opinions, a strongly individualized -establishment like the Smithsonian Institution. The names of Joseph -Henry and Spencer F. Baird are so thoroughly identified with that of the -Institution that their biographies combined would form an almost complete -history of its operations. A thirty-two years’ term of uninterrupted -administrative service has been rendered by one, thirty-four years by the -other. It is very doubtful whether any other institution has ever had the -benefit of such an uninterrupted administration of thirty-eight years, -beginning with its birth and continuing in an unbroken line of consistent -policy a career of increasing usefulness and enterprise. - -Joseph Henry, the first secretary, entered upon his duties at the end -of the year 1846, a man already famous as an investigator in physical -science, a professor of fourteen years’ standing in Princeton College, -and recognized as eminent in scientific and general acquirements. From -the age of forty-seven to that of seventy-nine, his life was merged in -that of the Institution. Professor Asa Gray has pointed out so clearly -the deep impression which he made upon the Institution while it was -yet plastic, that I venture to quote his words in order to explain -the character of this new force in the evolution of good results from -the Smithson benefaction. “Some time before his appointment,” writes -Professor Gray, “he had been requested by members of the Board of Regents -to examine the will of Smithson and to suggest a plan of organization by -which the object of the bequest might, in his opinion, best be realized. -He did so, and the plan he drew was in their hands when he was chosen -secretary. The plan was based on the conviction ‘that the intention of -the donor was to advance science by original research and publication; -that the establishment was for the benefit of mankind generally, and that -all unnecessary expenditures on local objects would be violations of -the trust.’ His ‘Programme of Organization’ was submitted to the Board -of Regents in the following year, was adopted as its governing policy, -and has been reprinted in full or in part in almost every annual report. -If the Institution is now known and praised throughout the world of -science and letters, if it is fulfilling the will of its founder and the -reasonable expectations of the nation which accepted and established the -trust, the credit is mainly due to the practical wisdom, the catholic -spirit, and the indomitable perseverance of its first secretary, to -whom the establishing act gave much power of shaping ends, which as -rough-hewn by Congress were susceptible of various diversion. Henry took -his stand on the broad and ample terms of the bequest, ‘for the increase -and diffusion of useful knowledge among men,’ and he never narrowed his -mind and to _locality_ gave what was meant for mankind. He proposed only -one restriction, of wisdom and necessity, that in view of the limited -means of the Institution, it ought not to undertake anything which could -be done, and well done, by other existing instrumentalities. So as -occasion arose he lightened its load and saved its energies by giving -over to other agencies some of its cherished work.” The character of -the work done in manifold directions will be discussed topically below; -its spirit is sufficiently indicated in Dr. Gray’s terse summary just -quoted. Professor Henry died in 1878. “Remembering his great career as -a man of science,” remarked President Garfield, “as a man who served -his Government with singular ability and faithfulness, who was loved -and venerated by every circle who was blessed with the light of his -friendship, the worthiest and the best, whose life added new luster to -the glory of the human race, we shall be most fortunate if ever in the -future we see his like again.”[H] His statue, erected by Congress, stands -in the Smithsonian Park. - -Concerning the influence of Professor Baird, upon whom the mantle of -his predecessor has descended, it would perhaps be premature and out of -taste to speak. His eminence as a naturalist and his patriotic service as -Commissioner of Fisheries are too well known to need mention, and indeed -may be quite as appropriately discussed elsewhere. As assistant secretary -from the age of twenty-four he was intimately associated with Professor -Henry for twenty-seven years, and his executive ability found full scope -in the development of the systems of publication and international -exchange, as well as the museum, and the explorations, biological -and ethnological, which were from the beginning under his charge. As -secretary his policy has been a direct continuation of that of Professor -Henry. The services of Mr. William J. Rhees, for thirty-two years chief -clerk, merit also especial notice. - -The formal direction of the Institution is vested in a board of regents, -consisting of the Vice President and Chief Justice of the United States, -three members each from the Senate and the House of Representatives, and -six persons citizens of the United States appointed by Congress. The -President and his cabinet are _ex officio_ members of the Institution, -and there is a provision, not at present carried into effect, providing -for the election of honorary members of the Institution. The secretary is -the only executive officer of the board, and is responsible to the board -for his conduct of affairs. The regents meet once a year in January. Many -eminent men have served in the capacity of regents, and the records of -their proceedings indicate that their interest in the work under their -charge has been uniformly very active. - -The building occupied by the Institution and bearing its name is an -ornate structure of Seneca brown stone, occupying a prominent position -in the “Mall” which extends from the Capitol to the Washington monument. -This building was begun in 1847 and completed in 1855. It is hybrid in -character, combining features selected from both Gothic and Romanesque -style, and is more admired by the public than by connoisseurs in -architecture. It is doubtful if a building more unsuited to the purposes -for which it was designed was ever constructed. The diversion of the -funds of the Smithsonian bequest to this building was one of Professor -Henry’s greatest griefs, and before the close of his life by careful -economy of the annual income, he had succeeded in restoring the entire -sum, amounting to about $450,000 to the permanent endowment fund, beside -increasing this fund nearly $150,000 over and above the original bequest. -The eastern wing of the building, for so many years the hospitable home -of the secretary, has been reconstructed internally, and the offices of -the Institution are all established within its walls. The remainder of -the building is occupied by laboratories and exhibition halls connected -with the National Museum. Another building has recently been built -east of the Smithsonian for the reception of a portion of the national -collections. This was put up by congressional appropriation, and Congress -has at last recognized the justice of the claim, so many years urged upon -them by the secretary, that the Smithson money should not be used to -provide shelter for the government cabinets, and has assumed the care of -the Smithsonian building and votes money for its repairs and maintenance. - -Few people who visit Washington make the proper discrimination between -the Smithsonian Institution proper, and the establishments under its -custody. What they see is the National Museum. The relations of the -Museum to the Institution will be discussed more fully in a separate -article, but it is necessary to state just here that it is not the -property of the Institution, but rather its ward—its management being -intrusted by law to the Institution which is provided with funds for its -maintenance by annual congressional grants. In early days the Smithsonian -supported collections of its own, but these were not primarily for public -exhibition, but for the uses of scientific investigators. Professor Henry -always maintained that not one cent of the Smithson fund could with -propriety be applied to the support of the National Museum, and his view -is now the accepted one. - -In the Smithsonian proper, little is to be seen by visitors. In the -regents’ room is an interesting collection of relics of the founder, -including his portrait, his scientific library, and certain of his -pictures and personal effects. Beside the regents’ room there are -offices, store rooms and packing rooms occupied by busy clerks and -mechanics. The Smithsonian is, first of all, an executive establishment, -to which have been confided various trusts, to be mentioned hereafter. -It is also a publishing house, and an “exchange” for the reception and -transmission of scientific materials. The great masses of books in -brown wrappers and cases of papers, apparatus and specimens constitute -therefore the greater bulk of the material with which it has to deal. - -The leading feature of the plan proposed by Professor Henry was from -the first “to assist men of science in making original researches, to -publish them in a series of volumes, and to give a copy of them to every -first-class library on the face of the earth.” The manner in which the -first item of policy has been carried out can not be described here. -Those who wish to know how it has been done must consult the thirty-four -thick volumes of the annual reports, presented to and printed by -Congress. It is safe to say, however, in general terms that there is -probably not a scientific investigator in America to whom the helping -hand of the Institution has not at some time been of service, and that -assistance of this sort has been by no means restricted to this side of -the Atlantic. Books, apparatus and laboratory accommodations have been -supplied in thousands of instances, and every year a certain number of -money grants have been made. Not less important has been the personal -encouragement afforded, especially to beginners and persons remote from -other advice, in the hundreds of thousands of letters which have been -written by the two secretaries during the seventy years of their added -terms of office. No communication is ever passed by unnoticed and the -archive rooms of the Institution packed from floor to ceiling with letter -files and letter copy books are well worthy of inspection. - -The publications of the establishment are as numerous as those of a great -publishing house, and as a matter of fact, they are all given away; -although there is a provision for their sale at cost price, I doubt if -a thousand dollars’ worth has been sold in five years. There are three -series, the aspect of which must be familiar to every observing person -who has ever spent a day among the shelves in any American library of -respectable standing. The Smithsonian “Contributions to Knowledge,” now -including twenty-three stately volumes quarto with 116 memoirs, in all -12,456 pages, and numerous fine plates, the Smithsonian miscellaneous -collection, in octavo, containing 122 papers with 20,299 pages, and -thirty-five annual reports. The papers included in these volumes are all -published separately, the number of separate volumes printed up to this -time being above 500. These include papers varying in length from 4 to -1,000 pages, by the most eminent specialists in every branch of science. -The most recent work, one now in progress, two volumes having been -published, is a systematic work on the botany of North America by Dr. -Asa Gray; another is an illustrated work on prehistoric fishing, by Dr. -Charles Rau. - -I have never seen an estimate of the value of the books distributed -during the thirty-eight years, but I should judge that it can not fall -below $1,000,000, estimating the prices at standing publishing rates. - -In addition to the direct publications of the Institution let us look at -the numerous magnificent volumes of scientific reports printed in more or -less direct coöperation with the Institution by the various government -surveys and exploring expeditions, at government expense. Who can doubt -that the extent of this literature, which is a constant source of comment -in foreign scientific journals, where it is desired to stimulate European -governments to publish scientific researches in a similar way, is largely -a product of the influence of the Institution? - -One of the main features of the Institution in its early days was its -library. Its publications were distributed throughout the world to every -scientific and literary institution of good repute, and in exchange -they sent their own publications. In this way an immense collection of -scientific periodicals and journals was received, and the Smithsonian -library became one of the most extensive in the world in this department. -Books came in freely from other quarters and the support of the library -became a great burden to the Smithson fund. The same policy which led -to the abandonment of the Smithsonian cabinet, led to a transfer of the -library, and in 1866 the books were transferred to the Capitol where they -are cared for as a section of the national library under the name of “The -Smithsonian Deposit.” The books come in as heretofore, in exchange and as -donations, and are sent weekly to their place of custody at the other end -of the mall. The increase in 1883 amounted to 11,739 books and pamphlets, -and the total deposit amounts to about 100,000 volumes. Several thousand -volumes are retained in the working libraries of the Institution. - -At the time of the Smithson bequest the endowment of research had -scarcely been attempted in America. There were schools and colleges -in which science was taught and certain of the professors employed in -these institutions were engaged in original investigation. There were -a few young and struggling scientific societies, the American Academy -of Sciences in Boston, and the Boston Society of Natural History, the -Connecticut Academy of Sciences, the New York Lyceum of Natural History -(now the New York Academy of Sciences), the American Philosophical -Society, and the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia. The -American Association for the Advancement of Science was not organized -until 1840. The publications of these societies were necessarily very -limited in extent and influence, but then together with the monthly -journal published at New Haven, by Professor Silliman, they embodied -the chief outcome of American scientific work. Science in America was -an infant in swaddling clothes. Forty years have passed and American -science now stands by the side of the science of Britain, of Germany, of -France, a fellow worker, competing on an equal footing in nearly every -field of research. No one is likely to question the statement that the -Smithsonian Institution has done what was absolutely indispensable to the -rapid and symmetrical development of American scientific institutions, -and it is equally certain that the progress of American science has had -an immense influence upon the welfare of America in every department of -intellectual and industrial activity. It has offered a helping hand to -every institution and every individual in America capable of profiting -by its generous aid, and has stimulated coöperation by them with similar -workers abroad. In this way its influence has been enormous, but still -greater has been the benefit of its stimulating powers upon the policy of -the general government toward scientific ends. - - -FOOTNOTES - -[H] “One trait,” remarks Professor Gray, “may not be wholly -omitted from the biography of one who has well been called ‘the model of -a Christian gentleman,’ and who is also our best example of a physical -philosopher. His life was the practical harmony of the two characters. -His entire freedom from the doubts which disturb some minds is shown in -that last letter which he dictated, in which he touches the grounds of -faith, both in natural and revealed religion; also in his sententious -declaration upon some earlier occasions, that the person who thought -there could be any real conflict between science and religion must be -either very young in science or very ignorant of religion.” - - - - -GEOGRAPHY OF THE HEAVENS FOR FEBRUARY. - -BY PROF. M. B. GOFF, - -Western University of Pennsylvania. - - -THE SUN. - - “Now when the cheerless empire of the sky - To Capricorn the Centaur Archer yields, - And fierce Aquarius stains the inverted year; - Hung o’er the farthest verge of heaven, the SUN - Scarce spreads o’er ether the dejected day. - Faint are his gleams, and ineffectual shoot - His struggling rays in horizontal lines, - Through the thick air; as clothed in cloudy storm, - Weak, wan, and broad, he skirts the southern sky; - And, soon descending, to the long dark night, - Wide-shading all, the prostrate world resigns.” - -But as the days go by, his rays no longer struggle “through the thick -air” in “horizontal lines,” nor does he so closely “skirt the southern -sky,” but higher mounting pierces with penetrating power the dark -shadows, lessening “the long, dark night,” driving “the dusky shades -away.” So rapidly do these changes occur that in four weeks our daylight -increases one hour and seven minutes, or our length of days from ten -hours and nine minutes on the 1st to eleven hours sixteen minutes on the -28th. On the 1st, 16th and 28th the sun rises at 7:09, 6:52 and 6:34 a. -m., and on the same days sets at 5:18, 5:36 and 5:50 p. m. respectively. - - -THE MOON - -Presents us with great regularity her changes: Last quarter on the 6th at -5:29 p. m.; new, on the 14th, at 9:13 p. m.; first quarter, on the 22d, -at 5:23 a. m.; and full on the 28th, at 10:52 p. m. In apogee (farthest -from earth) on the 9th, at 7:24 p. m.; in perigee (nearest the earth) -on the 25th, at 6:24 p. m. Least elevation, 10th, amounting to 30° 9´; -greatest elevation, 24th, equal to 66° 45´. - - -MERCURY, - -“The fleet-footed,” makes a direct motion of 43° 18´ 37´´, moving -from about the middle of the constellation _Sagittarius_ and through -_Capricornus_, and is the companion of Venus throughout the month (see -“Venus”). Rises on the 1st at 5:55 a. m., and sets at 3:13 p. m.; on the -16th, rises at 6:12 a. m., sets at 3:50 p. m.; on the 28th, rises at 6:22 -a. m., sets at 4:46 p. m. On the 11th, at 7:00 p. m., is 44´ south of -Venus; on the 12th, at 4:00 a. m., farthest from the sun; on the 13th, at -5:42 a. m., 5° 56´ south of the moon. - - -VENUS - -And Mercury are both morning stars during the entire month, and are so -intimately connected as to afford a fine opportunity for making the -acquaintance of the latter. On the 1st Venus is about one and a half -degrees east and 1´ 38´´ north of Mercury; but as Mercury moves more -rapidly than Venus, he will overtake and pass her on the evening of the -11th at a point 44´ south; on the 22d, he will cross her orbit to the -north, and at a distance of 3½° east; and on the 28th will be found -nearly 6° east and 53´ north of her. Before the 11th Mercury will rise -earlier than Venus; on the 11th they will practically rise at the same -time; after the 11th Mercury will rise later than Venus. On the 1st -Venus rises at 6:00 a. m.; on the 16th, at 6:05 a. m.; and on the 28th, -at 6:03 a. m. She sets on the corresponding days at 3:18, 3:51 and 4:19 -p. m. respectively. Her motion is direct and amounts to 35° 54´ 10´´; -on the 13th, at 5:18 a m., she is 5° 9´ south of the moon. Her diameter -decreases from 11.2´´ on the 1st to 10.6´´ on the 28th. - - -MARS - -Will during this month be both evening and morning star, changing his -relation on the 11th, on which date he will be in conjunction with the -sun, and will not be visible to the naked eye. His motion will amount to -21° 25´ 32´´ direct, and his diameter remain at 4.2´´. On the 14th, at -10:44 p. m., he will be 4° 30´ south of the moon; on the 28th, at 2:00 p. -m., in perihelion, or nearest the sun. On the 1st he will rise at 7:26 a. -m. and set at 5:22 p. m.; on the 16th, rise at 6:58 a. m., set at 5:24 p. -m.; on the 28th, rise at 6:35 a. m., set at 5:25 p. m. - - -JUPITER - -Rises on the 1st at 6:48 p. m., and sets on the 2d at 8:06 a. m.; rises -on the 15th at 5:48 p. m., sets at 7:12 a. m. on the 16th; rises at 5:47 -p. m. on the 28th and sets the next day at 5:17 a. m. On the 1st, at 2:07 -a. m., he is 4° 9´ north of the moon; on the 19th, at 2:00 a. m., in -opposition to the sun, that is, on the opposite side of the sun from the -earth; on the 28th, at 6:43 a. m., he is again in conjunction with the -moon, being 4° 27´ north of our satellite. During the month his diameter -increases two-tenths of a second, and he has a retrograde motion of 3° -24´ 8´´. The statement that Jupiter retrogrades some 3½° may puzzle some -of our younger readers, who have doubtless been instructed in what is -a fact, that not one of our planets has a retrograde motion; but that -all move from west to east about the sun as a center. What we mean by -retrograde is really only _apparent_ retrograde; and it was something -very puzzling to the early astronomers, particularly to those who thought -that the earth and not the sun was the center of our system; that the -sun and all the heavenly bodies revolved each day about our earth. When -it was discovered that the earth revolved each day on its axis, and -all the planets revolved about the sun, the retrograde motions were -_comparatively_ easy to understand. Let us see if we can obtain a clear -idea of Jupiter’s actions for this month. As we view him on the night -of the 1st he appears about five degrees _east_ and 1° 2´ south of the -bright star _Regulus_, which can be seen almost the entire night as the -brightest of the six stars forming the sickle in the constellation _Leo_. -Noting his position again on the night of the 28th, we find that he has -moved westward about 3½°, and is only about 1½° _east_ and 17´ north of -Regulus; thus, as we say, having retrograded about 3½°. To assist us in -understanding this, let us take an orange to represent the sun, a grain -(of mustard, for example) to represent the earth, a pea to represent -Jupiter, and a point of some kind for Regulus. Now place these objects -on a stand in the following order: In one line, at the beginning, the -orange; two inches distant, the grain; eight inches farther, the pea. -Next draw a line through the center of the orange so as to make an angle -of five degrees with the line through the orange, grain and pea, and at -as great a distance as convenient, stick a pin to represent Regulus. Now -move the grain and pea (the former about two and one-fourth times as -fast as the latter) about the orange as a center, in the direction of -the movement of the hands of the clock (that is, from left to right). We -can readily see that on account of the more rapid motion of the grain, -together with its being nearer the orange, that the pea will _fall -behind_; and if we sight along the line of the grain and pea, the latter -will be seen nearer the line joining the orange and the pin; and should -we continue the moving of the grain and pea, making similar observations, -we should find the pea approaching nearer and nearer, and perhaps even -passing the line through the orange and pin. These relative motions -we can see will continue until the grain makes nearly one-fourth of a -circumference, after which the pea appears to make a movement in exactly -the opposite direction. Now the foregoing represents tolerably well the -relative positions and movements for this month of the bodies named. -The earth, Jupiter and Regulus are on the same side of the sun; the -earth nearest, Jupiter next (about five times as far as the earth), and -Regulus next (at a distance of say 20,000,000,000,000 miles), and five -degrees west of the line joining the earth and Jupiter. (These bodies -we know move at the average rate of 18.38 and 8.06 miles per second -respectively.) Our standpoint is the earth, and as we move eastwardly so -much more rapidly than Jupiter, we find him dropping back each day, and -apparently approaching nearer to Regulus, till at the end of the month we -find him as before stated, only about 1½° _east_ of that star. Should we -watch him through March and April, we should find him retrograding during -the former month and twenty-two days of the latter, on the 23d of April -being 1½° _west_ of Regulus; and on the same date, as the earth would be -going directly away from him, he would appear stationary; and immediately -afterward would seem to start again toward the east. Jupiter, as we know, -is one of the superior planets, and an explanation of his retrograde -motion explains that of all the others of his kind. A little ingenuity, -putting the earth for Jupiter and Mercury or Venus for the earth, will -show what is meant by the retrograde motion of the inferior planets. - - -SATURN - -Rises at 12:58 p. m. on the 1st and sets at 3:34 a. m. on the 2d; rises -at 11:58 a. m. on the 16th and sets at 2:35 a. m. on the 17th; rises -at 11:12 a. m. on the 28th and sets at 1:48 a. m. on March 1st. On the -16th, at 4:00 a. m., stationary; on 23d, at 3:21 a. m., 3° 44´ north of -the moon. Diameter diminishes one second. Will be an evening star during -the entire month, and thus afford most convenient opportunities for -observations. - - -URANUS - -Has a retrograde motion of 49´ 53´´; diameter, 3.8´´. On the 3d, at -3:25 a. m., is 1° 7´ north of the moon; on the 31st of January it rises -at 9:25 p. m. and sets on the 1st at 9:23 a. m.; on the 15th, rises at -8:24 p. m. and sets on the 16th at 8:22 a. m.; rises on the 27th at -7:35 p. m. and sets on the 28th at 7:35 a. m. It is now a little south -of the equator, in the constellation _Virgo_, and will remain in that -constellation some six years. - - -NEPTUNE - -Is only mentioned, lest the omission of his name might be regarded as -a “slight.” He is a slow-goer, and, except that his presence confirms -a law, we hardly know what he was created for. However, his habits are -quite regular; and we note that he takes the _rôle_ of evening star, -setting on the 2d at 1:22 a. m.; on the 17th, at 12:23 a. m., and on -the 28th, at 11:37 p. m. Has a direct motion of 14´ 35´´; a diameter of -2.6´´; and on the 8th, at 9:00 p. m., is 90° east of the sun. - - - - -NEW ORLEANS. - -BY GEORGE ALFRED TOWNSEND. - - -New Orleans is our most pleasing American city to persons from a northern -climate. Florida presents no place important enough to illustrate a large -general society. Texas has rising towns, but the Anglo-Saxon domination -there brings them more and more into resemblance to our own settled -English, or rather, British communities. In San Francisco we are charmed -not only with a complete change of foliage, scenery, and climate, but -with unexpected varieties in the population, there being a little tinge -of the south of Europe as well as of Mexico and of the Celestial Kingdom -in the speculative yet placid elements there. Yet New Orleans is not -so hard as even San Francisco. It is a land not merely of fruit, but -of the sugar-cane. It lies on that warm gulf whose farther shores were -more historical three hundred years ago than now. As time advances and -we complete our own connections and general developments we see more -and more that the American destiny must be southward. Canada, which has -had a much longer history than the United States, presents even now but -a thin rim of settlement, and her entire population from the banks of -Newfoundland to Vancouver’s Island is not equal to that of the single -state of New York. On the other hand, Mexico, through which the Americans -have built costly railroad systems piercing to the very capital city, has -a population certainly twice that of Canada, and probably three times -the number, considering the extension of Mexico toward Central America. -American diplomacy has little other ground to cover for the near future, -than the republics to the south of us. The surfeit of enterprises and of -productions in the United States compels us to consider a time when we -must not only find markets in the Spanish American states, but shall -become, if not pioneers, as we once were, certainly competitors in the -Pacific Ocean, of the English, Germans, and other modern nations. We have -opened a way to the Pacific by railroad, but the canal long contemplated -across Central America will operate more impartially toward shippers, -will cheapen the movement of goods, and incline the United States rapidly -toward an understanding of the new peoples to our southwest, in methods -no doubt providentially designed. New Orleans has been so clearly -understood by our railroad magnates that they have hastened, almost -without public assistance, to connect her not only with great points -like Hampton Roads, Richmond, Cincinnati and Chicago, but the railroads -are finished from San Francisco to New Orleans, and the only continental -railroad system from ocean to ocean under a single management, does not -pass by Chicago, but by New Orleans. The Americans originally stimulated -by the governmental credit to build from the Missouri River to San -Francisco, have upon their own credit and earnings stretched a railroad -through California nearly to the gulf of that name, and then across the -deserts and Texas, until New Orleans is at this moment the Atlantic -seaport of California. Mr. Gould, who succeeded Colonel Thomas A. Scott, -has stretched another railroad system parallel to Mr. Huntington’s from -the desert through Northern Texas and down the Red River to New Orleans. - -Near the close of the past year another important railroad was built -from Memphis directly to New Orleans. A little earlier last year the -Cincinnati Southern Railroad was extended directly to New Orleans by the -great syndicate which had leased it. Therefore, there now run into New -Orleans four lines of rail east of the Mississippi River, and two great -lines west of the Mississippi. Contrast this with the railroad facilities -which existed there only fourteen years ago. At that time New Orleans had -only one railroad to the north, and that had certain connections, and was -under no consolidated sway. It was not even connected with its adjacent -city of Mobile by rail. It had no railroad facilities whatever to reach -Texas, except a little piece of road which ran to the Gulf near the mouth -of the Atchafalaya, and there found steamships for Galveston. - -While other cities in the South have shown a cheerful energy to revive -themselves, and while new cities have started up at many points, and have -become respectable centers of trade, New Orleans has retained all that -imperial promise under freedom which she had in the palmiest days of -slavery. Perhaps no city in the South, or in the world, has so thoroughly -changed its ideas, political and social, in spite of sharp contests for -party supremacy there. - -The great exhibition of the present year is the best instance that New -Orleans means to lead the industrial spirit of the South, and to become -no longer the great filibuster in the tropics, but the energetic merchant -and projector there. No lawless impulse guided the erection of the great -buildings which are now crowded with the productions of America and -Mexico. - -The attempt to let the sugar interests of Louisiana and Mississippi go -in favor of the productions of Cuba and the East Indies, distinctly -points the people at the mouth of the Mississippi to the fact that their -alliance is probably to be with the Northern states, not merely in -politics, but in commerce. - -New Orleans is not the only French city in the United States, but it is -the only one which preserves the French quality and language perfectly, -and in that respect resembles Montreal and Quebec. St. Louis had a -French and Spanish basis, but when that post became American the small -Latin element was compelled, in self-defense, to adopt the language -and living of the Anglo-Saxons. New Orleans, however, had a sufficient -start when the Americans occupied it in 1803, to grow relatively with -the American settlers and consequently two cities arose side by side, -which still preserve their differences as much as if a quarter of London -and a quarter of Paris had been cut out and united. Besides, there was -a large rural and planting element in Louisiana, of the French stock, -which has assisted to keep up the French infusion, and hence the market -at New Orleans is the most characteristic thing in the city, where the -_habitants_ and the hucksters, the fishers from the Gulf, and the porters -and carters, carry us back to a scene anterior to the France of to-day, -or before republican ideas had reached the far French colonies. New -Orleans, too, constantly received emigration from neighboring French and -Spanish islands and coasts as they were affected by negro insurrections, -or by internal revolutions. Naturally the fleeing planters from Hayti -and the Lesser Antilles made their way to the nearest large town, and -the steam shipping of the Gulf all concentrates at the two centers of -the ellipse, New Orleans and Havana. The Mississippi River, which is the -only river of the first class on the globe to pass through a cultivated -land and an enlightened population, sufficiently marks New Orleans as -the eye of its destiny adjacent to its mouth. There are many Americans -who have never been to New Orleans, who are unaware that it, like New -York, has two distinct harbors or outlets. As New York has Long Island -Sound and the Bay of New York, one opening a hundred miles to the east -of the other, so New Orleans has a lake system close by which gives her -internal communication far to the east, or almost to the bay of Mobile, -and saves her two hundred miles of round-about river navigation to reach -her own coasts. It may be thought that New Orleans is too far from the -mouth of the Mississippi to command that the commerce of the Gulf should -come a hundred miles up that river for her benefit, yet Philadelphia -and Baltimore are quite as far from the ocean, and these cities have -easily commanded a great interior trade through the communications they -possessed, and from the products they had to supply. Coal, for example, -makes the most effective article of the commerce of both Baltimore and -Philadelphia, and coal is more valuable in the Gulf because farther from -the mines, than it is on the near east coast. The coal furnished to the -shipping at New Orleans has descended the entire line of the river, yet -by such easy facilities that at New Orleans it is probably the cheapest -coal in the world for the distance it has to come to get a market. Great -floats, of which dozens are hauled by a small tug or tow boat, go down -the Ohio to its mouth, and pass on to New Orleans and are there so easily -discharged that the lumber in them finds a market with the coal. - -Besides, the railroad projectors, without other inducement than their own -sagacity, have concurred in running all their railroads to New Orleans, -for the country at the mouth of the Mississippi is neither so healthy -nor so strategical for trade as this old town which was founded by the -French under the direction of their government when they picked slowly -and carefully the sites of future trade and military empire. These same -French located St. Louis, and it has not been found advisable by any -succeeding generation to try a better situation. - -We may ask whether New Orleans has as great an antiquity as our own -English cities? It is not as old as Philadelphia by almost thirty years, -and is somewhat younger than Charleston, and is about fifteen years -older than Savannah. Of course it does not compare in antiquity with -the colonial cities of the northeast, such as New York, Albany, Boston, -Montreal and Quebec. But it is nearly a century older than any of our -important Anglo-Teuton cities of the West. It is more than half a century -older than Cincinnati, and we may almost call it a century older than -Chicago. St. Louis was its Albany, or upstream neighbor, and was under -the same political domination. Mobile was the parent place the French -established on the Gulf, and Governor Bienville made New Orleans his -capital as late as 1723, or about nine years before the birth of General -Washington. - -Soon after this a levee was built in front of the new town, and the early -French authors and novelists took pleasure in visiting it, and even at -that date they called it “the famous place.” As in Quebec and Montreal, -the early French settlement was almost simultaneous with the bringing out -of monks and nuns, and soon a cathedral was conceived and nunneries were -built. The French, however, had not the vigorous nature of the English -in founding new places, and after nearly half a century of occupation -there were hardly three thousand persons in it to transfer to the -Spanish who took possession of the place in the midst of a revolution, -and had some of the best French citizens shot in order to be a terror -to what the Spanish governor, O’Reilly, already suspected to exist in -French Louisiana, the spirit of independence, which Spain wanted to -extirpate in all her colonies, fearing that they would speedily rise to -importance and overwhelm the parent power. Spain had been dismembered -by a treaty early in the eighteenth century, and was left with enormous -American possessions, and with a very small Spain to handle them. The -Spanish cabinet then conceived the policy of preventing the growth of the -colonies, so as to keep them down, use them merely for trade, and not let -that spirit of municipal independence which makes great fermentations in -states commence anywhere. Some of the Spanish governors, however, ordered -public buildings to be constructed, and the American residents at New -Orleans say that the Spanish sway of about forty years has left better -monuments than the French. - -A Spanish infusion of settlers marks the present population, and the -Americans call all the Latin races, no matter whether they come from -France and her islands, or Spain and her coasts, by the name of Creoles. - -A curious feature of New Orleans is the existence of considerable -elements there from states as foreign to ourselves as Yucatan. - -At the close of the American Revolution there were less than five -thousand persons in New Orleans. During that Revolution a considerable -number of respectable British settlers who wanted to avoid the War -of Independence, settled in West Florida and about Natchez, and in -other spots contiguous to New Orleans. Hence the Revolution was hardly -over before the first chapter of manifest destiny was directed from -Pennsylvania, Ohio and Kentucky upon the opening of the Mississippi -River. That physical achievement was so important to the producers on -the Ohio and the Tennessee Rivers that schemes of every sort were tried -to hasten the opening of commerce to the Gulf. One Senator of the United -States was expelled from his place for an intrigue partaking of the -nature of treason with the British who still backed up the Spanish on -the Gulf; and a Vice President was actually pursued nearly to the Gulf -and brought back and tried for treason at Richmond. How long the United -States might have had to wait the slow course of diplomacy or the rough -chance of war to get New Orleans, is uncertain, but Napoleon, who had -acquired Louisiana by his mastery over Spain, believing that he could -not hold it against the English fleets, made haste to sell it to the -Americans for a sum of money and old commercial claims. - -Eighty-two years ago, or about the rounded lifetime of an old man, the -Americans occupied New Orleans, and much of the city burnt up the year -our forefathers were voting for the first President of the United States. -A French newspaper had been issued in New Orleans several years before -the American possession. There were perhaps eight thousand persons in -the city when it was transferred to us. Twelve years after the transfer, -the Americans under General Jackson had to give battle to hold the city, -which the English attacked with the best troops they had used in Spain -against Napoleon who had already fallen. Napoleon was contemplating his -last endeavor to astonish the world at Waterloo, when the English and -Americans, unconscious that a treaty of peace had been made between -themselves, fought the battle of New Orleans, which resulted in more -disaster to the British arms than any battle on land during our second -conflict for independence. In St. Paul’s Cathedral stand the monuments -and statues of Packenham and Gibbs who lost their lives in the marshes -around New Orleans. - -In 1862, Farragut with his fleet took New Orleans. His victory drove an -entering wedge into the heart of the Confederacy and gave to the navy -of the United States a prestige which it had never enjoyed and which in -its present enfeebled state it is rapidly losing. New Orleans was the -wealthiest and most populous city of the Confederacy; it was four times -larger than either Charleston or Richmond, and before the war had the -largest export trade of any city in the world. Commanding mid-continental -navigation and being the key to the Gulf, its military value was equal to -its commercial importance. - -The plan for the capture of New Orleans by the navy, and the reduction of -the forts which guarded the approach to it from the south, originated in -the Navy Department in the fall of 1861. The credit for proposing this -plan has been claimed by more persons than one, and it is likely that it -was conceived and developed from suggestions and hints received from a -variety of sources. It was determined that a naval expedition should be -sent against New Orleans. The plan found little favor with army officers, -but the President became interested in it and Secretary Welles set about -carrying it into effect. The attention of military men was concentrated -on a proposed combination of the forces of the army and the navy for the -capture of New Orleans, in an expedition which was to descend to the -city from the upper waters of the Mississippi River. This scheme seemed -more attractive, and the idea of taking New Orleans by means of a fleet -advancing from the Gulf had never been entertained in military circles. -When Stanton became Secretary of War and was told of the proposed naval -expedition, he was astonished at the originality and audacity of the -idea and exclaimed: “An attack upon New Orleans by the navy! I never -heard of it! It is the best news you could give me.” Secretary Stanton -entered cordially into the spirit of the project and increased the number -of the troops which General McClelland had promised, from ten thousand -to eighteen thousand. Shortly after this, General B. F. Butler was made -acquainted with the purpose of Secretary Welles and he was given the -command of the military force which was to hold New Orleans after the -fleet had taken it. There is no evidence that General Butler suggested -any of the important plans or details for the expedition or that he had -any definite plans concerning it. - -Congress had ordered the blockade of 3,500 miles of coast line. There -were scarcely ships enough to maintain it, and the vessels for the New -Orleans expedition had to be built or procured from other sources. -After the Secretary of the Navy had decided to send a fleet against New -Orleans and had given orders for the construction of it, the most serious -question which presented itself was the selection of a commander. All of -the naval officers of high rank were suggested and considered. It was to -be the most powerful and splendid fleet ever gathered under the stars and -stripes, and the Department moved cautiously in the matter of choosing a -leader for it. Finally the name of David Glasgow Farragut was proposed. -The Secretary of the Navy remembered that years before in the war with -Mexico, Farragut had offered a daring plan for the capture of the strong -fort of San Juan de Ulloa, at Vera Cruz. He proposed that the fort be -“boarded” by attaching long ladders to the masts of the attacking ships, -which should then be towed up to the walls of the fort. Secretary Welles -was impressed at the time with the boldness and dash of the scheme, and -though he had not seen Farragut since that day, and really knew very -little of him, yet after some consultation he decided to offer him the -command of the fleet. Farragut, who had never had a squadron, gladly -accepted the honor and the responsibility. He had been trained by a life -of study and active service for some great emergency like this, which -came late in life, in his sixty-second year, but he was prepared for it -and he knew it. Farragut adopted the plans which had been considered by -the Navy Department and made them his own. He grasped the work before -him with a degree of earnestness and enthusiasm unusual in men of his -age. Secretary Welles says of him at that time: “In every particular he -came up to all that was expected or required of him. He determined to -pass the forts and restore New Orleans. He might not come back, he said, -but the city would be ours.” After his arrival at Ship Island on the -25th of March, 1862, Farragut wrote: “I have now attained what I have -been looking for all my life—a flag—and having attained it, all that is -necessary to complete the scene is a victory. If I die in the attempt it -will only be what every officer has to expect. He who dies in doing his -duty to his country and at peace with his God, has played out the drama -of life to the best advantage.” Here was a genuine pious hero of the old -school, determined to do or to die. His task was a herculean one. New -Orleans was defended by two forts erected at the lowest favorable point -for the location of military works, above the Gulf. Fort St. Philip -occupied the left bank of the river, and a short distance below it on the -right bank stood Fort Jackson. These forts mounted in all one hundred -and fifteen guns. A fort on the site of Jackson in 1815 held the British -fleet in check for nine days. The rebel forts were garrisoned by 1,500 -men commanded by General J. K. Duncan. A short distance above the forts -lay fifteen rebel vessels. This fleet included the iron ram “Manassas” -and a great floating battery clad with railroad iron. Below the forts a -heavy chain supported by the hulks of eight dismasted ships obstructed -the river. Farragut was to break through the chain, fight his way by -the forts, destroy or capture the rebel fleet and then steam up to New -Orleans and place that city under his guns. The attack was commenced -by the mortar fleet. For six days the mortars poured a ceaseless fire -of shells into the fort. The shells were flying through the air at all -times; nearly six thousand were thrown, but the forts were damaged very -little and the Confederate loss was only fourteen killed and thirty-nine -wounded. It was determined to pass the forts on April 24th. At sunset on -the 23d there were indications of the approaching conflict on every ship -in Farragut’s fleet. The attack was to be made under cover of darkness. -At eleven o’clock that night an officer signaled that an opening which -had been made in the chain was still clear. Five minutes before two -o’clock in the morning two red lights were displayed from the peak of the -flag ship. It was the signal to steam up the river. In about one hour -the fleet of seventeen vessels, in three divisions, was moving. The moon -was rising, but its light was lost in the fierce flames from bonfires -and fire rafts. Both forts opened fire upon the first ship as she passed -through the row of hulks. Five minutes later the little “Cayuga” was -pouring grape and canister into Fort St. Philip, and in ten minutes more -she had passed from the range of its guns and was in the arms of the -rebel fleet. It was a lively moment for the brave little boat. Eleven -rebel gunboats tried to demolish her at once. She could not go forward, -she would not go backward. There was nothing to do but to close with the -enemy. She drove an “eleven inch” shot through one of her antagonists and -it ran aground and burned up. Another one was crippled by a well directed -shot, and the “Cayuga” was about to grapple with the third when two ships -of the Union fleet came to her aid, the “Oneida” and the “Varuna.” - -The former ran into one of the rebel ships and almost cut her in twain. -The “Varuna” was rammed by the “Manassas” and another ship and went to -the bottom in fifteen minutes. While she was going down she fired into -one of her adversaries and so damaged her that she had to surrender to -the “Oneida,” and she sent a shell into another rebel gunboat which -exploded its boiler. All the time the remaining vessels of the first -division were steaming by the forts, pouring tremendous volleys into them -and receiving tremendous discharges in return. Farragut’s flag ship, the -“Hartford,” led the second division of the fleet. She was a noble vessel, -splendidly equipped; she steamed into the fight and was followed by the -long line of ships in the second and third divisions. By this hour day -was dawning, but heavy clouds of smoke hung over the river and no light -from the east reached the battling ships. The cannonading which all along -had been terrific was now growing sublime. Three hundred heavily shotted -guns were flashing and roaring over the dark water. The Union ships -advanced to the fray like the famous “Light Brigade,” with cannon to the -right of them, to the left of them and before them. Probably it was the -most picturesque naval battle in the world’s history. Thirty-four armed -vessels and two great forts were struggling in the early morning. The sun -seemed to stand still in the heavens. The light of the guns was brighter -than the orb of day, and Farragut’s gunners had to aim at the cannon -flashes from the rebel forts. The forts themselves were not visible. The -vessels of the enemy were not visible. Our ships were striking great -blows in the dark and they always struck with deadly effect. From points -above the rebels pushed great fire barges loaded with blazing pitch and -cotton into the stream. These rafts came floating down and when they did -not ignite our ships they illuminated them for the Confederate marksmen. -A flaming fire raft was hurled against the “Hartford” and flames ran from -the water’s edge to the mast top. The well trained crew extinguished the -fire and within five minutes the “Hartford” destroyed a rebel steamer -filled with boarding parties. The “Brooklyn,” another Union ship, -encountered a fire raft and for a time lay helpless before the merciless -guns of Fort Jackson. Disentangling herself, she steamed up to the fort -and poured such withering broadsides into it that its guns were silenced -for a time, and the gunners were seen by the ship’s crew as they peered -through the cannon-lighted portholes, to be fleeing from their guns. At -this time the vessels which had passed the forts were doing good work, -and the stream was filled with wrecked and burning Confederate gunboats. -Fire rafts and wrecks came drifting down side by side, and frequently -one of the latter would explode with a loud report. The low, curved iron -rams glided about like gigantic serpents of the sea. Boarding parties -were overrunning some vessels and being repulsed from others. It was an -awful, dazzling and furiously shifting panorama. The last ship to pass -the forts on that memorable morning was the “Penola.” In the light of a -blazing raft she received the discharge of the forty guns of St. Philip, -and passed on to join the victorious fleet above. “And thus,” says -Farragut’s son, “was accomplished a feat in naval warfare which had no -precedent, and which is still without a parallel except the one furnished -by Farragut himself two years later at Mobile.” - -On the morning of the next day the fleet moved up to New Orleans. At -noon Captain Bailey was sent to demand of the mayor of the city its -unconditional surrender, and that the flag of Louisiana be removed from -the City Hall. The mayor refused to haul down the flag or to make a -formal surrender of the city. While the officers and men of the fleet -were attending divine service the next day, they were startled by the -discharge of a howitzer from the main mast of the “Pensacola.” The -watchman in the rigging had seen four men tear down the flag of the -Union from the roof of the mint, and had at once fired the gun which was -trained on the flag staff. - -On the 28th the forts surrendered to Commander Porter, who had been -pounding away at them with his mortars. May 1st, General Butler and his -troops entered New Orleans, and Farragut turned the city over to him. -His administration was vigorous, but was hateful to the citizens. He -hanged Mumford, the leader of the mob which tore the Union flag from the -mint; he issued his celebrated woman order which placed every female who -insulted a Union soldier on the level of the street walker; he treated -with severity a Mrs. Phillips, who jeered at the remains of a Union -soldier. He is condemned for all of these things by very many people. -Many dishonest things were done during his administration, but repose, -vigor and security were the characteristics of it. General Butler was -a just, efficient, straightforward tyrant, not cruel, but possessed of -an inflexible determination to make his will the law and to make his -cause succeed. After General Butler came General Banks. He endeavored to -restore loyalty to the state by good treatment, but fell into the error -of reposing trust in a type of men who could not understand freedom nor -adopt even a business patriotism for the sake of their own prosperity. - -By the census of 1880 New Orleans showed for three-quarters of a century -of American rule a population of 216,000 people, of whom 175,000 are -natives of the United States, and only 58,000 are colored people. New -Orleans stood the tenth of American cities, with more than 36,000 houses, -and more than 45,000 families. Although the manufactures of New Orleans -were in their infancy they had an annual product of nineteen million -dollars, and paid nearly four million dollars a year wages. Looking over -the list of states to discover the origin of the people of New Orleans, -the remarkable fact appears that of her 216,000 people more then 151,000 -are natives of Louisiana. The neighboring state of Mississippi has not -put thirty-eight hundred souls into New Orleans. Alabama, which is within -two or three hours’ ride by cars, has not two thousand native children in -New Orleans, but New York has over two thousand of her progeny settled in -New Orleans, and Virginia has 4,300. Of the 41,000 foreign population, -nearly 7,000 are natives of France, showing that there is a constant -immigration, as in the days of Bienville, from old France to new France. -Germany has contributed to New Orleans 14,000 emigrants. About the same -number have come to New Orleans from Great Britain and Ireland. Spain -has contributed about 800 of her natives, Italy about 2,000, Switzerland -nearly 500, Mexico only 300, and the West Indies scarcely 400. These -are suggestive figures, and show that since the great rebellion those -elements go to the far South which have the most original emigrating -spirit and the greater variety of self-sustaining trades and pursuits. -A man who can do nothing, make nothing, improve nothing, has the least -of all motives to emigrate. The debt of New Orleans was about seventeen -million dollars at the last advices, considerably less than the debts of -Baltimore and Washington, but some four millions more than the debt of -Chicago. Railroads and other municipal improvements were responsible for -a good deal of this debt. - -Since the war New Orleans has been transformed from the likeness of a -quiet old French city like Orleans which gave it name, to the appearance -of a new French city with pretty relics here and there, and strong -cosmopolitan attachments. The great river which sweeps in splendid curves -past this city has compelled the streets to conform to some extent to -its shores, but the consequence is a charming disposition of streets to -both those who hate crooked streets, and those who hate straight ones. -The town may be likened to the spokes of a wheel with streets laid -out between the spokes in both directions, and conforming to them to -some extent. In front of the city stretches the great bank called the -levee, at the foot of which ride the majestic steamers which come from -all portions of the Mississippi valley and are often like palaces in -cardboard, and since the jetties have been made a success by Captain Eads -and the United States engineers, you also see at New Orleans, riding -cosily, the huge steamships from New York, Liverpool and Cuba. The chief -maritime lines from New York to Texas now stop at New Orleans and the -journey is continued by rail. This great levee, which is an artificial -hill thrown up to keep the river back, is lined with the sugar hogsheads -and cotton bales of the South, with coal and iron, plows and stoves, kegs -of nails, merchandise assembled from all parts of the globe, and massive -presses driven by steam to further compress the bales of cotton and -reduce them in bulk for shipment. A canal runs through the city, and its -other termination is on Lake Pontchartrain. At the lake is a beautiful -new resort built in recent years, nearly as agreeable as Chautauqua Lake, -and the peculiar Creole and negro cooking of New Orleans is to be found -in perfection there, as well as at the Spanish fort, in the environs -of the city. The shops of New Orleans are open to the air all winter -long, and art of a local nature is taking root there. Whatever the Gulf -produces is to be seen at the Creole capital, and a visit to it for even -a few days is the next thing to a trip to Europe. - - - - -THE UPPER CHAUTAUQUA. - -BY CHANCELLOR J. H. VINCENT, D.D. - - -There is a Chautauqua further on. First, there is a lake level, and -just above it is the level of the “Point,” with its pleasant grass, its -winding walks, its old Auditorium, shaded and hallowed with memories -that have grown through multiplying years. The old cottages, and many -of the old cottagers remain about this Auditorium—reminders of the old -times, and the oldest times, of Chautauqua, when the first vesper service -announced that “The Day Goeth Away,” and the “Nearer My God to Thee,” -rang out under these forest arches. Who that was there can ever forget -that hour? The altars were aglow that night, and hearts on fire. It was -an experiment, but from the first it was an assured success. The time -will come when the remaining sharers in that first feast in the evening -light will be very few, and the last of them will receive honor, and the -children of Chautauqua will listen to their story as with quivering lips -and kindling eye they speak about that first evening under the trees, -the words that broke the sacred silence, the songs that bore praise and -wonder and joy to the heavens, and the friendships that were formed there -never to be broken. - -How many who joined in the first Chautauqua service have already “fallen -on sleep” and gone out into a world sleepless and without nightfall, -where, for vesper chant are substituted the hallelujahs of an eternal -morning. - -But let us go up higher. Beyond the Point and Auditorium level are the -terraces that run along the hillside, one above another, gardens and -cottages, with pathways and winding roads, leading up under welcome -shadows to a higher Chautauqua—a long stretch of table-land crowned now -with Temple and Chapel, Pyramid, Museum and Hall of Philosophy, while -beyond, in the open fields toward the north we reach the highest point -of our Assembly grounds, one of the highest on the lake. Thus from the -landing and the beginning of our journey we ascend from the lowest to the -highest, and find beauty, delight, pleasant welcomes and rewards all the -way. - -This study in the lay of the land which makes the physical Chautauqua is -an allegory. There is an upper Chautauqua. And not all who visit the -place see it, and not all who become Chautauquans reach it. - -The Chautauqua movement is progressive, and its friends and students -are expected to make advancement in the line of its conceptions and -provisions. It has court beyond court in which it unfolds its progressive -aims and introduces its disciples to the higher privileges of culture -which it provides. No fences or lines mark these successive stages. They -do not correspond with the topographical elevations, although we have -found in the one a figure or symbol of the other. But such gradation -exists, and I shall point it out. - -I. THE ASSEMBLY—Is the first point of approach to the true Chautauqua. -It is the outer court open to the whole world. It has no restraints upon -those who come, save those which are necessary to guarantee a financial -support to the institution, and those rules of ordinary decorum which -are essential to the quiet enjoyment and profit of those who pay their -tribute and wait for the promised compensation. And this compensation -comes in lectures on the widest range of topics, from the “Philosophy -of Locke and Berkeley” to the light and cheery discussions about “Fools -and their Folly.” Concerts by gifted artists, characterizations by rare -impersonators, illustrations of life and manners in remote regions, -by the aid of costumer and _tableaux vivants_, stories of travel, -with photographic accompaniments colored, magnified, and illuminated; -sermons by able ministers, lessons by competent teachers, attractions -for lighthearted youth and wearied but rational age, in bonfires, -processions, fireworks, illuminated fleets—these are the features of -the outer court of Chautauqua for the entertainment, awakening, and -broadening of people who come with no far-reaching or serious purpose, -but who come to “hear” and “see” and have “a good time.” They are simply -recipients. The will-power lies dormant, save as some stirring statement -of lecture or sermon, or some unsyllabled passage in music opens the -soul to the worlds all about it replete with marvel, beauty and power. -So much for the outer Chautauqua. There are those who see this—only this -and nothing more. They come and go. They wonder why they and others -come, and yet they think they may come again—but are not sure. They do -not forget Chautauqua, and they do not “go wild” over it. They smile at -other people, whom they call “fanatics,” because they are full of it, and -“bound to come again,” and to “come every year,” and always, and “would -be willing to live there.” These have seen the Upper Chautauqua—for -beyond the “Assembly” is - -II. THE CIRCLE.—It is another court—further in, and a little higher -up—with a white-pillared hall among the trees—“The Hall in the Grove,” -about which a book has been written, and in which songs are sung and -weird services held, and where strange inspirations fall on people. For -those who belong to the Circle—the “C. L. S. C.” as everybody calls -it—are advanced Chautauquans. They know why they come to the place. And -they know when to come. They keep a calendar, and they mark the feasts, -and they know what to do when they are there. They seem at home. There -are hosts of them—all knowing each other, and apparently bound together -by some secret association which has a mystic power. They wear badges on -certain days, badges of different styles and colors and legends. In all -this there is something singular and beautiful. - -This “Circle” is a company of pledged readers in wide ranges of -literature. The “Assembly” contains people who listen. The “Circle” -is made up of people who read. The “Assembly” covers a few weeks. The -“Circle” casts its canopy over the year and the years. The “Assembly” is -at Chautauqua. The “Circle” carries Chautauqua to the world’s end—to the -east and to the west, to Canada, to Florida, to Scotland, to the Sandwich -Islands, to India, and Japan, to Cape Colony—everywhere. - -The members of the “Circle” stand on a higher plane than the Assembly, -because they put will into the work. They read what they ought, for -months and years, everywhere, getting larger views of the world, and -worthier views of life, and nobler views of the race, and of God the -Father of all. - -The “Circle” takes a wide sweep in the world of letters. Its themes -are those of the college world. It puts the preparatory and college -curriculums into good, readable English, and helps people out of college -to know what is going on there; what the young people study in history, -language, and literature; what authors they read, and what estimate is to -be placed on them and their work. It gives glimpses of science, physical -and metaphysical—pointing down to the rocks and up to the stars, and -about to the fields and seas and the forms of life in plant and animal. -Whatever college boys study, the “Circle” provides in some form and -degree for parents to read, that home and college may be one in outlook -and sympathy, in aim and delight. But there is something beyond. - -III. THE INNER CIRCLE.—Beyond the readers are the students—those who -have completed the four years’ reading in the “Circle,” and the members -of the “Society of the Hall in the Grove;” have filled out the various -memoranda; have certain seals on their C. L. S. C. diplomas, testifying -to this fact, and to the reading of the additional books. These walk on -the higher levels. Their names are enrolled in the “Order of the White -Seal.” Their faces are turned toward the Upper Chautauqua. - -It is possible that the members of the C. L. S. C. who walk in the -inner circle may meet those who rank with them, although they have come -hither by other routes—through the “Chautauqua Teachers’ Retreat,” -the “Chautauqua Spare Minute Courses,” and the “Chautauqua Assembly -Normal Courses.” As students, they all rejoice in the larger places of -Chautauqua. But there are heights beyond these heights. - -“Hearers,” “readers,” “student-readers,” successively mark the three -ascending grades of the Chautauqua movement, as outlined in the -“Assembly,” the “Circle,” and the “Inner Circle.” Beyond these three -stages, we come to - -IV. THE UNIVERSITY CIRCLE.—Here are members of “The League of the Round -Table,” whose seven seals on the C. L. S. C. diploma entitle them to -this higher honor. Here, too, are advanced students in the “Chautauqua -School of Languages;” these walk in the outer courts and among the sacred -corridors adjoining the University itself. Chautauqua now means more than -ever to them. The towers of the University rise above them. They ask why -its doors may not open to them, and why they may not rejoice in work, -real work, with after-tests in genuine examinations, and after-honors in -diploma and degrees. - -Some remain in this goodly place, hearing the songs that float down from -the higher halls, enjoying converse with their fellows of the grander -degree, and encouraging other and younger and more vigorous companions to -go up and possess the land. Others knock at the door by the upper step, -and as it opens, they enter the fifth and highest form of the Chautauqua -movement— - -V. THE UNIVERSITY, with its schools, colleges, and _academiae_; -its teachers and professors, its text-books and tasks, its rigid -examinations, and its promotions. Concerning the UNIVERSITY, I shall -write later on. - - - - -OUTLINE OF REQUIRED READINGS. - - -FEBRUARY, 1885. - -_First Week_ (ending February 7).—1. “College Greek Course,” from page 83 -to 107. - -2. “Chemistry,” chapters I, II and III. - -3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 1 to 32. - -4. “How English Differs from other Languages,” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -5. Sunday Readings for February 1, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Second Week_ (ending February 14).—1. “College Greek Course,” from page -107 to 133. - -2. “Chemistry,” chapters IV and V. - -3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 32 to 66. - -4. “Temperance Teachings of Science” and “Home Studies in Chemistry and -Physics,” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -5. Sunday Readings for February 8, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Third Week_ (ending February 21).—1. “College Greek Course,” from page -133 to 154. - -2. “Chemistry,” chapters VI and VII. - -3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 66 to 92. - -4. “Kitchen Science and Art,” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -5. Sunday Readings for February 15, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Fourth Week_ (ending February 28).—1. “College Greek Course,” from page -154 to 187. - -2. “Chemistry,” chapter VIII. - -3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 92 to 125. - -4. “The Circle of Sciences” and “Huxley on Science,” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -5. Sunday Readings for February 22, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - - - -PROGRAMS FOR LOCAL CIRCLE WORK. - - -FIRST WEEK IN FEBRUARY. - -1. Essay—The Life of Plato. - -2. Selection—“Translators of Homer.” From the “Prose Writings of William -Cullen Bryant,” vol. ii. - -3. Fifteen minutes’ talk on Home Decoration. - -4. Select Reading—Extracts from the Life of Pericles, found in “The Young -Folks’ Plutarch.” - -Music. - -5. Essay—Lavoisier and the Phlogiston Theory - -[In the “History of the Inductive Sciences,” by Whewell, a good reference -will be found.] - -6. What we have all seen (mentally, perhaps,) at New Orleans this week. -[Reports being made by each one of what he has read, heard or witnessed.] - -7. Report of Critic, who is to be appointed at the beginning of the -evening, and who is to note and correct all mistakes. - - -MONTHLY PROGRAM. - -1. Roll call—Quotations from Æschylus, taken from the “College Greek -Course.” - -2. Essay—Socrates. - -3. Select Reading—“Valentine’s Day.” By Charles Lamb. [Found in his -“Elia.”] - -Music. - -4. A General Talk on Huxley and his Teachings. [Let each one come -prepared to read or tell something about him.] - -5. Essay—The Greek Drama. - -6. Debate—Resolved, that it is wrong to feed tramps. - - -FOUNDER’S DAY—FEBRUARY 23. - - “He tried the luxury of doing good.” - -Music. - -1. Roll-call—Quotations on the Companionship of Books. - -2. Essay—New Departures in Education. - -[Reference can be made to Pestalozzi, Froebel, Col. Parker, and others.] - -Music. - -3. Recitation—Alone with My Conscience. - -[Found in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for October, 1884.] - -4. A Paper on the Chautauqua Institutions. - -Music. - -5. Select Reading—Proper Method of Employing Time. By Addison. - -6. A _Conversazione_—Subject: What Chautauqua has done for me. [Entered -into informally by all members of the circle.] - -Music. - - -LONGFELLOW’S DAY—FEBRUARY 27. - - “High as our hearts he stood.” - -1. Roll call—Quotations from Longfellow. - -2. Let several members who have been appointed beforehand give brief -accounts of different periods of the poet’s life, such as: His early -life, his years in college, his life as a college professor, his travels -abroad, his literary work, his home in the Craigie House, and his love -for children. - -Music. - -3. Recitation—“The Hanging of the Crane.” - -4. Select Reading—Extracts from “Outre-Mer.” - -Music. - -5. Essay—Longfellow’s Characteristics as a Writer. - -6. Recitation—“The Poet and the Children.” By John G. Whittier. - -7. A Paper—The Tributes to Longfellow by Eminent Men and Women. - -8. An analytical study of the poem “Sandalphon.” - - * * * * * - -A delightful Longfellow entertainment may be arranged from “Evangeline” -or “Miles Standish.” The poem chosen should be carefully cut so as not to -require more than an hour for reading. Let a good reader be chosen, and -as he reads let the most picturesque and striking passages be represented -by tableaux. - -Help in preparing programs for Longfellow’s Day may be found in the -following articles: _The Century_, June, 1882, “Henry Wadsworth -Longfellow,” poem; _The Century_, October, 1883, “Longfellow;” _The -Century_, November, 1878, “Henry Wadsworth Longfellow;” Allibone’s -“Dictionary of Authors;” Griswold, “Poets and Poetry of America;” -Duyckinck, “Cyclopædia of American Literature,” vol. ii.; _North American -Review_, January 1840, July 1842, July 1845, and January 1848; _Fraser’s -Magazine_, March 1848; _British Quarterly Review_ for January and -April 1864; _The Literary World_, vol. xii., No. 5; “Homes of American -Authors,” by George William Curtis; “American Classics for Schools,” vol. -i; “Longfellow Leaflets”—these convenient little slips have been prepared -for schools, but will be found very useful for large circles. They may be -had of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Boston, Mass. - - - - -LOCAL CIRCLES. - - -C. L. S. C. MOTTOES. - -“_We Study the Word and the Works of God._”—“_Let us keep our Heavenly -Father in the Midst._”—“_Never be Discouraged._” - - -C. L. S. C. MEMORIAL DAYS. - - 1. OPENING DAY—October 1. - - 2. BRYANT DAY—November 3. - - 3. SPECIAL SUNDAY—November, second Sunday. - - 4. MILTON DAY—December 9. - - 5. COLLEGE DAY—January, last Thursday. - - 6. SPECIAL SUNDAY—February, second Sunday. - - 7. FOUNDER’S DAY—February 23. - - 8. LONGFELLOW DAY—February 27. - - 9. SHAKSPERE DAY—April 23. - - 10. ADDISON DAY—May 1. - - 11. SPECIAL SUNDAY—May, second Sunday. - - 12. SPECIAL SUNDAY—July, second Sunday. - - 13. INAUGURATION DAY—August, first Saturday after first - Tuesday; anniversary of C. L. S. C. at Chautauqua. - - 14. ST. PAUL’S DAY—August, second Saturday after first Tuesday; - anniversary of the dedication of St. Paul’s Grove at Chautauqua. - - 15. COMMENCEMENT DAY—August, third Tuesday. - - 16. GARFIELD DAY—September 19. - -One of the most profitable half hours of the local circle evening is -that spent in general conversation on a particular topic. It furnishes -a practice which is of incalculable value. At the same time it is not -possible to put a number on a program of which it is more difficult to -make a perfect success. Of course many circles have learned the art of -talking. At SHILOH, N. Y., the “Atlantic” circle of sixteen members, a -busy, prosperous organization, to introduce variety into their programs, -often hold a “meeting of informal conversation,” but very many of us can -not succeed. At the root of our trouble lies that totally false idea -that the ability to converse is the gift of a few. When leaders suggest -a _conversazione_ the difficulties presented seem almost insurmountable. -The members contend that they can not talk; they will not try; they urge -that while history and science make excellent studies, they are too -“heavy” for conversation; they fly the subject and intrude a chit-chat -which totally destroys serious conversation. Some time ago we saw -successfully tried in a circle of about twenty members, the following -method for cultivating conversation: The subject was introduced by the -leader in a brief and earnest talk. He showed the barrenness of ideas -and the lack of fine and exact expression in our social converse. He -urged the possibility and the duty of every one becoming an entertaining -talker. An interest was thoroughly aroused, and a vote was carried by -the society to devote a half hour to talking on subjects suggested by -the C. L. S. C. readings. Each member promised to confine himself to -the subject, to come prepared to follow the whole subject, and to give -particular items on certain points. Members were bound to ask questions, -to look up pictures to illustrate, anecdotes to enliven and wise words -to enforce the points brought out. They learned to talk, and to talk on -worthy subjects. Their experience soon grew to be a little like that -which happened to a member of the HOLLISTER, CALIFORNIA, circle. A lady -meeting her, remarked: “I am getting jealous of those Chautauquans, for -if two of them meet they can talk of nothing but those old Greeks.” -Our friends grew to talk so well that a lady, applying for admission, -said: “I want to join your society, for it seems to me that a society -which inspires so much intelligent conversation must be very valuable.” -Every circle of the C. L. S. C. which has had experience in this work -should lend to others its ideas and suggestions. But now let us turn -to something which is much easier to chat over than are methods for -improving ourselves in conversation—our circles. - -NOVA SCOTIA gives no hint in its report from the HALIFAX C. L. S. C. -of the bleakness which we usually associate with its stormy northern -coast. This Halifax circle announces itself in a flourishing condition, -with a regular membership of fifteen and with twenty or thirty regular -attendants. The growth of the work in Nova Scotia is apparent to them and -they look for an addition of many members soon. Already the number of -members in Nova Scotia is nearly double that of last year. - -At the extreme eastern point of MAINE, in the pretty village of LUBEC, -the “Pansies” have taken root. The busy little “Quoddy” circle of eight -members forms the nucleus around which, we trust, will collect a future -legion of as interested members as are our present friends.——Another -Pine-Tree state town, BROWNFIELD, has a circle reading its third year’s -course. It would be difficult, they think, to find more enthusiastic -workers.——On the southern point of the beautiful Moosehead Lake, in the -town of GREENVILLE, a circle of “Plymouth Rocks” was founded in November, -1884. The class express increasing interest in their readings, and are -confident of a large growth in numbers during the year. The “North Star” -is the pretty name they have chosen for their circle. - -NEW HAMPSHIRE sends two year-old circles to our columns this month. -One from TILTON reorganized last fall with twenty-four members. They -meet fortnightly and remember all the memorial days. May their name, -“Winnipisaukee,” prove auspicious, and the “smile of the Great Spirit” -be ever with them.——The “St. Paul” circle, which was organized in the -fall of 1883, at MANCHESTER, N. H., but not reported to THE CHAUTAUQUAN, -was reorganized last fall with a membership of thirty-seven. They have -in the circle twenty-one of the class of ’88, while only five are of the -class of ’87—a proof that the “Chautauqua Idea” is growing in favor. They -prepare interesting programs consisting of essays, readings, talks, etc. -Also, they use the “Chautauqua Songs,” and find them a great help. - -The circle at PLAINFIELD, VERMONT, consists of fourteen hard working -members and is in its first year. They find great enjoyment in their -reading. Last November, the loss by death of one of their most active and -loved members, Mrs. F. A. Drinell, threw a shadow over their circle, but -they have persisted in their work.——To the numbers of pretty programs -which have come to our table has been added a neatly painted one from -RUTLAND, VT., a souvenir of the Milton Memorial Reception held by the -“Alpha” branch of the C. L. S. C. This entertainment was very highly -complimented by the local press. - -A member of the “Mizpah” circle of NEW BEDFORD, MASS., pays a very high -compliment to the character of that circle’s work. He writes that he has -learned more of Greek history and literature in the four meetings which -their circle had held when he wrote, than in all the time he gave last -year to solitary study. Certainly the circle must be accomplishing its -design of doing “solid work.” Nor are their numbers, though but six, -a drawback. A small circle, if perfectly congenial, has some strong -advantages.——Last month EAST WEYMOUTH, MASS., reported the circle which -has had such a vigorous growth this year. Now we hear of a new circle -in the sister city of SOUTH WEYMOUTH, and very soon we may hope to do -something more than formally introduce our new friend.——The “Parker -Hill” local circle, of BOSTON, organized in September, 1883, has become -so much interested in the circles which month after month send their -greetings and their suggestions to THE CHAUTAUQUAN’S columns, that it -joins our number. Very glad we are to present it—the only circle, so -far as we remember, composed entirely of young men. Thirteen of them -form this club, all of them connected with the Highland Congregational -Church, of which the Rev. A. E. Dunning, the honored president of the -“Plymouth Rocks,” has been pastor. A particularly happy suggestion, it -seems to us, is contained in a special feature of their program. They -require each member to suggest at each meeting, in writing, some subject -for the next meeting’s program. These suggestions being read by the -president, the circle selects from them a sufficient number of topics to -occupy the allotted time. The subjects are then assigned to the various -members.——From two other Massachusetts circles come pleasant letters. One -from CAPE COD says: “We call ourselves the ‘Seaside’ circle, and our name -is very appropriate, for ‘the sea’ lies both east and south of us. We are -located in the ‘elbow’ of the ‘right arm’ of Massachusetts, and scarce -an hour in our lives passes that we do not feel the invigorating breezes -of the Atlantic Ocean. At present we number fourteen regular and three -local members, one ’85, four ’87s, and the rest ’88s. Our enthusiasm is -great, and, as is the experience of every local circle, increases with -every meeting.”——And another from FALMOUTH: “Our ‘Neptune’ circle is -prosperously started this year with twenty-three active members. We are -encouraged, as this is more than double our last year’s membership. We -try to keep the line of study for each evening separate, one evening -being devoted to science, another to Greek. Last week we took up the -‘Iliad,’ different members giving five-minute sketches of its gods and -heroes. At other meetings we have had successful experiments in carbon -and hydrogen. Our local badges bear the letters C. L. S. C., with the -trident, the symbol of our circle.” With this letter the writer sends a -bit of experience which is very interesting. “Last summer,” she writes, -“while visiting the ‘Morning Star,’ as she lay at the wharf before -starting on her noble life work, I found the C. L. S. C. books in the -captain’s library. I never before so fully realized the bond of sympathy -between Chautauquans. Mrs. Bray, the captain’s wife, told me that she and -her husband belonged to the class of ’85. They take the readings together -while far out on the deep.” - -CONNECTICUT has a goodly array of items for the month. NORWICH sends us -several of its capital programs; peculiarly attractive is the one for -Milton’s Day.——BRISTOL reports a circle of twenty-four members, organized -in October last, and boasts, most justly, of ten school teachers in -its ranks. All the regular work arranged for circles they have been -performing, and report most pleasant special meetings on Bryant and -Milton Days.——WINSTED has sent us a New Year greeting. A happy circle -they are, with their enormous membership of sixty-one members, and “not -one lazy one in our ranks,” the secretary writes.——At NEW BRITAIN the -Milton Day service was very pleasant. The professor of English literature -in the State Normal School gave a talk on Milton, and the evening closed -with a question match. - -The plan of reviewing each work read has been adopted at BRISTOL, R. I. -An unusually interesting review was prepared on the “Art of Speech.” The -epitome which the writer gives of the opening chapter will not only be -interesting, it may serve to disentangle some one’s ideas on the puzzling -growth of English: - - With Chapter first our toil begins, - ’Tis like a penance for our sins - To try to read it over. - We read it once, we read it twice, - With close attention read it thrice, - Its meaning to discover. - - We find, at last, that English speech - Through long succeeding years, doth reach - Back to primeval ages. - From Aryan root it sprang at first— - How long ago, tell us who durst— - And grew by easy stages. - - Teutonic trunk and German branch - And Saxon twig grew strong and stanch, - And Norman foliage crowned it; - From Latin grafts it gained new strength - And from Greek scions, too, at length - Grew thrifty leaves around it. - - The fruits upon the wondrous tree, - If we should test, we soon should see - Have many foreign flavors. - From Spanish, Dutch, and Portuguese, - Italian, Indian, and Chinese, - Have they derived their savors. - -The “Knowledge Seekers,” of JAMESTOWN, R. I., form a new circle. Until -this year they were a branch of the local circle in NEWPORT, but as six -members were added they have formed a circle of their own.——“Pawcatuck” -local circle, of the ’88 class, C. L. S. C., was organized September -23, 1884, in the village of CAROLINA, a small manufacturing place in -southern Rhode Island. The circle has now twenty-four members and meets -weekly. Considering the fact that there are only about 375 inhabitants -in the place, in all, and that fully one half of this number are mill -operatives, the size of the circle is remarkable. The members are all -thoroughly interested in the work, and are taking hold of it in a very -commendable manner. - -From all directions throughout NEW YORK STATE good news of growing -circles reaches us. Away up north, in JEFFERSON COUNTY, in the village of -ADAMS, there has been organized “a real live C. L. S. C.” It is modeled -on the broad Chautauquan platform, and has three churches represented -in its officers. The program of their Bryant Memorial Day exercises was -a model of happily chosen selections, and we learn from the columns of -their local paper that it was as happily rendered.——A very profitable -plan of assigning subjects is followed at KINGSTON, N. Y., in their -circle of seven members. Each member is given, at the beginning of the -year, a subject from the C. L. S. C. readings, to which he devotes his -entire attention; thus our correspondent writes that during last year -she furnished outlines and questions upon the subject of “Art,” and that -this year her theme is “Kitchen Science and Art.” We like the plan.——In -the pleasant town of MOUNT KISCO, not far from New York City, there -is a circle which dates back to a public meeting in the interests of -the C. L. S. C. held by one of the pastors of the town, in the fall of -1882. A thriving circle of the class of 1886 still exists there. Their -plan of work is very comprehensive, including Chautauqua music, general -discussions, essays and social observance of the special days.——The -ITHACA, N. Y., C. L. S. C. has a membership of forty-six of the classes -of ’85, ’86, ’87 and ’88. The meetings, held bi-monthly, are full of life -and interest. They observe memorial days generally. One of their most -active members has moved to CAZENOVIA, N. Y., Mrs. Rev. H. F. Spencer, -vice president. She writes: “Our circle, here, is in embryo—think -how prosy to come down to a circle of three or four.”——The NEWFIELD -circle of fifteen members was organized last fall, and held their -meetings every Friday evening. Their president, the Rev. W. H. Rogers, -is a graduate of the class of ’82.——In an interesting letter from the -president of a circle at BINGHAMTON, N. Y., we have found some very good -hints. He says: “Here in Binghamton our circle numbers twenty. We call -ourselves the ‘F. F. F.’ circle, from our motto: ‘Fortiter, fideliter, -feliciter’—bravely, faithfully, successfully. Two things our programs -all include: First, devotional exercises, remembering that ‘we study the -_Word_’ as well as ‘the works of God.’ We use the Chautauqua hymns, all -singing together and greatly enjoy it. Secondly, roll call. This is one -of our most interesting exercises. We respond by quotations from one or -more authors, specially designated for the evening, and keep a record of -every quotation given. In this way we are compiling what promises to be -a very interesting book of choice quotations. Our members are very much -in earnest, and every meeting finds them all present.”——The history of -one of the circles at OLEAN, N. Y., has been sent us by its secretary: -“The ‘Whitney’ circle (Baptist) was so named in honor of the venerable -Dr. Whitney, one of the fathers of the First Baptist Church. This circle -was organized in the fall of 1883, with a membership of thirty. This -fall we have reorganized, with a membership that bids fair to double -that of last year. Each member, in alphabetical order, takes part in the -exercises, and are nearly all active workers. Our meetings open with the -‘Chautauqua Songs,’ followed by the roll call, each member answering with -an apt quotation from the readings. Our program then consists of a drill -on subjects gone over in the readings for the past two weeks. Two essays, -on subjects in harmony with the readings, are read each evening. We also -have interesting scientific experiments conducted by Dr. S. J. Mudge, a -scientist of this city. We have introduced a novel feature called the -‘Tug of War,’ in which sides are chosen in spelling-down style, and -questions asked on a book which has been completed. Guesses at the Greek -alphabet and Greek words are also features of our programs. We also -observe some of the memorial days. Last summer our superintendent, the -Rev. MacClymont, secured Chancellor Vincent to lecture for us. We invited -the M. E. circle, and had a splendid lecture. Taken altogether, we may -say our circle is in a prosperous and flourishing condition.” - -The KEYSTONE STATE is in no way behind New England and its EMPIRE -neighbor this month in reports. From CONNELSVILLE, on the banks of the -Youghiogheny, comes a hearty greeting to all C. L. S. C. classmates. -It is from the sturdy “Spartans,” of the class of ’88. The circle, -organized on Opening Day, numbered at its start twenty-four members. -The “Athenian” circle of ’86 and the “Pansy” circle of ’87 proposed a -consolidation of forces; so large was the circle that a public meeting -place was necessary. The best talent of the city is in the circle, and -to belong to its rank is a good recommendation wherever the circle is -known.——At MOUNT PLEASANT, PA., a circle was formed in October consisting -of fifty-one members, all but four of which belong to the class of ’88. -They promise us a full report when fairly started in their work.——A -friend at VERONA, PA., writes: “Our name is the ‘Verona Resolutes,’ our -age two months, our number fifteen. We owe our existence to the fact -that three of our new members attended Chautauqua Lake Assembly, and one -Mountain Lake Park Assembly, where they caught the C. L. S. C. fever, -and upon returning home spread the disease until fifteen are found upon -the fever list. We are enjoying it, though, and hope our recovery will -be slow, if _recovery_ means loss of interest.”——WEST PHILADELPHIA has -a new circle—the “Parsonage” circle. They number six and promise to try -to increase their list. No doubt their efforts will succeed, the present -circle being due to the efforts of three members who last year read -alone.——The _Elizabeth Herald_, of ELIZABETH, PA., contained recently -the following pleasant notice of the circle in that town: “CHAUTAUQUA -CIRCLE.—This flourishing institution is pursuing a course of study and -research and enjoying an exchange of ideas, which is a veritable reveling -in intellectual and social pleasures, unknown to many of the community -whose congenial tastes and capabilities would, if properly directed -and cultured, lead them to a sharing of these delights, so far above -the frivolities too common to young life. For instance, at the regular -meeting of this week, in addition to the regular quiz and discussion of -the set topics, the Milton Memorial Day was observed with services of -an appropriate nature. The evening was a most pleasant one throughout, -and after the regular program was concluded the members, loth to leave, -remained, singing and talking in pleasant, informal fashion, for some -time.”——We are pleased to notice here, a kindly compliment to the -president of the flourishing circle of thirty at WASHINGTON, Professor -Lyon, of Washington and Jefferson College. Our friend says of him: “In -our studies in chemistry, etc., we have the benefit of his knowledge and -skill, and obliging disposition, for he always carries from the college -to our rooms the apparatus needed for explanation and experiment.” This -circle held a “sociable” on the evening of December 11th, each member -inviting a friend. It was an enjoyable affair and may be the means of -adding members.——In kind remembrance of Mary Vincent, the mother of -Chancellor Vincent, the members of the C. L. S. C. at PETERSBURG, PA. -have named their circle the “Mary Vincent” circle—a peculiarly fitting -tribute, Mrs. Vincent having been well known and deeply honored by many -Chautauquans in that vicinity. - -The CINCINNATI, OHIO, members of the S. H. G. held their yearly reception -to the new class, in the pleasant parlor of the First Presbyterian -Church, in October. The “Irrepressibles” were right royally received. The -president of the society, Mr. J. G. O’Connell, welcomed the class into -the society. The following were the toasts, to which hearty responses -were given: “The Class of ’82;” “Class of ’83;” “Class of ’84;” “The -Founder of the C. L. S. C.—Chancellor J. H. Vincent;” “Chautauqua, the -Mecca of the C. L. S. C.;” “Cincinnati Circles;” “Chautauqua Music.” The -musical part of the program was unusually fine. The collation was a part -of the program in which every one present took part. The following are -the officers for the ensuing year: President, Mr. J. G. O’Connell, ’82: -vice presidents: Class of ’82, Mrs. M. J. Pyle; class of ’83, Mrs. I. W. -Joyce; class of ’84, Miss Sarah Trotter; recording secretary, Miss Julia -Kolbe; corresponding secretary, Mr. M. S. Turrill; treasurer, Miss Selina -Wood. The society separated brimful of enthusiasm for the success of the -C. L. S. C. Bryant’s Day was celebrated by the Cincinnati circles at the -Third Presbyterian Church. Mr. S. Logan presided. Among the excellent -things on the program were an essay on W. C. Bryant, by Mr. J. A. -Johnson, a piano solo by Miss Belle Burnham, and a recitation, “Waiting -by the Gate,” by Miss Nellie Allan. A union vesper service was held by -the circles at Grace M. P. Church, on the Special Sunday, November 9th. -The service was conducted by the Rev. Mr. Spohr, of Grace Church, and Dr. -Ridgeway, of Mount Auburn, gave a very fine address upon “Praise.” This -being the “Greek” year in the C. L. S. C. course, the various circles -have added to their names that letter of the Greek alphabet which will -indicate their rank in order of organization.——The local circle of MOUNT -PLEASANT, OHIO, came into existence in October of 1883. The circle has -the usual officers, and meets twice a month at the homes of the members. -The enrollment is nineteen, with a large average attendance. They have -local talent enlisted, and the meetings are instructive and interesting. -The work of 1883 and 1884 was thoroughly accomplished. - -One new circle enters the list this month from FRIENDSWOOD, IND. It -is formed of twelve members—enthusiastic and brave they must be, for -they report themselves as living in the country several miles apart. -Not only are they overcoming the difficulty of regular meetings under -these circumstances, they are contemplating enlisting others in their -work.——Another zealous INDIANA circle is at CORYDON. It is a year old, -and believes itself to have done better work than any other circle in the -country, an assertion that their method warrants, for they have adopted -the novel plan of a C. L. S. C. school, where one member is appointed to -hear the lesson and every other comes prepared to recite. Our Corydon -friends gave a delightful Milton reception to over thirty guests.——The -C. L. S. C. local circle of FORT WAYNE began its fifth year’s work on -Garfield Day—officers were elected, and seventeen new members added. -The subjects under consideration are conducted in a conversational -manner. One evening was devoted to chemistry, with highly interesting -and successful experiments given by the leader, who is professor of -science at the M. E. College. They have held one “Sunday Evening Vesper -Service,” which proved such an inspiration that they purpose having more. -“At the age of five years,” they write, “we are truly ‘Irrepressible,’ -‘Invincible,’ and as firm and steady as old Plymouth Rock itself.” -Altogether “we are a live and enthusiastic circle, possessed with the -true ‘Chautauqua Idea.’” - -A letter received from a lady well known to readers of THE CHAUTAUQUAN, -Mrs. E. J. Bugbee, says of a circle lately started at EVANSTON, ILL.: “I -am happy to report from this glorious Athens of the West a flourishing -circle of the C. L. S. C., organized on the first Monday evening in -November, and numbering now between forty and fifty members. We have -started out with an enthusiasm which we hope will not abate, and indeed -we do not expect it to do so under our present fortunate leadership. -We have for president Mr. Weeden A. Sawyer, of this place. He presides -with dignity and ease, and carries forward the business of the circle -with promptness and dispatch. We are also happy in our instructor, the -Rev. F. Clatworthy, pastor of the Baptist church of Evanston, who shows -wonderful adaptation for this work, and is heartily in sympathy with -the Chautauqua Idea, and endeavors closely to follow out the plan for -local circles.”——At HINSDALE, ILL., a circle was organized in the fall -of 1882. The circle was conducted in a very informal manner, having but -one officer—secretary—“each member taking her turn as leader, and our -exercises were merely the discussions of the past week’s reading. In the -fall of 1883 we again organized, this time admitting gentlemen, electing -a president and secretary, and taking to ourselves a name, ‘The Alpha -Chautauqua Circle.’ Our membership increased to eighteen. Meeting every -Monday evening, our exercises were the same as during the preceding year. -We celebrated three of the memorial days, which proved not only pleasant -and interesting, but very instructive. This last fall our Chautauquans -were so enthusiastic that the first meeting was called for September -4th. We reorganized with only nine members; since then have admitted two -more. If it can be possible, our work this year seems more interesting -than ever. We continue to meet weekly, and have now decided to take one -text-book, or one month’s reading in THE CHAUTAUQUAN at a time, finishing -one subject before taking up another; thinking thereby to obtain a better -understanding of the same. Shall also use the questions and answers in -THE CHAUTAUQUAN, said lessons to be conducted the same as a spelling -match. The members respond to the roll call with appropriate quotations, -thus far from Greek authors. We have been too busy to observe the -memorial days this year, otherwise than by quotations from the author in -question. Two of our circle are members of the ‘Pansy’ class. One of our -number graduated last year, who is now an honorary member of the local -circle, acting as critic; and we shall have one graduate this year.” - -A genuine proof of good work is this bit of experience from TECUMSEH, -MICH.: “At the beginning of this year,” the president writes, “we members -of ’86 reviewed thoroughly our Greek history for the benefit of those -of our circle belonging to the classes of ’87 and ’88. We were highly -gratified with the proficiency of the class of ’86. How well we remember -two years ago the despondency of many of the members at the hard Greek -words, and now they pronounce them with ease and fluency. Any one would -have been convinced of the benefits of the C. L. S. C. who could have -listened to those reviews of Greek history.”——The Bryant memorial was -very pleasantly observed by the local circle of ESCANABA, MICH. Mrs. W. -H. Tibbals, ’86, invited the members to dinner at 6 o’clock. Nine of the -members were present. After the repast, at which each member present -received as a souvenir a pallet painted by the hostess, the literary -feast was enjoyed. Select reading, “Early Life of the Author;” selection, -“The Rivulet;” selection, “The Autumn Woods;” essay, Bryant and his -Contemporaries; selection, “The Planting of the Apple Tree;” selection, -“The Crowded Street;” essay, Bryant, the Poet; analytical study of the -“West Wind;” questions prepared by the president. - -Sad news and a beautiful tribute to the C. L. S. C. come to us from -WAUPAN, WIS., whence the secretary writes: “Our C. L. S. C. opens this -year with added enthusiasm in its membership, and an increasing number. -The Bryant Memorial Day was observed in a fitting manner by sentiments, -readings, discussion, and a biographical sketch, all bearing upon the -great poet. The selections and topics were in accord with our feelings, -as we had just met with our first loss since organizing five years ago, -in the death of one of our youngest and brightest members, Mrs. Jennie -Weed Hinkley. As we review the life of our beloved sister, we can see -a symmetry and beauty of character that needed no further lights and -shades. Our studies make us better mothers and housekeepers, better -able to take our places in the prayer meeting, better able to guide our -children, and to understand the work they do in the school room.”——The -“Pansy” class of SPARTA, WIS., also sends its greetings to all the -members of the People’s College. A friend telling the story of the -circle says: “Our little Spartan class passed through the first year -of its existence without a break in the circle, and profiting by the -favorable circumstances, observed among others, Shakspere Memorial Day -with more than the ordinary preparation, closing with a basket picnic, -served at the house of one of the members. This year, however, sickness -has overtaken two of the members, and one still remains an invalid; -nevertheless, our progress has been steady. We have observed Bryant’s and -Milton’s Days by interesting exercises.” - -The C. L. S. C. is coming well to the front this year in ST. PAUL, MINN. -The year was begun by a lecture from Dr. Vincent on Monday evening, -October 6th, on the “Chautauqua Idea.” This aroused the enthusiasm of -the old Chautauquans and brought in a large addition of new members. -On Thursday evening, October 23d, the “Pioneer” circle was reorganized -with nineteen members, which have since become twenty-five. On Monday -evening, November 3d (Bryant Day), the “Canadian American” circle was -formed, with ten members. There have been at least four other circles -formed, with a membership of about eighty. On the evening of November -27th, Thanksgiving night, the “Pioneer” circle held its regular meeting -in the parlors of the First M. E. Church. All the other circles in the -city were represented, about eighty persons being present. Among the -other visitors they were delighted to welcome Prof. J. L. Corning, of -Ocean Grove, N. J., a name well known to all Chautauquans. His address -on the C. L. S. C. at Ocean Grove and the Chautauqua University was both -instructive and enjoyable. The program was in celebration of both Bryant -and Thanksgiving Days, and included essays on Bryant’s life and works and -the origin of Thanksgiving day, with selections from Bryant’s works and -Thanksgiving day poems. Altogether the evening was a very pleasant one. -They are making arrangements for forming a central circle somewhat after -the plan of the Toronto central circle and the Troy circle. - -Three new circles are reported this month from IOWA. At WAPELLO a circle -of five members; at PARKERSBURG one of nine members; and at ELVIRA, one -of ten. Each reports the work as a delightful revelation, and expresses -the hope that they may be able to largely increase their numbers.——In -the fall of 1883 a circle was organized in MISSOURI VALLEY, IOWA. It -consisted of some fifteen members, some of whom, for want of time, failed -to do the reading. During the past year a number of the members left the -town, one of whom—President Sabine—graduated in the class of 1884. Though -the class is scattered, several are doing the reading. - -We are always particularly glad to hear from the BLUE GRASS STATE, -perhaps because our friends there have not sent us frequent reports. This -month a friend writes of the circle at HARDENSBURG: “The C. L. S. C. of -this place is prosecuting its work with unabating energy and zeal. We -organized early in September, with eighteen members, that we might be -entirely ready for Opening Day. However, there was so much severe illness -in our town, and especially among some of the friends of our circle, that -it was late in the Circle year before we did anything more toward having -a meeting. When at last through the Father’s providence we were permitted -to meet again, we found that nearly every member had ‘read up’ to date. -We meet on Tuesday evening of each week and carry out the program as -furnished for each week in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. We keep each memorial day.” - -Another Southern state to report is LOUISIANA. From LAKE PROVIDENCE this -letter comes: “We have twenty-two members between fifteen and twenty-one -years old. We meet once a week; at roll call each answers by reciting, -‘We study the Word and works of God,’ ‘Let us keep our Heavenly Father -in the midst,’ ‘Never be discouraged.’ We assign lessons from the C. L. -S. C. course for each week as given by THE CHAUTAUQUAN. In our class -the member who is most attentive, whose conduct is best, who learns the -lessons recited most thoroughly, is made president of the class. The -places of vice president, secretary, etc., are filled in this way. The -lessons which have been memorized by particular members, are learned at -their recital by the other members who were not appointed to learn these -lessons. In this way the work is done thoroughly, and for hours the -interest and enthusiasm do not cool; however, we change from one study to -another to prevent any from becoming monotonous. Nineteen members of our -circle are college students, but for the most of them this will be their -last year at school; so we are trying to fill them with the Chautauqua -spirit of learning, morality, truth and Christian worth, that it may -linger with them and develop them through all the future into strong -and true, noble and pure womanhood and manhood. Having established this -circle among the young, we are now working to originate one among the -grown. We talk of it a great deal in our social life; have induced eight -to become members of the C. L. S. C., and hope to largely increase the -numbers.” - -SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI, sends the following interesting history: “In -October, 1883, a wave of Chautauqua enthusiasm reached our beautiful city -of the Ozarks. Through the influence of two or three energetic ladies, -it resulted in the organization of the ‘Queen City’ circle of the C. L. -S. C. The circle began with a membership of fifteen ladies, representing -eight religious denominations. Regular meetings were held once a week, -all the memorial days kept, and the year’s work finished in June. In -October, 1884, our circle was reorganized with the same officers. Our -members returned full of enthusiasm and ready for work. On Opening Day -we endeavored to lay before our new members and visitors—having opened -our doors to all interested—the object, the magnitude and the blessing -of the ‘Chautauqua Idea.’ Those interested, and others to whom the -‘Idea’ was entirely new caught the enthusiasm, and many applications for -membership were presented from both gentlemen and ladies. As the ‘Queen -City’ circle is a woman’s circle exclusively, holding its meetings in the -afternoon, it was thought best to organize another circle, to which both -ladies and gentlemen could be admitted. On Bryant’s Day the new circle -was formed, with a membership of thirty-one. Their meetings will be held -on Tuesday evening of each week. It is the intention of the two circles -to work together as closely as possible. The ‘Queen City’ circle meets -once a week in a pleasant parlor, which we owe to the courtesy of one -of our members. We study the readings for the week thoroughly. Topics -are assigned by our instruction committee a week in advance for special -study, greater research and more thought being thus brought to bear upon -the lesson. Criticism upon pronunciation, inaccuracies of speech, etc., -is unsparingly given to all. We are trying to make thorough study of our -text-book on ‘Parliamentary Practice,’ and endeavor to observe all the -rules of a deliberative body. Our work is both profitable and delightful, -and I think it safe to say that our circle can never languish. Already -the ’87s are living in joyful anticipation of the day when they will be -permitted to pass beneath the Arches at Chautauqua.”——A word also comes -from KANSAS CITY. There are six circles there, the oldest of which is -the “Kansas City” circle, whose interest was so great that the weekly -meetings were kept up during last summer, without any vacation. October -1st, they reorganized, with a membership of twenty-five. Two graduates -are reading with this circle this year. - -A pleasant account of work done in the interest of the C. L. S. C. has -reached our table from HIAWATHA, KANSAS. A graduate of the class of ’84 -it comes from: “I have talked C. L. S. C. to my friends until I have -declared that it will soon be necessary for me to get a new tongue. I -went to our editor to-day and asked his assistance in spreading the work. -He has kindly consented to print whatever we wish. There are many things -in THE CHAUTAUQUAN that would enlighten the people concerning the C. -L. S. C.—what it is, and what it is doing—but the very ones who most -need this information do not take THE CHAUTAUQUAN. By the assistance of -our editor we can bring this knowledge to the people. I tell my friends -that I can not help being enthusiastic on this subject, because I am an -‘Irrepressible.’ A ‘Pioneer’ and an ‘Invincible’ moved to our town this -fall. Beside these we have a few ‘Progressives,’ ‘Pansies,’ and ‘Plymouth -Rocks.’ We meet in one of the offices in the court house for our regular -meetings—it being a more central point for all—but I invited the circle -to my home for a late meeting. I wished to show them the growth of -the Persian empire and Alexander’s dominions as pictured on Adams’s -‘Synchronological Chart.’ I bought one this summer at Chautauqua. Since -my return I made an easel for the chart of hard pine, open-mortised four -cross-pieces, on two of which I fastened the chart, and chamfered the -edges. The boards were ‘in the rough’ when I took them, but I smoothed -them, sand-papered and oiled them, then blackened the chamfered edges and -varnished the easel. Several carpenters have examined my work and all say -my joining is perfect and the work well done, and yet I never handled -tools until I went to Chautauqua last summer and took instructions.”——A -new circle has been organized at HARTFORD, KANSAS. It consists of -seventeen members, representing a variety of professions and employments. -The work has proven pleasant and profitable to them thus far. - -Right glad we are to hear from NEBRASKA. A breezy letter comes from -the circle at YORK, in which the writer tells us: “We have twenty-four -members. We feel quite encouraged when we remember that we began last -year with only four. Nearly every meeting adds a new name to our roll. -Our members are all enthusiastic and in earnest, preferring to let -anything else go rather than miss one ‘C. L. S. C.’ I really think -nothing less than a ‘Nebraska blizzard’ or cyclone would keep some of our -members away. We pursued the Chautauqua plan of questions and answers -last year very successfully, and are proceeding in the same way this -year, although our programs vary according to the option of the leader. -Each member leads in the order his name stands on the secretary’s roll. -In this way the timid ones of our circle are brought out. We usually have -written questions on the readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN; they are either -handed to the secretary to be read, or exchanged. We are fortunate in -having a professor of our college as a member, and just now he is making -the study of chemistry very interesting and pleasant. We certainly do -appreciate our C. L. S. C.” - -WYOMING TERRITORY is the western limit of our circle travels for -February. At CHEYENNE, the “J. L. Taylor” circle organized in 1883 has -reorganized with a membership of twelve. The secretary writes: “While we -are all young people, having many daily duties and cares, our interest in -Chautauqua steadily increases, as we feel it broadens our outlook over -the world, and draws us nearer and nearer to our ideal of a higher life. -We hope to be able to report much good work done in the future—as we feel -that we can not stop with only moderate endeavors.” - - - - -THE C. L. S. C. CLASSES. - - -CLASS OF 1885. - -“_Press on, reaching after those things which are before._” - - -OFFICERS. - - _President_—J. B. Underwood, Meriden, Conn. - - _Vice President_—C. M. Nichols, Springfield, Ohio. - - _Treasurer_—Miss Carrie Hart, Aurora, Ind. - - _Secretary_—Miss M. M. Canfield, Washington, D. C. - - _Executive Committee_—Officers of the class. - - Class badges may be procured of either President or Treasurer. - - * * * * * - -The badges for ’85, phœnix-like, have risen from their ashes and can now -be furnished promptly. - - * * * * * - -President Underwood would be glad if circles composed of members of -the Class of ’85 would inform him of their existence and send name of -president and secretary, that he may visit them when possible. - - * * * * * - -A Canadian classmate writes: “I am prosecuting my studies in connection -with the C. L. S. C. all alone in a remote corner of our country, and -find my greatest pleasure in holding communion with the good and great of -the present and past ages. I am well pleased with the motto for our class -and hope to be among those who verify its appropriateness by passing -through the Gates next summer at Chautauqua.” - - * * * * * - -One member of ’85 writes: “Having just read the December column of ’85 -in THE CHAUTAUQUAN, have concluded to show my enthusiasm by sending for -our colors.” We can all say amen to this: “Please place my name on the -roll of the Invincibles, and may God for dear Jesus’ sake help us all to -‘Press on, reaching after those things which are before.’” - - * * * * * - -Another says: “Although I was nearly fifty years of age when I commenced -study in this way, yet am greatly interested and love it more and more. I -hope to ‘press on, reaching after those things which are before,’ until I -can stand in the immediate presence of Him whom my soul loveth.” - - * * * * * - -From Kentucky comes this testimony: “I am hoping to be able, literally, -to ‘pass through the Gates’ next August and receive from Chancellor -Vincent my diploma. I was at Chautauqua in ’83, and will not be content -till I go again. My interest and enthusiasm increase as the four years -draw to a close. During this time I have pursued my studies alone, having -failed entirely to form even a ‘straight line’ in my neighborhood, five -miles from Versailles. Although I would doubtless have enjoyed being -connected with a circle, I know that studying the course, even alone, has -very greatly benefited me. One of these benefits, and by no means the -least, has been the increasing and strengthening of my taste for solid -reading.” - - * * * * * - -NEW YORK.—“I have often wished that I could express my gratitude for, -and appreciation of, my C. L. S. C. studies and associations, but when -I attempt it my list of adjectives seems all too meager and inadequate. -Since taking up the course, life and all that pertains to it assume a -different aspect. I have gained an outlook which gives life a charm and -attractiveness of which I had never dreamed. I had passed my forty-fifth -year when I comprehended the C. L. S. C. plan sufficiently to see that -it was for such illiterate people as I. The benefits I have received are -past computation.” - - * * * * * - -Our Class Memorial to our loved alma mater must not be forgotten. We -want to prepare for a memorial, a present worthy our _name_ and _aim_. -Fifty-five (55) names have up to this time been sent to the treasurer, -with contributions to the class fund (some sending more than the amount -requested). That is but a small beginning of the hundreds to hear from. - - -CLASS OF ’86. - -“_We study for light, to bless with light._” - - -CLASS ORGANIZATION. - - _President_—The Rev. B. P. Snow, Biddeford, Maine. - - _Vice Presidents_—The Rev. J. C. Whitley, Salisbury, Maryland; - Mr. L. F. Houghton, Peoria, Illinois; Mr. Walter Y. Morgan, - Cleveland, Ohio; Mrs. Delia Browne, Louisville, Kentucky; Miss - Florence Finch, Palestine, Texas. - - _Secretary_—The Rev. W. L. Austin, New Albany, Ind. - - * * * * * - -The officers of ’86 send greeting to their classmates and co-workers. - - * * * * * - -The new class badge will soon be ready to send out. The color of the -badge remains the same, but the class emblem and motto will be added. - - * * * * * - -From Colorado—Durango—comes this encouraging bit of class news: “We have -eleven members in our class and are pursuing our studies this winter with -unabated interest. Belonging to the class of ’86, we mean to be true -to the name ‘Progressives.’ We hold our meetings every Monday evening, -and follow the program laid out in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. There seems to be -a growing interest in the Chautauqua work, and we hope to have another -class organized in our little town before many months. The members of the -present class are busy workers, teachers, mothers and housekeepers, but -they have continued the course with increasing interest to this the third -year, and purpose finishing the full course.” - - -CLASS OF 1887.—“THE PANSIES.” - -“_Neglect not the gift that is in thee._” - - -OFFICERS. - - _President_—The Rev. Frank Russell, Mansfield, Ohio. - - _Western Secretary_—K. A. Burnell, Esq., Chicago, Ill. - - _Eastern Secretary_—J. A. Steven, M.D., Hartford, Conn. - - _Treasurer_—Either Secretary, from either of whom badges may be - procured. - - _Executive Committee_—The officers of the class. - - Class paper may be procured from Mr. Henry Hart, Atlanta, Ga. - -The Canadian Pansies are doing good work in the promotion of the -Chautauqua Idea. - - * * * * * - - The leaves swung lazily and slow, - The wind hummed low its reverie, - Chautauqua bells with loving chime - Pealed forth their sweetest melody. - - Their quaint, weird music rolling on, - Mingling with heaven’s azure ray, - Enwrapped the earth with bright, new joy; - It was our “Pansies’” natal day. - - Remembrance fond brings back the hour - When on our breast the pansy blue - We placed, with earnest, fervent prayer - That to its trust we might be true. - - Again, again, and yet again, - Our widening circle grew apace; - And pansies bloomed on every side; - North, South and West each claimed a place. - - And now a year with hurried tread, - Has paced its tiny cycle round, - Girdled with moments richly spent - In wanderings on classic ground. - - Methinks we scarce could well have crowned - The year agone with richer gems - Than these bright visions of the past, - Tho’ culled from monarch’s diadems. - - A goodly company our band— - Twice seven thousand now we claim; - And purpose with a royal love - Thro’ every land to spread its fame. - - Tinted is the horizon’s rim - With wisdom’s deep, ethereal blue, - Yet all may reach its shining goal, - If firm their trust and true. - - E’en though the path may rugged be, - And lengthening shadows bar the way, - Onward we’ll press with firmer zeal, - Knowing success shall crown the day. - - * * * * * - -The New England Branch of the Pansy class held its reunion November 28th -in the People’s Church in Boston. The first hour, from one to two p. m., -was spent in social enjoyment. Prof. Sherwin then introduced himself -in one of his characteristic speeches and concluded by presenting the -New England president, the Rev. F. M. Gardner. He was unknown to many -of the members, as he was elected on the last day of the Framingham -Assembly, when many of the class had gone home. The president made an -appropriate and pleasing address. The secretary, Miss Corey, then read -her report. The pupils of the Boston Conservatory of Music, under the -direction of Prof. Sherwin, gave a delightful musical entertainment. At -the close of the musical program the Rev. J. W. Hamilton, pastor of the -church, addressed the class in a very happy and interesting manner. -A class poem was read by Miss Nell Robinson, of Lowell, Mass., which -finds its place in this Pansy column this month. After some business the -meeting was closed by singing a Chautauqua song. Nearly one hundred and -fifty were present at this meeting. During the session the secretary -called attention to the samples of class paper which had been sent on -from Atlanta by direction of the committee appointed at Chautauqua last -summer. The samples met the approval of those present. - - -CLASS OF 1888.—“THE PLYMOUTH ROCKS.” - -“_Let us be seen by our deeds._” - - -CLASS ORGANIZATION. - - _President_—The Rev. A. E. Dunning. - - _Vice Presidents_—Prof. W. N. Ellis, Brooklyn, N. Y.; the Rev. - Wm. G. Roberts, Bellevue, Ohio. - - _Secretary_—Miss M. E. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio. - - _Treasurer_—Miss M. E. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio. - - * * * * * - -All items for this column should be sent to the Rev. C. C. McLean, -Jacksonville, Florida. - - * * * * * - -The Class of ’88 will undoubtedly increase its numerical strength at the -Florida Chautauqua, to be held at Lake De Funiak, February 10th to March -9th, 1885. - - * * * * * - -Miss Ella Pearsall, the secretary, writes that in October a C. L. S. C. -was organized in Matteawau, New York, taking as its motto, “Labor and -Progress.” - - * * * * * - -One from New Haven, Conn., writes objecting to our name, “Plymouth Rock.” - - * * * * * - -Mrs. C. H. Pike, of New Haven, Conn., informs us that at one of their -meetings, they made successful experiments in chemistry, before a -delighted audience. Speaks well for our ’88s. - - * * * * * - -The Rev. H. L. Brickett, of Linnfield Center, Mass., class ’88, was -appointed as a committee of one to confer with the granite companies of -New England in regard to a base of granite for the proposed new Hall of -Philosophy at Chautauqua, and has been successful in having donated one -from the best granite, to be highly polished, bearing our name, monogram, -motto, and year of our class. It is valued at $100. We extend to him, in -the name of the “Plymouth Rocks,” the ’88s, more than thanks. - - * * * * * - -The Rev. Dr. Dunning, of Boston, has consented to deliver the address at -our first annual “spread” in August next. - - * * * * * - -Stationery and badges for ’88 may be secured of Henry Hart, Atlanta, Ga. - - * * * * * - -Good for ’88. In the eight or ten circles found in St. Paul, Minn., about -four fifths of the members are of the class of ’88. - - - - -QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. - -QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “COLLEGE GREEK COURSE IN ENGLISH,” “CHEMISTRY,” -AND “HOW TO HELP THE POOR.” - -BY A. M. MARTIN, - -General Secretary C. L. S. C. - - -I.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “COLLEGE GREEK COURSE IN -ENGLISH”—FROM PAGE 83 TO PAGE 187. - -1. Q. Who is foremost among Greek philosophers? A. Socrates. - -2. Q. Who is foremost of Greek philosophical writers? A. Plato. - -3. Q. What four works have been the fruit, direct or indirect, of Plato’s -“Republic?” A. Cicero’s “De Republica,” St. Augustine’s “City of God,” -Sir Thomas More’s “Utopia,” and Bacon’s “New Atlantis.” - -4. Q. In any just representation of Plato, who could not but be a very -conspicuous figure? A. Socrates. - -5. Q. In the first extract given from Plato’s “Republic,” what does the -speaker, Glaucon, undertake to set forth for Socrates to overthrow? -A. A notion which he avers to be current and accepted among men, that -injustice is better policy than justice. - -6. Q. From the discussion of the nature of justice and injustice, to what -does Plato make a very unexpected passage? A. To that form of discussion -which has given its name to the “Republic”—the ideal state. - -7. Q. Who has recently made a scholarly and adequate translation of -Plato’s entire works into English? A. Mr. Jowett. - -8. Q. How is the so-styled “Platonic love” defined in the “Republic?” A. -“A friend should use no other familiarity to his love than a father would -use to his son, and this only for a virtuous end, and he must first have -the other’s consent.” - -9. Q. What was the “Socratic dæmon” to which Plato alludes in his -“Republic?” A. A benign and beneficent influence—a kind of divinity -within him that governed the conduct of Socrates. - -10. Q. How is the Timæus of Plato described? A. As of all the writings -of Plato the most obscure and most repulsive to modern readers, while the -most influential of all over the ancient and mediæval world. - -11. Q. What are some of the other best known works of Plato? A. -“The Laws,” the “Symposium,” the “Phædrus,” the “Gorgias,” and the -“Parmenides.” - -12. Q. What is the name of the dialogue in which Plato tells of the end -of Socrates? A. The “Phædo.” - -13. Q. What was the sentence of antiquity in regard to Plato? A. That -Zeus, if he had spoken Greek, would have spoken it like Plato. - -14. Q. Who was a distinguished pupil of Plato? A. Aristotle, and in -influence on human thought he equaled and rivaled his master. - -15. Q. How does our author state the difference between ancient tragedy -and modern, in a single antithetical sentence? A. Modern tragedy presents -real life idealized; ancient tragedy presents an ideal life realized. - -16. Q. What did Greek tragedy have for its chief purpose? A. To teach. - -17. Q. How were Greek tragedies represented? A. By daylight, in the -open air, before assemblages that numbered their tens of thousands of -spectators. - -18. Q. What is said of the dress of the actors? A. The actors wore masks -on their faces and buskins on their feet. Beside this they wore a kind of -wig designed to make them look taller, and dressed with padding to make -them look larger. - -19. Q. Who were the three masters of Greek tragedy? A. Æschylus, -Sophocles and Euripides. - -20. Q. When and where was Æschylus born? A. In 525 B. C., in an Attic -village near Athens. - -21. Q. In the present volume, from what tragedy of Æschylus are -selections presented? A. “Prometheus Bound.” - -22. Q. Who was Prometheus? A. A mythical being of superhuman rank, who -stole fire from heaven and brought it to men. For this offense against -Zeus he was condemned to be chained alive to a rocky cliff in the -Caucasus. - -23. Q. What other great tragic poet was contemporary with Æschylus? A. -Sophocles. - -24. Q. From what masterpiece of Sophocles are the selections of the -present volume made? A. “Œdipus Tyrannus, or Œdipus the King.” - -25. Q. How is this tragedy considered by, perhaps, the majority of -qualified critics? A. To be not only the best work of Sophocles, but the -“bright, consummate flower” of all Greek tragedy. - - -II.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “CHEMISTRY”—FROM BEGINNING OF -BOOK TO PAGE 84. - -26. Q. Of what does chemistry treat? A. All kinds of material substances. - -27. Q. What is said of the number of the various kinds of matter already -existing on our earth? A. The number is so great that the various kinds -have never been so much as counted, much less described, in any list or -volume. - -28. Q. Of what are all things known to chemists made up? A. A few simple -substances, either existing alone or in richly various combinations. - -29. Q. What are called chemical elements, and what compounds? A. The -simplest substances when alone are called the chemical elements, or -elementary substances; the things resulting when different elements are -united are called compounds. - -30. Q. What does the two-fold character of chemical study involve? A. -First, the examination of elementary substances and their compounds. -Second, a consideration of the many general and special laws and forces -which determine the various possible combinations. - -31. Q. How many elementary substances are there now generally recognized -as such? A. Sixty-six. - -32. Q. About how many of the elements possess names that are familiar to -ordinary readers? A. About one sixth of them. - -33. Q. Of what two elementary substances is it probable that three -fourths of our globe is composed? A. Of oxygen one half, and of silicon -one fourth. - -34. Q. What general name is given to most of the elements? A. Metals. - -35. Q. What symbol and what weight has each element? A. An atomic symbol -and an atomic weight. - -36. Q. How is an atom of each elementary substance designated? A. By a -symbol, usually the initial letter of the native or Latin name of the -substance. - -37. Q. What are three properties an elementary substance accepted as a -metal should possess? A. It must possess the property of existing in a -solid condition; it should possess the metallic luster; and it should -possess the power and tendency to readily form a chemical union with -oxygen. - -38. Q. What are called binary and what ternary compounds? A. Compounds -having only two kinds of elements are called binaries. Compounds having -three kinds of elements are called ternaries. - -39. Q. What four binary compounds are given as examples? A. Hydric -chloride, sulphur di-oxide, sulphur tri-oxide, and plumbic oxide. - -40. Q. Under what two heads are the principal ternaries grouped? A. Acids -and salts. - -41. Q. What are the two principal ternary acids used by chemists? A. -Nitric acid and sulphuric acid. - -42. Q. What is meant by the term atom? A. It is that portion of any kind -of matter that is to human beings indivisible in fact. - -43. Q. With what invisible, occult power is each atom and each molecule -endowed? A. A power called chemical affinity. - -44. Q. What are three of the peculiarities of chemical affinity? A. -Each kind of atom has its peculiar chemical affinities. Each atom has -a certain equivalence or atom-fixing power. Chemical changes produce -striking results. - -45. Q. What is the most common way of producing hydrogen? A. By bringing -together sulphuric acid and zinc. - -46. Q. What are some of the properties of hydrogen as a gas? A. It is -colorless, odorless, tasteless, and, bulk for bulk, it is the lightest -substance known in nature. - -47. Q. What is the most interesting chemical property of hydrogen? A. Its -power to unite with oxygen. - -48. Q. What is said of the uses to which hydrogen may be put? A. As an -elementary gas it finds but few applications in the arts. - -49. Q. For what standards is hydrogen used by chemists? A. As the -standard of equivalence or atom-fixing power; the standard of atomic -weight, and the standard of density for gases. - -50. Q. What did the remarkable lightness of hydrogen early suggest? A. -The fitness of that gas for the inflation of balloons. - - -III.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “HOW TO HELP THE POOR.” - -51. Q. What is the aim of the book, “How to Help the Poor?” A. To give a -few suggestions to visitors among the poor, and to lead all such visitors -to attend the conferences which are now held weekly in almost every -district of our large cities. - -52. Q. What is one of the most direct commands in the Christian -Scripture? A. “Give to him that asketh.” - -53. Q. Why need there be no beggars in our American cities? A. Labor is -wanted everywhere, especially educated labor; nowhere is the supply of -the latter equal to the demand. - -54. Q. What do the people crying continually “give to us” really need? A. -A chance to learn how to work, and sufficient protection in the meantime -from the evils of idleness, drunkenness and vice. - -55. Q. What is “out-door relief?” A. It is the giving of money (or its -equivalent) which is raised by taxing the people, if the applicants come -under certain rules and laws. - -56. Q. To what conclusion does Mr. Seth Low, of Brooklyn, N. Y., come -in regard to “out-door relief?” A. That out-door relief, in the United -States as elsewhere, tends inevitably and surely to increase pauperism. - -57. Q. Of what three parts is the conference of a district composed? A. -First, the district committee; second, the representatives of societies -and officers; third, the visitors. - -58. Q. How does one writer state that the disciplining of our immense -poor population must be effected? A. By individual influence; and this -power can change it from a mob of paupers and semi-paupers into a body of -self-dependent workers. - -59. Q. What does not, and what does visiting the poor mean? A. Visiting -the poor does not mean entering the room of a person hitherto unknown to -make a call. It means that we are invited to visit a miserable abode for -the purpose, first, of discovering the cause of that misery. - -60. Q. What does Dr. Tuckerman say of every child who is a beggar? A. -Every child who is a beggar, almost without exception, will become a -vagrant and probably a thief. - -61. Q. What is the only just reason for taking children from their -natural homes? A. To lift them out of moral poverty. Material poverty, -alone, is not sufficient cause. - -62. Q. What do the statistics of the Labor Bureau show in regard to -homeless young women in Boston? A. That there are twenty thousand -homeless young women in Boston whose wages average only four dollars per -week. - -63. Q. What is the first suggestion made for the better care of the aged? -A. By patient study of each individual, and by ingenious experiment of -one plan after another, some fit occupation can often be found which -shall bring both happiness and profit. - -64. Q. When does not private charity do its full part? A. While any -other than almshouse cases are allowed to fall into the care of the city -authorities. - -65. Q. What does experience, as the opportunities for observation widen, -induce the writer to believe? A. That every human being can do something -if he has a chance, and is intended to fill some gap in the universal -plan. - -66. Q. What does Edward Denison say of the crime of begging? A. It does -not consist in the mere solicitation of alms. The gist of the offense is -the intention of preying upon society; and of this intent the asking alms -is only evidence—not proof. - -67. Q. What is the root of a very large proportion of the suffering of -the poor in the cities of America? A. Drunkenness. - -68. Q. What is one of the first duties of a visitor in entering a -tenement house? A. To use his senses. - -69. Q. What knowledge means physical salvation, and thus a better -prospect for understanding the spiritual? A. How to make even the -smallest home clean and attractive, and to get the largest return from -every dollar earned. - -70. Q. What is one of the earliest and most important topics which should -engage the attention of the visitor? A. That of helping people to save. - -71. Q. What drives people into solitude? A. Trouble of any kind, and -especially any misfortune which has a tendency to lower a person in the -social scale. - -72. Q. What is said of many of the poor who most deeply need visitors? -A. They are lonely persons, and the fact of finding a friend at last is -encouragement to them and the beginning of better times. - -73. Q. What is almost the only true help of the worldly sort which it is -possible to give the poor? A. To teach them how to use even the small -share of goods and talents intrusted to them. - -74. Q. What truth has been made clear in regard to the expenditure of -money and goods alone? A. That it does not alleviate poverty. - -75. Q. What has experience taught differently from the assertions that -certain evils can not be helped, and that we may as well let things -alone? A. That evils can be helped, and to let things alone is to lend -ourselves to wrong. - - - - -THE CHAUTAUQUA UNIVERSITY. - -CAN LANGUAGE BE TAUGHT BY CORRESPONDENCE? - -BY PROF. R. S. HOLMES, A.M. - - -Can a language be taught by correspondence? Unhesitatingly, yes! -Experience, though brief, gives warrant for the answer. The constantly -increasing number of advertisements appearing in journals of wide -circulation gives evidence that teachers at least believe instruction -by this method both possible and profitable. It is in this belief that -the only danger to the system lies. Incompetency in this field must -fail. It can be hidden by no outward show. No would-be teacher, with -text-book and printed question in hand, can parade before a class and -_hear a recitation_. Only a teacher, a real teacher, can hope for success -in this work, and that must come by methods entirely foreign to the -ordinary methods of the class-room. Born a teacher, not made; such must -be he who would successfully use the correspondence system in his work of -teaching. Such teachers are rare, even in comparison with the multitudes -of those who already fill the places in our hundreds of thousands of -schools, and still more rare in the ranks of the throng which, filling -the avenues leading to them, is expectantly awaiting the constantly -occurring vacancies. For this reason we have said that the growing demand -for correspondence schools constitutes their principal danger; for -persons aware of this demand and allured by the hope of swelling moderate -incomes, though they have no peculiar appreciation of the particular -requirements demanded to fit one for the work, will yet enter the lists -as competitors in this field. The inevitable results must be failure by -the teacher, discouragement to honest and earnest students who can find -no other means for acquiring education, distrust of the practicability -of the system, and discredit for correspondence teachers as a class. To -avoid this, to provide only competent instructors, and to arrange and -systematize as broad and comprehensive a course of study as is furnished -by an institution is one of the purposes of the Chautauqua University. In -such a course languages, ancient and modern, must be taught, and must be -taught by correspondence, or not at all. But while it will be conceded -that instruction by correspondence is possible, in ordinary branches, yet -the honest inquirer will ask in view of the peculiarities surrounding the -subject of foreign languages, the question which begins this paper: Can a -language be taught by correspondence? Again we answer, unhesitatingly, -yes! and in no dubious way, but with a measure of success fully equal to -that possible by oral instruction. The question of the time necessary -to complete any given topic is not germane to this discussion. Yet in -passing, it may be said, that of two persons who should be able to devote -their whole time to study, one using oral and the other correspondence -methods, we see no reason why the first should have any advantage in -point of time required for the completion of any prescribed course of -study. - -We present four reasons in support of the answer we have so positively -given: - -FIRST—_The class of students seeking this instruction is more teachable -than can be easily found elsewhere._ Its members rank in earnestness and -intensity of application with the best of those pursuing post-graduate -or special courses in resident and special institutions. They are men -already in professional life, physicians, attorneys, pastors, journalists -and teachers. They are men who, having long looked wistfully from a -distance at our great educational institutions without being able to -avail themselves of their advantages, suddenly find excellent educational -advantages brought to their very doors and offered on terms which -they can easily accept. They are young men and women who during their -school days felt the necessity of making the best use of their time, -and acquired habits of steady application, of critical study, and of -economy in the use of spare moments; but whose school days were limited -by unconquerable circumstances to the village academy or high school, or -even to the less ambitious country district school. These classes are -easier to teach than almost any other, since they are ready to do to the -fullest extent the work which alone can make any teaching successful. - -SECOND—_More skill is required in the work of preparing and assigning -lessons than is ordinarily shown._ The art of assigning lessons should -form a part in every scheme of pedagogical instruction. Unfortunately, -the methods with which most who have memories of the class room are -familiar are worthy subjects for criticism. The recitation hour passes -rapidly in question and answer over the technicalities of the text. The -closing moments are sufficient to direct a continuation of the advance -reading, a review of previous lessons, and the assignment of certain -portions from the grammar. There is no definite direction as to special -points to be examined; no provision for particular work in etymology, or -analysis, or comparison; no synthetic outline for the next day’s thought; -no aids to help the student to test his own work or to detect his own -errors before the next recitation assembly. Such methods or lack of -methods in the correspondence school would surely cause its failure. How -to assign lessons becomes here the crucial test of the teacher’s power. -He must so lay out the work to be done that the pupil whom he has never -seen will be stimulated to effort and not grow discouraged; will be led -from the world of the known at his feet, into the world of the unknown -in which the teacher lives; will be allowed to make no misuse of time in -unprofitable study; will be wisely directed in the acquirement of lexical -and grammatical knowledge, and will be enabled to test his own work with -ever increasing accuracy. Such a teacher can not fail of success in his -effort to teach a language by correspondence. - -THIRD—_More care is required in the matter of interrogation._ Thorough -mastery of the art of interrogation is an essential; almost priceless in -any teaching—here it is a _sine qua non_. The presence of teacher and -pupil in the class room makes questioning easy; the oral question is -quickly given, quickly answered, and many questions may be used to elicit -a single truth, or to impress a single lesson. But the correspondence -teacher is not so favored. His questions must be so framed that one, or -at the most two, shall suffice. Again, the oral teacher through lack of -memory and long custom, may allow his questions to become a mere matter -of routine, and daily tread the same monotonous round. We speak from -memory when we assert of a college class, that it became so familiar with -the questions asked during Greek hour in junior year, as to be able to -answer the coming question almost before its utterance. This will not do -for the correspondence teacher. His questions must be only such as his -lesson directions have suggested; they must be committed to paper, in -remorseless ink; they are to be subjected to scrutiny; they must not be -obscure, or repetitious; and their range must be as wide as his students’ -knowledge. Such questioning can not fail of success. - -FOURTH—_More earnest and thorough study is required of the student._ He -has in a certain sense the work of two persons to perform, his own and -his teacher’s; his own, in that he investigates and acquires as directed; -his teacher’s, in that he must prove and test that which he has done and -is doing, by efforts of memory, by work of comparison, and by strict -grammatical rule. He must recite to himself, ask of himself the questions -which he must answer, and correct himself before finally his finished -work is returned to his teacher for revision. - -We think we have made sufficiently plain the possibility of success in -teaching a language by correspondence. The reasons seem to us conclusive. -That which remains to be said is even more potent. After all thinking, -reasoning and objecting is done, after all testimony for or against -has been received the established fact remains, successful teaching of -languages, ancient and modern, by correspondence alone, has been done -within the years just past, is now being done, and will be yet more -effectively and widely done with each advancing year. - -In support of these statements, which we believe are true, we present a -testimonial from an experienced teacher, who has been and is a member of -the College of Modern Languages in the Chautauqua University. It is as -follows: - -“I have been a member of the German class in the Chautauqua -Correspondence School of Languages for two years, and I consider -this plan of study, including the six weeks’ instruction each year -at Chautauqua, superior to any other. The method is not only more -comprehensive, it also advances the pupil much more rapidly, makes him -more thorough, broadens his culture, enables him to become familiar with -history, with literature, with art, and better than all, teaches him how -to acquire knowledge.” - -We add two statements of fact which can be verified as proofs of popular -opinion regarding correspondence schools: - -FIRST—That the Director of the Department of New Testament Greek in the -Chautauqua School of Theology has students to the number of almost four -hundred who rely for instruction entirely upon correspondence lessons. - -SECOND—That the Dean of the Department of Hebrew in the same institution -has under instruction by the same methods, in the different enterprises -with which he is connected, about seven hundred students. Could there be -anything more significant? - - - - -EDITOR’S OUTLOOK. - - -“MINOR MORALS.” - -The importance of good breeding can not be too diligently insisted upon. -But what is good breeding? This is hardly to be understood as synonymous -with good manners, though certainly involving them. Nor is it quite -the same thing as exemplary or agreeable behavior, though likely to -insure it. The latter is entirely the product of constant practice. Good -manners, polished behavior, are the fruit of long discipline—perfection -herein being reached only when these manners become habitual, natural, -instinctive. - -True courtesy, meanwhile, involves something deeper than mere manners -or motions. It has its seat in the heart—its root in the moral nature. -Fundamentally it consists in an inward kindly, neighborly, tender feeling -toward every one, an interest in, and a desire to promote everybody’s -welfare. Genuine courtesy, in a word, is born of love, springs from a -benevolent disposition, a brotherly, chivalric impulse. - -But what is good breeding? It consists in this inward principle of -good will, and the outward _habit_ of graceful demeanor combined—it -consists in the aforesaid inward gracious impulse, rooted in the heart, -and finding natural outward expression, or interpretation, through -that disciplined elegance of deportment of which I have spoken. To the -inward impulse, or sentiment, duly awakened, the outward, educated -habit naturally, instinctively responds; and we have the deportment, or -carriage, of the truly polished or accomplished gentleman or lady. - -These twin principles, the inward nurture and the outward culture or -training, working together, underlie what in the highest sense is to be -understood as good breeding. - -The practical value of the accomplishment under consideration can -not well be overestimated. How charming, truly, this gentlemanly, -lady-like conduct—this kindly, graceful, genial way of carrying one’s -self socially. True courtesy, verily, is as delightful as a song. More -eloquent is it, we may say, than any oratory. It is a fine art. Better -still, it is Christian. - -Is it not at once a privilege and a duty to promote the pleasure of -others? As has just been suggested, how may we more effectually minister -to the pleasure of others than by a charming behavior? - -By cultivated, agreeable manners, moreover, we immensely enhance our -personal influence—our power for good. A person of agreeable manners, -by uniformly pleasing, will, naturally, always be popular—have hosts -of friends. While, whatever one’s worth or attainments, we yet shun his -presence if he be disagreeable or offensive in manner or speech; on the -other hand, we instinctively covet the society of one who, in any way, -delights us. - -The irresistible charm of polished manners, even when cultivated solely -for commercial purposes, is well illustrated by a remark said to have -been made by Mr. Beecher concerning the clerks in the shops of Paris. -They were, he said, so polite and engaging in their attentions that his -first impression always was that he must have met them somewhere before. -And who has not, indeed, under the influence of the benign spirit, the -genial and engaging manners, the kindly and obliging offices of the -accomplished tradesman, often felt his prejudices give way, his original -intentions to purchase nothing yield, and, instead, a purpose gradually -spring up in his mind to do just the opposite of what he originally -designed? - -Nothing can be more evident, therefore, than that this matter of manners -and breeding is a no unimportant part of one’s education, constituting, -truly, a no insignificant part of every true man’s character. How -greatly, then, does that youth stand in his own light, who, for any -cause, neglects his manners. The thoroughly courteous youth, other things -equal, will surely win his way to success. Personally agreeable in all -his ways, he conciliates opposing prejudices, charms the indifferent, and -makes every one he meets his friend. The boorish man, on the contrary, as -inevitably blocks his way to fortune by awakening, on the part of those -with whom he has to do, only sentiments of aversion and disgust. - -Girls, for some reason, seem to take more naturally and kindly to -graceful ways, to gentle courtesies, than boys. Young America, we think, -is characteristically boorish, if not clownish. The boy of the period -manifestly places no adequate value on good manners. Doubtless this -matter of breeding—this careful cultivation of a genial and amiable -deportment—is sadly neglected in our day. The youth of our day should be -taught not only that rudeness and vulgarity never pay; but that while -awkwardness is disagreeable and burdensome, the slightest approach to -rowdyism is detestable and unpardonable. - -Some one has very happily represented good manners as “minor morals.” And -certain it is that vulgarity and vice are intimately related; that the -low, vulgar fellow will ever be found but a few removes from a positively -vicious one. - -Love, refinement, social cultivation are all closely allied with -righteousness; these, always and everywhere, constitute the true -gentleman and lady. - - -THE COUNCILS AT BALTIMORE. - -It was a noteworthy fact that two of the three great religious bodies -of this country were holding councils in the same city in the last days -of 1884. The city of Baltimore enjoys the distinction of being both a -Catholic and a Methodist city. The former is the older claimant, since -it was founded by English Catholics; but Methodism, also founded by -Englishmen, has a Baltimore history which occasioned the centennial -conference of last month. It was in Baltimore, Christmas 1784, that a few -circuit riders organized the Methodist Episcopal Church. It is doubtless -through the effectiveness of that organization that Methodism holds its -position as the religious union of the largest _population_ embraced -in any one organization in this country. The Catholics are ordinarily -reckoned the most numerous, because they count population and Methodists -count only members; but taking the former basis as a common measure, -the various branches of Methodism are doubtless the most numerous; -and it is probable that by the same tests the Baptists outnumber the -Catholics. If the Presbyterian bodies could be counted together, and the -Lutherans and Congregationalists included, we should have a third great -body of Protestants which may possibly outnumber the Catholics. Two -other communions, the Protestant Episcopal and the Unitarian, would be -in the first rank of religious influence if we attempted to measure and -compare by this test. Taking account of members only, the most difficult -problem of religious statistics is to determine whether any religious -organization is relatively increasing. The unattached population, and the -independent Protestant organizations, have been growing in numbers for a -score of years; and the Protestant communions can not count by population -without including the same persons in more than one church. It is not -surprising that the Catholics most easily make an imposing array in the -statistical tables. The precise count is not important in this place. The -Catholics and Methodists are large bodies of American Christians, and -they have some common features as well as some striking contrasts. - -Both communions owe their success (if we take worldly measurement) to -their vigorous management and subordination of their clergy for the -good of the common cause. A Methodist itinerant and a Catholic priest -resemble each other very little, but they are alike in being men who are -“sent,” and who “obey orders.” Their personal choices and well-being are -subordinated to a service and devotion. They alike resign at the doors -of the temple their rights to serve and please themselves. It may be -said that all Christians should do this; but this self-surrender is to -the priest and the itinerants _objective_ as well as _subjective_. It -means that they go where they are sent by a human authority which they -identify with the divine will. They are sacrificed to the general good; -they suffer that others may rejoice—always under an external and visible -authority. Another point of resemblance is the _practical_ liberty of -laymen in both churches. Theoretically the Catholic and the Methodist -laymen are both bound to considerable service and duties. Methodism began -in a rigor of religious duties which makes one wonder how John Wesley -missed founding a new Catholic order of world-renouncing priests and -lay brothers. Catholicism is theoretically even more rigorous. In the -progress of this century, both laities have achieved more liberty than -is good for them; the priest and the itinerant serve and sacrifice for -all. A bright-eyed Methodist editor called attention some years ago to -the fact that his church tolerates no heresy in ministers and pays little -attention to the doctrinal vagaries of its laymen. It is doubtless true -of both Catholics and Methodists; though neither church is prepared to -make any admission of the sort or ever will be. The theory in each case -calls for sound believing; and it is probably a just judgment which says -that liberty is the atmosphere required for the growth of sound faith. - -Another point of resemblance between Catholic and Methodist is that both -communions have had a great mission to preach to the poor; and that they -have preached to such effect that large numbers of their poor have become -rich, not so obviously in faith as in worldly goods. We mean not to -sneer, but to put our finger on the _objective_ reality which lies before -us. He is a careless man who fails to see that Methodism and Catholicism -have produced industry, thrift, temperance and wealth in classes of -people who were miserably poor at the outset. The fact has long been -understood of Methodists; a special fact has obscured this large one -among Catholics. There has been a steady inflow of poverty from the Old -World and the Catholics have received into their communion a very large -portion of this poverty. Their needy have been most abundantly recruited -and continue to be. But at the same time their poor have grown wealthy -all over the land. The Puritan farmer is disappearing in New England and -the Irish Catholic is taking his place. Wealthy Catholics abound in all -the large cities. - -There are many points of contrast between the two communions. We suggest -a single one, still looking at externals and not at creeds. While -Methodism has for a quarter of a century been one of the most influential -factors in politics—not at all as a machine, but altogether as an -influence—Catholicism has during the same period almost lapsed out of -sight as a political element. This resulted from the foreign character -and training of the majority of the priests and people, and from wise -avoidance of occasions of odium by the Catholic prelates. We suggest this -contrast without drawing any inferences from it. For the near future, -it is safe to predict a change on the Catholic side. Their Baltimore -council will, by force of associations which are full of significance, -tend to produce change. In Baltimore the Catholic may properly remember -his claims to be and live an American of the Americans. That church has -had a vast body of foreigners to naturalize; it has done the work under -an array of obstacles which seemed too formidable to be overcome. It is -a near day when the Americanism of the Catholics of this country will -come to the proof of its quality and value. At Baltimore the thoughtful -priest must have been moved to remember what claims he has on the country -and what claims the country has on him. We shall as a people suffer some -bitter trials and humiliations if the Catholics are not to be genuine -Americans and ardent patriots. They are too many to be neutral or hostile. - - -A POOR MAN’S MOTOR. - -The labor problem has not yet received a solution. Its central difficulty -is to secure to workmen a fair share of the blessings of life. No one -supposes that, taking the world together, they do now receive a fair -share. In this country, workmen have fared uncommonly well; but there is -a belief, resting on some facts, that the actual rewards of labor, as -measured in the blessings of life, are rapidly declining, and must go -on declining under the existing industrial system. Some theories on the -subject are no longer tenable. The workman’s theory that capital robs him -is not sound. Money, once worth ten per cent., has fallen to three per -cent. for perfectly safe loans; when higher interest is paid, it is paid -for conducting the business of lending (as in banks) or for risks of the -loans. The government can borrow a thousand and more millions at two and -one-half to three per cent.—and this shows what a hard time of it capital -is having. The risks of manufacturing probably bleed labor; but the -bleeding is not in the form of which the workman thinks. It is not profit -but loss which drives the lancet in to the hilt. Political economists -have shown (and they are entirely unanimous) that the high profits -produce a competition which brings down profits. Capital is cheap; large -profits can be made only in conditions which are monopolistic. - -Our system of industrial exchange has one very weak place, called -_credit_. This credit is a hole in the net through which industrial gains -are dropped into the bottomless sea; and the system is so fixed upon us -that there is no hope of reform in our day. To pay when we buy more and -more offends something in our make-up. A wise man proposed that one, two -and five dollar bills be abolished, in order that we might circulate, as -the French do, a large amount of silver. A member of Congress immediately -amended the suggestion thus: “No. Put this silver in the United States -Treasury, and let us use ‘silver notes.’” We insist upon having even a -credit money, and object to “the trouble” of handling coin. This refined -and transcendental sentiment, or taste, or æstheticism about coin runs -through us. The man who always pays, as well as the sneak who never pays -if he can avoid it, says, “Charge it,” when he buys goods. Goods are -sold by the manufacturer to the jobber on credit; the jobber sells to -the wholesale houses on credit; the wholesale dealers sell to retailers -on credit; the retailers sell to consumers on credit. It is within the -mark to say, that more is lost in these four credit traps than capital -gets—much more. It is not, in fact, the capitalist, but the well-dressed -and the shabbily-dressed thieves who cheat and rob labor. - -At first sight, the reader will wonder how the losses of the four -credits come home to labor. We reply: they are merely the aggregate -of the risks incurred in making staple goods—all other risks being -insignificant in such manufacturing. The order of things is like this: -what the jobber loses the manufacturer loses by the failure of the -jobber. The jobber loses what the dealers between him and the consumers -lose. Not quite all, perhaps, for the capitals of the dealers must be of -some worth; but the consumer has, in the end, to pay all these losses, -and the result is an enhanced price. In other words, a bale of goods -starts out with a burden of risk which grows as it travels, and adds to -the cost of goods so much that the consumer can not buy as much as he -needs. The from 250 to 300 or more failures each week tell a part of the -workman’s trouble; another vast body of his losses does not go to record -at all. It is the fifty-cents-on-a-dollar compromise system between -wholesalers and retailers. - -Workmen ought to get what consumers pay, less three per cent. on capital -and about as much more for risk of ordinary kinds and a fair cost of -handling goods. We maintain a system of extraordinary risks, called a -credit system, which consumes two or three times as much as capital. It -is plain that workmen can not get (we write of such staples as cotton -cloth) pay for lost goods. Wherever they are lost, the sums lost can not -reach labor. We do not enter into the details of this argument; we have -suggested reasons for believing that a cash system would stop one of the -great leaks of the industrial system. - -There are other great wastes in the existing forms of industrial -management which, like the credit system, come out of the bones and blood -of the workman. We pass them by to suggest that the industrial system -has gone wrong, and can never go right, under the empire of steam. Steam -is a centralizer. It concentrates industry, and by packing laborers into -a small compass _enhances the cost of living_ and enlarges the area of -losses on sales and of distress in hard times. And to go at once to our -solution of the labor problem, we will describe it as decentralization. -A writer in _MacMillan’s Magazine_ suggests that electric motors may -prove to be the decentralizing force. Of course, it is not in the power -of any material agent to effect great changes except as it coöperates -with our inclinations. The expensiveness of steam machinery coöperated -with our inclination to congregate in cities. We have congregated there. -The larger half of our growth is in towns. The result is dear food, dear -rent, pestilential diseases, moral degradation. When we grow sick of the -experiment of building a modern Babel, our inclinations may coöperate -with a motor energy which is plebeian and democratic. Let us suppose, -then, that a workman can make any of the innumerable small articles which -have iron or steel for a material. This workman has his bits of machinery -and tools in his house. They do not cost more than a carpenter’s chest -of tools. He has the skill; he has the tools; he wants power. But a -neighbor tells him that he can buy in quart or gallon cans stored-up -electricity, and by a little contrivance, which may cost fifty cents, he -can attach his machinery to this democratic motor and be an independent -workman, with all the advantages of machinery. He can make all these iron -and steel contrivances in the middle of a prairie and sell them to his -neighbors for cheap food and cheap rent. The _divisibility_ of electric -power may make it the poor man’s friend. You can not buy five cents’ -worth of steam; there is now no reason to doubt that electric power may -be sold in five-cent packages if there is a demand for it in such form. -There is a vast aggregate of small manufacturing. Of course there are -great industries to which our solution would not apply; but if half the -laborers of the country could work profitably, each man by himself, -in his own house—just as cobblers work—then the strain on the large -industries, such as iron and steel making, would be so far reduced that -workmen in those branches would probably command, permanently, excellent -wages. - -This article aims to do nothing more than to open a window of hope. We -shall need to change a great deal; but the poor man’s motor will probably -help us to change. A good many monopolies have grown up because steam -favored their growth; others are the fruits of general ignorance. Under -the sway of ignorance, the trade-mark becomes a tyrant, a grasping -monopolist. For example, there are no patents on sewing machines, but -machines of certain firms, wearing a certain trade-mark, command a -monopoly price. Any good mechanic can build a good sewing machine for ten -dollars. There might be men in every town engaged in supplying the local -wants in the matter of sewing machines. No large factories, no heavy -transportation bills, no eloquent traveling agents would be needed. There -are thousands of things to which the same rule will apply when there is -a poor man’s motor and such a diffusion of intelligence that the poor -man can make, and people will buy, the home-made articles. The empire of -the trade-mark will disappear when the motor and the intelligence come -along, and both seem to be coming. It will not be necessary—if the motor -arrives—to herd people together like cattle, or to transport goods long -distances. The workmen will carry their kits of tools to the villages and -live independently and cheaply in the midst of their customers. Is this a -dream? But why should it not come true? - - -REFORMED CRIMINALS. - -The French government is considering a proposition to restore the custom -of deporting criminals. It is remarkable that the practical argument on -this subject is decidedly favorable to this system. The argument against -it is a sentimental one. The unsettled question about punishments for -other than capital offenses is, how to secure the reform of criminals. -Under the best managed prisons, reform of a lasting kind is rare. The -best management seems to succeed until the prisoner is set at liberty. -Then the reformed man finds himself an object of suspicion to orderly -people and of special interest and sympathy to the criminal classes. -The former will not employ him and the latter will. The result is, in -most cases, that he relapses into crime. Perhaps there is some hope that -the better classes may improve in their habits; but unless they do, it -is well nigh useless to reform criminals in prison. The poor men who -come out into an unsympathetic world which does not believe in their -reformation, and in which unreformed ex-convicts are numerous enough to -keep the general distrust of their class alive, have nothing like a fair -chance to begin the world over again. If there were any hope that prisons -could be perfected so as to reform all convicts, public prejudice could -be broken down; but it is too much to expect that the general public will -acquire a habit of distinguishing between good and bad ex-convicts. This -is the difficulty for which no device has yet been found which will take -it out of the path of humanitarian prison discipline. No faith is more -stable than that which, among the public at large, affirms the total -depravity of _some_ men; especially of ex-convicts. - -Turning to penal colonies, experience is most favorable to the belief -that it opens the road to reform. The reports on the British penal -colonies are especially cheerful from this point of view. The majority -of the criminals sent abroad during three centuries reformed their -lives. Australia ought to be the most disorderly country on the globe, -if deporting criminals to a colony could produce a bad society. But -notwithstanding the fact that England sent a large criminal population to -that colony, Australia is one of the most orderly and respectable of the -English dependencies. The only possible explanation is that the official -reports are true, and that the convicts did actually reform. If Botany -Bay did not reform them, the honest opportunities of that vast island -did coöperate with their good purpose and promote their reform. England -deported criminals from 1597 to 1867—a period of 270 years. During the -War of Independence she suspended deportation and enrolled her convicts -in the armies sent to subjugate us. In 1838 more than 100,000 criminals -had been sent to Australia. An official report sets forth that in 1850 -an enumeration of ex-convicts in Australia accounted for 48,600, and -that all of them except an insignificant fraction were living honestly. -But it will be said that Australia protested against the continuance of -the system. This is not the exact fact. In dealing with the question, -the English government threw upon the Australians all the expense of the -surveillance of the deported criminals. The colonial government demanded, -most righteously that England should pay this bill of expense; but -rather than pay it the English Parliament chose to abolish the system of -deportation. The colonists did make sentimental objections to receiving -convicts, but they did so on the ground that the cost of watching the -criminals of England was unjustly thrown upon them. A French writer -remarks that in this case, as in the quarrel with us, the money question -was allowed to prevail over statesmanship. The British ex-convict is -worse off than our own because there are fewer opportunities for men -under the reproach of prison service. - -The French proposition to resort again to penal colonies, or rather -to dumping ship-loads of criminals on new and undeveloped countries, -suggests the seriousness of the question. Every French colony will -object to receiving the vicious cargoes of humanity; but the objections -will lose their violence if the home government shall send a proper -proportion of French gold with each cargo. The testimony on the subject -seems to show that if the transported men are such as to give signs of -real reform, ninety-five per cent. of them will make good citizens. The -open country, the new moral scenery, the necessities of that new world, -conspire with good resolutions to maintain reformed habits. What shall -_we_ do with our reformed prisoners? It is not improbable that in a few -years England will imitate France and restore the system of deportation. -Why should not we make an experiment? Alaska, at least, might safely be -used for the purpose. It would not be difficult to devise a system under -which the best class of reformed men should be offered land and a small -outfit in some remote corner of our country. By selecting the best, and -making their removal voluntary, we might save to society the larger part -of the men whom our prisons reform. We do not wish to disguise the fact -that, however remote the place, the men who have lived by crime and -escaped punishment would endanger the virtue of the ex-convict. But the -criminal classes do not flow to the farthest frontiers except in scanty -streams; and the Alaskan territory is as yet as safe as a wilderness can -be. Some scheme of the sort is worth the devising. We are making little -headway under our present best systems, simply because the ex-convict has -no chance. Can he be given a fair chance? - - - - -EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK. - - -The Civil Service Reform League—and every reform is dependent upon an -organization—has addressed a letter to President-elect Cleveland, asking -him what he proposes to do about removals from office. Mr. Cleveland -answers, with full information, that he believes in the doctrine of civil -service reform. We think that the practical application of the letter to -the civil service will make a real and safe basis for judgment. Till we -see this, we deem it wise not to express an opinion. - - * * * * * - -The old “Liberty bell,” which was on exhibition during the Centennial at -Philadelphia, has been taken to the New Orleans Exposition in charge of -a committee. The council of Philadelphia passed a resolution authorizing -its removal from Independence Hall for that purpose. - - * * * * * - -Our national Congress is the subject of a shameful scandal, and the -worst feature of it is, our Senators and Representatives know it, but -fail to correct it themselves. It is this: By figures prepared by the -Public Printer, it appears that during the last four congresses nearly -six hundred speeches have been published in the “Congressional Record” as -a part of the debates and proceedings of Congress, but not one of them -was ever delivered in the House of Representatives. Here is a number of -printed but undelivered speeches of Senators. This is an unnecessary -expense entailed on the government. It is a falsehood and makes the -“Record” a lie, for you can not tell by reading it what has been said -or done in Congress. Senator Vest has introduced a resolution into the -Senate to abolish the practice, but it is still an open question whether -a body of men who do such things will have the moral courage to vote -their undelivered speeches out of the “Record.” - - * * * * * - -Our readers will find the article by General John A. Logan, elsewhere -in this impression, full of interesting and very remarkable statements -concerning rudimentary education in the different states. We think -his points concerning the common schools in the Southern states will -be a surprise to many people. Another article on the subject from the -General’s pen will appear in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for March. - - * * * * * - -A number of _Bradstreet’s_, issued in the latter part of December, shows -that at that time the whole number of men out of employment in the -United States, because the establishments had shut down, and by reason -of strikes, etc., was 316,000, or thirteen per cent. of the whole number -employed in 1880, which was 2,452,749. - - * * * * * - -Concerning General B. F. Butler, it is announced that he has signed an -agreement with a publishing house to write his political reminiscences, -in two volumes, for which he is to receive $50,000 in cash and a royalty -beside. The advent of Messrs. Blaine and Butler into the literary world -is suggestive. It is altogether probable that both of these men regard -literary fame, when compared to political favor, as a more substantial -and enduring quantity, and believe that their names will live longer -in literature than in politics. Of course, there may be other motives -prompting them, but to some men _fame_ hath its peculiar charms. - - * * * * * - -It was a surprise and sorrow to Christian people to learn that the -management at New Orleans had decided to keep the Exposition open on the -Sabbath. The very liberal—perhaps we ought to say lax—ideas about the -observance of the Sabbath which prevail throughout the country deserve -serious thought. Certainly to extend opportunities for making sight -seeing and pleasure seeking part of the day’s work should be emphatically -discouraged. - - * * * * * - -One of Chautauqua’s staunchest friends and most devoted workers, the Rev. -S. McGerald, has entered a new field of work. In a recent issue of the -Buffalo _Christian Advocate_ we find his name announced as the future -editor of that paper. Mr. McGerald’s new and important position is sure -to be well filled. He has the hearty good wishes of all Chautauquans in -his new enterprise. - - * * * * * - -The Indians of Arizona made an exhibit at the recent fair of that -territory, which ought to open the public mind to the degree of -civilization which some Indians have attained, and suggest, as well, the -possibility of such civilization for all Indians. The first premium for -the best modern plow displayed was awarded them, and to show their taste -for the antique as well as the modern, it may be mentioned that a wooden -plow was displayed which was an exact counterpart of those used 2,000 -years ago in the valley of the Nile. - - * * * * * - -There is no doubt of it—the cause of much human failure and misery is -insomnia. Mr. Gladstone has found the only panacea in Christendom which -prevents and cures this dread disease, and he gave the secret to the -world recently, when he said: “I never allow business of any kind to -enter my chamber door. In all my political life I have never been kept -awake five minutes by any debate in Parliament.” - - * * * * * - -Now that Mark Twain is attempting to become his own publisher, it may be -of interest to read the record of his occupations. He has been in turn, -practical printer, steamboat pilot, private secretary, miner, reporter, -lecturer and book-maker. Should he succeed in his publishing scheme, -he may start a fashion among successful writers which will be hard on -publishing houses. - - * * * * * - -A winter resort where the thermometer falls frequently to 40° below zero, -is fully launched at Saranac Lake, in the Adirondacks. The hotels are -reported full, and prices of lots have gone up with the usual nimbleness -which characterizes embryo resorts. If peculiar, this new fashion may -serve as a blessing to the idle and half sick people who are apt to -patronize fashionable resorts by bringing into use many vigorous and -healthful winter sports. - - * * * * * - -The wonderful Fish River caves, discovered last year in New South Wales, -have been given a new name by the government of that country, and will -henceforth be known as the Jenolan caves. Astonishing discoveries are -reported to have been made there recently. Our own Kentucky wonder begins -to dwindle before the reports of these new subterranean palaces and -gardens. - - * * * * * - -A reading people we know ourselves to be, but it is rather astonishing to -discover that we publish twelve times as many daily papers as the United -Kingdom. _The Athenæum_ calls attention to the fact that while the United -States has one daily paper to every 10,000 inhabitants, the English have -one to every 120,000. It would be gratifying if we could feel sure that -the quality stood in the same ratio. - - * * * * * - -The work of the Chautauqua University is attracting attention far and -wide. In a recent issue of the _Irish Christian Advocate_, published in -Belfast, we notice in answer to a correspondent’s query, as to “What is -the Chautauqua University?” a long and enthusiastic article upon the -plan. The adaptation of the “Chautauqua Idea” to all people and all -countries is very wonderful. - - * * * * * - -A lady is said to have recently offered $50,000 to the Boston school -authorities, to be devoted to the filling of the teeth of children whose -parents were too poor to employ dentists. Should she devote her money -to the purchase of tooth brushes and toothpicks, and employ a police of -teeth, who would compel their daily use by children from babyhood up, she -would confer an inestimable benefit upon future generations. - - * * * * * - -Frances Power Cobbe, well known to the readers of THE CHAUTAUQUAN, -concludes her powerful article on “A Faithless World,” in the December -issue of _The Contemporary Review_, with these strong words: “We have -been told that in the event of the fall of religion, ‘life would remain -in most particulars and to most people much what it is at present;’ it -appears to me, on the contrary, that there is actually _nothing_ in life -which would be left unchanged after such a catastrophe.” - - * * * * * - -A wise thing is being done in London. A series of popular lectures upon -the subject of precautions—national, local and personal—to be taken -against cholera, has been begun. Now that the menace of this dread -disease hangs over our own country, it would be a sensible plan for -cities and villages to provide a similar course of instruction. It could -be easily arranged, too. - - * * * * * - -We are happy to extend congratulations to a well known contributor to -THE CHAUTAUQUAN, Mr. C. E. Bishop. Mr. Bishop was married in Buffalo, -December 31st, to Miss Emma Mulkins, of that city. As the former editor -of the Jamestown (N. Y.) _Journal_, of the Buffalo _Express_, and at -present of _The Countryside_, of New York, as an editorial writer on _The -Assembly Herald_, as the author of “Pictures in English History,” and of -frequent entertaining articles in our columns, Mr. Bishop is widely and -favorably known. - - * * * * * - -The assignee’s sale of the stock of imported books and fine art -publications of Mr. J. W. Bouton, of New York, is now advertised. It -is a real shock to know that this rare collection must be sacrificed. -For years his rooms have been a resort for book lovers, and a liberal -education to the loiterers about his counters. Perhaps there is no -collection in America, outside of the libraries, the sale of which would -cause such general regret. - - - - -C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR FEBRUARY. - - -COLLEGE GREEK COURSE IN ENGLISH. - -Articles on Plato may be found in the following works: Plato’s -“Republic,” De Quincey; “Plato,” Encyclopædia Britannica; Smith’s “Greek -and Roman Biography,” at the beginning of the various editions of his -works; Mahaffey’s “Classical Greek Literature;” Müller’s “Literature of -Ancient Greece;” “Against the Atheists,” _Christian Examiner_, vol. xl, -p. 108; “Life of Plato,” _Methodist Quarterly_, vol. xx, p. 368; “On the -Immortality of the Soul,” _Christian Repository_, vol. xxii, p. 507; -“Platonism,” _Baptist Quarterly_, vol. i, p. 22; “Ethical Philosophy,” -_American Church Repository_, vol. xxii, p. 175. - -P. 86.—“Cicero,” etc. The “De Republica” was a dialogue on what is -the best form of the state; the “City of God” treats of the body of -Christians in distinction from the City of the World, or those out of the -church. St. Augustine wrote this book after the sack of Rome by Alaric to -answer the assertion that the destruction of the country was a punishment -for the desertion of the pagan deities; “Utopia” is the story of an -imaginary land supposed to have been discovered by a companion of Amerigo -Vespucci, where the laws were perfect; the “New Atlantis” was an island -in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, where Bacon represents himself to -have been shipwrecked, and where he found societies for cultivating art -and the sciences. - -P. 96.—“Dæmon.” “This demon or genius of Socrates, which was not -personified by himself, was regarded by Plutarch as an intermediate being -between gods and men, by the fathers of the church as an evil spirit, -by Le Clerc as one of the fallen angels, by Ficino and Dacier as a -good angel, and by later writers as a personification of conscience or -practical instinct, or individual tact.” - -P. 98.—“Origen.” (185?-254?) This eminent writer of the early church -fathers made an effort to reconcile Platonism with Christianity, and in -his commentaries on the Scriptures used the allegorical method almost -entirely. “The literal sense is always secondary; and the critic never -fails where it is possible to find in the simplest fact or the plainest -exhortation some hidden meaning.” - -P. 99.—“Lemma.” When in demonstrating a proposition a second proposition -is introduced and assumed as true, or demonstrated for immediate use, it -is called a _lemma_. - -P. 100.—“Oneida Community.” A society founded at Oneida, New York State, -by one John Humphrey Noyes, a perfectionist. He introduced into this -community his peculiar views, persuading them to practice a community of -women and of goods, to allow women equal business and social privileges -with the men, and to live in a “unitary home.” - -P. 104.—“Silenus.” An attendant of Bacchus. He is represented as a very -ugly old man, fat, with a bald head and pug nose, and always intoxicated. -Generally he rode an ass or was carried by the satyrs. Silenus was also -represented as an inspired prophet. When drunk and asleep he was in the -power of mortals who could compel him to sing and prophesy by surrounding -him with chains of flowers. - -P. 105.—“Marsyas.” See C. L. S. C. Notes, page 57 of THE CHAUTAUQUAN for -October. - -“Corybantian reveler.” So called from the Corybantes, the priests of -Cybele in Phrygia. They celebrated her worship in the wildest, most -frenzied dances. The drum and cymbal accompanied this dance. - -P. 107.—“Brasidas.” The most famous of the Spartan leaders in the -Peloponnesian War. After taking many Athenian cities in Macedonia he -was killed at Amphipolis, where he defeated Cleon. He was honored by the -inhabitants as a hero. - -“Nestor.” An aged Greek hero of the Trojan war, whose wisdom and advice -were considered equal to the gods. “Antenor” held a position among the -Trojans similar to that of Nestor among the Greeks. His advice, however, -was not followed by his countrymen, and he offered to deliver the city to -the Greeks. Upon the capture of Troy he was spared by the victors. - -P. 108.—“Boreas.” The North Wind was fabled to live in Thrace. The -allusion here is to the story that he carried away Orithyia, the daughter -of the king of Attica, for his wife. - -“Agra;” the demus south of Attica was called Agra. It contained two -temples; one to Diana, the other to Ceres. - -“Typhon.” A monster born of Tartarus and Gæa, who attempted to revenge -the overthrow of the Titans. His head reached to heaven, his eyes poured -forth flame, and serpents were twined about his body. Jupiter killed him -with lightning. - -P. 109.—“Agnus Castus,” or the “chaste tree,” the name given to a plant -native to the Mediterranean countries, which became associated with the -idea of chastity, it is said, from the similarity of the name _agnus_ to -the Greek word _chaste_. Grecian matrons strewed their couches with its -leaves during the feast of Ceres, and in the convents of Southern Europe -a syrup made of its fruit was used by the nuns. - -“Achelous.” A river god—a son of Oceanus—from the earliest times -worshiped generally throughout Greece. At one time he took the form of -a bull in a fight with Hercules, who conquered him and took one of his -horns. This horn the Naiads afterward changed into the horn of plenty. - -P. 118.—“Sunium.” The promontory forming the southern extremity of -Attica; a town of the same name stood upon it. - -P. 121.—“Swan’s Utterance.” Referring to the fable told of the swan, that -it sings its sweetest song at death—“the sweetest song is the last he -sings.” Thus in “Othello,” “I will play the swan and die in music.” - -P. 127.—The chapter on Æschylus may be supplemented by the following -readings: “Theory of Greek Tragedy,” De Quincey; Müller, Mure, and -Mahaffy on Æschylus, in their histories of Greek Literature; Talfourd’s -“Tragic Poets of Greece,” from “History of Greek Literature;” Symond’s -“Studies of the Greek Poets,” _Christian Examiner_, Vol. xliii, p. 140; -_Contemporary Magazine_, Vol. iii, p. 351; _Biblia Sacra_, Vol. xvi, p. -354; _North American Review_, Vol. lxvii, p. 407. - -P. 129.—“Cyprid.” A poem, author unknown, called Cyprid or _Cypria_, -“either because the author came from Cyprus, or because it celebrated the -Cyprian goddess, Aphrodite, and detailed from the commencement her action -in the Trojan war.… The poem was an introduction to the ‘Iliad,’ telling -a vast number of myths and leading the reader from the first cause of the -war up to the tenth year of its duration. It is easy to see that such a -vast subject, loosely connected, must have failed to afford the artistic -unity which underlies the course of the ‘Iliad.’” - -“Little Iliad.” A poem by Lesches, a Lesbian. It relates the complete -story of the sack of Troy, from the contest of Achilles to the fall -of Troy. The “Competition for the Arms,” we have had in the “Iliad.” -“Philoctetes” was the chief archer of the Greeks, having been instructed -by Hercules in the use of the bow. On the voyage to Troy he was bitten -by a snake and left on the island of Lemnos. In the tenth year of the -war the oracle declared the city could not be taken without the arrows -of Hercules. Philoctetes was brought, and having slain Paris, the city -was taken. “Neoptolemus,” a son of Achilles, was one of the warriors that -the oracle declared necessary for the capture of Troy. He was one of the -heroes concealed in the wooden horse. “Eurypylus” who came from Ormenion -to Troy, played a prominent part in battle, slaying many Trojans; he -was wounded by Paris. “Ulysses Mendicant,” the story of the wanderings -of Ulysses. “Lacæna,” the Lacedæmonian woman, referring to Helen. -“Illii-persis,” treats of the plundering of Troy after the capture, and -“Apoplus,” of the sailing away of the ships. “Sinon.” After the wooden -horse was finished, Sinon mutilated his body and allowed himself to be -captured by the Trojans. He told them that he had been maltreated by his -countrymen, and that if they (the Trojans) would drag the horse into the -city they would conquer the Greeks. After the Trojans had followed his -advice he let the Greeks out of the horse. “Troades,” the Trojans. - -P. 134.—“Trilogy.” A set of three dramas. Each one is in itself complete, -but the three are related, one event following or growing out of another, -as in Shakspere’s Henry VI. - -P. 137.—“New made kings.” This allusion will be explained by reading the -story of Cronos and Zeus on page 77 of THE CHAUTAUQUAN for November. - -P. 144.—“Sweet Muse-Mother.” See page 73 of “Brief History of Greece.” - -P. 145.—“Mantic.” Prophetic; derived from the Greek word for prophetic. - -P. 152.—“Protagonist.” One who fills the leading part in a drama, and -hence in any enterprise. - -P. 153.—“Ettrick Shepherd.” A name given to the Scottish poet, James -Hogg. His home was in the Ettrick forest, and when a boy he had been -a shepherd. The reference here is to the articles he contributed to -the series of papers which appeared in _Blackwood_ between 1822 and -1835, called Noctes Ambrosianæ, and which were principally written by -Christopher North. - -P. 154.—“Sophocles.” In connection with the chapter on Sophocles the -following readings may be used: “Classical Writers,” an essay on his -life and writings by Campbell; Talfourd’s “History of Greek Literature,” -chapter on “The Tragic Poets of Greece;” Symond’s “Studies of the -Greek Poets;” _Baptist Quarterly_, Jan. 1877; Mahaffy’s “History of -Classical Greek Literature;” Mure’s “Critical History of the Language and -Literature of Ancient Greece;” an account of the performance of “Ædipus -Tyrannus,” at Harvard in May, 1881, will be found in _The Century_, -November, 1881; _Harvard Register_, April, 1881; Boston _Sunday Herald_, -March 27, 1881; New York _Evening Post_, April 22, 1881. - -P. 173.—“Abæan.” From Abæa, a town of Phocis, where stood a very ancient -temple and oracle of Apollo. - - -CHEMISTRY. - -P. 13.—The abbreviations used in the atomic symbols are taken from the -Latin or Greek names, and when these differ from the English there seems -to be no correspondence between the name of the element and its atomic -symbol; as _Au_ for gold. - -Hydrogen is the lightest form of matter known, and the weight of its atom -is taken as the unit of the system of weights. In the table the numbers -in the column of atomic weights give the weight of one atom of each -substance as compared with one atom of hydrogen. For instance, an atom of -aluminum is twenty-seven times as heavy as an atom of hydrogen. - -A-luˈmi-num; Brōˈmĭne; Caesium (kēˈsi-um); Cerium (seˈri-um); Chlorine -(klōˈrĭne); Chrōˈmi-um; Di-dynˈi-um; Erˈbi-um; Fluˈor-ĭne; Gălˈlĭ-um; -Hyˈdro-gen; Glu-cinum (glu-sīˈnum); I-ridˈĭ-um; Iˈo-dĭne; Lanˈtha-num; -Lithˈĭ-um; Manganese (mangˈa-nezeˌ); Mŏl-yb-dēˈnum; Nī-oˈbi-um; -Nīˈtrō-gen; Osˈmi-um; Pal-lāˈdĭ-um; Phosˈphŏ-rus; Platˈĭ-num, or -Pla-tīˈnum; Po-tasˈsĭ-um; Rhōˈdĭ-um; Ru-bidˈi-um; Ru-thēˈnĭ-um; -Scanˈdĭ-um; Se-lēˈnĭ-um; Strontium (stronˈshĭ-um); Tanˈta-lum; -Tel-luˈri-um; Thalˈli-um; Thoˈri-um; Tī-taˈni-um; Tungˈsten; U-rāˈni-um; -Va-nāˈdi-um; Yt-terˈbi-um; Zir-cōˈni-um. - -P. 19.—“Guyten de Morveau,” gwēˈton dĕh morˈvō. (1737-1816.) A French -chemist. He suggested a new nomenclature which was adopted by Lavoisier, -and wrote a “Dictionary of Chemistry.” - -P. 33.—The symbols are to be read by calling the letters and the small -numbers one after the other, in the order in which they occur. If a -compound contains an element which requires two letters to express it, -the latter one, always a small letter, as on page 35, AgNO₃, it is to -be read in the same way, with a shorter pause between the A and g than -between the other letters, as A-g—N—O-₃. Ag and O₃ might be compared to -words of two syllables. The number always belongs to the letter which it -follows. - -P. 60. “Sir Humphrey Davy.” See C. L. S. C. Notes, page 59 of vol. v of -THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -“Biot,” Jean Baptiste (bēˈōˌ). (1774-1862.) A French savant. His fame -rests upon his mathematical, physical, and astronomical writings. Biot’s -description of Cavendish, translated from the French: “The richest of all -learned men, and probably, also, the most learned of all rich men.” - -P. 63.—“La Trappe.” A Benedictine convent in France, famous for the -austerity of its monks, founded in the twelfth century. - -“Van Helmont.” (1577-1644.) A Flemish physician, chemist, and -philosopher. He attempted a reform in medicine, but his system was -so mingled with mysticism that it is not of much practical value. He -succeeded, however, in introducing much exactness into science. - - - - -NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.” - - -HOW ENGLISH DIFFERS FROM OTHER LANGUAGES. - -1. Perhaps this absurdity, and the complications it involves, may be -better illustrated by the following few lines from one of DeBertrand’s -novels. (They might be found in a dozen others.) - -“Madame,” dit il, “il y a là une [feminine] personne qui demand M. le -Baron.” - -“Quelle [feminine] est cette [feminine] personne?” - -“C’est un [masculine] monsieur,” etc.[I] - -Thus, it will be seen, both feminine and masculine articles must be used -to designate the same object; and a person must be spoken of as feminine, -although the person is a man; the reason being that _personne_, the -_word_, is feminine.—_Richard Grant White._ - -[I] “Madame,” said he, “there is a person without who asks for -the Baron.” - -“Who is this person?” - -“It is a gentleman,” etc. - -2. For contrary to apparently reasonable assumption, the history of -language shows that minute and highly wrought grammatical forms are the -signs, or at least the accompaniments, not of advanced civilization -and high culture, but of a rude and savage condition of society. The -further we penetrate the obscure of antiquity, the more grammar we find. -The oldest language known to us, the Sanskrit, is the most complex and -elaborate in its grammar; the youngest, English, is, to all intents and -purposes, grammarless; and Sanskrit grammar is at least four thousand -years old. My readers will now see why it was that I said the minute -forms and complicated grammatical relations of the Greek language are -not the signs of a high development of language, but were relics of -barbarism.—_Richard Grant White._ - -3. “Galore,” gā-loreˈ. Plenty, abundance. - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -1. “Fuller,” Thomas. (1608-1661.) An English author and divine. “The -style of all his writings is extremely quaint and idiomatic, in -short, simple sentences, and singularly free from the pedantry of his -times.”—_American Cyclopædia._ - -2. “Robert Hall.” (1764-1831.) An English writer and preacher of the -Baptist church. When he was eleven years of age his teacher said that he -could not keep up with the boy. No man in modern times ranked higher as -an orator. - -3. “Goulburn.” (1818-⸺.) An English clergyman. He was in 1859 head -master of the Rugby School, in 1866 was made Dean of Norwich. He was a -voluminous and popular writer. - -4. “Bascom,” Richard H. (1796-1850.) An American clergyman, bishop of the -Methodist Episcopal Church, South. His works comprise sermons, addresses -and lectures. - - -CHEMISTRY. - -1. Transcriber’s Note: This note was omitted in the original. Wikipedia -has to say: “In general in ancient Greece, each state, city or village -possessed its own central hearth and sacred fire, representing the unity -and vitality of the community. The fire was kept alight continuously, -tended by the king or members of his family. The building in which this -fire was kept was the Prytaneum, and the chieftain (the king or prytanis) -probably made it his residence.” - -2. “Lavoisier,” läˈvwäˈze-āˌ. See Appleton’s “Chemistry,” pages 19, 21 -and 118. He was condemned to death by a revolutionary tribunal at Paris -on a frivolous charge brought against him as one of the farmers of the -taxes during the Reign of Terror. - -3. “Phlogiston,” flo-jisˈton. Stahl supposed it to be pure fire, fixed -in combustible bodies in order to distinguish it from fire in a state of -liberty. - -4. “Magnesium.” A shining, almost silver-white metal. When heated it may -be rolled out into very thin, long strips resembling ribbons, which will -burn with an intense light. In burning it produces magnesium oxide or -magnesia, which falls as a fine white powder. - -5. “Dr. Priestly.” See “Chemistry,” page 118. (1733-1804.) An eminent -English divine and philosopher. His partiality to the French Revolution -excited the English against him, and in one of the riots his home, -library and manuscripts were destroyed by the fire kindled by an angry -mob. His later home was in Northumberland, Pa. He wrote between seventy -and eighty volumes on history, literature, theology and science. - -6. In a few volcanic districts steam escapes from the earth, which -contains small quantities of boric acid. These vapors are condensed into -water, which is again evaporated and the acid crystallized out. When this -acid is mixed with alcohol and the solution set on fire it burns with a -green flame. See “Chemistry,” page 157. - -7. “Corpuscles of the blood.” Minute particles, both red and white, -existing in the blood, which can be seen under a microscope. In the human -species the red corpuscles are thick and circular. They are so small that -Young says it would take 255,000 of them to cover a surface of a square -inch. They are elastic and pliant, so that they can pass through blood -vessels having a smaller diameter than themselves. The white corpuscles -are more globular than the red, and contain more fat, and have the power -of changing their form. These spontaneous changes have been thought by -some scientists a proof that they are microscopic animals. But this is -scarcely a sufficient reason for admitting that they are animalculæ, as -the muscles of a body, when separated from it, often manifest apparently -spontaneous movements. - -8. Phosphoric acid is always produced by burning phosphorus in air -or oxygen. The experiment may be performed as follows, but before -undertaking it see page 167 of the “Chemistry,” and note with how much -care it must be handled: Place a fragment of carefully dried phosphorus -in a small cup on a stand in the middle of a large plate, ignite it by -a hot wire, and place over it a bell-glass. White fumes will fill the -glass and aggregate into small particles, which will fall to the plate, -presenting the appearance of a miniature snow storm. - -9. Barium is a yellow, lustrous, malleable metal. It is used in -fireworks, for the green color it gives off in burning. - -10. “Bayberries.” The plant, called also wax myrtle, is a low, crooked -shrub found throughout the United States, especially near the sea coast. -It grows to a height of from three to eight feet. The naked flowers -appear in April and May, in clusters, of which from four to nine ripen -into dry berries. Plantations of them have long been cultivated in -Europe, and they have been raised in Algeria. For many years they have -been an article of commerce. A bushel of the berries will yield from four -to five pounds of wax. - -11. “Strontium.” It takes its name from Strontian, in Scotland, where it -was first observed as a carbonate. It is a pale yellow metal, harder than -lead. If strontium carbonate be dissolved in nitric acid and mixed with -combustible substances it will burn with a beautiful carmine red flame, -and for this purpose is much used in fireworks. - -12. “Sodium.” See “Chemistry,” page 67. It is a lustrous, silver-white, -soft metal. When thrown upon water, if it be prevented from moving, or -if the water be warm, it ignites, burning with its characteristic yellow -flame. - -13. Extinguishing flame by carbon di-oxide. See “Chemistry,” page 218. - -14. “Lignite.” Also called brown coal. It is the most imperfectly -mineralized form of coal. In some instances plants are so little changed -that they can easily be classified by the structure of the leaves and the -fruit. The fiber has become so impregnated with bitumen that it burns -with its peculiar flame and smoke. The jet so much used in jewelry is -a black variety of lignite, very compact in texture, and taking a high -polish. - -15. “Kohinoor,” kohˌ-i-noorˈ (mountain of light). This famous stone -is now in possession of Queen Victoria. It was obtained before the -Christian era in one of the mines of Golconda, and passed to successive -sovereigns of India until it was borne away by a Persian conqueror in the -early part of the eighteenth century. In 1813 it was bought back by the -ruler of Punjaub. When Punjaub was annexed to the East India Company’s -territory it was surrendered to the Queen of England. It is said to have -weighed about 900 carats originally, but by cutting to have been reduced -to a weight of nearly 279 carats. By recutting it was again reduced so -as to weigh 186 carats, and at this time was shown (1851) at the Great -Exhibition. Since that time it has been again recut, for the third time, -and now weighs 123 carats, and is estimated at $600,000. For the other -“Paragons” see “Chemistry,” page 204. It is questioned whether the -“Grand Mogul” is a pure diamond. The largest undoubted diamond is the -“Orloff,” in the scepter of the Emperor of Russia. It weighs 194¾ carats. -The “Regent” or “Pitt” is thought to be the purest and most perfect -brilliant in Europe. It weighs now 136¾ carats, but its original weight -was 410 carats, and the fragments split off when it was cut were valued -at some thousand pounds. It was placed in the hilt of the sword of state -by Napoleon I. The “Grand Duke” belongs to the Emperor of Austria, and -weighs 134 carats. The “Star of the South,” found in Brazil, weighs 124 -carats. The “Sancy” weighs only 53½ carats. It belongs to the Emperor of -Russia. - -16. “Golconda.” An ancient city and fortress of India, once the -metropolis of the kingdom of Golconda. It is renowned for its diamonds, -which are, in truth, only cut there. - -17. “The Dark Continent.” Africa, so called because so little has been -known of it through all history; but through the zeal and enterprise of -modern explorers we are led to hope that “the day is not far distant when -the secret places of this land of mystery will be penetrated by the light -of science and civilization.” - - -TEMPERANCE TEACHINGS OF SCIENCE. - -1. “Malice prepense.” Malice aforethought, deliberately and previously -planned. - -2. “Professor Newman.” See C. L. S. C. Notes in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for -November 1884, page 115. - -3. “Cardinal Manning.” (1808-⸺.) An English Roman Catholic cardinal, -the author of several works. He is the son of the late William Manning, -member of Parliament, and governor of the Bank of England. He was -educated at Oxford, as a member of the Church of England. In 1857 he -joined the Catholics, and was ordained priest. In 1865 he was nominated -by the pope Archbishop of Westminster, and in 1875 he was made cardinal, -an office next in rank to that of pope. He is one of the most prominent -men in London, and the leading representative of the Roman Catholic -Church in England. - -4. “Thugs.” A set of robbers and assassins who lived in India, and -worshiped the goddess Kali. They roamed over the country in bands, and -put to death by strangulation any traveler whom they met. The British -government has exterminated them. - -5. “Leibnitz.” See notes on the “Art of Speech” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for -November, 1884. - -6. “Lord Palmerston.” (1784-1865.) A British statesman. He succeeded Lord -Aberdeen as prime minister in 1855, and retired in 1858, on account of -the defeat of a bill introduced with reference to the attempted murder of -Napoleon III. by Orsini. In 1859 he was again made premier and held the -post until his death. - -7. “Loch Fyne.” An inlet of the sea on the western coast of Scotland, -running into Argyle for about forty miles, with an average width of five -miles. The town of Inverary stands near its head. - -8. “Homberg.” A town in Prussia, noted for the gambling which was -extensively carried on there formerly, but which was suppressed by the -Prussian government in 1870. - -“Baden,” or “Baden-Baden.” A German watering place situated on the Oos, -at the foot of the Black Forest. It was formerly celebrated for the -gaming tables found in the _Conversationshaus_, which was the principal -resort for visitors. The licenses for gambling expired in 1872, and -have not since been renewed. Those who have read “Daniel Deronda” will -remember that it was at Baden that Deronda first saw Gwendolen Harleth, -when she was engaged in gambling. The description of the persons gathered -round the long tables is very interesting and vivid, and gives a good -insight into fashionable life at Baden in those days. - -9. “Lord Brougham.” (1779-1868.) Lord Chancellor of England. He took -a strong stand on the side of the suppression of the slave trade, and -favored Roman Catholic emancipation, and labored earnestly in the cause -of popular education. As an orator he was second only to Canning. - - -KITCHEN SCIENCE AND ART. - -1. “Alkaloid.” The name given to those extracts of vegetables which will -unite with acids to form salts. - -2. “Caffeine,” caf-fēˈine. The alkaloid of coffee; the same extract of -tea is called théine. It is present in coffee to the extent of one per -cent.; in tea from two to six per cent. It can be extracted by using -acetate of lead. It has a bitter taste, and acts powerfully upon the -system when taken in doses of from two to ten grains, causing palpitation -of the heart, confusion of the senses, and sleeplessness. - -3. “Theo-bromine.” The alkaloid of chocolate, extracted in the same -manner as from tea or coffee. - -4. “Thea viridis,” theˈa virˈĭ-dis. (Green tea.) The name given to that -species of tea plant formerly supposed to yield green tea. - -5. “Camilliaceæ,” cam-milˌli-āˈce-e. An order of plants comprising -trees or shrubs with alternate, simple, feather-veined leaves, and -regular flowers. - -6. “Loblolly bay.” A tree found in the Southern States, growing to the -height of from thirty to eighty feet, having long, narrow leaves, and -large, white flowers, about two inches across, and resembling the single -camellia. - -7. “Stuartia.” Catesby. A shrub having deciduous leaves, and large, -fragrant, white flowers. - -8. “Tannin.” The astringent principle contained in a great variety of -plants, which renders them capable of combining with skins of animals to -form leather. - -9. “Turmeric,” turˌmeˈric. A name given to the tuber-like root of -a plant found in Asia. As prepared for commerce the roots are of the -size of the little finger, and two or three inches long, of a yellowish -color. They have an odor like ginger, and an aromatic taste. They form an -orange-yellow powder, which is used in dyeing. Prussian blue is prepared -from prussic acid, potassium, and a solution of sulphate of iron. Gypsum -is a native sulphate of lime, that, when calcined, forms plaster of Paris. - -10. “Caper.” The caper bush is a native of the south of Europe; it is -a climbing shrub which flowers all summer. The buds are gathered every -morning, and preserved in vinegar and salt. They have an agreeable -pungency of taste. “Pekoe.” The young leaf buds of a kind of tea known as -the pekoe, which is the choicest of black teas, are gathered as early as -April, and sometimes mixed with other teas, to flavor them. - -11. “Caseine,” cāˈse-ine. An organic compound allied to albumen, found in -milk. It may be coagulated and separated from the milk by the application -of rennet. - -12. “Cibber,” sibˈber. (1671-1757.) An English poet, appointed to be poet -laureate in 1730. He figures in the “Dunciad.” See THE CHAUTAUQUAN, vol. -v, page 213. - -13. “Waller.” (1605-1687.) An English poet. - -14. “Coffea Arabica,” cof-feˈa A-raˈbi-ca. - -15. “Rubiaceæ,” ru-bi-aˈse-ē. An order of herbaceous plants of which -there are three or four hundred species; abounding chiefly in the -northern hemisphere and upon the mountains in the tropics. - -16. “Bouvardias.” A class of autumn and winter blooming house plants in -the northern climates. Leaves regular; flowers appear in clusters, and -are something like the honeysuckle in form. They vary in color from a -pure white to a deep scarlet. - -17. “Koran.” The sacred book of the Mohammedans, and their chief -authority, also, in political, military, and ethical matters. - -18. “Caffeone.” A fragrant, volatile oil contained in coffee. - -19. “Sterculiaceæ,” sterˌcu-li-aˈse-ē. Large trees or shrubs, with -simple or compound leaves, and flowers like those of the mallow, except -that the anthers turn outward. - -20. “Mahernia,” usually called _Mahernia odorata_, is an exotic flowering -shrub cultivated in conservatories, mostly for its rich fragrance. - - -HOUSEHOLD BEVERAGES. - -1. “Made-over tea.” In Chinese tea houses, large jars are kept, into -which the dregs of all the tea that has been used are thrown. These -exhausted leaves are dried, carefully rolled again, and thrown upon -the market for a second sale. It is said this tea is easily detected -if coloring matter has been used, but when re-rolled without, only a -chemical analysis can disclose the fraud. - -2. “Reliable.” Much fault has been found by critics with this word. It -is claimed that it has no right to a place in our language. _Able_ or -_ible_ is a suffix which, added to the stem of a transitive verb, gives -an adjective which may be defined by placing the word _able_ before the -passive infinitive of the verb whose stem has been used; for example: -tolerable, able to be tolerated; admissable, able to be admitted; -deniable, able to be denied, etc. But reliable means able to be relied -_upon_. The preposition has to be supplied. The proper form of the -adjective would be the awkward word, “relionable,” or “reliuponable.” The -word is favored in the dictionaries, but trustworthy is preferable. - -3. “Cosey.” A wadded cap made to fit the tea-pot closely, and thus hold -in the aroma and the heat. - -4. “Café au lait,” cä-fā ō lā. - - -HUXLEY ON SCIENCE. - -1. “Aliases.” The plural of alias (āˈle-as). Meaning another name, an -assumed name. - - -THE CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES. - -1. “Napier,” naˈpe-er, John. (1550-1617.) An English mathematician. -“Logarithms” are numbers so related to natural numbers that the -multiplication and division of the latter may be performed by addition -and subtraction, and the raising to powers and the extraction of roots -by the multiplication and division of the former. They are arranged in -tables which can be readily understood and used, and they save enormous -calculations and labor. - -2. “Kepler,” Johann. A German astronomer. - -3. “Mercator’s Chart.” In all the charts in use before Mercator’s, curved -lines were drawn representing the meridians and parallels. A vessel which -followed these lines always receded too far from the equator, and, if -land did not intervene, would describe a spiral course and finally reach -the pole. Mercator constructed a map as follows: A line, AB, was drawn -representing the equator, and was divided into 36, 24 or 18 equal parts -for meridians at 10°, 15°, or 20° apart, and the meridians were then -drawn through them perpendicular to AB. The distance of the parallels and -the tropics, and the arctic circles were marked from the equator on the -sides, and these points joined by straight lines. The map does not give a -natural representation, as the polar regions are immensely exaggerated. -The distortions in the form of the countries and the relative distances -of places are rectified by making the degrees of latitude increase -proportionably to those of longitude. - -4. “Quadrant.” Quadrants were used for surveying, making astronomical -observations, and, in navigation, for determining the meridian altitude -of the sun, and from that the latitude of the observer. They were made of -a great variety of form and size to suit their several uses. The interest -attaching to them at the present time is chiefly historical, as they have -been superseded by the sextant and the full circle. - -“Davis.” An eminent English navigator of the latter part of the sixteenth -century. - -“Hadley,” John. An English mathematician of the early part of the -eighteenth century. An intimate friend of Newton. - - - - -TALK ABOUT BOOKS. - - -That most remarkable poem of the Orient, the “Rubáiyát”[J] of Omar -Khayyám, has recently had the rare fortune of receiving from translator, -artist and publisher an almost perfect treatment. Its translation places -it among English classic poems, its illustration and make-up among -American classic art books. This poem, very imperfectly known among us, -is the work of a Persian astronomer and poet, Omar Khayyám, or Omar the -Tent-Maker, a native of Naishapúr, in Khorassan. He was born in the -latter half of the eleventh century, and became a favorite of the rulers -of the realm. His life was, so goes the chronicle, “busied in winning -knowledge of every kind, and especially in astronomy, wherein he attained -to a very high preēminence. Under the Sultanate of Malik Shah, he came to -Merv and obtained great praise for his proficiency in science, and the -Sultan showered favors upon him.” Omar was an honest thinker; he refused -the hollow mysticism of the times, and framed a system which approaches -Epicureanism. His views of life, his fruitless search for Providence, his -sad conclusion, - - “I came like water, and like wind I go,” - -together with his final refuge in the wine cup, with the command - - “Drink, for you know not whence you came nor why, - Drink, for you know not why you go, nor where,” - -are the subjects of his “Rubáiyát,” or quatrains. In the original these -verses have no connection. The translator, Mr. Edward Fitzgerald, -selected those which seemed to him most suitable, and arranged them -into a sort of eclogue. This translation met with a hearty reception. -Mr. Fitzgerald had been fortunate enough to make Omar Khayyám much more -lucid and entertaining than Omar had made himself. An interpretation -of the poem was undertaken in May 1883, by Elihu Vedder. The interest -in the elegant volume just issued by Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin & Co., -centers, of course, about these illustrations. There is not a line of -the poem but what takes a new and powerful meaning under his treatment. -Indeed, it seems as if in many cases the verses were but a key-note, the -drawing the completed strain. The artist seems to have been inspired -by the same sense of mystery, sadness, and final devotion to pleasure -which influenced the author. His idea of Omar’s philosophy is most -beautifully represented in the picture called “Omar’s Emblem.” In it life -is represented by a whirling stream, upon which the mortal, under the -form of a rose, has floated in. Along the stream the leaves are scattered -here and there, while crushed and half petalless the rose floats into -oblivion. This whirl of life surrounds what we may suppose to be the -emblem which incessantly confronted Omar’s mind—a human skull; upon this -is perched a singing nightingale—a sign of the music which in spite of -the mockery of existence the poet always heard, and in which he found -the sole relief for living. The pictures include a wealth of suggestion -which only diligent and sympathetic study discloses. They show surprising -fancy and versatility, while at the same time the finish of each is most -perfect. - -Among the handsome books of the year must be classed Cassell’s new -edition of “Atala,”[K] Chauteaubriand’s charming romance of Indian life -and love. Though the story is far from filling our modern ideas of a -novel, it is one of those rare, pure love tales which never loses its -hold upon us. It will always keep its place with “Undine” and “Paul and -Virginia.” The present edition contains illustrations by Gustave Doré, -which, though inferior in some respects to later works by him, are still -very beautiful pictures. Only a few of the illustrations of the “Atala” -show that weird power and strong imagination for which Doré is so famous, -but what we miss there is quite made up by the interest we feel in his -conceptions of American scenery, of which he knew nothing except from -description. These conceptions, if sometimes very incorrect, are still -full of exuberant fancy. The binding and letter-press of the volume are -superior, making a most charming gift book. - -The “Prose Writings of William Cullen Bryant,”[L] edited by Parke Godwin -will meet with a cordial welcome from all readers of good literature. -They appear in two volumes, and properly belong to a set called “The -Life and Works of William Cullen Bryant,” forming the fifth and sixth -volumes of the set. It was the thought of the editor at first to publish -entire the orations, addresses, and various letters of Mr. Bryant, -but careful consideration led him to think that this would extend the -work beyond desirable limits; so it was confined to a few selections -from the various departments in which the author displayed his power. -Volume V of the set, or I of the “Prose Writings,” contains several -“Literary Essays,” “Narratives,” and “Commemorative Discourses” on -Cooper, Irving, Halleck, and Verplanck. Volume II contains “Sketches of -Travel,” “Occasional Addresses,” comprising those on Shakspere, Scott, -Burns, Goethe, Schiller, and many others; and “Editorial Comments and -Criticisms.” The selections are all timely and well adapted to catch the -reader’s fancy and interest. There can scarcely fail to come to one, -however, who is the possessor of these books, a feeling of regret that -the editor did not follow his original intention and give more of the -writings of the author. The wish to have at hand the complete works of -the great American, and to have them in as attractive a form as that in -which Mr. Godwin has arranged them is strong enough to far outweigh his -unjustifiable fear of making too voluminous a collection. - - -FOOTNOTES - -[J] Rubáiyát of Omar Khayyám, the Astronomer-Poet of Persia. -Rendered into English verse by Edward Fitzgerald, with an accompaniment -of drawings by Elihu Vedder. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 1884. Price, -$25. - -[K] Atala. By Chauteaubriand. Translated by James Spence Harry. -Illustrated by Gustave Doré. Introduction by Edward J. Harding. Extra -cloth, full gilt, $5.00: full Morocco, extra, $10. New York: Cassell & -Co. 1884. - -[L] Prose Writings of William Cullen Bryant. Edited by Parke -Godwin. New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1884. - - -BOOKS RECEIVED. - -Euphrasia and Alberta. Poetic Romances. By John Ap Thomas Jones. -Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1884. - -French Conversation. By J. D. Gaillard. New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1885. - -Journal of the General Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church, held -in Philadelphia, May, 1884. Edited by the Rev. David S. Monroe, D.D. New -York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. - -The Life of John Howard Payne. Author of Home, Sweet Home. With -illustrations. By Gabriel Harrison. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. -1885. - -Elements of Geometry. By Eli T. Tappan, LL.D. New York: D. Appleton & Co. -1885. - -Elements of English Speech. By Isaac Bassett Choate. New York: D. -Appleton & Co. 1884. - -The Life of the Rev. Philip William Otterbein. By the Rev. A. W. Dewey, -A. M. With an introduction by Bishop J. Weaver, D.D. Dayton, Ohio: United -Brethren Publishing House. 1884. - -The Children of the Bible. By Fannie L. Armstrong. With an introduction -by Frances E. Willard. New York: Fowler & Wells Co., Publishers. Price, -$1. - -Outlines of Metaphysics. By Herman Lotze. Translated and edited by George -T. Ladd. Boston: Ginn, Heath & Co. 1884. - -Appleton’s Chart Primer. By Rebecca D. Rickoff. New York: D. Appleton & -Co. 1885. - -The A B C Reader. By Sarah F. Buckalew and Margaret W. Wells. New York: -A. Lovell & Co. - -The Philosophy of Ralph Cudworth. By Charles E. Lowry, A. M. New York: -Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. 1884. - -Elements of Calculus. By James M. Taylor. Boston: Ginn, Heath & Co. 1884. - -Notes on Ingersoll. By the Rev. L. A. Lambert. Buffalo, N. Y.: Buffalo -Catholic Publication Company. 1884. - -The Methodist Year Book for 1885. Edited by W. H. De Puy, D.D., LL. D. -New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. - -One Little Rebel. By Julia B. Smith. New York: Phillips & Hunt. -Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. 1884 - -The Story of the Resurrection. By William H. Furness, D.D. Philadelphia: -J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1885. - -Square and Compass. By Oliver Optic. With illustrations. Boston: Lee and -Shepard. New York: Charles T. Dillingham. 1885. - -Friends in Feathers and Fur. For Young Folks. By James Johannot. New -York: D. Appleton & Co. 1885. - - - - -SPECIAL NOTES. - - -Among the many beautiful things which art and taste and money combined -to furnish for the holidays nothing surpassed the Christmas cards of L. -Prang & Co. In design, coloring and finish it is difficult to see how -they could be improved. It will interest those of our readers who expect -to visit the New Orleans Exposition to know that all Messrs. Prang & -Co.’s former prize cards and the frames, with consecutive proofs of a -reproduction, have been sent to the Massachusetts department at New -Orleans by special invitation of the State Commission. The collection of -prize designs recently exhibited in New York and Boston by Mr. L. Prang -is now, by special invitation, shown in the Art Institute in Chicago, -and, in response to a similar request made by the managers of the Museum -of Fine Arts at St. Louis, this collection of paintings will be sent to -that city later on. - - * * * * * - -The banquet of the C. L. S. C. Alumni, which was to have been in Boston -in February, will be held at Lake View, Wednesday, July 22. The committee -decided upon this change when it was found that Chancellor Vincent, -Professors Hurlbut and Holmes, also Prof. Sherwin, could not be present -in February. - - * * * * * - -Important to members of the Class of 1888. The first article on “How to -make Home Beautiful,” which was published in _Alma Mater_ No. 2 last -year, will be mailed to all members of the class of 1888, during the -present year, 1884-5. We were unable to have this article reprinted in -time to accompany _Alma Mater_ No. 3, which was sent last month to all -members of the C. L. S. C. - - J. H. VINCENT. - - * * * * * - -The last copy of _The Outlook_ published by the class of 1884 appeared in -December. It contains much news of interest to the class, the class list -of graduates as made up to November 1st, including 1,387 names, and the -editor’s farewell. _The Outlook_ has been a faithful and zealous advocate -of the interests of the “Irrepressibles.” - - * * * * * - -People of all denominations loved and honored Bishops Simpson and Asbury -of the M. E. Church. At the recent centennial celebration of that church -a fitting souvenir to these two noble men was displayed in the form of -medallions, on which were embossed the heads of the two bishops. These -medallions were mounted in a leather case lined with satin. It forms a -beautiful object for any one’s collection of souvenirs. - - * * * * * - -’82 CLASS MOTTO.—Members of the Pioneer class are reminded that the -selection of a motto was remitted to a committee. Any member prepared to -make a suggestion in the matter is invited to send it to Lewis C. Peake, -Drawer 2,559, Toronto, Canada. The general feeling of the class was that -the motto should be in English. - - * * * * * - -THE CHAUTAUQUA MUSICAL READING CLUB is a new department of Chautauqua -work. The course has been thoughtfully arranged in consultation with many -among the most cultured musicians in the land, and is of such recognized -merit that, with the hearty approval of the faculty, it has been adopted -in the New England Conservatory of Music at Boston. Information may be -obtained concerning the C. M. R. C. by addressing W. F. Sherwin, Director -C. M. R. C., Boston, Mass. - - -C. L. S. C. GRADUATES. - -The following list of graduates of the Class of 1884 appears according to -states. It has been prepared with care by the office secretary, Miss Kate -F. Kimball. - -Persons whose names are marked * have died since graduation. - - -_Maine._ - - Allen, Mrs. Almira L. - Beale, Miss Annie C. - Beck, the Rev. Charles A. - Bruce, Mrs. Eveleen - Buck, Mrs. F. R. - Estes, Miss Eva M. - Fletcher, Mrs. Sarah F. - French, Mrs. Emma M. - Grant, Mrs. Nellie - Hobart, Mrs. Augusta A. - Longfellow, Miss Mary O. - Lunt, Miss Mary K. - Page, Mrs. Geo. N. - Palmer, Mrs. Maria B. - Reynolds, Mrs. Mary J. - Robinson, Mrs. Frances H. B. - Sanborn, Miss Gulielma P. - Skinner, Miss Sarah E. - Varney, Miss Clara B. - Woodbury, Mrs. Mae B. - - -_New Hampshire._ - - Avaun, the Rev. J. M. - Baker, Miss Nellie M. - Beckwith, the Rev. Geo. A. - Cleworth, Mrs. Cleora B. - Emerson, Miss Hattie E. - Farwell, Mrs. Marion L. - James, Mrs. Lizzie B. - Lane, John G. - Lewis, Mrs. Hannah E. - Moore, George W. - Pettengill, Miss Selina D. - Russell, Mrs. Helen I. - Senter, Miss Nella M. - Shepherd, Miss Betsey B. - Stiles, Miss Nellie - Worthley. Mrs. Emma L. - - -_Vermont._ - - Clark, Mrs. Mary W. - Clark, Miss Susan E. - Farnham, Mrs. Roswell - Farr, Miss Hattie J. - Howell, Mrs. Elsie S. - Lovejoy, Miss Martha H. - Merrill, the Rev. Charles H. - Merrill, Mrs. Laura B. - Read, Miss Keziah H. - Sheldon, Mrs. Charles F. - Stedman, Miss Clara M. - Streeter, Miss Emilie E. - Thomas, Mrs. H., Jr. - Wires, Mrs. Eveline W. - - -_Massachusetts._ - - Alexander, Miss Harriet I. - Allis, Miss Mary L. - Alvord, the Rev. Augustus - Anderson, William E. - Baber, Miss Eliza M. - Baber, Miss Fannie - Bacon, Mrs. Leora A. - Baker, Samuel E. - Ball, Miss Nettie - Ball, Miss Minnie L. - Ball, Miss Carrie E. - Batchelder, Miss Harriette S. - Blackmer, Miss Nellie E. - Blackmer, Miss Mary L. - Blake, Miss Evelyn A. - Blanchard, Frederic W. - Blanchard, Miss Isabel I. - Blanchard, Walter A. - Blodgett, Miss Maria L. C. - Borden, Miss Helen M. - Borden, Mrs. Harriet A. - Bosworth, Miss Mary E. - Bowers, George N. - Boyd, Miss Margaret W. - Bradford, Mrs. Helen M. - Bradford, Lemuel B. - Bridges, Mrs. Jennie L. C. - Brigham, Miss Mary M. - Brigham, Miss Helen F. - Brooman, Mrs. L. G. - Brown, Miss Nellie M. - Brown, Miss Lottie E. - Burgess, Miss Lucy A. - Burnett, Mrs. Hattie C. - Burns, Miss Mirriam A. - Buswell, Mrs. Clara L. - Caffin, Miss Mabel B. - Candlin, the Rev. Joseph - Candlin, Mrs. Ruth E. - Chapman, Mrs. Lizzie C. - Chapman, Miss Eva - Chase, Charlie S. - Chauncey, Mrs. Mary C. - Cheever, Miss Lizzie H. - Chenery, Miss Hattie M. - Cheney, Miss A. Oreanna - Clutia, Mrs. S. P. - Coburn, Mrs. S. A. - Cochran, Miss Emma A. - Cogswell, Miss Kate A. - Colesworthy, William G. - Coombs, Miss J. Fannie - Cowan, Mrs. P. D. - Crane, Miss Mary L. - Crosby, Miss Sarah J. - Cummings, Miss Mary E. - Cummings, Mrs. Ada A. - Cushing, Mrs. Mary H. - Cushing, the Rev. John R. - Davis, Miss Emma A. - Davis, Mrs. Mial - Delano, Mrs. Emma L. - Delva, Mrs. K. Augusta - Dennis, Miss Georgette E. - Dimick, Mrs. Lizzie G. - Doane, Mrs. Clara J. - Doty, Mrs. Julia C. - Douglass, Miss Mary - Drew, Miss Fidelia - Eastland, Miss Georgiana - Eaton, Mrs. Belle M. - Eaton, Mrs. Daniel W. - Eldridge, Mrs. Vesta K. F. - Ely, George W. - Ely, Miss Josephine L. - Emerson, Miss Mary J. - Fairbanks, Mrs. Lydia L. - Fairchild, Mrs. Maria H. - Fay, Mrs. Abby B. - Fay, Miss Anna B. - Fay, George E. - Fay, Miss Anna C. - Fisher, Mrs. Angie B. - Fiske, Miss Ella A. - Flanders, Mrs. Elvira W. C. - Floyd, 2d, David - Fraser, Mrs. Daniel F. - Freeman, Miss Emma F. - Freeman, Miss Annie E. - French, George B. - Frye, Charles H. - Fullarton, Mrs. Mary A. - Gardner, Mrs. Sarah A. - Gill, Mrs. M. F. - Goodwin, Miss Annie A. - Goodwin, Miss Lucy B. - Grant, Miss Mary - Grant, Miss Martha - Greenwood, Miss Nellie - Grout, Mrs. Ellen L. - Gustin, Mrs. Ellen G. - Hadley, Miss Amanda M. - Hall, the Rev. A. J. - Hammond, Miss Jennie S. - Hancock, Mrs. Warren - Harrington, Francis M. - Harrington, Miss Ada L. - Harrington, Mrs. Mary L. - Harris, Miss Sarah G. - Hawley, Miss Emily E. - Hayward, Miss Nellie A. - Hayward, Mrs. Susan C. - Hersey, Miss Lizzie M. - Hersey, Miss Ellen M. - Hewins, Miss Emeline - Higgins, Miss Sarah B. - Hildreth, Mrs. Kate B. - Hitchcock, Mrs. Nellie E. - Hodges, Mary A. - Holway, Mrs. Susan B. - Holway, Miss Sadie O. - Houghton, Miss Mary J. W. - Howard, Henry F. - Howard, Mrs. Mary C. - Howard, Mrs. Louisa B. - Hull, Miss Abby F. - Hutchinson, Miss Cora F. - Inman, Mrs. Edna M. - Irving, Charles H. - Irving, Mrs. Sarah M. - Johnson, the Rev. Charles T. - Jones, Addison W. - Jones, Mrs. Sophronia B. - Jones, Miss Eva G. - Keene, Mrs. Fannie S. - Kendall, Miss Amanda M. - Kimball, Edward A. - Kimball, Mrs. Elsie E. - King, Mrs. Laura C. - Kinsman, Miss Mary L. - Kneil, Miss Emily G. - Knight, Joseph K. - Ladd, Mrs. Rebecca E. - Lawrence, Miss Mary M. - Lee, Mrs. Elizabeth R. - Leonard, Mrs. Kate H. - Leonard, Miss M. Fanny - Leonard, Miss Anna R. - Lewis, Miss Lizzie M. - Light, Charles F. - Light, James B. - Light, Mrs. Ellen E. - Lindsay, Miss Florence - Litchfield, Mrs. Isabelle W. - Little, Mrs. William C. - Lloyd, Miss Mary A. - Manning, John M. - Manning, Mrs. J. M. - Merriam, Miss Susan M.* - Marsh, the Rev. Francis J. - Marston, Mrs. Carrie M. - Marston, Luther M. - Matthews, the Rev. Henry - McClure, Miss Louisa - McGeoch, W. Stanley - McKeil, Miss Jessie - Meriam, Miss Effie J. - Mills, Mrs. Jeannette R. - Mitchell, Miss Elizabeth L. - Moore, Miss Ella F. - Moreland, Miss Mary L. - Morse, Miss Nannie M. - Morse, Miss Mary E. - Murdock, Mrs. Lucretia Y. - Norris, Mrs. Chas. S. - Ordway, Miss Myra A. - Owen, George A. - Packard, Miss Helen M. - Parker, Mrs. Anna E. - Partridge, Miss Deborah A. - Patterson, Miss Etta M. - Peabody, Daniel D. - Pease, Miss Alice N. - Peppeard, Miss Augusta - Phelps, Miss Emily E. - Pike, Arthur G. - Pike, Miss Emily C. - Pike, Miss Sarah A. - Pike, Mrs. Azelia M. - Platts, Mrs. Annie M. - Plummer, Mrs. Amanda H. - Prescott, Miss Emma L. - Price, Miss Lotta A. - Purington, Miss M. Emma - Pynchon, Mrs. Charlotte E. - Radford, Mrs. Anna M. - Randall, Mrs. Lucy A. - Ranger, Mrs. Mary A. - Ray, Miss Hattie C. - Richardson, the Rev. Wellen N. - Richardson, Mrs. Helen L. - Richardson, Mrs. Mary A. - Richardson, the Rev. W. G. - Ring, Miss Martha D. - Robinson, Mrs. J. G. - Rockwood, Miss Susie A. - Rodliff, Miss Anna I. - Rolfe, Mrs. Helen M. - Rooke, Mrs Emma E. - Ross, William E. - Ross, Miss Helen V. - Ruggles, Miss Olive - Ryan, Miss Mary E. - Safford, Mrs. Henry G. - Safford, Miss Eliza - Sargent, Mrs. Hannah E. - Scales, Miss Sarah E. - Severance, Miss Millie I. - Shattuck, Miss Clara L. - Sherman, Mrs. Clara A. - Sill, Miss Frances A. - Skene, the Rev. George - Skinner, Miss Mary S. - Skinner, Miss Maria S. - Skinner, Miss Abbie A. - Smith, Miss Effie - Spalding, Mrs. Edward L. - Sprague, Miss Flora H. - Stafford, Mrs. B. F. - Stanley, Mrs. Susan C. - Stevens, Ira W. - Stone, Henry R. - Stone, Mrs. H. H. P. - Stone, Miss Ellen K. - Struthers, Miss Mary S. - Sykes, Miss Jennie E. - Taylor, Mrs. Marie E. - Taylor, Miss Nellie M. - Thayer, Mrs. Mary E. - Thing, Miss Addie L. - Thompson, Mrs. Helen A. B. - Thompson, Mrs. Lydia M. E. - Thompson, Mrs. Mary C. - Thurber, Mrs. Lizzie M. - Trask, Robert D. - Trask, Mrs. Achsa E. - Traversee, Mrs. Marietta - Traversee, Miss Mary E. - Trow, Miss Lizzie F. - Varnum, Miss Hannah - Wadsworth, Miss Jennie E. - Walker, Jefferson C. - Warren, Mrs. M. W. - Watson, Mrs. Thomas A. - Wentworth, Mrs. A. L. - Wheeler, Miss Lizzie J. - White, Mrs. Emma C. - White, Miss Ellen M. - Whitney, Mrs. Ella M. - Whitney, Mrs. F. W. - Whitney, Miss Nellie S. - Willey, Miss Nellie M. - Williams, Charles W. - Williams, Albert P. - Wilson, Miss Emily J. - Wood, Miss Alice A. - Woodbury, the Rev. Webster - Woodbury, Mrs. Webster - Woodward, Miss Clara O. - - -_Rhode Island._ - - Aldrich, Mrs. Marcia A. - Aldrich, Mrs. David L. - Armington, Miss Harriet A. - Barber, Miss Arabel E. - Barney, Mrs. Sarah F. - Brownell, Miss Ella W. - Dexter, Mrs. W. W. - Fiske, Dr. Elmer S. - Fitz, William E. - Goodier, the Rev. Erastus W. - Goodier, Mrs. Lizzie M. - Kendall, Miss Emma F. - Kendrick, Mrs. Phebe E. - Kendrick, John E. - Langworthy, Miss Hattie G. - Leavitt, Mrs Abbie G. - Leavitt, Miss Charlotte E. - Lee, Mrs. Nellie - Lewis, Miss Eugenia L. - Mason, Mrs. Ella K. - Nason, Mrs. Medora T. - Nye, John M. - Nye, William H. - Owen, Miss Hannah A. - Paine, Miss Lydia A. - Potter, Mrs. Sarah M. - Puffer, Mrs. Emma L. S. - Steere, Miss Rachel - Stevens, Miss Mary - Sullivan, James J. - Vars, John - White, Miss Ella E. - - -_Connecticut._ - - Baldwin, Miss Lotte A. - Beman, Miss Emma - Bidwell, Mrs. Emma W. B. - Bradley, Miss Sarah L. - Brewer, Miss Ellen M. - Bridge, the Rev. Wm. D. - Bridge, Mrs. Mary S. H. - Buffett, Miss Mary E. - Bushnell, Miss Sarah M. - Bushnell, Mrs. Margaret A. - Caulkins, Miss Abbie A. - Cowles, Miss Catherine M. - Cowles, Miss Elizabeth A. - Davies, John C. - Davies, Mrs. Lois F. - De Forest, Miss Emily M. - Fenn, Willis I. - Fowler, Miss Hattie E. - Gilbert, Miss Anna L. - Gillespy, Miss Estelle - Griswold, Miss Corinth - Harrison, Oscar G. - Hawley, Miss Mary F. - Huntington, Frederick L. - Hurd, Wilbur F. - Jones, Mrs. Andrew F. - Kirtland, Miss Grace E. - Lathrop, Mrs. R. S. - Loomis, Miss Jane E. - Lowry, Miss Minnie B. - Merriam, Mrs. Etta M. - Morton, Jas. H. - Porter, Miss Ida A. - Scranton, Miss Emma A. - Seward, Miss Hattie E. - Smith, Miss Lillian B. - Stanton, Miss Julia E. - Stone, Mrs. Sarah A. - Sturtevant, Mrs. Annie E. - Treat, Miss Susie C. - Treat, Miss Emily A. - Underwood, Miss Clara B. - Underwood, Mrs. Clara A. - Vaill, Miss Nellie E. - Warriner, Charles H. - Whitmore, Miss Clara L. - Witter, Miss Ruth - Wooster, Mrs. Kate A. - - -_New York._ - - Adams, Miss Valeria N. - Allen, Miss Susie - Allen, Miss Mary E. - Allen, the Rev. Walter O. - Andrews, Mrs. Annie M. - Anoski, Miss Rose L. - Atchinson, Miss Harriet L. - Babcock, Miss Mary F. - Bailey, Miss Carrie A. - Baker, Mrs. E. J. L. - Baldwin, Miss Frances A. - Baldwin, Clair H. - Barbour, Miss Mary E. - Barker, Miss S. Emma - Barnes, Miss Alice E. - Bartholomew, Mrs. Tillie C. - Baxter, Miss Helen A. - Benedict, Mrs. Calphurnia N. - Benjamin, Miss Nettie D. - Bennett, Edward N. - Bickley, Mrs. Lizzie H. - Biddle, the Rev. William T. - Billings, Mrs. Mary S. - Bliss, Miss Nettie G. - Bond, Miss Bessie - Bourne, Miss Elma A. - Brainard, Miss Emma C. - Briggs, Miss Carrie E. - Brown, Mrs. Esther E. C. - Brown, Miss Elizabeth - Brown, Miss Helen - Brown, Mrs. J. S. - Brown, Miss Teresa - Brown, Miss Alice J. - Brown, John S. - Brown, Mrs. Helen M. - Brown, Miss Edith M. - Brown, Mrs. C. K. - Buell, Miss Elizabeth C. - Camp, Miss Elizabeth B. - Carpenter, Miss Hannah M. - Carr, Miss M. Jennie - Carson, Mrs. Charles H. - Carter, Miss Maggie A. - Cash, Mrs. Adella - Caswell, Miss Hattie C. - Chapin, Miss Ida E. - Chappell, Mrs. Hattie F. - Clark, Charles E. - Clark, Miss Delia H. - Clark, Edwin J. - Clark, Lizzie - Clark, Miss Mary W. - Clinton, Miss E. Eloise - Coe, Miss Lottie A. - Colby, John E. - Colby, Mrs. Lucy J. - Cook, Mrs. Mary D. - Cowles, Miss Kittie M. - Coy, Mrs. W. Henry - Crane, Edward J. - Crannell, Miss Julia W. - Curtis, Mrs. Julia M. - Curtis, Miss Fanny - Dailey, Charles J. - Dearstyne, Miss E. Louise - Dempster, Mrs. Mary J. - Deverell, Miss Sarah A. - Dobbin, Miss Lizzie G. - Donaldson, Mrs. Mary F. - Douglass, Miss Martha B. - Driver, Mrs. Ida M. - Dunn, Miss Mary S. - Durfee, Miss Annie E. - Edge, Miss Elizabeth - Edmonds, Miss Lottie E. - Ellis, Miss Jennie L. - Farman, Miss Mattie E. - Fisher, Edward L. - Fisher, Miss F. Eugenie - Fletcher, Miss Minnie A. - Foote, Miss Ellen E. - Foote, Miss Frances A. - Fox, Miss Rosalie M. - Frost, Miss Libbie E. - Gail, Mrs. Henrietta S. - Gammans, Mrs. Etta B. - Gaston, Miss Mary C. - Gere, Justus T. - Gillespie, Miss Emily T. - Gillespy, Miss Edith - Graybiel, Miss Sara N. - Green, Mrs. Carrie A. - Greene, George E. - Greene, Miss Emma C. - Gregory, Miss Libbie - Griffin, Miss Olivia A. - Gunton, Mrs. Henrietta M. - Hahn, Miss Hattie E. - Hampton, Miss Jennie S. - Handshaw, James E. - Hannum, Mrs. Ida - Harrington, Miss Sarah D. - Harrington, Mrs. Adelaide L. - Harris, Miss Lucinda - Hartwell, Miss Mary H. - Hathorn, Ira B. - Haviland, Mrs. C. W. - Hawley, Miss Mary T. - Hearn, the Rev. George - Hendrickson, Mrs. Adeline - Highriter, Miss F. Maria - Hitchcock, Mrs. Mary E. - Holden, Alexander M. - How, George V. - Hope, Mrs. Mary B. - Hopkins, Miss Susie C. - Hopkins, Miss Annie W. - Hopkins, Miss Hattie E. - Houck, Miss Kate A. - Huff, Mrs. Anna E. - Hull, Miss Eliza J. - Hunsicker, Miss Ida M. - Ingraham, Miss S. E. - Ipsen, Miss Alicia L. - Jenks, Miss Mary E. - Johns, Miss Dora - Johnson, Mrs. S. Lizzie - Jones, Miss Cora M. - Judd, Mrs. Ellen M. - Kellogg, Miss Lottie R. - Kendall, Miss Clara E. - Kent, Miss Annabelle - Kibbey, Mrs. Louisa - Kibbey, Samuel - King, Mrs. Olie C. - King, Clarence - Kinsley, Fred. A. - Kinsman, Miss Jeannie E. - Kipp, Miss Alice R. - Knight, Miss Jane - Labagh, Miss Maria C. - Lamson, Miss Eva S. - Lapham, Mrs. Geo. P. - Lathrop, Miss Carrie - Lathrop, Miss Ella M. - Latimer, the Rev. E. Herman - Lent, William J. - Loveridge, Miss Grace C. - Luther, Stephen - Lyon, Miss Mary L. - Mackey, Miss Florence A. - Mallette, Miss Mary E. - Manrow, Milton - Marley, William J. - Mathews, Mrs. Candace P. - Matthews, Andrew J. - Melven, Emmett S. - Miller, Charles E. - Milliman, Robert L. - Milliman, Mrs. Susan F. - Miner, George G. - Mogg, Mrs. Jennie A. - Moore, Mrs. Philena B. - Morrison, Miss Mary L. - Morrison, Miss Emma F. - Martin, Wilbor A. - Newton, Miss Lura - Nichols, Miss Nancy M. - Noble, Miss Grace A. - Northup, Miss Ella A. - Ogden, Mrs. Florence W. - Olney, Miss Minnie M. - Parker, Mrs. Sabine E. - Parmelee, Miss Lizzie F. - Pease, Miss Ettie E. - Phyfe, Archibald B. - Pindar, Miss Rose E. - Pond, Miss Martha - Pratt, Miss Lettie C. - Rhoda, Mrs. Ella A. - Rice, Mrs. Maggie C. - Rice, Mrs. Clara E. - Rockwell, Mrs. Ada E. - Rockwell, the Rev. Lyman E. - Ross, Mrs. Mary E. K. - Rowel, Miss Eliza L. - Rowell, Miss Ida E. - Sammons, Charles - Sanford, Miss Frances E. - Seely, Mrs. Hannah - Schellinger, Miss M. Amelia - Sheldon, Miss Emma J. - Shumway, Mrs. A. Adda H. - Silliman, Miss Mary A. - Simmons, Mrs. Jennie E. - Slada, Miss Emma D. - Slada, Miss Mary M. - Slattery, John T. - Sleeper, Charles W. - Smallbone, Miss Emma J. - Smith, Mrs. Maria A. - Sotham, Miss Mary E. - Spooner, Marvin L. - Spooner, Mrs. Lina A. H. - Stanley, Miss Jennie B. - Stevens, Mrs. Jennie - Stilson, Miss Alice M. - Stone, Miss Nellie M. - Stone, Miss Addie H. - Stoutenburgh, Miss Mary E. - Tackitt, Miss Ellen - Thomas, Mrs. Maria L. - Terry, Mrs. Armenia M. - Terry, C. L. Emory - Tompkins, Mrs. Elizabeth S. - Torr, Miss Lizzie E. - Torry, Miss Grace - Trowbridge, Miss Helen R. - Trowbridge, Miss Augusta E. - Vail, Mrs. Horton - Vail, Horton - Van Cruyningham, Daniel - Van Cruyningham, Mrs. M. E. - Van Ness, Miss Lottie R. - Viele, Miss Ada L. - Wadsworth, Mrs. Carrie K. - Walley, William - Warner, Mrs. Jane R. - Weimert, Miss Kittie - White, Mrs. Harriet H. - Wight, Miss Martha A. - Williams, Mrs. Franc S. - William, Miss Emma J. - Williamson, Matthew D. - Willis, Mrs. C. C. - Willis, Charles C. - Winspear, Miss Clara J. - Wood, Mrs. James M. - Wood, Miss Lizzie - Wooden, Miss Emily S. - Wooden, Miss Loretta E. - Wooden, Miss Laura E. - Westcott, Mrs. Addie L. - - -_New Jersey._ - - Anderson, Miss Elizabeth - Baldwin, Miss Lizzie - Blanchet, Mrs. Mary C. - Brackin, Miss M. Fannie - Carty, Miss Kate - Davis, Miss Mary H. - Delano, Miss Laura C. - Dilts, Miss Ella V. - Dunn, Miss Clara I. - Ewing, Miss Olive M. - Fortner, Miss Sarah E. - Gokey, Miss Delia - Hall, Miss Helen F. - Hedden, Mrs. L. O. - Hoemer, George P. - Holbert, Mrs. Frances B.* - Huyler, Adam - McKay, Mrs. Mary H. - Mead, Miss Margaret H. - Morehouse, Miss Hattie A. - Norris, Miss Alice L. - Parker, Ellis - Peet, Dr. Gilead - Riker, Miss Grace H. - Rittenhouse, Miss Ada F. - Rogers, Miss Hannah D. - Smith, Miss Abbie T. - Spring, Edward A. - Stevenson, Miss Georgiana - Taylor, Mrs. Agnes C. - Thompson, Miss M. Reba - Weeks, Miss Mary F. - Wegmann, Miss Bertha B. - Woolston, Miss Ray B. - Woolston, Miss Beulah D. - - -_Pennsylvania._ - - Alcorn, Miss Lettie E. - Alcorn, Miss Alice M. - Allen, Elisha M. - Allison, Miss Louisa - Arnett, Miss Aroline - Baker, Miss Ida A. - Bar, Miss Irene - Beatty, Mrs. Agnes B. - Beatty, Mrs. Julia S. - Beers, Mrs. Celia H. - Bethune, John T. - Bolard, Mrs. Jennie E. - Bradley, Miss Mary S. - Braham, Miss Isabella H. - Brisbin, Miss Florence - Buchanan, Mrs. M. Josephine - Buehler, Mrs. Anna F. - Burrows, Mrs. Lizzie M. - Cernea, Miss Anna T. - Clark, Norman H. - Closson, James H. - Clark, Mrs. Harriet R. - Cooke, Mrs. Cordelia H. - Copeland, Miss Irene - Copeland, J. Renwick - Cox, Miss Ettie A. - Crosby, Miss Lizzie C. - Dale, Mrs. Elizabeth C. - Dampman, Miss Lizzie B. - Davidson, Miss Anna - Dewey, Mrs. Martha J. - Dickinson, Levi S. - Dickson, Miss Maggie A. - Dorand, Miss Emma A. - Du Bois, Mrs. Ella R. - Dunham, Mrs. Helen - Eaton, Mrs. S. J. M. - Ely, Miss Alice K. - English, Miss Ellen R. - Evans, Miss H. Louise - Farley, Mrs. H. N. - Fellows, Mrs. Sarah - Findlay, Peter - Finley, Miss May A. - Fishburn, Miss Lizzie E. - Fisher, Miss Mate E. - Frescoln, Oscar P. - Frew, William A. - Frysinger, Edward - Furst, Miss M. Katie - Gail, Miss Emma B. - Gardner, Lot - Gerould, Miss Flora E. - Gyger, Miss Hannah - Harris, Edward F. - Henry, Miss Elizabeth - Hill, Miss Zelia - Hill, Miss Ella - Hill, Miss Mattie J. - Horner, Miss Mary A. - Hostetter, Miss Venetta E. - Howe, Miss Cora - Hubbard, Miss Mary A. - Humphriss, Mrs. Mary I. - Hunter, Le Roy M. - Ingram, Miss Almeda R. - Jackson, Mrs. Amanda A. - Jones, Harry L. - Kelly, Miss M. Emma - Ladd, Miss Anna A. - Lawrence, James A. - Leavitt, Mrs. Walter - Little, Miss Ettie E. - Love, Miss Myrtle L. - Marsh, Mrs. G. D. - Marsh, George D. - Mason, Edwin T. - McElroy, Mrs. Jennie - McFarland, Mrs. Caroline - McIntire, Miss Annie M. - Miller, George W. - Miller, Miss Emily A. - Moford, Miss H. Mary - Morrow, Miss Mary B. - Myton, Thomas W. - Neal, Mrs. H. N. - Nevin, Miss Laura - Oglevee, the Rev. Jesse A. B. - Oudry, Miss Katie E. - Paxson, Miss Sallie B. - Pearson, Miss Hulda A. - Pettit, Miss Harriet L. - Purdy, Mary E. - Reineke, Miss Carrie W. - Reineke, Miss Minnie E. - Renn, Miss Jennie W. - Ross, Mrs. Mary M. F. - Rowland, Frank S. - Sabin, the Rev. Edward N. - Sammons, Miss Fannie B. - Sammons, Miss Martha L. - Sargent, Mrs. R. H. - Schooley, Miss Jennie C. - Scott, Miss Mary I. - Scott, Albert O. - Scott, Frank H. - Selkregg, Mrs. I. V. - Sheldon, Willard M. - Siegfried, Miss Stella - Smith, Miss Clara L. - Smith, Christopher W. - Smith, Miss Emma C. - Smith, Miss Kate F. - Smith, Mrs. Lou M. - Smith, Miss Ella M. - Smith, Mrs. Annie M. - Spaulding, F. W. - Starkweather, Miss Arvilla H. - Steele, Herbert - Stoever, Mrs. Laura M. - Stoever, Miss Sue E. - Stone, Mrs. C. E. - Straub, Miss Effie T. - Strong, Mrs. Mary A. - Strong, Henry A. - Tracy, Mrs. Edith E. P. - Tracy, Mrs. Malie - Tracy, Malie - Trosh, Nathaniel F. - True, Miss Mary E. - Tryon, Mrs. George W. - Tryon, Miss Arabella - Thomas, Miss Ada F. - Warner, Mrs. A. A. H. - Wilson, Mrs. Ida G. - Wood, Collin - - -_Delaware._ - - Cahall, Joseph L. - - -_Maryland._ - - Bayne, Lawrence P. - Markell, Miss Virginia H. - Parkhurst, Miss Alice S. - Rawlings, Joshua S. - Rodgers, Mrs. Amy C. - Sadtler, Miss M. Adelaide - Smyth, Miss Lizzie K. - - -_District of Columbia._ - - Blodgett, Carrie A. - Coakley, Miss Rosetta E. - Darby, Miss Susan C. - Dudley, Frederick E. - Hall, Mrs. Jennie B. - Johns, Miss Jessie C. - McKinney, Miss Mary E. - Meacham, Miss Annie M. - Nalle, Mary - Parke, Miss Caroline E. - Patterson, Miss Emma - Pumphrey, Miss Cora A. - - -_Virginia._ - - Alexander, Wellington G. - Hatcher, Mrs. Charles - - -_West Virginia._ - - Barnes, Mrs. Mary E. - Carter, Miss Sarah P. - Clohan, Miss Elizabeth - Forman, Israel - Fowler, Miss Emma A. - Glass, Miss Annie V. - Pierpoint, Miss A. Pierrie - Reppetto, Miss Mary D. - Riheldaffer, the Rev. Wm. G. - Turner, Miss Adela - - -_North Carolina._ - - Small, the Rev. J. B. - South Carolina. - Harris, Mrs. Kittie S. - - -_Kentucky._ - - Cox, Miss R. Aussie - Cragg, Mrs. Mattie - Gunn, Miss Frances A. - Heazlitt, Clarence W. - Ruttle, Miss Eliza J. - Winall, Miss Vina - Winall, Miss Belle - Winall, Miss Eva - Tennessee. - Allen, Mrs. Mattie E. - Bain, Daniel Hiram - Fleece, Mrs. Mary T. - Scott, F. N. - Shearer, J. L. - Tadlock, Mrs. Clara M. - Thomas, Miss Anna W. - Treadwell, Miss Annie D. - - -_Arkansas._ - - Allen, Everett F. - Colwell, Mrs. Emma R. - Lyon, Miss Hattie J. - Vaughan, Mrs. Myra - - -_Louisiana._ - - Armstrong, Miss Frances L. - - -_Georgia._ - - Brooks, Miss Addie M. - Steele, Miss Carrie J. - Thompson, Miss Mary H. - - -_Alabama._ - - Kennedy, Miss Annie - Leslie, Mrs. Sara McC. - Watkins, Mrs. Lizzie E. - - -_Mississippi._ - - Moore, Miss Cora L. - Parker, Mrs. Bettie - Row, Miss E. Evelyn - Steele, Dr. N. C. - Townes, Miss Julia G. - Winter, Miss Kate E. - - -_Ohio._ - - Aldcroft, Miss Ella - Alexander, Miss Cora E. - Allan, Miss Nellie - Alward, Miss Alice J. - Armstrong, Mrs. Mary H. - Armstrong, Mrs. Permelia B. - Austin, Miss Florence - Barnett, Miss M. Alma - Beiler, the Rev. Samuel L. - Beiler, Mrs. Anna F. - Bell, Mrs. Alice - Bell, J. W. - Beyerly, Mrs. Julia H. - Binkley, Miss Laura A. - Brown, Mrs. J. H. - Bunker, Miss Stella N. - Bunker, Miss Clara - Burge, Miss Zelma - Burner, G. Washington - Burt, Mrs. Nellie C. - Burt, Miss Harriet C. - Caldwell, Mrs. Sarah E. - Cameron, Miss M. Amelia - Chamberlain, Miss Fanny P. - Chamberlain, Charles W. - Chamberlain, Mrs. Charles W. - Chancellor, Mrs. Lida B. - Chandler, Miss Anna - Chidlaw, Miss Mary I. - Clemans, the Rev. Francis M. - Clemans, Mrs. Sarah I. - Colby, the Rev. Henry F. - Crossley, Mrs. Cecelia S. - Dayton, Mrs. James - Deming, Miss Sophronia O. - De Veny, Miss Belle M. - Dietz, Will. C. - Dimmick, Mrs. Hannah A. - Elcock, Miss Lucy A. - Facer, Miss Fannie R. - Faulkner, Mrs. Amelia H. - Ferriss, Frank E. - Freeman, Mrs. Mary E. - Fries, Miss Emmabel - Gee, Samuel A. - Giboney, Mrs. S. H. - Goodrich, the Rev. Ira B. - Goodrich, Mrs. Adaline C. - Gough, Mrs. Sadie H. - Grafing, John C. - Guthrie, Miss Sarah I. - Haight, Miss Louise J. - Hammond, Mrs. Mary W. - Hankins, Mrs. Mary J. - Hart, Miss Mary P. - Hayward, Miss Josephine A. - Hicks, Miss Bella C. - Highlands, John S. - Hinckley, Mrs. Augusta V. - Hine, Mrs. Mary A. - Humphrey, Dr. Elwin - Hussey, Elroy E. - Kattenhorn, Miss Mary - Kattenhorn, Miss Ella - Keagey, Miss Carrie L. - Kellogg, J. A. - Kelly, Mrs. Carrie M. - Kidder, Miss Mary I. - Lee, Mrs. Dr. E. B. - Loomis, Mrs. Letitia E. - Loomis, Elisha S. - Loudin, Mrs. Harriet C. - Mann, Miss M. Maud - Mansfield, Mrs. Howard - March, Miss Lizzie G. - McFarland, Mrs. Mary D. - McKitrick, Mrs. Addie A. - Minor, Mrs. J. A. - Moore, the Rev. John W. - Morse, Miss Belle G. - Morgan, Mrs. Mary D. - Morgan, Miss Lizzie - Munson, Miss Nellie - Murphy, Miss Marian A. - Nash, Miss Harriet A. - Parish, Miss Nettie A. - Park, Mrs. Maria B. - Park, Mrs. J. D. - Parmelee, Mrs. Anna J. - Parsons, Mrs. Lucinda M. - Parsons, Mrs. Josie L. - Patten, Charles E. - Pearce, Miss Selina P. - Pickett, Daniel D. - Powers, Miss Minnie - Randall, Mrs. Rebecca R. - Reed, Miss Myrta - Reed, Cornelius A. - Rice, Miss Frances M. - Richards, Miss Emily S. - Robison, Miss Kate R. - Ruckenbrod, Miss Maggie - Saumenig, Miss Emily B. - Schenck, Miss Claribel - Scott, Miss Katie - Scott, Miss Fannie - Sherrard, Walter P. - Shields, Miss Sarah E. - Sloane, Miss Jeannette M. - Smith, Miss Ione L. - Smith, Miss Mary I. - Snyder, Franklin E. - Spillard, Mrs. Willa H. - St. John, Mrs. M. P. - Taylor, Mrs. Annette H. - Taylor, Miss Ellen E. - Taylor, Royal - Thompson, Mrs. Ella P. - Thorne, Miss Lizzie B. - Trotter, Miss Sarah - Walker, Mrs. Mary P. S. - Walker, Miss M. Augusta - Webb, Mrs. Dora V. - Wheelock, Mrs. Estelle C. - White, Miss Jennie - White, the Rev. Levi - White, Miss Fannie E. - Whipple, Mrs. J. C. - Wilcox, Mrs. Hannah E. - Williams, Miss Etta C. - Willis, Miss Laura B. - Winter, Mrs. Laura C. - Winter, the Rev. William W. - Young, Miss Mary E. - Zartman, Miss Essie H. - Zuck, the Rev. William J. - Zuck, Mrs. Jessie M. - - -_Indiana._ - - Alcott, Mrs. Ellen P. - Baldwin, John J. - Barry, Mrs. Fannie W. - Berg, Mrs. Mattie V. - Bettis, Mrs. Mary P. - Boughman, Melancthon A. - Bowen, Miss Loretta V. - Busick, Mrs. Kate M. - Clark, Miss Florence - Crawford, Mrs. Jennie R. - Daggett, Miss Angelia - Denison, Mrs. Aurilla A. - Dunn, Temple H. - Ellis, Miss Grace - Fitch, Miss Ida A. - Fosdick, Miss Sophie H. - Fosdick, Benajah S. - Foster, Miss Madge - Francis, Mrs. May - Gooding, Mrs. Mary M. - Goodman, Miss Clara M. - Hackleman, Miss Indiana - Hagenbook, Allen M. - Hammond, Mrs. Angie L. - Harter, Miss Mary C. - Hascall, Miss Julia E. - Hedden, Miss Theodosia E. - Howard, Mrs. Cinderella J. - Hudson, Mrs. H. S. B. - Jackson, Miss Nellie M. - Jamieson, Mrs. Hattie H. - Jones, Miss S. Ella - Kauffman, Jacob S. - Lambert, Miss Lottie A. - Lambert, Miss Tillie - Lesley, Mrs. Edith - Matheny, Miss Eva - Matheny, Miss Mattie - Maxwell, the Rev. John A. - Maxwell, Mrs. Alice W. - McCauley, Miss Rose - Milburn, Miss Nellie F. - Mitchell, Miss Marcia - Moffit, Mrs. Rebecca A. - Morrill, Miss Annie - Morse, Mrs. Florence S. - Newhouse, Mrs. Mary R. - Ogg, Robert A. - Ogg, Mrs. Louise H. - Perkins, William H. - Pickett, Miss Ella M. - Power, Miss Ella - Powers, Mrs. R. B. - Ratliff, Dr. Barclay - Roberts, Mrs. Lizzie M. - Robertson, Miss Margaret - Robinson, Mrs. Elvira T. - Sabine, Miss Nettie W. - Semans, Mrs. Sarah W. - Sexton, Miss Ruby - Shane, Miss Lizzie - Smith, Miss Lilian G. - Smith, Miss Laura - St. John, Hermon F. - Stoy, Mrs. L. R. - Swope, Mrs. Mary E. - Taylor, Miss Emily - Towers, Mrs. Bel K. - Town, Mrs. Laura L. - Town, the Rev. Salem B. - Townsend, Mrs. Elizabeth B. - Vail, Mrs. Arvilla Z. - Wilkes, John H. - Wilmuth, Mrs. Lydia P. - Zent, Miss Ida M. - - -_Illinois._ - - Bartlett, Mrs. Helen A. - Black, Mrs. Addie L. - Blake, Miss Ellen M. - Blakeway, Miss Ada M. A. - Blakeway, Miss Ella R. M. - Brophy, Dennis P. - Brown, Mrs. Mary L. S. - Burpee, Miss Minnie L. - Chamberlain, Miss Orra N. - Colby, Mrs. Mary A. - Conley, Mrs. V. C. M. - Day, Miss Clara C. - Douglass, Miss Alberta N. - Dubois, Mrs. Sarah T. - Dunn, Mrs. Frances L. - Earle, Clarence A. - Eastburn, Mrs. Dora M. - Enoch, Miss Emma A. - Fairbanks, John - Fairbanks, Mrs. Carrie H. - Gay, Miss Hannah P. - Gregory, Mrs. Sue F. - Gridley, Mrs. Annah B. - Gunn, Miss Jessie - Hanaford, Mrs. Melvina - Hart, Mrs. Ida B. - Hart, Samuel R. - Harvey, Mrs. Lucia M. - Hayes, Mrs. Dr. R. F. - Holmes, Mrs. Melanie G. - Kay, Mrs. Ella M. - Leal, Miss Sarah M. - Lobaugh, Mrs. Sarah C. - Mayo, Miss Carrie P. - McMurray, Miss Mary E. - McReynolds, Mrs. Abbie M. - McSween, Mrs. Helen - Mitchell, Walter - Moir, Mrs. Jessie G. - Moore, Mrs. Stata M. - Norris, Mrs. Nellie R. - Overman, Miss Myra - Palmer, Mrs. Mary E. - Pells, Miss Louise - Pickering, Mrs. Ida O. - Price, Miss Jennie - Rea, Mrs. Lucia G. - Read, Mrs. Frank - Rinaker, Mrs. Clarissa K. - Robinson, Miss Bessie M. - Rowland, Mrs. Hattie W. - Scott, Miss Kate M. - Scoggin, Miss Libbie - Spear, Mrs. Mary E. - Sprouse, Miss Jennie G. - Swanzey, Miss Clara J. - Tunnicliff, Mrs. Sarah A. - Turnbull, Mrs. Lizzie E. - Vining, Mrs. Letty W. - Walker, Mrs. D. T. - Wallace, Mrs. J. F. - Willey, Mrs. Agnes H. C. - - -_Michigan._ - - Alford, Miss Caroline P. - Barlow, Mrs. Hannah M. - Barrows, Mrs. Hattie A. - Barrows, Mrs. Agnes C. - Bedell, Mrs. Mary B. - Benjamin, Miss Lillian - Benjamin, Miss Anna - Benjamin, Mrs. M. - Borden, Miss Harriet E. - Brown, Miss Kate - Brown, Miss M. Viola - Chapman, Mrs. Olivia E. - Churchill, Miss Frances A. - Clark, Mrs. Ettie A. - Clay, Mrs. Hattie E. - Coe, Miss Lovisa M. - Cooley, Miss Mary L. - Cooley, Miss Lottie I. - Coville, Mrs. Mary E. H. - Field, Miss Dencie L. - Flewelling, Mrs. F. E. - Frost, Mrs. Nellie J. - Furman, Mrs. Libbie T. - Gannon, Joseph M. - Goodyear, Mrs. Emma J. - Hill, Frank J. - Hills, Mrs. Mary M. - Holmes, Mrs. E. F. - Hoover, Miss Cora J. - Hough, Mrs. Tena W. - House, Dr. Robert B. - Johnston, Miss Janet H. - Kent, Mrs. Clara E. - Lathrop, Mrs. Chas. A. - Lilley, Miss Mary A. - Lincoln, Charles A. - Lincoln, Mrs. M. J. - Love, Miss Sara - Lutze, Mrs. Mary M. - McCartney, Mrs. F. - McDonald, Miss Anna - McElwee, the Rev. Samuel J. - McElwee, Mrs. Anna B. - Mellen, Miss Ellen E. - Owen, Miss Lucy A. - Pack, Miss Josephine - Paton, Mrs. Sarah B. - Pearce, Miss Abbie - Peacock, Miss Frances E. - Perrin, Mrs. Henry W. - Pickell, Mrs. C. W. - Queal, Miss Helen - Ramsay, Mrs. W. W. - Roe, Miss Genevieve B. - Russell, Miss Nellie J. - Sinclair, Miss Jane S. - Smith, Miss Lora A. - Spangler, Mrs. W. P. - St. John, Mrs. Etta - Stocum, Mrs. C. W. - Switzer, Mrs. Anna M. L. - Van Fleet, Miss Mary E. - Van Slyke, Miss Julia - Wilcox, Mrs. Martha H. - Wilks, Mrs. Emily M. - Wolf, Miss Anna E. - Wilcox, Joshua L. - - -_Wisconsin._ - - Algard, Mrs. Phebe M. - Baker, Miss Eva J. - Bovee, Mrs. Victoria - Chase, Miss Hattie - Coleman, Mrs. Edwin - Dougherty, Miss Nettie M. - Gates, Miss Laura - Grannis, Mrs. E. H. - Holden, Mrs. Hattie L. - Hooley, Miss Emma E. - Kennedy, Miss Catherine - Kutchin, Mrs. Hattie S. - Lucas, Miss Stella - McLean, Mrs. M. F. K. - Oddy, Mrs. Lydia A. - Shepard, Mrs. Mary S. - Shumway, Mrs. Clara E. C. - Steele, the Rev. John - Wheeler, the Rev. Bert E. - Wick, Gustave - - -_Iowa._ - - Banta, Mrs. Lillie E. - Bell, the Rev. William E. - Benedict, Miss Ella G. - Bennett, Mrs. Lizzie - Brindell, Mrs. Anna R. - Brown, the Rev. Henry - Buckley, Miss Eunice L. - Clarke, Mrs. Kate F. - Cort, the Rev. William C. - Cutter, Miss Valona J. - Day, Mrs. Eliza C. - Gaylord, Mrs. Mary J. L. - Greene, Miss Hattie - Harvey, Miss Carrie L. - Hooley, Miss Annie J. - Hooley, Miss Mattie F. - Huston, Mrs. Mary S. - Hyde, Miss Maie E. - Jones, Mrs. R. D. - Keen, Mrs. Mary T. - Key, Mrs. Sarah - Kellum, Miss Alma J. - Louthan, Mrs. Florence A. - Lukens, Miss Lucie E. - Mack, Miss May - McCarn, Mrs. Carrie E. - McCartney, Mrs. Lura J. - McMeans, Miss Mattie - Melvill, Mrs. Martha E. - Millard, Miss Nellie P. - Nagel, Mrs. Sadie E. - Palmer, Miss Nirma E. - Pollock, Miss Annie L. - Ritchey, Mrs. Ella L. - Robinson, Mrs. Marianna W. - Robinson, Mrs. M. E. - Scales, Miss Lena F. - Snyder, Mrs. D. B. - Tallman, Mrs. Catharine M. - Wadsworth, Mrs. Mary B. - Wegener, Miss Alice - Wilcox, Miss Rhoda M. - - -_Missouri._ - - Albin, Miss Emma C. - Allen, Mrs. N. L. - Bennett, Alfred - Exly, the Rev. Frank - Miller, Charles W. - Parker, George A. - Russell, Miss Sarah F. - Watson, Miss Eva - Wayman, the Rev. John - Sabin, L. Willis. - - -_Minnesota._ - - Brannan, Mrs. Carrie M. - Cole, Miss Jennie - Jerman, Mrs. Sara M. - Mendenhall, Miss Minnie E. - Scofield, Miss Persis E. - Stone, Mrs. J. W. - Taylor, Mrs. C. W. - Terwilligar, the Rv. Michael D. - Terwilligar, Mrs. Hester A. - Viall, Mrs. Florence M. - - -_Dakota Territory._ - - Garner, Jacob A. - Hoffman, Miss Lizzie C. - Moyer, Mrs. S. J. - Moyer, Sanford J. - Potter, Mrs. V. A. - Smith, Miss Maria T. - Squier, Mrs. Cora M. - Yost, Mrs. Julie H. - - -_Nebraska._ - - Anderson, Mrs. Deborah L. - Dada, the Rev. William B. - Folden, the Rev. Andrew T. - Hamlin, Miss Lou E. - Howe, Miss Annette A. - Lemon, Mrs. Nora H. - Martin, Miss Nellie - Parrotte, Mrs. Mary E. - Perry, Miss Mary S. - Sargent, Mrs. Iola N. - Smith, Miss Lucy E. - Smith, the Rev. Charles L. - Warren, Miss Mary E. - Whitney, Miss Clara - - -_Nevada._ - - Leete, Benjamin F. - Simpson, Mrs. Elda A. - - -_Kansas._ - - Blythe, Mrs. Julia H. - Conklin, Isaac J. - Dudley, Mrs. Carrie A. - Elliott, Mrs. Mary E. - McFarland, Mrs. Tillie S. - Moll, Miss Eva M. - Moss, Mrs. Laura S. - Parker, Mrs. W. F. - Patrick, Miss Emma M. - Reed, Mrs. Emily G. - Smith, Fayette A. - Torrington, Mrs. Mary M. - Wallace, Miss Jennie - Weightman, Mrs. Annie M. - - -_Colorado._ - - Crawford, Hugh C. - Freeman, Mrs. Lillie S. - Layton, Mrs. Mary E. - Lovejoy, Miss Jennie G. - McGonigal, Mrs. E. Belle - Reaugh, Mrs. Lottie E. - - -_Idaho._ - - Yarington, Miss Stella - - -_Washington Territory._ - - Ames, Mrs. Jennie P. - Barrow, Mrs. M. R. - Horton, Dexter - Pratt, William G. - - -_Oregon._ - - Churchill, Frank H. - Grider, Mrs. Mary A. - Kern, Mrs. Sarah M. K. - - -_California._ - - Anderson, Dr. C. L. - Bailey, Mrs. C. P. - Barber, Mrs. Emma F. - Baright, Mrs. Frances E. - Blake, Miss Alice S. - Brothers, Miss Carrie R. - Calhoun, Miss Clementine H. - Call, Miss Mattie C. - Call, Miss Mary A. - Carter, Miss Lou A. - Dawson, Mrs. Eloise J. - Drum, Mrs. Mary L. - Dryden, Mrs. S. Helen - Eckley, Emma - Field, Mrs. Mary H. - Franklin, Mrs. Belle O. - Frazee, Miss H. M. - Haight, Mrs. Elvira E. - Hammond, Miss Hulda A. - Harrison, Miss Elbertina C. - Hathaway, Mrs. Alice V. - Hesser, Mrs. Mary E. - Mantz, Mrs. E. F. - McKelvy, the Rev. Charles - Mock, Miss Clara E. - Nusbaum, Mrs. Lucretia J. - Osgood, Miss Jennie - Phillips, Mrs. Hattie W. - Read, William E. - Rogers, William - Selby, Miss Mattie K. A. - Shafter, Mrs. Helen S. - Shattuck, Mrs. E. M. - Shuey, Mrs. Lillian H. - Shuey, M. M. - Thomas, Mrs. Flora M. - Thomasson, Mrs. Martha E. - Warring, Hattie B. - White, Miss Nellie F. - Whitney, Mrs. Julia A. - Wilcox, Miss Gussie M. - Wilson, Miss Mary E. - - -_Canada._ - - Beer, Mrs. Rachel M. L. - Beswick, Miss Emma - Coleman, Mrs. Caroline - Collins, John R. - Courtright, Mrs. Gertrude S. - Curry, Mrs. Catharine - Dudman, Miss Sarah A. - Dunspaugh, Mrs. Leonora C. - Farquhar, Miss Mary L. - Freeland, Mrs. Andrew - Griffith, Mrs. Lucinda P. - Gurney, Edward, Jr. - Gurney, Mrs. Mary F. - Henderson, Miss Frances M. - Henderson, the Rev. William - Henderson, Miss Jennie - Hooper, Mrs. H. T. - Horsey, Miss Maria - Horsey, Miss Heppie - Jackson, Miss Eliza J. - James, David - Kerr, Mrs. Jennie - Langlois, Miss Ida M. - Leake, Miss Annie - Lemon, Miss Emily J. - Longard, Charles H. - Lucas, Mrs. Hattie J. - McDonald, the Rev. C. D. - Millar, James E. - Murray, Mrs. Almey J. - Murray, Dr. Sydney S. - Orr, William H. - Platt, Mrs. Harriet L. - Scott, the Rev. Charles T. - Strickland, John R. - Thurlow, Mrs. Isaac E. - Watson, Miss Georgiana - Woodside, Mrs. Jane - - -_Hawaiian Islands._ - - Coleman, Mrs. Hattie A. - - * * * * * - -Transcriber’s Notes: - -Obvious punctuation errors repaired. - -Page 252, “probation” changed to “promotion” (that of dignity and -promotion) - -Page 273, “110.3” changed to “110.3 per cent.” (is equivalent to 110.3 -per cent. of) - -Page 292, “Durengo” changed to “Durango” (From Colorado—Durango—comes) - -Page 305, “Episopal” changed to “Episcopal” (the Methodist Episcopal -Church) - -Page 306, “Informa-” changed to “Information” (Information may be -obtained) - -Page 309, “Illtnois” changed to “Illinois” (section heading: Illinois.) - -Page 310, “Owen, Miss Lucy A.” moved to correct place in alphabetical -list: from between Peacock and Perrin, to between Mellen and Pack. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. V, FEB 1885 *** - -***** This file should be named 55053-0.txt or 55053-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/0/5/55053/ - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/55053-0.zip b/old/55053-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 351ba2b..0000000 --- a/old/55053-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h.zip b/old/55053-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e79d1a1..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/55053-h.htm b/old/55053-h/55053-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a6812ef..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/55053-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11967 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885, by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle. - </title> - - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - -<style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -p { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 1.25em; - margin-bottom: .75em; -} - -img { - border: 0; -} - -.tnote { - border: dashed 1px; - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - margin-bottom: 1em; - padding: 0.5em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.maintitle { - font-size: 200%; - font-weight: bold; - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.caption { - text-align: center; - margin-bottom: 1em; - font-size: 90%; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.center { - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.right { - text-align: right; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.smcap { - font-variant: small-caps; -} - -.unindent { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.faux { - visibility: hidden; -} - -.footnotes { - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; -} - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; -} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align:baseline; - position: relative; - bottom: 0.33em; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; -} - -.indent2 { - margin-left: 2em; -} - -h1,h2,h3 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -h4 { - margin-bottom: 0; - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -hr { - width: 95%; - margin-top: .5em; - margin-bottom: .5em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - clear: both; -} - -hr.double { - width: 95%; - border: double 2px; -} - -hr.tb { - width: 45%; -} - -hr.chap { - width: 65%; -} - -hr.shorter { - width: 8%; - border: thin solid; -} - -.poetry .stanza { - margin: 1em auto; -} - -.poetry .verse { - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; -} - -.poetry .i1 { - text-indent: -2.5em; -} - -.poetry .indent1 { - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.poetry .indent2 { - text-indent: -1em; -} - -.poetry .indent4 { - text-indent: 1em; -} - -.poetry-container { - text-align: center; -} - -.poetry { - text-align: left; - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; -} - -.smaller { - font-size: 80%; -} - -.spacer { - margin-left: 4em; - margin-right: 4em; -} - -ul { - list-style-type: none; -} - -table { - margin: 1em auto 1em auto; - max-width: 40em; - border-collapse: collapse; -} - -td { - padding-left: 0.25em; - padding-right: 0.25em; -} - -.tdr { - text-align: right; -} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -@media handheld - -{ - -.poetry { - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885 - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: July 5, 2017 [EBook #55053] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. V, FEB 1885 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<h1 class="faux">The Chautauquan, February 1885</h1> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 522px;"> -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="522" height="800" alt="Cover" /> -</div> - -<div class="tnote"> -<div class="center"><small><b>Transcriber’s Note:</b> This cover has been -created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</small></div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p> - -<div class="maintitle"><span class="smcap">The Chautauquan.</span></div> - -<p class="center"><i>A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. ORGAN OF -THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE.</i></p> - -<hr /> - -<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Vol. V.</span> <span class="spacer">FEBRUARY, 1885.</span> No. 5.</p> - -<hr /> - -<h2>Officers of the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle.</h2> - -<p><i>President</i>, Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio. <i>Chancellor</i>, J. H. Vincent, D.D., New Haven, Conn. <i>Counselors</i>, The Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; -the Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; Bishop H. W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D.; Edward Everett Hale. <i>Office Secretary</i>, Miss Kate -F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J. <i>General Secretary</i>, Albert M. Martin, Pittsburgh, Pa.</p> - -<hr class="double" /> - -<h2>Contents</h2> - -<div class="tnote"><b>Transcriber’s Note:</b> This table of contents -of this periodical was created for the HTML version to aid the reader.</div> - -<table summary="Contents"> - <tr> - <td colspan="2" class="center"><a href="#REQUIRED_READING_FOR_FEBRUARY">REQUIRED READING FOR FEBRUARY</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">How English Differs From Other Languages</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#HOW_ENGLISH_DIFFERS_FROM_OTHER_LANGUAGES">247</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Sunday Readings</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>February 1</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#FEB1">250</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>February 8</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#FEB8">251</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>February 15</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#FEB15">251</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>February 22</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#FEB22">252</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Home Studies in Chemistry and Physics</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">Chemistry of Fire.—Ancient Fancies</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#HOME_STUDIES_IN_CHEMISTRY_AND_PHYSICS">252</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Temperance Teachings of Science: or, the Poison Problem</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">Chapter V.—Prohibition</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#TEMPERANCE_TEACHINGS_OF_SCIENCE">255</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Studies in Kitchen Science and Art</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">V. Tea, Coffee and Chocolate</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#STUDIES_IN_KITCHEN_SCIENCE_AND_ART">257</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Household Beverages</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#HOUSEHOLD_BEVERAGES">260</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Huxley on Science</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#HUXLEY_ON_SCIENCE">261</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Circle of the Sciences</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_CIRCLE_OF_THE_SCIENCES">264</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Poet’s Vision</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_POETS_VISION">267</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Homelike House</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">Chapter II.—The Family Parlor</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_HOMELIKE_HOUSE">268</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">National Aid to Education</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#NATIONAL_AID_TO_EDUCATION">271</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Parson’s Comforter</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_PARSONS_COMFORTER">274</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Smithsonian Institution</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION">275</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Geography of the Heavens for February</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#GEOGRAPHY_OF_THE_HEAVENS_FOR_FEBRUARY">279</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">New Orleans</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#NEW_ORLEANS">280</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Upper Chautauqua</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_UPPER_CHAUTAUQUA">284</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Outline of Required Readings, February, 1885</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#OUTLINE_OF_REQUIRED_READINGS">285</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Programs for Local Circle Work</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#PROGRAMS_FOR_LOCAL_CIRCLE_WORK">286</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Local Circles</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#LOCAL_CIRCLES">286</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The C. L. S. C. Classes</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_C_L_S_C_CLASSES">291</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Questions and Answers</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">293</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Chautauqua University</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">Can Language Be Taught By Correspondence?</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_CHAUTAUQUA_UNIVERSITY">295</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Editor’s Outlook</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#EDITORS_OUTLOOK">296</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Editor’s Note-Book</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">299</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for February</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_FEBRUARY">301</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Notes on Required Readings in “The Chautauquan”</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN">302</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Talk About Books</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS">305</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Special Notes</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#SPECIAL_NOTES">306</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Graduates</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#C_L_S_C_GRADUATES">306</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="REQUIRED_READING_FOR_FEBRUARY">REQUIRED READING FOR FEBRUARY.</h2> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="HOW_ENGLISH_DIFFERS_FROM_OTHER_LANGUAGES">HOW ENGLISH DIFFERS FROM OTHER LANGUAGES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY RICHARD GRANT WHITE.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>It has occurred to me that some readers of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -may have been disappointed in these articles because in -their judgment they have been thus far not sufficiently “practical.” -Many people, far too many, desire chiefly to find some -short, straight road to knowledge. They like to have some -man who is called an “authority” upon a certain subject -cut his knowledge up into small parcels or “chunks” of -convenient size, and arrange them with labels, alphabetically, -in an article or a book, so that they maybe referred to at need, -and followed like a recipe for making a pudding, and with as -little thought. But there are no such recipes for acquiring -real knowledge. In this way an acquaintance with facts may -be made which, used blindly, may prove of some immediate -service, and may not. Nothing, however, learned in this perfunctory -way is worthy of the name of knowledge. For it is a -barren process; it really teaches nothing; it profits nothing; -it does nothing for the education of the person by whom it is -adopted. Real knowledge comes only by a thoughtful learning -of the relations of facts. True as to all subjects, this is -eminently true as to language; because, language is eminently -a subject of relations. There is hardly a word that -we use which has not relations to other words, and other forms -of speech; relations historical, spiritual, almost moral; to set -forth which in detail would furnish occasion for a little essay. -The mere learning to speak and to write a language is only a -matter of memory and practice; nothing more. It is child’s -work, and it is continually done, and is best done, by children. -A man may speak and write English, French, German or Latin -with unexceptionable correctness and fluency, and yet know -no more about that language than a well instructed parrot -would which had been taught to use all the words which -he uses. His study would not be a study of language; and in -that which he had painfully learned he might be easily and -unconsciously surpassed by a child who had never studied at -all. Now what I hope to do here is to help my readers to some -knowledge of the English language, in so far as my own imperfect -acquaintance with my mother tongue and its literature -will enable me to do so.</p> - -<p>We have seen what English is, of what stuff it is made, how -it came by its present compositeness of substance; how it became -strong, and full, and flexible, and fervent; let us now -look a little into its structure, <i>i. e.</i>, the way in which it is put -together, in doing which we shall see by comparison how it -differs from other languages. This matter of structure, the -formation of the sentence, is the distinctive trait of a language. -Mere words are not the essential difference between languages. -Many words are common (with slight phonetic variation) to all -the languages of the Aryan or Indo-European stock, as we -have already seen. Multitudes of words have been adopted -into all the modern tongues from other languages ancient and -modern, dead and living, as most of the readers of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -know. The bulk of English dictionaries like Webster’s -and Worcester’s is composed of words which are of -Latin, Greek, French or Italian origin, and which indeed are -essentially the same words in all these languages; their unlikeness -being merely a phonetic variation, mostly caused by -difference in pronunciation, or change in termination. For -example, <i>flower</i> is in Latin <i>flos</i> (genitive <i>floris</i>), in Italian -<i>fiore</i>, in French <i>fleur</i>, in Spanish <i>flor</i>; each language having -somewhat changed the sound of the word, according to -rules or habits which are loosely called laws; but the word is -in all essentially the same. A sentence—many sentences—might -be written in English, Latin, French, Italian, Spanish -and German, in which all the words of subject-matter (all but -verbs like <i>have</i> and <i>be</i>, and prepositions and conjunctions) -should be essentially the same, and so like that an intelligent -person with some faculty for language, and who understood -any one of these languages, could apprehend the meaning of -any one of the supposed sentences with little difficulty. And -yet the sentences would be respectively English, Latin, -French, and so forth. Why and how? It is to the reason of -this, that is the why and the how of it, that we shall now give -a little time and attention.</p> - -<p>The most important and significant distinction between languages -is in their grammar; that is, in the structure of the -sentence. In the languages mentioned above the greatest unlikeness -in this respect is manifested in English, Latin and -German, or to name them in their order of grammatical importance,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span> -Latin, German and English. The term “grammar” -has two senses; one large and vague, and called by some -“philosophical” or “scientific” (phrases commonly used with -a deplorable union of pretension and looseness), which includes -all that relates to the history, the substance and the -structure of a language; the other much narrower and simpler; -the sense implied when the phrases “good grammar” -and “bad grammar” are used. To this sense I shall here -confine myself, and shall here repeat a definition of grammar -which I have given before.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a></p> - -<p>Grammar concerns the forms of words and their dependent -relations in the sentence.</p> - -<p>To illustrate this: It is “bad grammar,” ludicrously, monstrously -bad grammar, to say in Latin, <i>Nos habeo bonus mater</i>, -and yet these Latin words, literally and simply translated in -their order, mean, We have a good mother, which in English -is perfectly “good grammar.” In the Latin (to call it Latin) -every word is wrong; in English every word is right. The -reason of this is that in Latin words change their forms according -to their relations, not according to their essential -meaning. <i>Habeo</i> means have; but it can not be used to express -a plural having; that requires for <i>we</i> (<i>nos</i>) the form -<i>habemus</i>. <i>Bonus</i> means good; but it can not be used to express -the goodness of a feminine object, for which the form -<i>bona</i> is required. Yet further: Even <i>bona</i> can not be used to -qualify a noun which is the object of a verb, or, as we say, in -the objective (or accusative) case, for which the form <i>bonam</i> -is required. <i>Mater</i> means mother, but as the object of the verb -<i>have</i>, <i>mater</i> must change its form to <i>matrem</i>. By these required -changes of form the Latin sentence becomes, <i>Nos habemus -bonam matrem</i>, which is “good grammar,” although -poor Latin, but which, after all the changes, means simply, -We have a good mother; nothing more nor less. Yet further: -The sentence, as written above, although grammatical, is poor -Latin because it is at variance with the habit, or as it is sometimes -called the spirit, or even the genius, of the Latin language. -In Latin the word <i>habemus</i> (although like <i>habeo</i> it -means simply, have) is so positively and distinctively limited -in use to the first person plural that the pronoun <i>nos</i>—we—is -quite superfluous, and is never used unless with an emphatic -purpose; <i>habemus</i>, without the <i>nos</i>, means, we have. Moreover -it was the Latin habit of speech to place the object generally -before the verb; and good Latin for, We have a good -mother would be, <i>bonam matrem habemus</i>—<i>i. e.</i>, A good -mother we have, or rather (literally) Good mother we have -for the Latin strangely has no articles, or none which correspond -to our <i>an</i> (<i>or a</i>) and <i>the</i>, and which may be translated by -them.</p> - -<p>This illustration, brief and simple although it be, is sufficient, -I think, to make the great and essential distinction between -English and Latin, and measurably between English -and all other modern civilized tongues, clear to the readers of -these articles. The essential difference is not one of words -but of the construction of the sentence. In Latin and other -languages that construction depends not upon the thought and -the meaning of the words, but upon the forms of the words—their -inflections. Now the distinctive trait of English is that it -is a language without inflections—not absolutely so, but so to -all intents and purposes; and, being without inflections, it is -therefore without grammar, which, as we have seen, concerns -the forms of words and their dependent relations in the sentence. -<i>Nos habeo bonus mater</i> is bad grammar because the -forms of the words are incorrect according to the usage of the -Latin language. <i>Bonus</i> means good; but for the expression -of the quality good in its barest, simplest idea <i>bonus</i> takes on -five forms in Latin; <i>bonus</i> for masculine goodness in the singular, -<i>bona</i> for feminine singular, <i>bonum</i> for neuter singular; -<i>boni</i> masculine plural; <i>bonæ</i> feminine plural, <i>bona</i> neuter -plural. To be brief; for use in various relations, this word -<i>bonus</i> takes on no less than thirteen forms, of which more need -not here be given. <i>Mater</i>—mother—takes on eight of these -forms or inflections, which are called cases. But in English -<i>good</i> has but one form. Singular, plural, masculine, feminine, -neuter, nominative, possessive, dative, objective, vocative—in -whichever of these senses the word which it qualifies is -used it has but one form—<i>good</i>. Thus it is with all English adjectives, -and with articles (<i>an</i> and <i>the</i>) which are a kind of -adjective. In all other languages adjectives and articles have -various forms adapted to the various numbers, genders, and -cases of nouns. In English nouns have two cases (strictly but -one, the nominative not being a true case), the second of which -is the possessive: <i>e. g.</i>, mother’s; and they have a singular and -a plural form, <i>e. g.</i>, <i>mother</i>, <i>mothers</i>.</p> - -<p>In other languages the verb is inflected into a multitude of -forms, expressive of voice (active and passive), person, number -and time of action. In English the variations of form in the -verb are very few. There is no passive voice. The English -has but one passive verb; the obsolete <i>hight</i>, which means, is -called. As to time, there are only the forms of present and -perfect, e. g., <i>love</i> and <i>loved</i>; as to person and number, inflections -only in the present tense, e. g., <i>love</i>, <i>lovest</i>, <i>loves</i>; and -of these one, <i>lovest</i>, is obsolete, or very obsolescent. To these -inflected forms there is to be added only the present or indefinite -participle <i>loving</i>. Beyond this there are in English, by -way of inflection, only the cases of the pronouns, e. g., <i>he</i>, <i>his</i>, -<i>him</i>, <i>who</i>, <i>whose</i>, <i>whom</i>, <i>etc.</i> And it is here to be remarked -that almost all the questions of “good grammar” and “bad -grammar” that arise in English relate to the use of pronouns. -(For surely we may leave out of consideration here the difficulties -of those who say <i>I see</i> or <i>I seen him</i>, for <i>I saw him</i>, or <i>I -have went</i> for <i>I have gone</i>, and the like.) Here, therefore, we -have set forth, although very succinctly, the distinctive -grammatical position of the English language.</p> - -<p>That position is briefly this: In English words have (with the -few exceptions mentioned above) but one form; and as grammar -is concerned only with the formal relations of words in -the sentence, English has no grammar. Among languages it -is the grammarless tongue.</p> - -<p>Let us further illustrate this point by a brief consideration -of a subject which is very perplexing to the learners of a -foreign language, and which is not less so to the historical students -of language in general; a subject which, I believe, has -never been explained by the latter with any semblance of satisfaction—gender. -All other languages are infested with gender; -in English there is no such distinction in words as that -of gender. English, it should be needless to say, has words to -express difference of sex; that no language can fail to do, for -failing in that, it would not communicate the facts and thoughts -of every-day life. But grammatical gender has no relation to sex, -no relation to the essential characteristics of things. Gender, -grammatical gender, is an attribute of <i>words</i>. He creatures -are male, she creatures female, and the words which are their -names are generally (but not universally) masculine and feminine -in all languages. Things neither male nor female are -neuter, which means merely, neither. But this is not gender. -Gender, as I have said before, is an attribute of words; of -words only. For example, the Latin word <i>penna</i>—a pen, or -quill, is feminine; in French the word <i>table</i>—table, is also -feminine. It is needless to say that there is no question as to -the sex of a pen, or of a table; nor is there any quality in either -of those objects which has a sexual trait or characteristic. In -each case it is the word which is of the feminine gender; and -in all, or almost all, languages but English all or almost all -words are afflicted with this mysterious pest of gender. How -annoying and perplexing it is, and how it complicates the use -of language, and makes the acquisition of foreign languages -difficult, no student needs be told. For it creates an ever present -and far-reaching perplexity. It dominates the construction of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span> -the sentence and binds it up in bonds of iron. For every adjective, -and in French and other languages having articles, -every article which is applied to a noun must be of the gender -of that noun. You can not say in Latin <i>bonus penna</i>, a good -pen, without “bad grammar,” you must say <i>bona penna</i>. You -can not say in French <i>un mauvais table</i>, a bad table, but must -say <i>une mauvaise table</i>; nor <i>le table</i>, but <i>la table</i>—although -both mean the table, nothing more nor less. The absurdity -of this is made very apparent when a feminine word is applied -to a male object. Thus <i>majesté</i>—majesty, is feminine; but -when a king is called your majesty, the words <i>sa majesté</i> (her -majesty) are used because the <i>word majesty</i> is feminine; and -instead of saying he (<i>il</i>) did thus or so, we must say she (<i>elle</i>) -did it, although the she was a man; the reason being that the -word <i>majesté</i> is feminine.<a href="#english1" id="anch_english1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> All this has been swept clean away -in English, in which language there is no distinction of gender -but only that of sex: male creatures, or those so personified, -are masculine, female, feminine; those which have no sex are -neuter; and there an end. English is eminently a language -of common sense; and one marked evidence of this trait is its -freeing itself entirely from the nuisance of grammatical gender -along with other grammatical trammels.<a href="#english2" id="anch_english2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p> - -<p>It has <i>freed</i> itself from those trammels; for at one time it -was hampered by them sorely. Anglo-Saxon, or Old English, -was an inflected speech, and was tied up in the bonds of gender -and other grievous grammatical tetherings. This was long -ago; but it was after Britain had become England, or Engle-land, -the land of the English people and of English speech. -When our English forefathers were little better than semi-savages, -bloody, barbarous, heathen, worshiping Thor and Woden, -and in a state of benighted ignorance of which it would be -difficult for those of my readers who have not tried to pierce -the darkness of that historical past to form even an approximate -notion—at this time, and in this social and intellectual -condition of the speakers of the English language, it was copiously -provided with grammar. Even Greek had not much -the better of it in this respect. It had not only forms for person -and number, but gender forms, and cases galore.<a href="#english3" id="anch_english3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> Take, -for example, a word which was English a thousand years ago, -just as it is to-day, <i>man</i>. This simple word has undergone no -change in all the thousand years, unless by losing a little -breadth of sound; it having probably been pronounced <i>mahn</i>, -of which sound the rustic <i>mon</i> of provincial England is a relic -and representative. But <i>man</i> could not be used pure and simple, -under all circumstances and in all cases, in the English -of that day any more than, as we have seen, <i>mater</i> and <i>bonus</i> -could be so used in Latin. There was the nominative singular—<i>man</i>, -simply; the genitive <i>mannes</i>—of a man; the dative -<i>men</i>, to or for a man; accusative <i>mannan</i>—a man objectively; -nominative plural <i>men</i>; genitive <i>manna</i>—of men, or -men’s; and a dative <i>mannum</i>—to or for men.</p> - -<p>Of all these various forms or cases of <i>man</i>, the language -has freed itself, excepting the genitive singular, <i>mannes</i>, and -the nominative plural, <i>men</i>. These have been retained, not by -accident, or neglect, but at the dictate of common sense, because -convenience and intelligibility required their use. It -was found necessary to distinguish the plural from the singular; -and the genitive or possessive idea from the simple and -absolute; but <i>man</i> as a dative or accusative singular, and <i>men</i> -as the same in the plural, were found quite as useful and convenient -as the old inflected forms; and therefore (or therefore -finally and in a great measure) the latter were discarded. The -genitive or possessive has been retained; but it has slightly -changed its form; by contraction only, however; <i>mannes</i> has -become <i>man’s</i>. The old sign of the possessive was <i>es</i>; and it -is this, and not the pronoun <i>his</i> (as once was supposed) that is -represented in our possessive case, in which the apostrophe -merely marks the elision of the old <i>e</i>. There is really no good -reason for the use of the apostrophe, none which would not apply -equally to many other cases in which no elision is marked. In -the Elizabethan era it was not used, and with no consequent -confusion. Mans folly, the boys hat, Johns coat, are as clear -in meaning as they would be with the apostrophe; and the -possible confusion of the possessive with the plural, as in that -fancy of the girls, and that fancy of the girl’s is so remote and -so very unlikely as to be worthy of little consideration.</p> - -<p>As to English in its earliest form (Anglo-Saxon) suffice it -here to say in this regard that it was so largely an inflected -language, that is, it varied the forms of its words so numerously -to express time of action, mode of action, person, number, -case, and gender, that it is in this respect almost as unlike -modern English as Greek is, and is little less difficult of acquirement -to the English speaking student of to-day than Latin. -Its very articles had gender forms as well as case forms; and, -moreover, like the Mæso-Gothic and like the Greek it had -preserved the old dual number (for the expression of a plural -of two) although only in the personal pronoun. A comparative -examination of the pronoun of the first person and of the -present tense of the verb <i>to have</i> in their ancient and modern -forms will show the mode and the reason of the changes by -which English has assumed its present character.</p> - -<p class="center">OLD ENGLISH PRONOUN OF THE FIRST PERSON.</p> - -<table summary="The old English pronoun of the first person"> - <tr> - <th></th> - <th>SINGULAR.</th> - <th>DUAL.</th> - <th>PLURAL.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>N.</td> - <td><i>ic</i>, I.</td> - <td><i>wit</i>, us two.</td> - <td><i>we</i>, we.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>G.</td> - <td><i>min</i>, of me.</td> - <td><i>uncer</i>, of us two.</td> - <td><i>ure</i>, of us.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>D.</td> - <td><i>me</i>, to, for, with me.</td> - <td><i>unc</i>, to or for us two.</td> - <td><i>us</i>, to, for, with us.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>A.</td> - <td><i>me</i>, me (objectively).</td> - <td><i>unc</i>, us two.</td> - <td><i>us</i>, us.</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p>The dual form has been swept away entirely as needless, and -worse, cumbrous and perplexing; but it will be seen that we have -retained every one of the other forms. <i>Ic</i> has become I; <i>mine</i> -is still the possessive of I; <i>me</i> is still not only the objective form -of the first person, but the dative, “make me a hat,” or “buy -me a horse,” being merely “make a hat to or for me,” or “buy -to or for me a horse.” <i>We</i> and <i>us</i> will be recognized at sight, -and <i>ure</i> has only changed its pronunciation from <i>oor</i> to <i>our</i>. -These forms have been retained in our modern English partly -because a pronoun is the most ancient of indestructible parts -of speech,<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a> but chiefly because of their usefulness, their convenience. -A brief consideration of them by the intelligent -reader will make this so plain that more need not be said on -the subject.</p> - -<p>Now let us see the unlike fate of the verb <i>to have</i>. This will -be more readily apparent if we look at it in Latin, in French, -and in English (it is actually the same word in all these languages, -with slight phonetic variation); and we shall thus also -have another demonstration of the manner in which English -differs from other languages.</p> - -<table summary="Comparing the verb “to have” in Latin, French and English"> - <tr> - <th></th> - <th colspan="3">SINGULAR.</th> - <th colspan="3">PLURAL.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <th></th> - <th>Latin.</th> - <th>French.</th> - <th>English.</th> - <th>Latin.</th> - <th>French.</th> - <th>English.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>1.</td> - <td><i>habeo.</i></td> - <td><i>J’ai.</i></td> - <td>I have.</td> - <td><i>habemus.</i></td> - <td><i>nous avons.</i></td> - <td>we have.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>2.</td> - <td><i>habes.</i></td> - <td><i>tu as.</i></td> - <td>thou hast.</td> - <td><i>habetis.</i></td> - <td><i>vous avez.</i></td> - <td>you have.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>3.</td> - <td><i>habet.</i></td> - <td><i>il a.</i></td> - <td>he has.</td> - <td><i>habent.</i></td> - <td><i>ils ont.</i></td> - <td>they have.</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p>It will be seen at once that the Latin and the French have -each a special plural form, and also three forms for the three -persons of that number. English has swept away this plural -form entirely, and uses for the plural in all its persons the simple -<i>have</i> of the first person singular. The form of the second -person singular has also virtually disappeared; the simple <i>have</i> -appearing in its substitute, <i>you have</i>. Whether the form of the -third person singular will ever follow the other is doubtful; but -it is certain that our language has lost nothing in clearness, -and has gained much in simplicity by the doing away with all -the formal superfluity by which the old numbers and persons -were distinguished.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span></p> - -<p>This simplification of the forms of words is not absolutely -confined to the English language. It appears to be a tendency -of language; a modern tendency, using modern in its widest -sense. For this movement toward simplification appears in -the Latin, in the Romance tongues formed from it, and in the -Gothic languages. In none, however, does this simplification, -this destruction of superfluous forms, approach, even remotely, -that which has taken place in English. So different, indeed, -are the results, that the process seems, if not of another kind, -at least as having another motive. For example, all the other -languages retain the absurdity of gender. In this respect -German is no better than French. And let me here remark -that the common notion that English and German are most alike -of all modern languages, and most nearly akin, is altogether -wrong. On the contrary, English and German are very unlike; -the most unlike of all the Gothic (or Teutonic) languages. -English and French have much greater likeness, both in substance -and in structure. There are more words now common -to the English language and to the French than to English and -German; and the syntax of the French language is very much -more like that of the English, than German syntax is. A French -sentence literally translated in the French order of the words is, -in most cases, so like an English sentence that it requires little -change to be correct English, while a similar translation of a -German sentence produces an effect both harsh and ludicrous.</p> - -<p>The simple form of the English language is the result of two -causes. Of these the first in order of time was the conflict and -subsequent mingling of the Old English (Anglo-Saxon) and -the Norman-French. When two languages are thus brought -together and are both spoken by two peoples, all that is superfluous -in the words of each soon begins to disappear. Each people -grasps only the essential in the foreign words which it is obliged -to use; each soon adopts the curtailed form of its speech -used by the neighbors of another race and speech with whom it -is obliged to live in daily communication; and ere long a composite -speech of simpler forms takes the place of two tongues—each -of which was more complex in structure, but less rich and -varied in substance. By this process, out of Anglo-Saxon and -Norman-French, came modern English. But not only thus. -Other languages have mingled, but never before with such a result. -Never was there in any other amalgamation, such an esurience -of superfluous form; a devouring which has to all intents -and purposes made English a language of one-formed words, and -therefore a language practically without formal grammar. In -this characteristic is its strength; from this comes its flexibility, -its adaptation to all the needs of man, the highest and the lowest. -Hence it is eminently the language of common sense as -well as of the highest flights of poetry. The English mind -saw that it was not necessary to have two words to express possession -in the singular and in the plural; that <i>good</i> as clearly -expressed the goodness of a woman as of a man, and that of a -dozen men as well as that of one; that pens and tables needed -no distinction of gender in their names; in fact that nothing -was gained, and that much was lost by these grammatical excrescences; -and therefore they were done away with very thoroughly, -almost entirely. The process was pretty well completed -some three hundred years or more ago; since when no -noteworthy changes in this respect have taken place. But it is -still going on, although so slowly as to be perceptible only on -close examination. All the little specks of grammar that English -has are mostly to be found in the pronouns, as I have before -remarked. In the use of one of these a change is very -gradually taking place. <i>Whom</i> has begun to disappear, began, -indeed, a long time ago; but of late is fading somewhat -more perceptibly. For example: all speakers of good English -say, The man whom I saw, not The man who I saw; <i>whom</i> -being the objective form of <i>who</i>.</p> - -<p>But now-a-days not one person in a hundred of the best bred -and best educated speakers of English asks, Whom did you -see? but, <i>Who</i> did you see? Indeed, the latter form of the -question may be regarded almost as accepted English. Yet in -the latter phrase, as in the former, the pronoun is the object of -the verb <i>see</i>, and should strictly have the objective form. But, -Whom did you see? would now sound very formal and precise, -almost priggish, like <i>gotten</i> instead of <i>got</i>. When, however, -the pronoun is brought in direct contact with the verb, as in -the phrase, The man whom I saw, we shrink from insult to the -little semblance of grammar that our language possesses, and -give the word its objective form. The time will probably come, -although it may be remote, when <i>whom</i> will have altogether -disappeared. As to <i>gotten</i>, its use is now so confined to the -over-precise in this country as to make it almost an Americanism. -Its disappearance from our language in England is also -one of the evidences of the process of simplification which is -still slowly going on. Another, which has taken place within -the memory of the elder living generation, is the disappearance -of the subjunctive mood, which is now obsolete, or so very obsolescent -as to be met with very rarely. But thirty-five or forty -years since correct writers used this mood, and wrote, for example, -<i>if he go</i> instead of <i>if he goes</i>. Of the effect of this grammarless -condition of the English language we may see something -in a subsequent article.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> “Every Day English,” chapter xvii.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a> Certain uneasy manipulators of speech have lately set themselves at making an -impersonal English pronoun. Vanity of vanities! Make a pronoun? As well undertake -to build a pyramid. Better. There is not a pronoun in use that was not -hoary with age before the first stone of Keops was laid.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="SUNDAY_READINGS">SUNDAY READINGS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">SELECTED BY CHANCELLOR J. H. VINCENT, D. D.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="FEB1">[<i>February 1.</i>]</h3> - -<p>I find David making a syllogism, in mood and figure, two -propositions he perfected.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>(Ps. lxvi) 18. If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not -hear me.</p> - -<p>19. But verily God hath heard me, he hath attended to the voice of -my prayer.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Now I expected that David should have concluded thus:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Therefore I regard not wickedness in my heart.</p> - -</div> - -<p>But far otherwise he concludes:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>20. Blessed be God, who hath not turned away my prayer, nor his -mercy from me.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Thus David hath deceived, but not wronged me. I looked -that he should have clapped the crown on his own, and he -puts it on God’s head. I will learn this excellent logic, for I -like David’s better than Aristotle’s syllogisms, that, whatsoever -the premises be, I make God’s glory the conclusion.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Young King Jehoash had only a lease of piety, and not for -his own, but his uncle’s life (2 Kings xii:2): He did that which -was right in the sight of the Lord all his days, wherein Jehoiada -the priest instructed him.</p> - -<p>Jehu was good in the midst of his life, and a zealous reformer -to the utter abolishing of Baal out of Israel, but in his old age -(2 Kings x:31) he returned to the politic sins of Jeroboam, worshiping -the calves in Dan and Bethel.</p> - -<p>Manasseh was bad in the beginning and middle of his life, -filling Jerusalem with idolatry; only toward the end thereof, -when carried into a strange land, he came home to himself -and destroyed the profane altars he had erected.</p> - -<p>These three put together make one perfect servant of God.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span> -Take the morning and rise with Jehoash, the noon and shine -with Jehu, the night and set with Manasseh. Begin with youth-Jehoash, -continue with man-Jehu, conclude with old-man-Manasseh, -and all put together will spell one good Christian, yea, -one good, perfect performer.</p> - -<p>Constantly pray to God, that in his due time he would speak -peace to thee.… Prayers negligently performed draw a -curse, but not prayers weakly performed. The former is when -one can do better, and will not; the latter is when one would -do better, but, alas! he can not.…</p> - -<p>Be diligent in reading the word of God, wherein all comfort -is contained.… Thou hast a great journey to go, a -wounded conscience has far to travel to find comfort (and -though weary shall be welcome at his journey’s end), and -therefore must feed on God’s word, even against his own dull -disposition, and shall afterward reap benefit thereby.…</p> - -<p>Be industrious in thy calling; I press this the more because -some erroneously conceive that a wounded conscience cancels -all indentures of service, and gives them (during their affliction) -a dispensation to be idle.</p> - -<p>Let none in like manner pretend that (during the agony of -a wounded conscience) they are to have no other employment -than to sit moping, to brood over their melancholy, or else only -to attend their devotion; whereas a good way to divert or assuage -their pain within is to take pains without in their vocation. -I am confident, that happy minute which shall put a -period to thy misery shall not find thee idle, but employed, as -some ever secret good is accruing to such who are diligent in -their calling.—<i>Fuller.</i><a href="#sunday1" id="anch_sunday1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="FEB8">[<i>February 8.</i>]</h3> - -<p>The Deity is intended to be the everlasting field of the human -intellect, as well as the everlasting object of the human -heart, the everlasting portion of all holy and happy minds, -who are destined to spend a blissful but ever active eternity in -the contemplation of his glory.… He will forever remain -“the unknown God.” We shall ever be conscious that we -know little compared with what remains to be known of him; -that our most rapturous and lofty songs fall infinitely short of -his excellence. If we stretch our powers to the uttermost, we -shall never exhaust his praise, never render him adequate -honor, never discharge the full amount of claim which he -possesses upon our veneration, obedience, and gratitude. -When we have loved him with the greatest favor, our love will -still be cold compared with his title to our devoted attachment. -This will render him the continual source of fresh delight to -all eternity. His perfection will be an abyss never to be fathomed; -there will be depths in his excellence which we shall -never be able to penetrate. We shall delight in losing ourselves -in his infinity. An unbounded prospect will be extended -before us; looking forward through the vista of interminable -ages we shall find a blissful occupation for our faculties, -which can never end; while those faculties will retain -their vigor unimpaired, flourish in the bloom of perpetual -youth, … and the full consciousness remain that the Being -whom we contemplate can never be found out to perfection -… that he may always add to the impression of what we -know, by throwing a veil of indefinite obscurity over his character. -The shades in which he will forever conceal himself -will have the same tendency to excite our adoring wonder as -the effulgence of his glory; the depths in which he will retire -from our view, the recesses of his wisdom and power as the -open paths of his manifestation. Were we capable of comprehending -the Deity, devotion would not be the sublimest employment -to which we can attain. In the contemplation of -such a Being we are in no danger of going beyond our subject; -we are conversing with an infinite object, … in the -depths of whose essence and purposes we are forever lost. -This will probably give all the emotions of freshness and astonishment -to the raptures of beatific vision, and add a delightful -zest to the devotions of eternity. This will enable the -Divine Being to pour in continually fresh accessions of light; -to unfold new views of his character, disclose new parts of his -perfection, open new mansions of himself, in which the mind -will have ample room to expatiate. Thus shall we learn, to -eternity, that, so far from exhausting his infinite fullness, there -still remain infinite recesses in his nature unexplored—scenes -in his counsels never brought before the view of his creatures; -that we know but “parts of his ways;” and that instead of exhausting -our theme, we are not even approaching nearer to -the comprehension of the Eternal All. It is the mysteriousness -of God, the inscrutability of his essence, the shade in -which he is invested, that will excite those peculiar emotions -which nothing but transcendent perfection and unspeakable -grandeur can inspire.—<i>Robert Hall.</i><a href="#sunday2" id="anch_sunday2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="FEB15">[<i>February 15.</i>]</h3> - -<p>We need not go far to seek the materials for an acceptable -offering; they lie all around us in the work of our callings, in -the little calls which divine Providence daily makes to us, in the -little crosses which God requires us to take up, nay, in our very -recreations. The great point is to have the mind set upon seeing -and seeking in all things the service of Christ and the -glory of God, and, lo! every trifling incident which that mind -touches, every piece of work which it handles, every dispensation -to which it submits becomes a sacrifice.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“If in our daily walks our mind</div> -<div class="verse i1">Be set to hallow all we find,</div> -<div class="verse i1">New treasures still of countless price</div> -<div class="verse i1">God will provide for sacrifice.</div> -<div class="verse i1">We need not bid for cloistered cell</div> -<div class="verse i1">Our neighbor and our work farewell,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Nor strive to wind ourselves too high</div> -<div class="verse i1">For sinful man beneath the sky;</div> -<div class="verse i1">The trifling round, the common task</div> -<div class="verse i1">Will furnish all we ought to ask,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Room to deny ourselves—a road</div> -<div class="verse i1">To bring us daily nearer God.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>If we allow the beauties of nature to raise our heart to God, -we turn that into a sacrifice. If cross incidents, which could -not be avoided or averted, are taken sweetly and lovingly, out -of homage to the living will of God, this, too, is a sacrifice. -If work be done in the full view of God’s assignment of our -several tasks and spheres of labor, and under the consciousness -of his presence, however secular in its character, it immediately -becomes fit for presentation on the altar. If refreshment -and amusement are so moderated as to help the spirit -instead of dissipating it, if they are to be seasoned with the -wholesome salt of self-denial (for every sacrifice must be seasoned -with salt) they, too, become a holy oblation. If we -study even perverse characters, with a loving hope and belief -that we shall find something of God and Christ in them, which -may be made the nucleus of better things, and instead of shutting -ourselves up in a narrow sphere of sympathies, seek out -and try to develop the good points of a generally uncongenial -spirit; if we treat men as Christ treated them, counting that -somewhere in every one there is a better mind, and the trace -of God’s finger in creation, we may thus possibly sanctify an -hour which would else be one of irksome constraint, and after -which we might have been oppressed with a heavy feeling that -it had been a wasted one. If a small trifle, destined to purchase -some personal luxury or comfort, be diverted to a charitable -and religious end, this is the regular and standing sacrifice -of alms, recognized by the Scripture and the Liturgy. And -finally, if we regard our time as, next to Christ, and the Holy -Spirit, the most precious gift of God; if we gather up the fragments -and interstices of it in a thrifty and religious manner, -and employ them in some exercise of devotion or some good -and useful work, this, too, becomes a tribute which God will -surely accept with complacency, if laid upon his altar and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span> -united by faith and a devout intention with the one Sacrifice of -our dear Lord.</p> - -<p>Yes; if laid upon his altar; let us never forget or drop out -of sight that proviso. It is the altar, and the altar alone, -which sanctifieth the gift. Apart from Christ and his perfect -sacrifice, an acceptable gift is an impossibility for man. For -at best our gifts have in them the sinfulness of our nature; -they are miserably flawed by defectiveness of motive, duplicity -of aim, infirmity of will. “The prayers of all saints,” what -force of interpretation must they have with God, if, as we are -sure, “the effectual, fervent prayer of a” (single) “righteous -man availeth much!” Yet when St. John saw in a vision “the -prayers of all saints” offered “upon the golden altar which -was before the throne,” it was in union with that which alone -can perfume the tainted offsprings of even the regenerate man. -“There was given unto him much increase, that he should -offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar -which is before the throne.”</p> - -<p>The increase is the intercession of Jesus. Place your offering, -be it prayer or alms, deed or work, or submission—in his -hands for presentation; pray him, as your only priest, to transact -for you with God, and he will do so. And the sense of -God’s favor shall shine out upon thy offering; and the dew of -his blessing shall descend upon it, and ye shall be gladdened -with your Father’s smile.—<i>Goulburn.</i><a href="#sunday3" id="anch_sunday3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="FEB22">[<i>February 22.</i>]</h3> - -<p><i>Heaven, as a place of residence and state of enjoyment, -should always be viewed in contrast with earth.</i> This is a -state of pupilage and probation, that of dignity and promotion. -Here is conflict, there victory. This is the race, that the goal. -Here we suffer, there we reign. Here we are in exile, there at -home. On earth we are strangers and pilgrims, in heaven fellow -citizens with the saints; and, released from the strife and -turmoil, the bitterness and regrets of earth, are incorporated -forever with the household of God.</p> - -<p>This is triumph! How striking the contrast! How must -earth and its trials be lost sight of in such a vision! How must -this contrast strengthen the ties of confidence, and kindle the -ardor of devotion!</p> - -<p>What did Moses care for the perils of the wilderness, when, -from the storm-defying steep of Pisgah, he viewed the land of -promise, imaging forth the green fields of heaven’s eternal -spring! Look at Elijah, the immortal Tishbite, exchanging the -sighs and solitude of his juniper shade, for wheels of fire and -steeds of wind that bore him home to God! Look at Paul—poor, -periled and weary, amid the journeyings and conflicts of -his mission: the hand that once stretched the strong eastern -tent, or wore the dungeon’s chain, now sweeps in boldest strain -the harps of heaven.… Look at the Christian of apostolic -and early times, exchanging the clanking of his chains and the -curses of his jailor—the dungeon’s den and martyr’s stake—for -the notes of gladness and lofty anthem pealing from lute and -harp, bedecked with eternal amaranth! The load of chain -with which he went out to meet the descending car of his triumph, -with its angel escort, was a richer dowry than the jewels -of empire! The taper that flickered in the dungeon of the -sainted hero shot a ray more glorious than ever spoke the -splendor of the full-orbed moon! What are the crowns or the -diadems of all this world’s masters or Cæsars, compared with -the prospects of such an expectant!</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Christians! what need we care, although on earth we were -so poor and low we had nor purse nor pillow; so few and trodden -down we had no power; and hamlets, huts and grottoes -were the places where we wept and prayed; if these are to be -exchanged for a residence amid the jaspers and chrysolites, the -emeralds and sapphires of the heavenly Jerusalem!</p> - -<p>What though soiled by the dust of toil or damp with the -dungeon’s dew—struggling amid tattered want along our lone -and periled path—when even here we find ourselves invested -with glory in the night of our being, and sustained by hopes -guiding and pointing us to the temple hymn and the heavenly -harp above! …—<i>Bascom.</i><a href="#sunday4" id="anch_sunday4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="HOME_STUDIES_IN_CHEMISTRY_AND_PHYSICS">HOME STUDIES IN CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY PROF. J. T. EDWARDS, D.D.</p> - -<p class="center">Director of the Chautauqua School of Experimental Science.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CHEMISTRY OF FIRE.—ANCIENT FANCIES.</h3> - -<p>In all ages, and among all nations, fire has been regarded -with peculiar interest. Of the four great elements so essential -to life—earth, air, water, fire—the last has often been considered -as divine in its origin and influence. To the unscientific observer -it seems more than matter, and little less than spirit. -Contemplating a flame, he sees that while it has form, it lacks -solidity. He may pass a sword through it, but like the ghost -of the story, no wound is made in its ethereal substance. Its -touch is softer than down, but it penetrates the hardest substances. -The diamond carves glass, but flame destroys the -diamond.</p> - -<p>Men early found that fire was directly connected with their -comfort and progress, and even essential to their existence. -How they first obtained it is still matter of conjecture; whether -it was brought down from the skies, as the ancient Greeks -supposed, struck out from the flinty rock, evolved by the friction -of dry wood, kindled by the lightning, or obtained from -the flaming torch of the volcano, we can not tell.</p> - -<p>Certain it is, that having once been obtained, all the early -races were very careful to preserve it. Among many it was -regarded as sacred, and kept perpetually burning, both in -their places of worship and in their homes. The officers appointed -for its preservation were of the highest rank and influence. -Among the titles assumed by Augustus Cæsar was that -of keeper of the public fire. Whenever by accident the fire in -the temple of Vesta, at Rome, was extinguished, all public -business was at once suspended, because the connection between -heaven and earth was believed to be severed, and must -be restored before business could properly proceed.</p> - -<p>Grecian colonists carried fire to their new homes from the -altar of Hestia. The “Prytaneum”<a href="#chem1" id="anch_chem1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> of the ancient Greeks -and Romans was a place where the national fire was kept always -burning; it was here the people gathered, foreign ambassadors -received, and hospitalities of the state were offered. -Here, too, heads of families obtained coals for lighting their -household fires, which in turn became sacred, so that every -hearth was an altar, where resided the Lares and Penates, the -gods who presided over the welfare of the home.</p> - -<p>Fancies akin to these beliefs of olden time may still be found -among the nations of the East and in northern Europe.</p> - -<h3>MODERN FALLACIES.</h3> - -<p>No correct ideas of combustion were attained until the -time of Lavoisier.<a href="#chem2" id="anch_chem2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> This great French savant gave precision -and accuracy to the investigations of chemical science -by the introduction of the balance. He disproved the -theory that “water is the ultimate principle of all things,” -and prepared the way for a clear apprehension of the truth<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span> -that matter, though constantly changing its form, is never -destroyed. He also announced the correct theory of combustion. -Until this time scientists had held what was called -the “Phlogiston<a href="#chem3" id="anch_chem3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> Theory.” We can but smile at the absurdity -of this belief, and yet no hypothesis was ever taught more -positively, or maintained more tenaciously. It declared, in -brief, that when substances burned, they parted with a certain -material called phlogiston. When, at length, its advocates -were asked to explain the fact, discovered by Dr. Priestly,<a href="#chem5" id="anch_chem5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> -that quicksilver, when burned, weighed more than before, they -were forced to put forward the ridiculous statement that phlogiston -possessed the property of “buoyancy” so that when it -was contained in a body its weight was lessened; which was as -wise as the brilliant supposition that a person can lift himself -over a fence by tugging at his boot straps. After a fierce -struggle they were forced to confess that they had placed “the -cart before the horse.” The truth was precisely opposite to -their statement. Substances when they burn take up something -instead of giving it off. That something is oxygen, and a body -when burned, if it can be weighed, will be found to weigh as -much more as the added weight of the oxygen which has united -with it. Example: Iron-rust is iron, plus oxygen.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/illus020a.jpg" width="400" height="250" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">MAGNESIUM RIBBON BURNING, AND PRODUCING MAGNESIC OXIDE (MgO).<a href="#chem4" id="anch_chem4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p> - -</div> - -<h3>THE TRUE EXPLANATION.</h3> - -<p>We shall here confine ourselves to the consideration of the -heat and light produced by chemical action. It will be remembered -that by this term (chemical action) is meant the -process of uniting two or more different elements to form a -compound different from either. We usually consider air essential -to combustion, but this is not necessarily the fact. -Gold foil or powdered antimony, dropped into a jar of chlorine, -spontaneously ignites. Even in the interior of the earth, heat -must be produced by the uniting of any elements that have an -affinity for each other.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/illus020b.jpg" width="400" height="150" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">BORACIC ACID IMPARTS A GREEN COLOR TO THE FLAME OF ALCOHOL.<a href="#chem6" id="anch_chem6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>The most common agent of combustion is oxygen. Of this -interesting gas some description has been given in a preceding -article. It is the fruitful source of almost all of our artificial -heat.</p> - -<p>The fallen tree in the forest is slowly consumed by it, not -less surely than the flaming wood and coal in our stoves. The -human body is a furnace. In the minute corpuscles<a href="#chem7" id="anch_chem7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> of the -blood, carbon is uniting with oxygen as certainly as are the -particles of carbon in the flame of our lamps.</p> - -<p>Oxygen is the scavenger that partially cleans our gutters. -It is a bird of prey that devours the offal in our fields and -woods. It is nothing less than the gnawing tooth of old Father -Time himself, which crumbles cities and destroys all things.</p> - -<p>Combustion, as we now know it, consists simply in the union -of some combustible material with oxygen. The generic term -for all this action is “oxidation.” For convenience, special -names are given to particular modes. When metallic oxidation -occurs we call the product “rusting.” When oxygen unites -with vegetable matter we call it decaying or rotting; when with -animal substances we term it rotting or putrefaction. When -flame is produced, the word combustion or burning is used. -The amount of heat generated is, in all cases, proportioned to -the amount of chemical action. Great ingenuity and skill have -been shown in the discovery and utilization of materials best -calculated to combine readily with oxygen. To these, as a -class, has been applied the term</p> - -<h3>HYDRO-CARBONS.</h3> - -<p>All substances composed essentially of the elements, hydrogen -and carbon, would come under this designation. These -would include coal, wood, petroleum, the fats, resins, wax and -many others, with some of the gases, among which may be -named light and heavy carburetted hydrogen, CH₄ and C₂H₄ -respectively.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> -<img src="images/illus021a.jpg" width="200" height="300" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">PHOSPHORUS BURNING IN OXYGEN.<a href="#chem8" id="anch_chem8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>In the days of our grandfathers tallow candles were almost -universally employed for lighting houses, and wood for warming -them. It would not be impossible to find even now, in -our own country, homes illuminated (?) by a rag burning in a -saucer of fat. Some of us are not too young to remember the -bundle of candle-rods—nice, straight sticks used in dipping -candles—snugly put away for that purpose, alas! sometimes -summoned forth to assist in enforcing family discipline!</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/illus021b.jpg" width="300" height="300" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">GREEN FIRE COLORED BY A SALT OF BARIUM.<a href="#chem9" id="anch_chem9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>Strands of twisted cotton wick were suspended from these -sticks, and successively dipped into a kettle of hot tallow, until -external additions made them of the requisite size. Tin candle -moulds finally superseded these. Then the wick was suspended -in the center and the fat poured in. In cooling, the -candles contracted, and so slipped easily from the moulds. -Wax candles can not be cast in moulds, as they expand in -cooling. They are made by pouring successive additions -upon them. They are afterward given symmetrical form by -rolling and shaping. Along the sea coast I have seen women<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span> -and children gathering bay berries,<a href="#chem10" id="anch_chem10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> a fruit about as large as a -grain of black pepper and covered with a grayish-white, fragrant -wax. When these seeds are placed in hot water the wax -dissolves and serves the same purpose as tallow, making delightfully -aromatic candles.</p> - -<p>Many of the hydro-carbons possess an agreeable odor. Sometimes -the woodmen gather the bark and chips of the hickory -to smoke hams and shoulders on account of the peculiarly -pleasant flavor they impart. In burning, a candle or lamp -becomes a gas factory, manufacturing and consuming its own -product. The flame consists of three cones. The first, that -next to the wick, is composed solely of gas. It is not hot, as -can be shown by thrusting the end of a match into it, the -match will not ignite. If the match be placed across the flame -at the same point it will burn at the edges, but not in the center. -A more striking illustration of the fact that the flame is hot only -where it comes in contact with the air, can be shown in the following -manner: Place on the bottom of an inverted plate some -alcohol, in the center set a tiny saucer containing powder; ignite -the alcohol, and the powder will remain undisturbed in -the center of the surrounding flame until a draft brings the -<i>edge</i> of the flame against the powder, when it will at once explode.</p> - -<p>Look steadily at the flame of an ordinary candle and you -can readily discern the three cones; the first is gas, the second -gas in rapid combination with the oxygen of the air, the third -the products of this combination—watery vapor, carbonic anhydride, -and, possibly, some unconsumed carbon.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/illus022.jpg" width="300" height="300" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">RED FIRE COLORED BY A SALT OF STRONTIUM.<a href="#chem11" id="anch_chem11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>The process that goes on in our stoves is essentially the -same. The carbon and hydrogen of the wood or coal unite -with the oxygen that passes through the draft. Now note a -wonderful provision for our comfort. It has already been remarked -that the product of combustion consists of the thing -burned, plus oxygen. Suppose, in the case of our fires, this -product were a solid, we should then be forced to take out of -the stove more material than we put in. The Creator has, -however, provided that these resulting materials shall take the -form of gas or vapor, so that they can float away. The ashes -that remain form but a small part of the whole. The two most -common products of combustion are watery vapor and carbonic -anhydride.</p> - -<p>The illumination of our towns and cities has long been accomplished -by the use of gas manufactured from coal. Bituminous -coal is used for this purpose, and the process consists -in heating it to destructive distillation, and afterward condensing -and absorbing such portions of the volatilized materials as -might clog the gas pipes or interfere with perfect combustion.</p> - -<p>Nature, it is now known, has her own gas works, on an immense -scale. Thirty-five years ago the village of Fredonia, -N. Y., was partially lighted with gas, and the supply is still unexhausted. -Indeed, of late, many private individuals have -sunk pipes two or three hundred feet, and thus supplied their -homes with gas for illuminating, heating, and cooking purposes. -In Butler and McKean counties, Pennsylvania, the production of -these gas wells is enormous. Many have been burning day and -night for years, while others have been utilized for heating and -lighting towns and cities. Gas is now extensively used in rolling -mills for smelting iron. Petroleum, or rock oil, which is usually -associated with this natural gas, has now become of immense -value to this and other lands. It is one of the chief articles -of export from this country, ranking perhaps as fourth. -Wells have recently been struck in Pennsylvania that flowed -5,000 and 6,000 barrels per day.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/illus023a.jpg" width="300" height="250" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">SODIUM BURNING ON HOT WATER.<a href="#chem12" id="anch_chem12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>There is reason to believe that this material is the product -of distillation of organic matter in the earth. It is found in -porous rock, usually coarse sand, at depths varying from -three hundred to two thousand feet. When the rock above the -sand containing oil is tight, the gas is often retained, which by -its expansion presses upon the oil and forces it to the surface -through the pipes put down for this purpose. This produces a -flowing well. When the gas has escaped a pump is necessary.</p> - -<p>The most useful hydro-carbon now employed is coal. Its -use was first introduced in the latter part of the twelfth century, -and as late as the thirteenth century petitions were made by -residents of London demanding its exclusion, on account of its -injurious effect on the health. But now, Great Britain mines -annually more than one hundred million tons of coal. Its -uses are manifold. By it England has multiplied her power a -thousand fold. It is almost always employed in generating -steam, and the aggregate steam power of England is equal to -the productive laboring force of four hundred millions of men, -or “twice the power of the adult working population of the -globe.” Most countries know its value.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/illus023b.jpg" width="300" height="300" alt="" /> -<p class="caption">POURING CARBON DI-OXIDE FROM ONE VESSEL INTO ANOTHER TO EXTINGUISH -FLAME.<a href="#chem13" id="anch_chem13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>Coal is the key that unlocks for us the treasures of the iron -ore. It seizes upon the oxygen in the ore, and liberates the -pure metal. By a wonderful provision they often exist in the -same mountain, side by side. I have seen in Pennsylvania, -running out of the same tunnel in the hills, car loads of coal -and iron ore.</p> - -<p>Among the many advantages possessed by our own country -is our immense store of this precious hydro-carbon. With -an area of 300,000,000 miles of territory, we have more than -200,000 square miles of known coal producing area, or one in -fifteen.</p> - -<p>Great Britain has one-half of the coal fields of all Europe,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span> -but even she has but one square mile of coal to twenty square -miles of territory. Beside, our coal seams are of great thickness, -and lie comparatively near the surface. In the far West, -vast fields of lignite<a href="#chem14" id="anch_chem14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> have been discovered, so that there -seems no prospect of our exhausting our fuel supply for ages -to come.</p> - -<p>The diamond is crystallized carbon, and can be burned, -though one would hardly care to be warmed by so costly a -fire.</p> - -<p>Cleopatra, in a freak of extravagance, dissolved a wonderful -pearl, but who could think of the wise queen of England -using in so wasteful a manner her Kohinoor.<a href="#chem15" id="anch_chem15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> Six of the -great diamonds of the world are called, by way of eminence, -“The Paragons,” and a romantic interest has been attached -to this form of carbon among all nations. In point of fact, -however, the black diamonds of the coal pit are more interesting, -and of far greater value to mankind than these glittering -gems from Golconda,<a href="#chem16" id="anch_chem16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> Brazil and the Dark Continent.<a href="#chem17" id="anch_chem17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="TEMPERANCE_TEACHINGS_OF_SCIENCE">TEMPERANCE TEACHINGS OF SCIENCE;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR, THE POISON PROBLEM.</span></h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY FELIX L. OSWALD, M.D.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CHAPTER V.—PROHIBITION.</h3> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Rugged or not, there is no other way.”—<i>Luther.</i></p> - -</div> - -<p>The champions of temperance have to contend with two -chief adversaries—ignorance and organized crime. The well-organized -liquor league can boast of leaders whose want of -principles is not extenuated by want of information, and who -deliberately scheme to coin the misery of their fellowmen -into dollars and cents. But the machinations of such enemies -of mankind would not have availed them against the power of -public opinion, if their cunning had not found a potent ally in -the ignorance, not of their victims only, but of their passive -opponents. We need the moral and intellectual support of a -larger class of our fellow-citizens, before we can hope to secure -the effectual aid of legal remedies, and in that direction the -chief obstacles to the progress of our cause have been the prevailing -misconceptions on the following points:</p> - -<p>1. <span class="smcap">Competence of Legislative Power.</span>—There can be no -doubt that the legislative authority even of civilized governments -has been frequently misapplied. The most competent -exponents of political economy agree that the state has no -business to meddle in such affairs as the fluctuation of market -prices, the rate of interest, the freedom of international traffic. -On more than one occasion European governments, having -attempted to regulate the price of bread-stuffs, etc., were -taught the folly of such interference by commercial dead-locks -and the impossibility of procuring the necessaries of life at the -prescribed price, and were thus compelled to remedy the mischief -by repealing their enactments. Usury laws tend to increase, -instead of decreasing, the rate of interest, by obliging -the usurer to indemnify himself for the disadvantage of the -additional risk. The attempt to increase national revenues by -enforcing an artificial balance of trade has ever defeated its -own object. It is almost equally certain that compulsory -charities do on the whole more harm than good. On the other -hand, there are no more undoubtedly legitimate functions of government -than the suppression, and the, if possible, prevention, -of crime, and the enforcement of health laws; and it can be -demonstrated by every rule of logic and equity that the liquor -traffic can be held amenable in both respects. The favorite -argument of our opponents is the distinction of crime and vice. -For the latter, they tell us, society has no remedy, except in -as much as the natural consequences (disease, destitution, -etc.) are apt to recoil on the person of the perpetrator; the -evil of intemperance therefore is beyond the reach of the law. -We may fully concede the premises without admitting the cogency -of the conclusion. The suspected possession or private -use of intoxicating liquors would hardly justify the issue of a -search warrant, but the penalties of the law can with full justice -be directed against the manufacturer or vender who seeks -gain by tempting his fellowmen to indulge in a poison infallibly -injurious in any quantity, and infallibly tending to the development -of a body and soul corrupting habit; they may with -equal justice be directed against the consumer, stupefied or -brutalized by the effects of that poison. The rumseller has no -right to plead the consent of his victim. The absence of -violence or “malice prepense,”<a href="#science1" id="anch_science1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> is a plea that would legalize -some of the worst offenses against society. The peddler of -obscene literature poisons the souls of our children without a -shadow of ill-will against his individual customer. The gambler, -the lottery-shark, use no manner of force in the pursuit of -their prey. By what logic can we justify the interdiction of -their industry and condemn that of the liquor traffic? By the -criterion of comparative harmlessness? Have all the indecencies -published since the invention of printing occasioned -the thousandth part of the misery caused by the yearly and -inevitable consequences of the poison vice? The lottery -player may lose or win, but the customer of the liquor vender -is doomed to loss as soon as he approaches the dram-shop. -The damage sustained by the habitual player may be confined -to a loss of money, while the habitual drunkard is sure to suffer -in health, character and reputation, as well as in purse. And -shall we condone the conduct of the befuddled drunkard on -account of a temporary suspense of conscious reason? That -very <i>dementation</i> constitutes his offense.</p> - -<p>His actions may or may not result in actual mischief, but he -has put the decision of that event beyond his control. The -man who gallops headlong through crowded streets is punished -for his reckless disregard of other men’s safety, though -the hoofs of his horse may have failed to inflict any actual injury. -A menagerie keeper would be arrested, if not lynched, -for turning a city into a pandemonium by letting loose his bears -and hyenas, and for the same reason no man should be permitted -to turn himself into a wild beast.</p> - -<p>“Virtue must come from within,” says Prof. Newman;<a href="#science2" id="anch_science2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> “to -this problem religion and morality must direct themselves. -But vice may come from without; to <i>hinder</i> this is the care of -the statesman.” And here, as elsewhere, prevention is better -than cure. By obviating the temptations of the dram-shop a -progressive vice with an incalculable train of mischievous -consequences may be nipped in the bud. Penal legislation is -a sham if it takes cognizance of moral evils only after they -have passed the curable stage. “It is mere mockery,” says -Cardinal Manning,<a href="#science3" id="anch_science3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> “to ask us to put down drunkenness -by moral and religious means, when the legislature facilitates -the multiplication of the incitements to intemperance on every -side. You might as well call upon me as a captain of a ship -and say: ‘Why don’t you pump the water out when it is sinking,’ -when you are scuttling the ship in every direction. If -you will cut off the supply of temptation, I will be bound by -the help of God to convert drunkards, but until you have taken<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span> -off this perpetual supply of intoxicating drink we never can -cultivate the fields. Let the legislature do its part and we will -answer for the rest.”</p> - -<p>All civilized nations have recognized not only the right but -the duty of legislative authorities to adopt the most stringent -measures for the prevention of contagious disease; yet all epidemics -taken together have not caused half as much loss of -life and health as the plague of the poison vice.</p> - -<p>2. <span class="smcap">Magnitude of the Evil.</span>—Since health and freedom began -to be recognized as the primary conditions of human welfare, -the conviction is gaining ground that the principles of our -legislative system need a general revision. It was a step in -the right direction when the lawgivers of the Middle Ages began -to realize the truth that the liberty of individual action -should be sacrificed only to urgent consideration of public -welfare, but the modified theories on the comparative importance -of these considerations have inaugurated a still more -important reform. Penal codes gradually ceased to enforce -ceremonies and abstruse dogmas and to ignore monstrous -municipal and sanitary abuses. The time has passed when -legislators raged with extreme penalties against the propagandists -of speculative theories and ignored the propagation -of slum diseases, yet, after all, there is still a lingering belief -in the minds of many contemporaries that intemperance, as a -physical evil, a “mere dietetic excess,” does not justify the invasion -of personal liberty. They would consent to restrict the -freedom of thought and speech rather than the license of the -rum-dealer, yet the tendency of a progressive advance in public -opinion promises the advent of a time when that license -will appear the chief anomaly of the present age. The numberless -minute prescriptions and interdicts of our law books -and their silence on the crime of the liquor traffic will make it -difficult for coming ages to comprehend the intellectual status -of a generation that could wage such uncompromising war -against microscopic gnats and consent to gratify the greed of -a monstrous vampire.</p> - -<p>3. <span class="smcap">Self-correcting Abuses.</span>—Modern physicians admit -that various forms of disease which were formerly treated with -drastic drugs can be safely trusted to the healing agencies of -nature. Many social evils, too, tend to work out their own -cure. High markets encourage competition and have led to -a reduction of prices. Luxury leads to enforced economy by -reducing the resources of the spendthrift. Dishonest tradesmen -lose custom, and a German government that used to fine -editors for publishing unverified rumors might have left it to -the subscribers to withdraw their patronage from a purveyor -of unreliable news. But there are certain causes of disease -that demand the interference of art. <i>Poisons</i>, especially, require -artificial antidotes. If a child has mistaken arsenic for sugar, -its life commonly depends on the timely arrival of a physician. -The organism may rid itself of a surfeit, but is unable to eliminate -the virus of a skin disease. Alcoholism belongs to the -same class of disorders. We need not legislate against corsets; -the absurdities of fashion change and vanish like fleeting -clouds, and their votaries may welcome the change; but -drunkards would remain slaves of their vice though the verdict -of public opinion should have made dram-drinking extremely -unfashionable. The morbid passion transmitted from -sire to son, and strengthened by years of indulgence, would -defy all moral restraints and yield only to the practical impossibility -to obtain the object of its desire.</p> - -<p>“A number of years ago,” says Dr. Isaac Jennings, “I was -called to the shipyard in Derby, to see John B., a man about -thirty years of age, of naturally stout, robust constitution, who -had fallen from a scaffold in a fit, head first upon a spike below. -In my visit to dress the wounded head, I spoke to him of the -folly and danger of continuing to indulge his habit of drinking, -and obtained from him a promise that he would abandon it. -Not long after I learned that he was drinking again, and reminded -him of his promise. His excuse was, that it would -not do for him to abandon the practice of drinking suddenly. -A few weeks after this he called at my office and requested me -to bleed him, or do something to prevent a fit, for he felt much -as he did a short time before having the last fit. I said to him, -‘John, sit down here with me and let us consider your case a -little.’ I drew two pictures and held before him; one presented -a wife and three little children with a circle of friends -made happy and himself respectable and useful in society; the -other, a wretched family, and himself mouldering in a drunkard’s -grave; and appealed to him to decide which should -prove to be the true picture. The poor fellow burst into tears -and wept like a child. When he had recovered himself from -sobbing so that he could speak he said: ‘Doctor, to tell you the -truth, it is not that I am afraid of the consequences of stopping -suddenly that I do not give up drinking. <i>I can not do it.</i> I -have tried and tried again, but it is all in vain. Sometimes I -have gone a number of weeks without drinking, and I flattered -myself that the temptation was gone, but it returned, and now -if there was a spot on earth where men lived and could not -get spirits, and I could get there, I would start in a minute.’ I -thought I had understood something of the difficulties of hard -drinkers before, but this gave me a new impression of the matter, -and most solemnly did I charge myself to do what I could -to <i>make a spot on earth where men could live and couldn’t get -spirits</i>.”</p> - -<p>4. <span class="smcap">Lesser Evils.</span>—Even in a stricter form than any rational -friend of temperance would desire its enforcement, prohibition -would not involve any consequences that could possibly make -the cure a greater evil than the disease. The predicted aching -void resulting from the expurgation of beer-tunnels could -be filled by healthier means of recreation. The grief of the -superseded poison-mongers would not outweigh the mountain-load -of misery and woe which the abolishment of their cursed -trade would lift from the shoulders of the nation. When the -state of Iowa declared for prohibition the opponents of that -amendment bemoaned the loss entailed by the departure of -“so many industrious and respectable citizens,” <i>i. e.</i>, from the -exodus of the rumsellers! We might just as well be asked to -bewail the doom of the Thugs<a href="#science4" id="anch_science4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> as the subversion of a prosperous -industry. We might as well be requested to sympathize -with the respectable bloodhound-trainers and knout-manufacturers -whom the abolition of slavery threw out of employment. -The liquor dealer has no right to complain about the rigor of -a law that permits him to depart with the spoils of such a -trade. We are told that the mere rumor of Maine laws has -deterred many foreigners from making their homes with us; -that the Russian peasants decline to come without their brewers -and distillers, and that by general prohibition we would -risk to reduce our immigration from every country of northern -Europe. We must take that risk, and let Muscovites rot in the -bogs of the Volga if they can not accept our hospitality without -turning our bread corn into poison. Our utilitarian friends -would hardly persuade us to legalize cannibalism in order to encourage -a larger immigration of Fiji islanders. The absence -of such guests might not prove an unqualified evil. I shall -not insult the intelligence of my readers by repeating the drivel -of the wretches who would weigh the reduction of revenues -against the happiness of a hell-delivered nation, and I will -only mention the reply of a British financier who estimates -that the increase of national prosperity would offset that reduction -<i>in less than five years</i>.</p> - -<p>5. <span class="smcap">Efficacy of Prohibition.</span>—Will prohibition prevent -the use of intoxicating liquor? Not wholly, but it will answer -its purpose. It will banish distilleries to secret mountain glens -and hidden cellars. It will drive the man-traps of the poison-monger -from the public streets. It will save our boys from a -hundred temptations; it will help thousands of reformed -drunkards to keep their pledge; it will restore peace and -plenty to many hundred thousand homes. More than a century -ago the philosopher Leibnitz<a href="#science5" id="anch_science5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> maintained that the plenary suppression<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span> -of the liquor traffic would be the most effectual means -for reforming the moral status of civilized nations, and experience -has since fully demonstrated the correctness of that opinion. -A memorandum endorsed by a large number of statistical -vouchers describes the effect of prohibition in Sweden: -“The nation rose and fell, grew prosperous and happy, or miserable -and degraded, as its rulers and law-makers restrained -or permitted the manufacture and sale of that which all along -the track of its history has seemed to be the nation’s greatest -curse.” … “The vigorously maintained prohibition -against spirits in 1753-1756, and again in 1772-1775, proved the -enormous benefits effected in moral, economical, and other respects, -by abstinence from intoxicating spirits.” … -“This it is which has so helped Sweden to emerge from moral -and material prostration, and explains the existence of such -general indications in that country of comfort and independence -among all classes.”</p> - -<p>From the Edinburgh <i>Review</i> for January, 1873, we learn that -in eighty-nine private estates in England and Scotland, “the -drink traffic has been altogether suppressed, with the happiest -social results. The late Lord Palmerston<a href="#science6" id="anch_science6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> suppressed the beer -shops in Romsey as the leases fell in. We know an estate -which stretches for miles along the romantic shore of Loch -Fyne,<a href="#science7" id="anch_science7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> where no whiskey is allowed to be sold. The peasants -and fishermen are flourishing. They have all their money in -the bank, and they obtain higher wages than their neighbors -when they go to sea”—a proof that a small oasis of temperance -can maintain its prosperity in the midst of poison-blighted -communities.</p> - -<p>Here and there the wiles of the poison-mongers will undoubtedly -succeed in evading the law, but their power for -mischief will be diminished as that of the gambling-hell was -diminished in Homburg and Baden,<a href="#science8" id="anch_science8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> where temptation was removed -out of the track of the uninitiated till the host of victims -dwindled away for want of recruits. Not the promptings of -an innate passion, but the charm of artificial allurements is -the gate by which ninety-nine out of a hundred drunkards have -entered the road to ruin. It would be an understatement to -say that the temptation of minors will be reduced a hundred -fold wherever the total amount of sales has been reduced -as much as five fold—a result which has been far exceeded, -even under the present imperfect system of legal control. “In -the course of my duty as an Internal Revenue officer,” says -Superintendent Hamlin of Bangor, “I have become thoroughly -acquainted with the state and extent of the liquor traffic in -Maine, and I have no hesitation in saying that the beer trade -is not more than one per cent. of what I remember it to have -been, and the trade in distilled liquors is not more than ten per -cent. of what it was formerly.” “I think I am justified in saying,” -reports the Attorney-General, “that there is not an open -bar for the sale of intoxicating liquor in this county” (Androscoggin, -including the manufacturing district of Lewiston—once -a very hotbed of the rum traffic). “In the city of Biddeford, a -manufacturing place of 11,000 inhabitants, for a month at a -time not a single arrest for drunkenness has been made or become -necessary.” And from Augusta (the capital of the state): -“If we were to say that the quantity of liquor sold here is not -one-tenth as large as formerly, we think it would be within the -truth; and the favorable effects of the change upon all the interests -of the state are plainly seen everywhere.”</p> - -<p>“It is perhaps not necessary,” says the Boston <i>Globe</i>, of July -29, 1875, “to dwell on the evils of intemperance, and yet people -seldom think how great a proportion of these might be prevented -by driving the iniquity into its hiding places, and preventing -it from coming forth to lure its victims from among -the unwary and comparatively guileless. Few young men -who are worth saving, or are likely to be saved to decency and -virtue, would seek it out if it were kept from sight. But when -it comes forth in gay and alluring colors, it draws a procession -of our youth into a path that has an awful termination. Nor -does the evil which springs from an open toleration of the way -in which this vice carries on its traffic of destruction fall only -on men. A sad proportion of its victims is made up from -shop girls and abandoned women who are not so infatuated at -the start that they would plunge into a life of infamy if its -temptations were strictly under the ban, and kept widely separated -from the world of decency. But it intruded itself upon -them. Its temptations and opportunities are before their eyes, -and the way is made easy for their feet to go down to death.”</p> - -<p>“To what good is it,” says Lord Brougham,<a href="#science9" id="anch_science9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> “that the legislature -should pass laws to punish crime, or that their lordships -should occupy themselves in trying to improve the morals of -the people by giving them education? What could be the use -of sowing a little seed here and plucking up a weed there, if -these beer shops are to be continued to sow the seeds of immorality -broadcast over the land, germinating the most frightful -produce that ever has been allowed to grow up in a civilized -country, and, I am ashamed to add, under the fostering -care of Parliament.”</p> - -<p>The prohibition of the poison traffic has become the urgent -duty of every legislator, the foremost aim of every moral reformer. -The verdict of the most eminent statesmen, physicians, -clergymen, patriots and philanthropists, is unanimous on -that point. We lack energy, not competence, nor the sanction -of a higher authority, to gain the votes of the masses.</p> - -<p>“We can prove the success of prohibition by the experience -of our neighboring state,” writes Dr. Herbert Buchanan, of -Portsmouth, New Hampshire; “all the vicious elements of society -are arraigned against us, <i>but I have no fear of the event -if we do not cease to agitate the subject</i>.”</p> - -<p>Agitation, a ceaseless appeal to the common sense and conscience -of our fellowmen can, indeed, not fail to be crowned -with ultimate success. The struggle with vice, with ignorance -and mean selfishness may continue, but it will be our own -fault if our adversaries can support their opposition by a single -valid argument, and the battle will be more than half won -if a majority of our fellow-citizens have to admit that we contend -no longer for a favor, but for an evident right.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="STUDIES_IN_KITCHEN_SCIENCE_AND_ART">STUDIES IN KITCHEN SCIENCE AND ART.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>V. TEA, COFFEE, AND CHOCOLATE.</h3> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY BYRON D. HALSTED, SC. D.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>We have here to consider the sources of the three leading -dietetic beverages. They are very unlike in general appearance, -but all possess the same vegetable principle, called an -alkaloid,<a href="#kitchen1" id="anch_kitchen1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> though known under different names. Thus modern -chemistry has proved the identity of the theine of the tea, -the caffeine<a href="#kitchen2" id="anch_kitchen2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> of the coffee and the theo-bromine<a href="#kitchen3" id="anch_kitchen3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> of the chocolate. -This same vegetable alkaloid, remarkable for its large -per cent. of nitrogen, is found in small quantities in a few other -plants, most of which have been used to some extent for the -making of an exhilarating drink. It answers our purpose best -to treat each of our three subjects under its respective head.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Tea</span> (<i>Thea viridis</i><a href="#kitchen4" id="anch_kitchen4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a>).—The tea of commerce is the prepared -leaves of a shrub belonging to the order Camelliaceæ<a href="#kitchen5" id="anch_kitchen5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> represented -in the United States by loblolly bay<a href="#kitchen6" id="anch_kitchen6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and Stuartia.<a href="#kitchen7" id="anch_kitchen7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span> -Perhaps the most familiar near relative of the tea plant is the -camellia of our green houses and window gardens. The wild -tea shrub grows from twenty to thirty feet high, and is found -native in China and Japan. When under cultivation the shrub -is pruned so as to not exceed six feet in height. The flowers -are large, white and fragrant; they are produced in clusters in -the axils of the simple, oblong, evergreen, serrate leaves. China -and Japan are among the leading tea-growing countries, its -cultivation being chiefly confined between twenty-five and -thirty-five north latitude. Tea was in general use in China in -the ninth century, but it was not until the seventeenth century -that it was introduced into Europe. About the middle of this -century the East India Company imported tea into England, -since which time it has become the regular beverage of many -millions of people in all parts of the world. The importations -of tea into the United States for the year ending June 30th, 1884, -were 67,665,910 pounds. It will be seen that this gives somewhere -near a pound and a quarter of tea for each man, woman -and child in this country. Most of our China tea trade is carried -on with Shanghai, Foo Chow and Amoy.</p> - -<p>In China the tea shrub is grown chiefly on the southern slopes -of hills in poor, well watered soil, to which manure is applied. -The seeds are dropped in holes at regular intervals, and during -the third year the first crop is obtained. In from seven to ten -years the shrubs are cut down and shoots spring up from the -stumps, which continue to yield crops of leaves. A single plant -produces on an average between three hundred and three hundred -and fifty pounds of dried leaves. The leaves are picked three -times a year, in April, May, and June or July. The young, -tender leaves of the first gathering make the best tea, and this -is very largely consumed in its native country. The older -leaves of the second and third pickings make a poorer quality -of tea which abounds in tannin,<a href="#kitchen8" id="anch_kitchen8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> and contains but a small -per cent. of the best elements of superior tea. It was long -supposed that black and green sorts of tea were made from -distinct varieties, or even species of plants; in fact, there has -been a great deal of mystery surrounding the culture and -preparation of tea until within the past score of years. Authorities -now state that there is only one species of plant yielding -tea leaves, and from this all sorts are made. The differences -are natural, being some of them due to climate and conditions -of soil, etc., while others are the result of the manipulation -of the leaves after they are gathered. Black and green -tea may come from the same shrub, or even the same branch of -a plant. The leaves forming black tea undergo a fermentation -before they are dried, while those designed for green tea are -at once submitted to a high heat in iron pans, and not copper -pans, as generally supposed. After the leaves for black tea -have been gathered they are placed in heaps, when they become -flaccid and turn dark from incipient fermentation. The -leaves are then rolled between the thumb and fingers or upon -bamboo tables until the desired twist is obtained. They next -pass to a drying room and are heated in an iron pan; again -twisted, and afterward dried over a slow fire. The principal -difference between the preparation of black and green tea is that -in the latter the freshly gathered leaves go at once into the -heated pans. The repeated twisting and heating is nearly the -same with both classes. The green teas are sometimes artificially -colored by using turmeric<a href="#kitchen9" id="anch_kitchen9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> with gypsum or Prussian -blue. A flavor is frequently given to the tea by adding aromatic -flowers, as those of the pekoe and caper.<a href="#kitchen10" id="anch_kitchen10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> Among the -leading varieties of black tea are: Bohea, a small leaf, crisp -and strong odor, with brackish taste; two sorts of Congous—the -large leaf with fine flavor, and the small leaf with a burnt -smell. The Souchong is the much prized “English Breakfast,” -made from leaves of three-year-old trees. Only a small -part of the so-called Souchong is genuine. Pekoe is made -from the tenderest leaves gathered from three-year-old plants -while in bloom. Oolongs are common kinds of black teas, -much used for mixing with other sorts. Of the green teas the -Gunpowder is round, like shot, with green color and fragrant -taste. The Imperial is more loosely rolled than the Gunpowder. -Young Hyson is in loose rolls, which easily crumble to the -touch; it gives a light green infusion. Old Hyson is the older -leaves in the picking for Young Hyson. Twankay consists of -mixed and broken leaves, and is of inferior quality. Japan -teas are both colored and uncolored, and come from Japan; -they are very largely consumed in this country.</p> - -<p>The chemical composition of a fair sample of tea is; Theine, -1. to 3. per cent.; caseine,<a href="#kitchen11" id="anch_kitchen11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> 15.; gum, 18.; sugar, .3; tannin, -26.; aromatic oil, .75; fat, 4.; vegetable fiber, 20.; mineral substances, -5.; and water, 5. per cent.</p> - -<p>The tannin is an astringent, while the theine acts as a gentle -excitant upon the nervous system. This is probably enhanced -by the warmth of the infusion. The best authorities agree that -tea is a valuable article of diet for healthy, grown people. It -however is not suitable for children until growth is completed. -Adults with irritable constitutions may be injured by tea-drinking. -Tea is the solace of old age. Cibber<a href="#kitchen12" id="anch_kitchen12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> wrote: “Tea! -thou soft, thou sober, sage and venerable liquid … thou -female tongue-running, smile-smoothing, heart-opening, wink-tippling -cordial, to whose glorious insipidity I owe the happiest -moments of my life, let me fall prostrate.” Waller<a href="#kitchen13" id="anch_kitchen13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> truthfully -says:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Tea doth our fancy aid,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Repress those vapors which the head invade</div> -<div class="verse i1">And keep the palace of the soul.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Tea is extensively adulterated in many ways. In China exhausted -tea leaves and foliage of other trees are employed by -millions of pounds each year. Willow leaves are among the -principal ones used for mixing with tea. A British consul once -related that at Shanghai there were at one time 53,000 pounds -of willow leaves in preparation to be sold as tea. Mineral -matters are used to color or “face” the tea. “The common -test,” states Mr. Felker, in his work “What the Grocers Sell -Us,” “is by infusion; this is poured off the leaves and examined -for color, taste, and odor, all of which are characteristic.… -Impurities like sand, iron filings and dirt may be seen among -the leaves or at the bottom of the cups. The leaves, too, betray -by their coarseness and botanical character, the nature -and quality of the tea, for although the leaves of the genuine -tea differ much in form and size, yet their venation and general -structure are very distinctive.… ‘Lie tea,’ used to -adulterate Gunpowder tea, consists of tea dust mixed with mineral -substances, starch and gum, and then formed into little -masses resembling tea.” Large tea houses employ professional -tea tasters who make steepings and judge upon the flavor, -purity, etc.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Coffee.</span>—The coffee of commerce is the seed of a shrub, -<i>Coffea Arabica</i>,<a href="#kitchen14" id="anch_kitchen14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> belonging to the order Rubiaceæ,<a href="#kitchen15" id="anch_kitchen15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> which is -represented in the United States by the charming little -“bluets” of our pastures in spring. The cape jessamine and -bouvardias<a href="#kitchen16" id="anch_kitchen16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> of the green house are near relatives of the coffee -plant. The name coffee is probably derived from the Arabic -word <i>Kahwah</i>, although some authorities contend that it is -traced to Caffa, a province of Abyssinia, where the coffee plant -flourishes in the wild state. The coffee shrub is an evergreen, -growing to the height of twenty feet, with long, smooth, shining -leaves. The pure white flowers are produced in clusters in the -axils of the leaves and followed by fleshy berries which, when -ripe, resemble small, dark red cherries. Each berry usually -contains two seeds embedded in the yellowish pulp. These -seeds, when separated from the pulp and papery covering, -form the raw coffee of the stores. Each seed—improperly -called a berry—is somewhat hemispherical, with a groove -running through the middle of the flat side. Sometimes one -seed is abortive in the berry, and the other becomes round, as -in the Wynaad coffee from India, sometimes called “male -berry” coffee.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span></p> - -<p>Coffee is cultivated in many countries lying between fifteen -north and fifteen south latitude. It may be successfully grown -thirty degrees from the equator. Like the tea plant, the coffee -shrub favors the well watered mountain slopes. The trees are set -in long, straight rows, six feet apart, and six feet from each other -in the row. The coffee tree is naturally a plant with long, -straggling shoots, but under cultivation it is pruned to make a -shrub not exceeding six feet in height, with long, lateral -branches. A full crop should be obtained the third year. The -berries are gathered when the pulp begins to shrivel, and are -at once taken to the store-house, where they are pulped. The -berries are passed between large, rough rollers, which remove -the pulp, but not the parchment-like covering of the seeds. -The berries with the pulp removed are heaped up, covered -with old sacking, and allowed to ferment for two days. Water -is turned on and all glutinous matter removed. The seeds are -spread out to dry, after which they are passed between wooden -cylinders that remove the thin, dry covering. The coffee -seeds, after being winnowed, are assorted into various sizes -and packed ready for shipment. A thrifty shrub yields two -pounds of marketable coffee. The raw coffee seed has a horny -texture, without the peculiar aroma characteristic of the roasted -berry.</p> - -<p>The early history of coffee is obscure. It has been in use for -over a thousand years. The knowledge of its use was first -brought into Arabia from Abyssinia in the fifteenth century. -“Its peculiar property of dissipating drowsiness and preventing -sleep was taken advantage of in connection with the prolonged -religious services of the Mohametans, and its use as a -devotional antisoporific stirred up a fierce opposition on the -part of the priests. Coffee was by them held to be an intoxicant -beverage, and therefore prohibited by the Koran;<a href="#kitchen17" id="anch_kitchen17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> and -the dreadful penalties of an outraged sacred law were laid over -the heads of all who became addicted to its use. Notwithstanding -the threats of divine retribution, and though all -manner of devices were adopted to check its growth, the -coffee-drinking habit spread rapidly among the Arabians, Mohametans, -and the growth of coffee as well as its use as a national -beverage became as inseparably associated with Arabia -as tea is with China.” Coffee reached Great Britain in the -seventeenth century. Charles II. attempted to suppress coffee -houses by proclamation, because they “devised and spread -abroad divers false, malicious and scandalous reports to the -defamation of his Majesty’s government and to the peace and -quiet of the nation.” How different is this view from that held -by those interested in good government, peace and prosperity -at the present day! We now rejoice in the establishment of -coffee houses, hoping that they may supplant the much dreaded -rum shops.</p> - -<p>It is worthy of note here that the three dietetic beverages -treated in this article were all introduced into Europe at nearly -the same time. Tea came through the Dutch; cocoa was -brought from South America to Spain, and coffee came from -Arabia by the way of Constantinople.</p> - -<p>Coffee was for some time supplied only by Arabia, but near -the beginning of the eighteenth century its culture was introduced -into Java and the West India islands. At the present -day its culture is general within the tropics, Brazil leading the -list in amount annually produced. In the Eastern hemisphere -the principal coffee regions are Java and Ceylon, where a superior -article is produced. The amount of coffee imported into -the United States during the year ending June 30th, 1884, was -534,785,542 pounds, and 18,907,627 pounds in excess of the -previous year. It is seen that these figures give nearly ten -pounds for each individual in this vast country. This amount -per capita is exceeded by only a few countries. Holland leads -all European states, with an average of twenty-one pounds per -head, followed closely by Belgium, Denmark and Norway.</p> - -<p>The dietetic value of coffee depends principally upon the -alkaloid caffeine or theine which it contains in common with -tea and cocoa or chocolate. Good coffee contains nearly one -per cent. of this substance. When obtained in a pure state it -crystallizes in slender needles. The peculiar aroma of coffee -is due to the presence of caffeone,<a href="#kitchen18" id="anch_kitchen18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> which develops in the process -of roasting. It may be isolated as a brown oil, heavier -than water, by distilling roasted coffee with water. The roasting -of coffee is an operation requiring much good judgment, -for by carrying the process beyond a certain point the aroma -is destroyed and a disagreeable flavor is produced.</p> - -<p>Roasted coffee when ground quickly deteriorates unless kept -in close vessels. Mocha coffee, which is brought from Arabia, -is the best, and that from Java ranks next. Much of the so-called -Mocha coffee is raised in Brazil, or elsewhere, and shipped -to Arabia, after which it finds its way into the markets. -The berries of the true Mocha coffee are small, dark and yellow; -those of Java are a paler yellow, while the West India -and Brazilian coffees have a greenish-gray tint. The last -named coffee is usually sold under the name of Rio, an abbreviation -of the leading coffee exporting port of Brazil, -namely, Rio de Janeiro; Martinique and St. Domingo coffees -are two other kinds but little known.</p> - -<p>Coffee is principally valuable for its stimulating effects upon -the system. It produces a buoyancy of feeling, lightens the -sensation of fatigue, and sustains the muscles when under -prolonged exertion. A cup of rich, hot coffee seems to infuse -new life into an o’er-tired body. Equally with tea it is “the -cup that cheers, but not inebriates.”</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Coffee which makes the politician wise</div> -<div class="verse i1">And see through all things with his half-shut eyes.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Coffee is the subject of many adulterations, usually when -sold in the ground state. Several kinds of seeds resembling -coffee in size have been employed to adulterate the whole coffee, -some of which need to be colored before they will pass for -the genuine. Many kinds of roots are sliced, dried and -roasted for the adulteration of coffee, among the leading ones -of which are chicory, carrot and the beet. Spent tanbark and -even dried beef’s liver have been thus employed. Many of -these fraudulent additions can be detected with the microscope. -Ground coffee floats on water, while most of the adulterations -will sink or discolor the water. There is said to be a machine -in England for making false berries out of vegetable substance.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Chocolate.</span>—The chocolate of the shops is derived from a -small evergreen tree, native of South America, Mexico, and -West Indias. This tree, <i>Theobroma cacao</i>, has large, pointed -leaves and rose-colored flowers, which are followed by fruit -pods six to ten inches long. The first part of the botanical -name is from the Greek meaning “food for the gods,” and the -second or specific word <i>cacao</i> is the old Mexican name for the -tree. The order Sterculiaceæ<a href="#kitchen19" id="anch_kitchen19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> to which the theobroma or -chocolate tree belongs is not represented in our flora. It however -is known to many by a species of Mahernia<a href="#kitchen20" id="anch_kitchen20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> from the -cape of Good Hope, cultivated in conservatories. The order -contains about 520 species, nearly all of which are tropical. -The long pods, while green, resemble cucumbers, and when -ripe contain from thirty to an hundred seeds, arranged in rows, -and of the size of sweet almonds. During the season of ripening -the pods are gathered daily, laid in heaps until they have -fermented, when they are opened by hand and the seeds -spread in the sun to dry, after which they are ready for market. -Before the Spaniards visited Mexico the natives made -a beverage from the seeds, which they called <i>chocalat</i>, and -from this we derived our word chocolate. The Spaniards -have the credit of introducing this beverage into Europe. In -the manufacture of chocolate the <i>cocoa</i> (which is a corruption -of the original Mexican <i>cacao</i>) beans are roasted similar to the -roasting of coffee, and after the husk is removed they are reduced -to a paste. This paste is afterward mixed with equal -quantities of sugar and heated and turned into cakes of various<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span> -shapes familiar to all housekeepers. Cacao nibs are the -bruised and broken seeds, and cocoa shells are the thin coverings -of the seeds or beans which are separated before the -seeds are ground to powder. Broma is chocolate prepared for -the market in a certain way, and is a trade name.</p> - -<p>The importations of chocolate for the year ending June 30th -were 12,235,304 pounds, being an increase of nearly thirty-five -per cent. over the previous year.</p> - -<p>Of the three leading beverages herein briefly described tea -is the only one that has been grown as a crop in the United -States. In a reply to an inquiry recently addressed to the -Commissioner of Agriculture, it was stated that the tea plant -is hardy at Washington, D. C., and that the tea plantations -near Summerville, South Carolina, are doing well. “There is -no trouble about growing the plant, but the question of profitable -culture for the manufacture of tea is quite another thing.… -The purpose of the Department of Agriculture … is -to cheapen the present methods or possibly suggest the placing -of the teas on the market in a wholly different shape from -what is done at present.” We may be able to supply our own -demands for tea, but it is not likely that the same will be true -of coffee and chocolate.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="HOUSEHOLD_BEVERAGES">HOUSEHOLD BEVERAGES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>At the breakfast table of a friend not long ago I heard the -gentleman of the house remark over his fragrant coffee:</p> - -<p>“I laughed at my wife when she went into the cooking -school last summer, I thought her a model cook before; but -for some reason she has improved. I never tasted such coffee -as this.”</p> - -<p>My hostess answered: “The reason is simple enough. -I had always cooked by rule before. I learned in my -studies in cookery to reason. It makes a great difference.”</p> - -<p>It does make a difference, and never a greater than in preparing -tea, coffee and chocolate. There is rarely a cup of any -one of these beverages on our tables which is fit to drink; our -coffee is bitter and muddy, tea is either insipid or too strong, -and chocolate has failed to become the popular drink which it -deserves to be, because so rarely well prepared.</p> - -<p>Few cooks understand the nature of either the coffee berry -or the tea leaf, and consequently do not know how to treat -them in order to extract their delicious flavor, aroma, and -nerve-bracing qualities.</p> - -<p>Few cooks have an idea of the extreme delicacy of these articles, -of how scientifically, even artistically, they must be -treated. To extract an oil or flavor is one of the nicest experiments -of the laboratory, and one for which a chemist selects -his materials with the greatest care, attends strictly to the -cleanliness of his vessels, watches every change in temperature, -and counts even seconds in time. Making these beverages -is nothing less than performing a delicate chemical experiment, -and yet we are so ignorant or careless about this -important work that we attend strictly to neither heat nor time, -and often take just what we can most easily get to work with.</p> - -<p>If you would have good tea, coffee and chocolate begin your -care with your buying. Tea is a most troublesome article to -purchase. There are so many varieties on the market, and so -much adulteration that the probability is that unless you are -taking extreme precautions you are getting an inferior article. -Adulteration is astonishingly common, poor teas being manipulated -to make them appear like the first-class grades; inferior -black teas colored to look like high-priced green teas, “lie -tea” sold in vast quantities, and made-over teas<a href="#bev1" id="anch_bev1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> made to pass -for fresh. How to obtain the genuine article is the housewife’s -first problem. Careful examination may be made under the -microscope for coloring matter, the tea may be soaked to see -if it unrolls into true leaves, or after washing it in a little water -the liquid may be tested with chemicals for foreign substances. -But all this means trouble that few housewives care to take. -Probably the most practical plan is to find by careful experiment -a thoroughly reliable<a href="#bev2" id="anch_bev2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> tea-house and then confine your -patronage to it. A pound of tea bought here and another -there, as convenience may dictate or some friend advise, will -insure you nothing but adulteration. The only safe plan is to -find a house which sells good tea. Your tea bought, it must be -prepared. In making a cup of tea the chemical composition -and the effect of each step in its preparation must be observed -or your draught will be ruined. The constituents in the leaf -which you must look after are the theine, the aromatic oil, and -the tannin. Your tea must be treated in such a way that the -first two, which give to the drink its flavor and aroma, will be -extracted, but that the bitter tannin will be left undeveloped. -The theine and oil are both volatile substances, so that if your -tea is steeped too long, or if it is boiled, they will literally fly -away, while the tannin extracted will turn your cup into a bitter, -herby drink. A rule is easily formulated from this bit of -science:</p> - -<p>Into a perfectly clean tea-pot, just scalded with boiling hot -water, put a heaping tablespoonful of tea for each person, and -upon it pour a cup and a half of boiling water for each spoonful. -Cover your pot with a “cosy”<a href="#bev3" id="anch_bev3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> if you have one, and let -it stand on the back of the range, where it will not boil, for from -five to ten minutes. The length of time required to steep each -variety of tea must be determined by experiment, some varieties -taking longer than others. The exact length each housewife -must determine when she tries a new kind; and it may -be said of the exact proportion of tea to water that it as well -must be determined by experiment. No rule in cooking is inflexible. -It must always be modified by the good sense and -the scientific care of the cook.</p> - -<p>The English custom of making tea on the table is the prettiest -and the most satisfactory. They pour upon the tea required a -small quantity of boiling water, this is placed upon the table, -covered with the “cosy;” a pot of water taken when boiling -from the stove is kept hot by a spirit lamp, and when the tea -is steeped as much boiling water as the quantity of tea used -demands is poured into the tea-pot. It is allowed to stand -about three minutes and then poured into the cups and on the -cream. Remember, cream should always be poured into the -cups first for both tea and coffee, and tea is as much improved -by cream as is coffee.</p> - -<p>The purchase of coffee is beset with the same trouble as that -of tea—adulteration. You may get a manufactured berry, you -may get chiccory; to avoid this careful tests must be applied -and only reliable firms patronized. Nothing but unbrowned -coffee should be bought; the roasting should be done at home. -This process requires particular care. The coffee berry is -hard and horny, water has no effect upon it even when it has -been ground. It must be roasted in order that certain constituents -may become soluble. These constituents are a fragrant -volatile oil called caffeone, and the caffeine, which is -identical with the theine of tea. By roasting the oil is distributed -through the berry and so made soluble, while the caffeine -is developed so that it may be absorbed by water. Just the -right amount of roasting must be done or the essential constituents -will be expelled and the bitter qualities will be made to -predominate. I have said that the roasting should be done at -home. It may be done in the shops, of course, but the operation -there is carried on so unscientifically that the aroma is -lost on the town instead of being shut up in the berry. Only a -few days ago, passing up a business street of a city, I was astonished -to find the air heavy with the delicious aroma of -coffee. It scented the air for a square, and only when I came -to a large grocery store was the mystery explained. The grocer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span> -was browning his coffee, and its odor was serving for an -advertisement, effective, perhaps, among the ignorant, but -which would warn every wise housewife not to purchase -roasted coffee. The process is best carried on in one of the -very nearly perfect coffee roasters to be found in the shops; if -these are not at hand an ordinary dripping pan may be used. -It should be covered to prevent loss of aroma, and should -be continually shaken to prevent burning. The entire -attention of one person should be given the coffee during -this operation. When turned to a rich chestnut brown remove, -keeping covered until quite cool. If left open the aroma escapes -very rapidly from warm coffee, but if kept covered much -of that made volatile by the heat is re-absorbed. A tight dish—an -air-tight canister is best—must be ready to keep it in.</p> - -<p>When using, grind only what you need, and take care that -it is not left coarse, when the strength can not be extracted, or -that it is not too fine, when the liquor will be muddy in spite of -you; in this, as always, experiment until you know the degree -of fineness which ground coffee should have. A heaping -tablespoonful of ground coffee to a cup and a half of water is -the ordinary proportion for making strong coffee—the only -kind which should ever be prepared, by the way, the diluting -ought always to take place in the cup; to the required amount -of coffee add the white and shell of an egg and cold water to -thoroughly wet the whole; stir up these ingredients in your -coffee pot and pour upon them the required amount of <i>boiling</i> -hot water. Let it boil from ten to fifteen minutes, pour in half -a cup of cold water and remove to the side of the stove where -it can not boil. Do not boil longer than the exact time which -you have found necessary for the kind of coffee you are using, -if you do you lose your flavor and extract in its place a bitter -principle which is ruinous. Remember always what one of -our famous cooks says: “There comes a time in baking, frying -or broiling when injured nature revolts and burns up, but a -thing may boil until not a vestige of its original condition remains, -and unless the water evaporates, it may go on boiling -for hours without reminding one by smell or smoke that it is -spoiled.”</p> - -<p>Your coffee will settle in about five minutes. Now if you -<i>must</i> use a different coffee urn, gently pour off the liquor so as -not to disturb the grounds. The settling of coffee is an essential -point. The regulation method of stirring an egg into the -freshly ground berry is undoubtedly best, but another and -more economical practice may take its place. After your -freshly roasted berries are cool enough to be easily handled, -add to each pound a fresh egg and stir it in until each kernel -is coated smoothly with the mixture. Care must be taken that -the coffee be not warm enough to cook the egg. When eggs -are expensive an economical method is to wash the shells before -they are broken, and use with cold water to settle the coffee.</p> - -<p>After all these precautions there are still other points to -guard. Not the least is the condition of the inside of the coffee -pot; it should never be stained, burnt or coated, but kept perfectly -bright by being washed, and, if necessary, scoured after -each meal. It would be a gain in aroma if your coffee pot -could always be kept perfectly tight so that none could escape, -and if it could go to the table in the same dish. The pleasant, -suggestive odors which precede a meal are always signs -that the most delicious flavors of your coming breakfast, dinner -or tea are escaping, that through the unskillfulness of your -cook you are losing what should give the greatest charm to -your meal.</p> - -<p><i>Café au lait</i><a href="#bev4" id="anch_bev4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> is an excellent drink and easily prepared. -Make in the usual way a pint of strong coffee, and into your -table urn or a pitcher pour a cup and a half of fresh milk, -scalding hot; to this add the coffee and let the whole stand -for five minutes in a hot place, or in a kettle of hot water.</p> - -<p>Chocolate is a most delicious drink if properly prepared; it is, -however, so often raw, muddy and strong that we have not been -able to educate ourselves to its peculiar disagreeableness. -Make it by the following rule and you will find it both nutritious -and pleasant: Select with care the best make of chocolate, -and into a little cold water rub smooth five tablespoonfuls -of grated chocolate; be sure that it be rubbed in -smoothly, a hard particle of chocolate is as unwelcome a -visitor in your cup as floating tea leaves or black bobbing bits -of coffee berries. So rub it smooth and stir it slowly into five -cups of boiling water. Let it boil for about five minutes, and -in the meantime heat two cups of milk; this must be stirred -into the boiling chocolate and the whole allowed to simmer -for a few minutes longer. You may sweeten it on the fire or -in the cup.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="HUXLEY_ON_SCIENCE">HUXLEY ON SCIENCE.<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a></h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>All the time that we are awake we are learning by means of -our senses something about the world in which we live and of -which we form a part; we are constantly aware of feeling, or -hearing, or smelling, and, unless we happen to be in the dark, -of seeing; at intervals we taste. We call the information thus -obtained sensation.</p> - -<p>When we have any of these sensations we commonly say -that we feel, or hear, or smell, or see, or taste something. A -certain scent makes us say we smell onions; a certain flavor, -that we taste apples; a certain sound, that we hear a carriage; -a certain appearance before our eyes, that we see a tree; and -we call that which we thus perceive by the aid of our senses a -thing or an object.</p> - -<p>Moreover, we say of all these things, or objects, that they -are the causes of the sensations in question, and that the sensations -are the effects of these causes. For example, if we -hear a certain sound, we say it is caused by a carriage going -along the road, or that it is the effect, or the consequence, of a -carriage passing along. If there is a strong smell of burning, -we believe it to be the effect of something on fire, and look -about anxiously for the cause of the smell. If we see a tree, -we believe that there is a thing, or object, which is the cause -of that appearance in our field of view.</p> - -<p>In the case of the smell of burning, when we find on looking -about, that something actually is on fire, we say indifferently -either that we have found out the cause of the smell, or that -we know the reason why we perceive that smell; or that we -have explained it. So that to know the reason why of anything, -or to explain it, is to know the cause of it. But that -which is the cause of one thing is the effect of another. Thus, -suppose we find some smouldering straw to be the cause of -the smell of burning, we immediately ask what set it on fire, -or what is the cause of its burning? Perhaps we find that a -lighted lucifer match has been thrown into the straw, and then -we say that the lighted match was the cause of the fire. But a -lucifer match would not be in that place unless some person -had put it there. That is to say, the presence of the lucifer -match is an effect produced by somebody as cause. So we ask, -why did any one put the match there? Was it done carelessly, -or did the person who put it there intend to do so? And -if so, what was his motive, or the cause which led him to do -such a thing? And what was the reason for his having such -a motive? It is plain that there is no end to the questions, one -arising out of the other, that might be asked in this fashion.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span></p> - -<p>Thus we believe that everything is the effect of something -which preceded it as its cause, and that this cause is the effect -of something else, and so on, through a chain of causes and -effects which goes back as far as we choose to follow it. Anything -is said to be explained as soon as we have discovered its -cause, or the reason why it exists; the explanation is fuller, if -we can find out the cause of that cause; and the further we -can trace the chain of causes and effects, the more satisfactory -is the explanation. But no explanation of anything can be -complete, because human knowledge, at its best, goes but a -very little way back toward the beginning of things.</p> - -<p>When a thing is found always to cause a particular effect, -we call that effect sometimes a property, sometimes a power of -the thing. Thus the odor of onions is said to be a property of -onions, because onions always cause that particular sensation -of smell to arise, when they are brought near the nose; lead is -said to have the property of heaviness, because it always -causes us to have the feeling of weight when we handle it; a -stream is said to have the power to turn a waterwheel, because -it causes the waterwheel to turn; and a venomous snake is -said to have the power to kill a man, because its bite may -cause a man to die. Properties and powers, then, are -certain effects caused by the things which are said to possess -them.</p> - -<p>A great many of the things brought to our knowledge by our -senses, such as houses and furniture, carriages and machines, -are termed artificial things or objects, because they have been -shaped by the art of man; indeed, they are generally said to -be made by man. But a far greater number of things owe -nothing to the hand of man, and would be just what they are -if mankind did not exist—such as the sky and the clouds; the -sun, moon and stars; the sea with its rocks and shingly or -sandy shores; the hills and dales of the land; and all wild -plants and animals. Things of this kind are termed natural -objects, and to the whole of them we give the name of Nature.</p> - -<p>Although this distinction between nature and art, between -natural and artificial things, is very easily made and very convenient, -it is needful to remember that, in the long run, we -owe everything to nature; that even those artificial objects -which we commonly say are made by men, are only natural -objects shaped and moved by men; and that, in the sense of -creating, that is to say, of causing something to exist which did -not exist in some other shape before, man can make nothing whatever. -Moreover, we must recollect that what men do in the way of -shaping and bringing together or separating natural objects, -is done in virtue of the powers which they themselves possess -as natural objects.</p> - -<p>Artificial things are, in fact, all produced by the action of -that part of nature which we call mankind, upon the rest.</p> - -<p>We talk of “making” a box, and rightly enough, if we mean -only that we have shaped the pieces of wood and nailed them -together; but the wood is a natural object and so is the iron of -the nails. A watch is “made” of the natural objects gold and -other metals, sand, soda, rubies, brought together, and shaped -in various ways; a coat is “made” of the natural object, wool; -and a frock of the natural objects, cotton or silk. Moreover, -the men who make all these things are natural objects.</p> - -<p>Carpenters, builders, shoemakers, and all other artisans and -artists, are persons who have learned so much of the powers -and properties of certain natural objects, and of the chain of -causes and effects in nature, as enables them to shape and put -together those natural objects, so as to make them useful to -man.</p> - -<p>A carpenter could not, as we say, “make” a chair unless he -knew something of the properties and powers of wood; a -blacksmith could not “make” a horseshoe unless he knew -that it is a property of iron to become soft and easily hammered -into shape when it is made red-hot; a brickmaker must -know many of the properties of clay; and a plumber could -not do his work unless he knew that lead has the properties -of softness and flexibility, and that a moderate heat causes -it to melt.</p> - -<p>So that the practice of every art implies a certain knowledge -of natural causes and effects; and the improvement of the arts -depends upon our learning more and more of the properties -and powers of natural objects, and discovering how to turn the -properties and the powers of things and the connections of -cause and effect among them to our own advantage.</p> - -<p>Among natural objects, as we have seen, there are some -that we can get hold of and turn to account. But all the greatest -things in nature and the links of cause and effect which -connect them, are utterly beyond our reach. The sun rises -and sets; the moon and the stars move through the sky; fine -weather and storms, cold and heat, alternate. The sea -changes from violent disturbance to glassy calm, as the winds -sweep over it with varying strength or die away; innumerable -plants and animals come in being and vanish again, without -our being able to exert the slightest influence on the majestic -procession of the series of great natural events. Hurricanes -ravage one spot; earthquakes destroy another; volcanic eruptions -lay waste a third. A fine season scatters wealth and -abundance here, and a long drought brings pestilence and -famine there. In all such cases, the direct influence of man -avails him nothing; and, so long as he is ignorant, he is the -mere sport of the greater powers of nature.</p> - -<p>But the first thing that men learned, as soon as they began -to study nature carefully, was that some events take place in -regular order and that some causes always give rise to the -same effects. The sun always rises on one side and sets on -the other side of the sky; the changes of the moon follow one -another in the same order and with similar intervals; some -stars never sink below the horizon of the place in which we -live; the seasons are more or less regular; water always flows -down-hill; fire always burns; plants grow up from seed and -yield seed, from which like plants grow up again; animals are -born, grow, reach maturity, and die, age after age, in the same -way. Thus the notion of an order of nature and of a fixity in -the relation of cause and effect between things gradually entered -the minds of men. So far as such order prevailed it was -felt that things were explained; while the things that could -not be explained were said to have come about by chance, or -to happen by accident.</p> - -<p>But the more carefully nature has been studied, the more -widely has order been found to prevail, while what seemed -disorder has proved to be nothing but complexity; until, at -present, no one is so foolish as to believe that anything happens -by chance, or that there are any real accidents, in the -sense of events which have no cause. And if we say that a -thing happens by chance, everybody admits that all we really -mean is, that we do not know its cause or the reason why that -particular thing happens. Chance and accident are only -<i>aliases</i><a href="#huxley1" id="anch_huxley1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> of ignorance.</p> - -<p>At this present moment, as I look out of my window, it is -raining and blowing hard, and the branches of the trees are -waving wildly to and fro. It may be that a man has taken -shelter under one of these trees; perhaps, if a stronger gust -than usual comes, a branch will break, fall upon the man, and -seriously hurt him. If that happens it will be called an “accident,” -and the man will perhaps say that by “chance” he -went out, and then “chanced” to take refuge under the tree, -and so the “accident” happened. But there is neither chance -nor accident in the matter. The storm is the effect of causes -operating upon the atmosphere, perhaps hundreds of miles -away; every vibration of a leaf is the consequence of the mechanical -force of the wind acting on the surface exposed to it; -if the bough breaks, it will do so in consequence of the relation -between its strength and the force of the wind; if it falls upon -the man it will do so in consequence of the action of other -definite natural causes; and the position of the man under it -is only the last term in a series of causes and effects, which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span> -have followed one another in natural order, from that cause, -the effect of which was his setting out, to that the effect of which -was his stepping under the tree.</p> - -<p>But, inasmuch as we are not wise enough to be able to unravel -all these long and complicated series of causes and -effects which lead to the falling of the branch upon the man, -we call such an event an accident.</p> - -<p>When we have made out by careful and repeated observation -that something is always the cause of a certain effect, or -that certain events always take place in the same order, we -speak of the truth thus discovered as a law of nature. Thus -it is a law of nature that anything heavy falls to the ground if -it is unsupported; it is a law of nature that, under ordinary -conditions, lead is soft and heavy, while flint is hard and brittle; -because experience shows us that heavy things always do -fall if they are unsupported, that, under ordinary conditions, -lead is always soft, and that flint is always hard.</p> - -<p>In fact, everything that we know about the powers and properties -of natural objects and about the order of nature may -properly be termed a law of nature. But it is desirable to remember -that which is very often forgotten, that the laws of -nature are not the causes of the order of nature, but only our -way of stating as much as we have made out of that order. -Stones do not fall to the ground in consequence of the law just -stated, as people sometimes carelessly say; but the law is the -way of asserting that which invariably happens when heavy -bodies at the surface of the earth, stones among the rest, are -free to move.</p> - -<p>The laws of nature are, in fact, in this respect, similar to the -laws which men make for the guidance of their conduct toward -one another. There are laws about the payment of taxes, and -there are laws against stealing or murder. But the law is not -the cause of a man’s paying his taxes, nor is it the cause of his -abstaining from theft and murder. The law is simply a statement -of what will happen to a man if he does not pay his -taxes, and if he commits theft or murder; and the cause of his -paying his taxes, or abstaining from crime (in the absence of -any better motive) is the fear of consequences which is the -effect of his belief in that statement. A law of man tells what -we may expect society will do under certain circumstances; -and a law of nature tells us what we may expect natural objects -will do under certain circumstances. Each contains information -addressed to our intelligence, and except so far as it -Influences our intelligence, it is merely so much sound or -writing.</p> - -<p>While there is this much analogy between human and natural -laws, however, certain essential differences between the -two must not be overlooked. Human law consists of commands -addressed to voluntary agents, which they may obey or -disobey; and the law is not rendered null and void by being -broken. Natural laws, on the other hand, are not commands, -but assertions respecting the invariable order of nature; and -they remain laws only so long as they can be shown to express -that order. To speak of the violation, or the suspension, of a -law of nature is an absurdity. All that the phrase can really -mean is that, under certain circumstances the assertion contained -in the law is not true; and the just conclusion is, not that the -order of nature is interrupted, but that we have made a mistake -in stating that order. A true natural law is a universal -rule, and, as such, admits of no exceptions.</p> - -<p>Again, human laws have no meaning apart from the existence -of human society. Natural laws express the general -course of nature, of which human society forms only an insignificant -fraction.</p> - -<p>If nothing happens by chance, but everything in nature follows -a definite order, and if the laws of nature embody that -which we have been able to learn about the order of nature in -accurate language, then it becomes very important for us to -know as many as we can of these laws of nature, in order that -we may guide our conduct by them.</p> - -<p>Any man who should attempt to live in a country without -reference to the laws of that country would very soon find himself -in trouble. And if he were fined, imprisoned, or even -hanged, sensible people would probably consider that he had -earned his fate by his folly.</p> - -<p>In like manner, any one who tries to live upon the face of -this earth without attention to the laws of nature will live there -for but a very short time, most of which will be passed in exceeding -discomfort; a peculiarity of natural laws, as distinguished -from those of human enactment, being that they take -effect without summons or prosecution. In fact, nobody could -live for half a day unless he attended to some of the laws of -nature; and thousands of us are dying daily, or living miserably, -because men have not yet been sufficiently zealous to -learn the code of nature.</p> - -<p>It has already been seen that the practice of all our arts and -industries depends upon our knowing the properties of natural -objects which we can get hold of and put together; and though -we may be able to exert no direct control over the greater natural -objects and the general succession of causes and effects -in nature, yet, if we know the properties and powers of these -objects, and the customary order of events, we may elude that -which is injurious to us, and profit by that which is favorable.</p> - -<p>Thus, though men can nowise alter the reasons or change -the process of growth in plants, yet having learned the order of -nature in these matters, they make arrangements for sowing -and reaping accordingly; they can not make the wind blow, -but when it does blow they take advantage of its known powers -and probable direction to sail ships and turn wind-mills; they -can not arrest the lightning, but they can make it harmless by -means of conductors, the construction of which implies a -knowledge of some of the laws of that electricity of which lightning -is one of the manifestations. Forewarned is forearmed, -says the proverb; and knowledge of the laws of nature is -forewarning of that which we may expect to happen, when we -have to deal with natural objects.</p> - -<p>No line can be drawn between common knowledge of things -and scientific knowledge; nor between common reasoning and -scientific reasoning. In strictness all accurate knowledge is -science; and all exact reasoning is scientific reasoning. The -method of observation and experiment, by which such great -results are obtained in science, is identically the same as that -which is employed by every one, every day of his life, but refined -and rendered precise. If a child acquires a new toy, he -observes its characters and experiments upon its properties; -and we are all of us constantly making observations and experiments -upon one thing or another.</p> - -<p>But those who have never tried to observe accurately will be -surprised to find how difficult a business it is. There is not -one person in a hundred who can describe the commonest occurrence -with even an approach to accuracy. That is to say, -either he will omit something which did occur, and which is of -importance, or he will imply or suggest the occurrence of -something which he did not actually observe, but which he -unconsciously infers must have happened. When two truthful -witnesses contradict one another in a court of justice, it usually -turns out that one or other, or sometimes both, are confounding -their inferences from what they saw with that which they -actually saw. A swears that B picked his pocket. It turns out -that all A really knows is that he felt a hand in his pocket -when B was close to him; and that B was not the thief, but C, -whom A did not observe. Untrained observers mix up together -their inferences from what they see with that which -they actually see in the most wonderful way; and even experienced -and careful observers are in constant danger of falling -into the same error.</p> - -<p>Scientific observation is such as is at once full, precise, and -free from unconscious inference.</p> - -<p>Experiment is the observation of that which happens when -we intentionally bring natural objects together, or separate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span> -them, or in any way change the conditions under which they -are placed. Scientific experiment, therefore, is scientific observation, -performed under accurately known artificial conditions.</p> - -<p>It is a matter of common observation that water sometimes -freezes. The observation becomes scientific when we ascertain -under what exact conditions the change of water into ice -takes place. The commonest experiments tell us that wood -floats in water. Scientific experiment shows that, in floating, -it displaces its own weight of the water.</p> - -<p>Scientific reasoning differs from ordinary reasoning in just -the same way as scientific observation and experiment differ -from ordinary observation and experiment—that is to say, it -strives to be accurate; and it is just as hard to reason accurately -as it is to observe accurately.</p> - -<p>In scientific reasoning general rules are collected from the -observation of many particular cases; and, when these general -rules are established, conclusions are deduced from them, just -as in everyday life. If a boy says that “marbles are hard,” he -has drawn a conclusion as to marbles in general from the marbles -he happens to have seen and felt, and has reasoned in -that mode which is technically termed induction. If he declines -to try to break a marble with his teeth, it is because he -consciously or unconsciously performs the converse operation -of deduction from the general rule “marbles are too hard to -break with one’s teeth.”</p> - -<p>You will learn more about the process of reasoning when -you study logic, which treats of that subject in full. At present, -it is sufficient to know that the laws of nature are the general -rules respecting the behavior of natural objects, which -have been collected from innumerable observations and experiments; -or, in other words, that they are inductions from -those observations and experiments. The practical and theoretical -results of science are the products of deductive reasoning -from these general rules.</p> - -<p>Thus science and common sense are not opposed, as people -sometimes fancy them to be, but science is perfected common -sense. Scientific reasoning is simply very careful common -reasoning, and common knowledge grows into scientific knowledge -as it becomes more and more exact and complete.</p> - -<p>The way to science then lies through common knowledge; -we must extend that knowledge by common observation and -experiment, and learn how to state the results of our investigations -accurately, in general rules or laws of nature; finally, -we must learn how to reason accurately from these rules, and -thus arrive at rational explanations of natural phenomena, -which may suffice for our guidance in life.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a> From Science Primers. Introductory. By Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_CIRCLE_OF_THE_SCIENCES">THE CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Science means classified knowledge. There may be much -general knowledge that is not science. It attains to that dignity -only when the particular facts known are generalized, and -arranged in some order, instead of being jumbled together, -and lying about loosely in the memory, to be taken up at random. -Especially must the basal facts of the science be verified, -not assumed.</p> - -<p>Information that is general and assured, though as yet lacking -system and a proper ordering of the elementary facts, -may, and usually will in time advance to the dignity of science. -History warrants this expectation. Only let not the -boast be made, or the honor conferred prematurely. Geography, -chemistry, and political economy are all now sciences. -The first has been recognized among the sciences from an -early day, though it has advanced rapidly during the present -century. The last two are comparatively new members, having -held their place in the “Circle” scarcely a hundred years. -True, many of the facts of chemistry, and the principles of -political economy had been known for ages, but the knowledge -men had of them lacked either system or certainty, or both. -So, also, in respect to mineralogy, botany, and zoölogy, a store -of known facts had been for ages accumulating, before they -could rightly be called sciences. To reach that distinction the -quality and orderly arrangement of the things known are as -necessary as the quantity.</p> - -<p>In the heading of this series of articles, “Circle” does not -suggest the rim of a wheel, or a curved line all the points of -which are equally distant from the center around which it is -drawn, but rather a group of sciences, just as “social circle,” -and “circle of friends” indicate the amicable relations of the -persons without saying anything of their positions in the place -of their meeting. It is a goodly group, this family of the sciences, -and the members now so numerous and having such distinctive -characteristics will be introduced, not as a body but severally, -and in five classes: The Mathematical, Physical, Mental, -Moral, and Social Sciences. They hold such intimate relations -with each other, mutually giving and receiving aid, -that we will not attempt to keep the members of classes from -mixing occasionally in our account of them, as they often do -in reality.</p> - -<p>Mathematics is the science of quantities and numbers. Its principles -are of the first importance, and are of service in all the -departments of science. In several of its subdivisions, of which -brief mention will be made, it uses known quantities for the -determination of those unknown, reasoning from certain relations -existing between them. The qualities it discusses are -represented by diagrams, figures, or symbols, adopted for the -purpose. It is customary to speak of <i>pure</i> and <i>mixed</i>, or <i>abstract</i> -and <i>applied</i> mathematics; the former treating of laws, -principles, and relations in the abstract, or without any special -reference to anything as actual or existing. The latter discusses -the principles, laws and relations in connection with existing -phenomena. The operations with numbers and symbols -in pure mathematics, dealing only with abstract quantities, do -not necessarily imply the idea of matter. Those of the science -as applied have much to do with material phenomena. -The elements that enter into the calculations in both cases are -axioms or self-evident truths, things that are known intuitively, -or grasped by the reason soon as presented, only in applied -mathematics, used more or less in all sciences, these same axiomatic, -self-evident truths are employed in the discussion of -natural objects, the laws, properties, and relations of which are -learned mostly by experience and induction.</p> - -<p>The sciences classed as pure mathematics are Arithmetic, -Geometry, Algebra, Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Arithmetic -is eminently the science of numbers, and treats of, or -practically illustrates their nature and uses. It employs the -nine Arabic digits or figures with the addition of the cipher, -giving them various positions to express numerical -values, and not the native qualities or functions of the things -to which they are applied. The methods are the same, and -the results obtained equally true, whatever may be the nature -of the quantities about which inquiry is made. The elementary -or fundamental idea in arithmetic is unity, expressed by -the figure 1, from which, with the help of the other eight digits, -and the individually valueless cipher, 0, expressions for all the -other values, whole or fractional, are formed.</p> - -<p>As arithmetical processes underlie, or enter into, the work of -nearly all mathematical calculations, its great importance as -a science is evident; though as often taught in our schools and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[265]</a></span> -used in business, it is simply a method of reckoning or computation.</p> - -<p>Algebra is a kindred science, that, by the use of letters and -symbols, enables us to solve more readily all difficult questions -relating to numbers. It is, indeed, a kind of universal -arithmetic. In the ordinary arithmetic the numbers or figures -employed, taken separately, have always the same value, and the -result, when, sometimes by a tedious process, obtained, is applicable -only to the particular question proposed, but in solving -the problem by algebra, since we employ letters to which -any values may be attributed at pleasure, the result obtained -is largely applicable to all questions of a particular class. -Thus, having the sum and difference of two quantities given, -we readily obtain an algebraic expression for the quantities -themselves. By the new method the goal is reached speedily, -and the cabalistic terms, that may, at his first attempts, perplex -and discourage the young student, become his delight; -and in many difficult processes greatly shorten the work, enabling -him with ease to solve problems that to the common -arithmetician are tedious, if not impossible.</p> - -<p>Geometry, one of the oldest of sciences, measures extension, -treats of order and proportion in space. Its working -elements are not numbers or symbols, but points, and lines, -either straight or curved, and surfaces, with volumes, or solids. -The simpler problems, when successfully demonstrated, are -used in solving those more complicated, making the progress -easy.</p> - -<p>Lines are made up of points, and have extension only in one -direction. Surfaces have length and breadth, and are distinguished -as triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, etc., according to -the number of lines that circumscribe them. Solids have length, -breadth, and thickness. From a few elementary facts, much geometrical -science has been deduced, by very simple, logical processes. -It is intimately related to other sciences, and of much -practical importance; but, if there were no other advantage derived, -as a discipline of the reasoning faculty there can be -nothing better. To pursue the study profitably there is little -need of an instructor. Class recitations are helpful, but let -any one intent on personal culture, and having only a little -time for the work, get a good elementary treatise on plane and -solid geometry, and study it. The exercise will become a delight, -will give strength and grip to the faculties, and furnish -protection against the mental dissipation caused by spending -much time in the hasty, careless reading of what is fitly called -light literature.</p> - -<p>Analytical geometry is that branch which examines, discusses -and develops the properties of geometrical magnitudes -by the use of algebraic symbols. The questions or problems -are solved, not, as in plane geometry, by diagrams or -figures drawn to show certain relations of magnitudes, but by -making algebraic symbols represent them, and thus solving -the problems. Analysis is much used in simple algebraic processes, -but more in analytical geometry, and in differential and -integral calculus, which has been called the transcendental analysis. -It is useful as a higher branch of the science, and without -it the best achievements of the greatest mathematicians -would scarcely have been possible. These last named branches -are generally best pursued in our higher academies and -colleges. A college course would be sadly deficient without -them, but only for exceptional cases would it be advisable to -put them in a course of study to be pursued privately.</p> - -<p>If this brief mention of the higher mathematics kindles desire -for further knowledge, and you hesitate to grapple with -them alone, by all means go to college, and after a proper introduction, -wherein the chief embarrassment is felt, even calculus -will be found an agreeable acquaintance.</p> - -<p>Under the head of “Mixed Mathematics,” applicable to both -laws or abstract principles and facts, the discussion of things as -actual and possible, we have first, mechanics, the science that -treats of the various forces and their different effects. By <i>force</i> -is meant any power that tends to prevent, produce, or modify -motion. Three are recognized—(1) gravitation, or the attraction -of bodies toward each other; (2) the cause, whatever it may -be, of light, heat, and electricity; (3) life, an equally mysterious -power producing the actions of animals and the growth of -plants. These forces, though entirely unseen and their causes -unknown, are definite quantities. We readily conceive of one -force as equal to, or greater than another, and know that equal -forces, applied in opposite directions, balance each other. To -everything that moves there is force applied greater than the -resistance to be overcome. A number of forces may act on -an object at the same time, accelerating, retarding, or changing -the direction of the motion given to it. When the forces -are so balanced as to hold the body on which they act in a -state of equilibrium, their action and consequent phenomena -are investigated under the head of <span class="smcap">Statics</span>, or the science -which treats of bodies at rest. When motion is produced, <span class="smcap">Dynamics</span> -considers the laws that govern the moving bodies and -the phenomena that result. These branches of mechanical -science are of great practical importance, and a knowledge of -them would save from many blunders and failures resulting -from incompetence. The same laws govern in the movement -of all bodies, whether solid or liquid. Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics, -Hydraulics, etc., are branches of the same science, -and worthy of separate mention only because they apply the -general principles of statics and dynamics to the phenomena -of rest or motion in liquids. The foundation for all that is peculiar -in these branches with the lengthened names, and that -together may be called Hydro-mechanics, lies in the properties -that distinguish the liquid from other states of material bodies, -whether gaseous or solid, viz.: in the presence of cohesion, -but with great mobility of parts and more or less elasticity. -Some peculiarities are so noteworthy as to deserve mention -even in this limited presentation. Because of the only slight -cohesive attraction, and entire freedom of motion among the -particles, liquid bodies possess no definite form of their own, -but adapt themselves to the form of the excavations or vessels -containing them. They, of course, vary much in their fluidity, -the mobile liquids, as water and alcohol, flowing more readily -than molasses, heavy oils, and tar. Fluids at rest press -equally in all directions, upward, downward, and laterally. In -this, also, they differ from solids that press only down, or in -the direction of the center of gravitation. If not confined -they can not be heaped up, but their particles seek a common -level. An absolute water level is, of course, possible only -when the area covered is so limited that lines joining all the -points on the surface with the center of gravity are practically -parallel, or their convergence an inappreciable quantity. In -large bodies of water, as the ocean, the surface corresponds -with the general rotundity of the earth.</p> - -<p>The fact of the equal pressure of liquids in all directions, -and with the same intensity, is found of great importance in -practical mechanics. The strong pressure of a small column -of water is finely illustrated by simple experiment with the -water bellows, or hydraulic paradox, in which one pound of -water in a tube lifts a hundred pounds on the top of the bellows, -and the greater the disproportion between the diameter -of the tube and that of the top of the bellows, the greater -weight it will raise. More than two hundred years ago Pascal -showed the enormous pressure exerted by a lofty column of -water in a small tube. A strong cask was filled with water, -and a small tube forty feet high closely fitted in its head, when -a few pints of water poured into it burst the cask, and would -have done so if it had been made of the strongest oaken staves -and bound with hoops of iron. This is the power used in the -hydraulic press, a very simple machine of much value in the -industrial arts when there is a demand for great force that can -be slowly and steadily applied, as in compressing cloth, oil -cake, paper, gunpowder and numerous other things. Its parts -are so few that it can be described without a model to represent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[266]</a></span> -it. A small, upright cylinder, with a closely fitting piston -used as a pump to draw and force the water, and connected at -the base by a tube with a much larger cylinder directly under -the substance to be pressed, in which there is also a piston to be -moved upward, though water tight. The whole is secured in -position by powerful frame work. Beneath the piston the water -is received. And knowing the principles of hydrostatics we can -estimate its power. If the areas of the lower surfaces of the -two pistons are to each other as one to four hundred square -inches, one pound pressure on the small one will deliver to -the lower surface of the large one a pressure equal to four -hundred pounds weight. But let the arms of the lever used as -the force pump handle be to each other as one to fifty. Then -when a force of fifty pounds is applied at the end of the long -arm of the lever it will descend with a force of 50×50=2,500, -and there will be delivered on the lower surface of the -large piston a power to raise it expressed by 50×50×400=1,000,000. -Some allowance must be made for friction or other -impediments, say one fourth, which is more than enough, and -still a man or boy at the end of that pump handle would be -able to lift at least three hundred and seventy-five tons.</p> - -<p>The sciences we have been considering under the general -name of mechanics, which is derived from a Greek word that -means to contrive, invent, construct, have much to do with -machinery, with the methods of construction, the propelling -forces, and the phenomena produced. There were machinists -and some simple machines propelled by human or brute force, -by weights and springs, by falling or running water, and air in -motion before the laws of motion and forces were understood, -or the rude mechanic arts began to assume the character of a -science. The machines were, of course, imperfect, and lacked -efficiency, while many of those now in use seem nearly perfect -and adapted to the work expected of them. But notwithstanding -the marvelous advance that has been made in the -manufacture of machinery, and the intelligent application of -mechanical powers, we look for still greater things as possible -in the future.</p> - -<p>It is well, however, never to forget that whatever the seeming -may be, the most perfect machine of human invention does -not create force. That is as impossible for man as it is to give -life or create matter. All he can do is to collect, concentrate -and use, to the best advantage, the forces that exist. He may -by skillful appliances gain a great mechanic advantage, and -overcome very formidable resistance, but he must be content -to do it very slowly; and it has been often said that “what he -gains in power he loses in speed.” In many cases this seems -a necessity, and he must submit to it. His simplest machine, -if the fulcrum is placed very near the weight, gives a man tremendous -power gained by his position at the long arm of the -machine. But the point at which he applies the force must -move much faster and a greater distance than the object -against which it is directed. So when a man with a system of -pulleys raises to the top of a tower a block of granite that four -men might lift from the ground he sacrifices in speed what he -gains in the new way of applying the force he has for the purpose.</p> - -<p>You visit a large manufacturing establishment or the mechanical -department of a great national or international industrial -exposition and see a whole acre of machinery of all -kinds, shafts, wheels, saws, lathes, and spindles in rapid motion, -and, astonished at the complications, inquire for the -power that carries the whole. You will possibly find it is in -some remote part of the premises, and shut up in the motionless -boiler where the steam is said to be generated, which only -means that the water heated expands and struggles to escape -from its confinement, while man understanding the laws of its -action manages to liberate the force under conditions that -make it his servant.</p> - -<p>The science of numbers and magnitudes, useful in discussing -the distances, measurements, and motions of terrestrial -bodies, is especially so in its application to astronomy.</p> - -<p>Astronomy as a physical science will receive consideration in -the next number; here only the mathematical elements are noticed, -and they are everywhere manifest. The same general laws -control all material bodies, those near to us, and those seen at -a distance. So the science of the stars is not now mere theory, -but has all the elements of mathematical certainty. When -dealing with such vast numbers and magnitudes as engage the -astronomer’s attention, with a few known principles or laws, -and abundant recorded telescopic observations for the basis of -their work, men can calculate even more accurately than they -can count or measure. Having once prepared their theorem, -aided by the logarithms of Napier<a href="#circle1" id="anch_circle1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> that simplify and shorten -the more difficult arithmetical calculations, they can readily -determine the distance, magnitude and motions of a planet, -and know that it is done with sufficient exactness. The distances -of the heavenly bodies are generally determined by -their parallax, that is the difference between the directions of -the bodies as seen from two different points. The inclination -of the lines thus drawn is the angle of parallax. By supposing -the lines prolonged to the sun, and other lines drawn -through the points selected to the center of the earth a quadrangle -is formed, all the angles and sides of which are easily -found. In measuring very minute parallaxes it may not be -possible to determine the exact position of the body as projected -on the celestial sphere, but in that case recourse can be -had to relative parallax, or the difference between the parallaxes -of two bodies lying nearly in the same direction. The -best opportunity for this is afforded by the transit of Venus, -and on this account great interest is felt in that phenomenon, -and extensive preparations are made for taking accurate observations.</p> - -<p>The figure, size and density of the celestial bodies have all -been calculated with approximate certainty. The orbits, -through which they pass in their revolutions, described, and -their velocities ascertained.</p> - -<p>There is a solar system of which the sun is the center, and -in its relation to the planets stationary, though really moving -on through infinite space; the orbits through which planets -move are not circles, but more or less elliptic, having the sun -at one focus of the ellipse.</p> - -<p>That planets move in ellipses was announced by Kepler<a href="#circle2" id="anch_circle2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> as -the first law governing their motions, and a second deduced -from this and confirmed by observations, is that they do not -move with equal velocity in all parts of their orbits; and that -<i>a line drawn from the center of the earth to the center of the -sun passes over equal spaces in equal times</i>. He also found as -a third law that <i>the squares of the times of the revolutions of -the planets are proportional to the cubes of their mean distances -from the sun</i>.</p> - -<p>Navigation shows how vessels are directed in their course -upon the great waters. In proportion as the “paths of the -seas” have become open, safe and free for all, they are found -paths of knowledge and civilization. The science, small at its -beginning, has grown to its present advanced state by slow degrees, -helped by contributions from the most opposite sources. -Practical but uneducated seamen have doubtless done much, -as their ingenuity is often, in emergencies, taxed to supply -means of safety and success that are wanting. More has been -contributed by scholars, secluded philosophic men whose lives -are spent “in communion with the skies,” in observing the -motions of the heavenly bodies and studying the laws by -which they are regulated. But perhaps the most valuable service -has been rendered by another class who combine an experience -of the sea with much knowledge of astronomical -science, men acquainted with the needs of seamen and qualified -to meet them. The introduction of the mariner’s compass -early in the fifteenth century was an epoch in the history of -navigation, as it made seamen in a measure independent of -the sun and stars. This was an incalculable advantage, as -soon became apparent to those who adopted the compass as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[267]</a></span> -their guide. Of the many improvements and helps in the -science of navigation we can only name, as conspicuous, the -invention of Mercator’s chart<a href="#circle3" id="anch_circle3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> in 1569, Davis’s quadrant<a href="#circle4" id="anch_circle4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> -about 1600, and Hadley’s quadrant a century later. The character -of the instruments and a glance at the Nautical Almanac -will show how largely both mathematics and astronomy enter -into the science of navigation. Nor is it quite safe to take -passage with a shipmaster who has but limited knowledge of -either. He should at least thoroughly understand his instruments -and be a ready, accurate computer.</p> - -<p>Geometry grew out of the practice of surveying, and now -embodies many of the laws and principles of the science. -There are several distinct systems of surveying, classed according -to the purposes contemplated. It is astronomically employed -in determining the figure of the earth by the actual -measurement of arcs. A fair knowledge of mathematics and -trigonometry is required in what are known as coast surveys. -Land surveying is of the plainest kind, and employed in finding -the contents of areas, or in dividing large tracts into lots -of smaller dimensions. The chief difficulty is in getting the -exact bearing of the lines and the measure of the angles when -the plot is an irregular polygon.</p> - -<p>Topographical surveying, beside the measurement of lines -and angles, takes note of variations of level, that the draft may -properly represent superficial inequalities. Maritime surveying -is an important branch, fixing the positions of shoals, -rocks and shore-lines. Mine surveying determines the location -of works in the mine and decides whether the excavations -conform, as required, to lines on the surface. The compass -and chain are the surveyor’s most common instruments, but -others are used according to the nature of the surveys to be -made. Incompetency or carelessness in surveys often occasions -serious trouble and loss.</p> - -<p>Fortifications for the defense of cities and the protection of -soldiers are as ancient as the existence of armies. The former, -built in time of peace, of such form and materials as military -science and experience suggest, are called “permanent fortifications;” -and the temporary works constructed as the exigencies -of a campaign require are “field fortifications.” The art -and science have been practiced and studied in all ages, and -there is now an immense literature on the subject.</p> - -<p>As methods of defense must be adjusted to those of attack -the earlier permanent fortifications, in the progress of society -and after the introduction of artillery, became nearly worthless. -High stone walls are a protection while they stand, but, -however strong, they can be battered down by heavy siege -guns that have less effect when directed against earth works, -which seem less formidable. A place thoroughly fortified is -seldom taken by a sudden assault. The United States have -fortified less than most of the great European nations, but are -by no means defenseless. Previous to 1860 there had been -expended on our forts more than $30,000,000; and all the exposed -positions have been greatly strengthened within the -last twenty-five years.</p> - -<p class="center"><i>End of Required Reading for February.</i></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_POETS_VISION">THE POET’S VISION.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY MARY A. LATHBURY.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">My Lady Lily, the waters sleep,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the winds are among the clover;</div> -<div class="verse">Would I could hear the tale you told</div> -<div class="verse">The Poet once, till with voice of gold</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Singing it over and over</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He came to the court and cried, “O king,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">My song of thy state and glory</div> -<div class="verse">Is dead on my lips! I am done with strife,</div> -<div class="verse">And courts, and conquests. A song of life</div> -<div class="verse indent1">I have learned from a water lily.”</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Carol us then thy pretty song,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Sir Poet!” the king cried, sneering;</div> -<div class="verse">So standing stateliest of them all</div> -<div class="verse">The length of the royal banquet hall,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And flinging a look unfearing,</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Full on the king and his court, who sat</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Smiling in fine derision,</div> -<div class="verse">He sang or chanted as chants a seer</div> -<div class="verse">When sense is fading, and draweth near</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The high beatific vision.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He sang of life in the soil of death,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">A seed of a heavenly sowing;</div> -<div class="verse">Asleep in the murk and mire of earth,</div> -<div class="verse">In silence waiting its wondrous birth,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Of death or of life unknowing.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He sang of the Sun of Life—His quest</div> -<div class="verse indent1">In our death-deeps dark and chilly;</div> -<div class="verse">Of love that quickens to life the dead,</div> -<div class="verse">As the sun rays seek in the river-bed</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The germ of the water lily.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He sang of Faith—of the eye that seeks</div> -<div class="verse indent1">With a sightless aspiration</div> -<div class="verse">The source of Love and the fount of Light,</div> -<div class="verse">Till far in the folds of the utmost night,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Storm-swept with fierce temptation,</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A light breaks through like a faint white star,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">That grows and grows like the dawning,</div> -<div class="verse">Till, veiled in vapors, it hangs above</div> -<div class="verse">The wakened soul as the face of Love,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And Life has begun its morning.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He sang of Life in the spring o’ day,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Of patience, and truth, and duty,—</div> -<div class="verse">The narrow ways to the full release,</div> -<div class="verse">When, lapped in light and a dream of peace,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">It bursts as a flower to beauty.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He sang—and his words fell thick and fast—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Of the resurrection glory;</div> -<div class="verse">Of good from evil, of life from death,</div> -<div class="verse">And then, with hesitant, bated breath,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The God-man’s marvelous story.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Then silence fell on the king and court,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And out through the open portal</div> -<div class="verse">The poet passed with a solemn stride</div> -<div class="verse">Into the midnight spaces wide,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Or into the life immortal.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">My Lady Lily, you will not wake,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Wrapped in your dreams Elysian,</div> -<div class="verse">But this is the mystic tale you hold,</div> -<div class="verse">Deep in your tremulous heart of gold;</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And this was the Poet’s vision.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[268]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="THE_HOMELIKE_HOUSE">THE HOMELIKE HOUSE.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY SUSAN HAYES WARD.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CHAPTER II.—THE FAMILY PARLOR.</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">From the gay world we’ll oft retire</div> -<div class="verse">To our own family and fire,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Where love our hours employs;</div> -<div class="verse">No noisy neighbor enters here</div> -<div class="verse">No intermeddling stranger near,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">To spoil our heartfelt joys.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">—<i>N. Cotton.</i></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The room which above all others should be furnished with -the most loving thought and lavish expense is the household -parlor, or family sitting room. Here the father reads his evening -paper, the mother busies herself with her ready needle, the -children “with books, or work or healthful play.” This -should be to eye and body preëminently a restful room, commodious, -cheerful. If the reception room for visitors needs -the cheer of firelight, how much more the <i>living room</i> of the -household.</p> - -<p>Whittier’s description of the homely comfort of an old New -England farm house remains unexcelled in the literature of -house furnishing:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Shut in from all the world without</div> -<div class="verse i1">We sat the clean-winged hearth about,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Content to let the north wind roar</div> -<div class="verse i1">In baffled rage at pane and door,</div> -<div class="verse i1">While the red logs before us beat</div> -<div class="verse i1">The frost line back with tropic heat;</div> -<div class="verse i1">And ever, when a louder blast</div> -<div class="verse i1">Shook beam and rafter as it passed,</div> -<div class="verse i1">The merrier up its roaring draught</div> -<div class="verse i1">The great throat of the chimney laughed.</div> -<div class="verse i1">The house-dog on his paws outspread</div> -<div class="verse i1">Laid to the fire his drowsy head,</div> -<div class="verse i1">The cat’s dark silhouette on the wall</div> -<div class="verse i1">A couchant tiger’s seemed to fall,</div> -<div class="verse i1">And, for the winter fireside meet,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Between the andiron’s straddling feet</div> -<div class="verse i1">The mug of cider simmered slow,</div> -<div class="verse i1">The apples sputtered in a row.</div> -<div class="verse i1">And, close at hand, the basket stood</div> -<div class="verse i1">With nuts from brown October’s wood.</div> -<div class="verse i1">What matter how the night behaved?</div> -<div class="verse i1">What matter how the north wind raved?</div> -<div class="verse i1">Blow high, blow low, not all its snow</div> -<div class="verse i1">Could quench our hearth-fire’s ruddy glow.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>For the sake of restfulness to the eye, the walls and carpet -should be neutral in tone, making a good background to the -family figures; the wall paper being of a good all-overish pattern -that will not detract from pictures that may hang on it, -and the carpet or rug well mixed, of not too loud a pattern, -and without strong contrasts of light and dark. Blue wall papers -are hard to deal with, but creams, fawns, soft greenish -or olive-grays, and simple leaf patterns with slight variations -of color or shade are all good for walls that are to be hung -with pictures, as a sitting room should be. Common butchers’ -paper, put on in sheets, the better textured cartridge paper, or -sheathing paper with a pretty variation introduced by way of -frieze or dado are all restful to the eye and good for the sitting -room walls. The greens used should not be sharp and crude, -but should be modified, making them yellowish, bluish, or -grayish. So with reds, which will be better yellowish, slightly -bluish (not purplish), or brownish; and yellows which must -be modified into creams, old-golds, or fawns. This rule is for -large surfaces. A little pure, bright color can be introduced -here and there by way of decoration, and must appear somewhere -in the room if it is to have a cheerful look, but wait till -your pictures are hung before you introduce much brilliant -color. It may take the life out of them. Picture-rods are a -great convenience, and, after the first expense, save much -trouble, and much marring of walls by driving nails. The -picture-rod should run below the frieze, and a box of picture-hooks -of suitable size for the rods should be kept ready to -hand, and picture-wire so that a new painting or engraving -when it comes home may find its place at once and not stand -on the floor for a month waiting till the master can drive a -nail. As for the wall decorations, there should be a looking-glass -for family convenience either in this parlor or the entry -way (the parlor is the better place), and the best pictures the -house affords, always making sure that they are good pictures. -Better always a good photograph, or wood-cut, or etching, than -a poor chromo, steel engraving, or water-color; and better, a -hundred fold, a good water-color than a poor oil painting. If -your family portraits are poor, consign them to the garret or -the upstairs hall, but, if possible, have at least one good painting -in your home-room, even if it does cost money; and remember -that a first-hand sketch by a good living artist is better -than a second-hand copy of an old master. But one good -painting in a house, whether a copy or an original, is a continual -art lesson. A woman of taste will not mix all manner -of pictures together on one wall. If possible, she will keep -oil paintings by themselves, and not put them in juxtaposition -with water-colors—nor will she put a picture suited only to a -gallery in a family sitting room. Nor will she put Bacchantes -in the same group with worshiping cherubs. There is a vast -deal of stuff purely ephemeral that women are apt to load their -walls with—Christmas, New Year, Easter and birthday cards, -and painted panels, which may do very well to exhibit during -the holidays or the day or two after the birthday; then, having -had their day, they should cease to obtrude if not to be. There -should be a box or receptacle for all this clutter; such souvenirs -are admirable for their suggestions to the amateur decorator -or embroiderer of the family, but they should not be -allowed to spot the walls, to hang from the side brackets or to -decorate the looking-glass. “God bless our home” is a devout -aspiration which is better carried out in a godly life than -worked in cross-stitch and hung over the sitting room door. -I have seen Scripture texts deftly inwrought into the mural -decoration of a sea-side cottage, verses from the sailors’ -Psalm being painted in a decorative way between border lines -of frieze or dado, where they did not seem out of place, but the -summer boarders were well nigh driven from another cottage -because of a card-board abomination hung over the mantel -piece of their sitting room, with indigo clouds and grass-green -waves, with a three-quarters-length Christ in all colors of the -rainbow uttering the magic words worked in shaded reds—“Peace, -Be Still.” The matter of mottoes has been overdone, -and it is always safe to leave them out altogether.</p> - -<p>Paintings upon plush must be exceedingly good to make -them worth hanging anywhere. Usually such decoration is a -waste of expensive material. Any way, plush is too easily -spoiled by dust or careless handling to make it welcome in the -family room. Painting upon picture and looking-glass frames -is another misuse of decoration. A London artist with rare -ingenuity paints a stalk of lilies to hide a flaw in his hall mirror,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[269]</a></span> -and straightway the “Decorative Art” salesrooms all -over our land effloresce with blooming mirror frames whose -unpruned vines straggle and trail over every glass. The -beauty of a mirror is to have it absolutely clear and free from -dust and dirt, finger marks or paint blotches, throughout its -entire surface. Flower painting in polychrome upon frames -and easels is utterly out of place, as it calls the eye off from the -picture which the frame or easel holds, and reminds one of a -servant decked out in finery surreptitiously borrowed from her -mistress’s wardrobe.</p> - -<p>Marble mantel pieces, to be good, must be expensive. A -simple pine mantel piece with a little incised ornament is far -better than white or cold gray marble. Raised, stuck-on ornament -is objectionable, whether in wood or stone, but mantel -pieces, book-cases and cabinets give a fine opportunity for -domestic carving, and one can but wonder that more home -ingenuity is not expended on the construction and carving of -mantels and other woodwork in our rooms, such as doors and -windows. I have seen a wooden mantel piece small, plain, -and somewhat cheap and inferior-looking, so improved by a -little carving, judiciously introduced by the man of the house—a -small panel set in here, and the edge of the shelf prettily -finished—that the whole thing grew dignified at once and became -a worthy ornament of the “spare room,” when painted in -harmony with the rest of the woodwork. The youngest whittlers -might be taught to use tools for the family good, if parents -were only willing to go to a little trouble and expense in providing -models, tools and wood for their use, and a comfortable -chimney nook where the work could be carried on. In the -schools of Philadelphia Mr. Leland has shown how much may be -done by boys and girls when their efforts are wisely directed.</p> - -<p>When there is no room in the house specially set apart as a -library, cabinets and book cases form an important part of the -sitting room furniture. I would have book shelves of some -sort in every room of a house; but in the room where the -family gathers there should be a special shelf for books of reference. -An encyclopædia is of as much value to the household -as a wood lot is to the farm. Better wear your old silk -gown or shabby overcoat another year, or two years even, and -have your book of reference always at hand for the general -good. The unabridged dictionary is a necessity, and should -stand in its rack easy of access to school children and their -elders as well. A household book of poetry, Dana’s or Bryant’s, -or whatever may be better, and an equally comprehensive -volume of religious verse like Gilman’s, or Palgrave’s -choice “Golden Treasury,” should be well thumbed by the -children, and should be placed temptingly at hand, not locked -behind glass doors. Glazed doors are demanded by collectors -who revel in vellum, uncut leaves, and rare editions, but cases -that are well backed and that have leathern, or even moreen -or flannel, valences tacked to the shelves, will serve well -enough to protect books in a house where all the reading matter -is for daily use or study.</p> - -<p>A low book case three or four feet high and broad enough -to fill a generous wall space, running, if need be, across one -side of the room, may be found ample enough for a family -whose library is limited. Pictures and vases can be ranged -upon its top. I know a room that holds three or four such -book cases of ebonized pine, filled with books and made gay -with valences of scarlet moreen, which yet scorns to be called -“the library,” and is only known as the family “sitting -room.” Valences of leather or wool are sufficient to protect -the books from dust if the cases are well backed.</p> - -<p>In addition to the book case, hanging shelves for children’s -books, or cabinets for collections of any sort, can be made of -pine, and when absolutely plain, if neatly varnished, need not -prove unsightly. They may even be made very ornamental -by a bright curtain, plain or embroidered, with rings attached -that run lightly over a brass rod or wire, and screen the contents -of the shelves from the too inquisitive eye.</p> - -<p>It is really a happy day for a household when one of its -members develops a hobby and begins to make a collection—not -of buttons or business cards, but of something on which -genuine study will not come amiss, and there is hardly any -line in which one is likely to interest himself where he may -not often pick up for a mere trifle much that will be of special -value to his collection, much that, by itself, would be comparatively -worthless, but which in a collection has added worth -and dignity; and any collection makes a new point of interest -in a home. In a quiet country town where I once lived, the -boys of the village took to collecting butterflies and insects. -Farmers carried turpentine or benzine in their pockets, and -would come home from their haying fields with hats gay with -the captured moths and butterflies they were taking to the -collectors of their several households. Thus homes hitherto -utterly wanting in any æsthetic influence, seemed to brighten -into something positively charming, when father and mother, -son and daughter clustered about the drawers in the front parlor, -exhibiting to any chance visitor the fragile treasures so -carefully arranged within them, and when a new specimen was -captured the collector would</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse indent4">“Run it o’er and o’er with greedy view,</div> -<div class="verse">And look and look again, as he would look it through.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Think of the many lines in which the collector may work! -The postage stamp craze was by no means to be despised; it -was a good geography lesson for the children, and well up to -the times, throwing in a little history as well. Coin collecting is -yet more profitable in the same lines, and when confined to the -coins of one’s own land, gives a wide enough range for the -average collector. For the out-of-door student there are shells, -sea mosses and birds’ eggs, flowers to press, and minerals to -secure. One boy hunts up Indian relics, another collects -weapons of various sorts, from</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“The old queen’s arm which Gran’ther Young</div> -<div class="verse i1">Fetched back from Concord, busted,”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">to an Australian boomerang or a South Sea Island club brought by -the sailor uncle from some voyage of long ago. One dear, old -lady has a choice collection of bits of lace all dated and -named; another of pieces of brocade, an admirable commentary -on silk manufactory. Here we find a treasurer of fans, -and there of snuff-boxes; here of children’s photographs, and -there of photographs or autographs of famous men; and everywhere, -all over our land, will be found the covetous collector -of rare, old china and pottery. Let the children be encouraged -to interest themselves in some such lines as these, not -so as to make nuisances of themselves and museums of their -homes—there will be little danger of that—but enough to give -them a wholesome enthusiasm in some particular line of study. -A vast deal of general information is disseminated through a -household, unconsciously absorbed, as it were, when each one -has a hobby of his own, and gives out of his choicest discoveries -for the common good.</p> - -<p>As to the sitting room furniture, there are a few essentials -that must be emphasized. There should be a table large -enough for half a dozen people to sit around of an evening—a -round one is best—strong, solid, and covered with a serviceable -cloth. There are handsome woolen table covers that grow -yet handsomer with age as their colors mellow together, but -the best is expensive. A square of plain felt does very well, and -is in better taste than the scarlet and green felt cloths stamped -with black figures that were so prevalent twenty years ago. A -figured cloth shows spots less than a plain one. If a mat -of some sort, or even a newspaper, is always laid down under -any lamp that burns kerosene, and if a blotter is always used -where writing or painting is going on, a plain cloth ought to -last for years. Light should abound where the family sit together, -sunlight by day and good gas or lamp light by night -should be generously supplied. A good duplex burner or a -double student lamp uses no more oil than several small lamps<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[270]</a></span> -dotted down here and there, about the room, and it brings the -family together about the central table. So with the drop light, -which is an essential where gas is used. The wise woman discards -gas in her sitting room, however, and uses good oil, -which is far better for the eyes. There should be a writing -desk in the room. The old-fashioned secretary was a valuable -piece of sitting room furniture, and many a good one has been -recalled from the attic within the last few years, and, by a -judicious use of soda water, has been freed from old paint, and -when scrubbed and rubbed, it has shone as good as new, and -much more useful than the modern Davenport. There should -be large, easy chairs, not too low, for the use of the men of the -house, and for elderly people who find it hard to rise gracefully -and with ease from soft, low chairs. There should also -be low chairs with broad seats, and short arms, or none at all, -for those who must busy themselves with sewing, knitting, and -embroidery, and comfortable camp chairs that can be lightly -lifted by the children and carried here and there about the -room. Let the chairs, in fact let everything be strong and -comfortable in this room. A heavy man is often put to great -inconvenience because the chairs at his disposal are too -flimsy to bear his weight. There are countless stories told -of the Rev. Phillips Brooks, and men of his build, who dare -not laugh at a dinner party lest their chairs resolve themselves -into kindling wood at the first mirthful shake. In my own parlor -there is one chair deep, broad, and of marvelous strength, -bought with an eye to the needs of a friendly neighbor of -grand dimensions. “This is a chair that Mr. B. can’t break,” -said the kindly donor who had witnessed the collapsing of ordinary -parlor chairs under his ponderous weight. Remember -that no chair should be expected to do service that has not -connecting rungs between the legs.</p> - -<p>There should be, also, a lounge or sofa in this room, with -ample pillow, not a round horse-hair cylinder, but something -useful, restful, and not too fine. Let the color be as perfect as -may be, but if the material of which it is made be really too -splendid for daily use, its glories should be veiled behind a -strong, washable tidy. I have seen a gray linen square or -towel, with drawn work at the ends, such as costs fifty cents, -perhaps, at the linen shops, with a few long-stemmed poppies -bending together in a row at one end, wrought in outline, with -the familiar legend, “We are all nodding, nid, nid, nodding,” -running sleepily down the center. That had just sentiment -enough, and art enough for its place and use. Tidies are mere -clutter if not intended to be brushed against and used. Paintings -on blue satin, decked out with lace, are out of taste in any -room, however fine, and out of place on any chair. No chair -should be too daintily dressed out to be sat upon; and no -painting should so hang as to invite shoulders clad in black -broadcloth to rub themselves against it. “Tidies” or “chair -backs,” if used at all, should be of a firm material, not easily -crumpled, should be firmly attached, should give off little or -no lint, and should be washed when they are soiled, or thrown -away. They are better when off the white.</p> - -<p>There should be a wrap of some sort, afghan, Mexican or -army blanket, railway rug or shawl thrown over the foot of the -sofa, with which to cover up the invalid of the household, or -any one who is tempted to lounge awhile.</p> - -<p>Other sitting room comforts, though not essentials, are a -sewing table, stand or basket with drawers or pockets attached, -for the convenience of needlewomen, a portable screen, two-leaved -and not too large, that can shut off draughts from -rheumatic shoulders, and an occasional hassock or footstool—“crickets” -our grandmothers called them in New England.</p> - -<p>The covering of tables, chairs, etc., affords an opportunity -to introduce color into the room, but it is not at all necessary -that the chairs should all be covered with stuffs of the same -quality or color. Unless very well chosen, plain colors are -apt to stare, like the sharp green “rep” that was so long -popular, and whose good wearing qualities made it so hard to -displace. If the manufacturers had only kept pace with the -times, and produced the stuff in good, plain shades that would -keep their colors, or figured in good designs, it would still hold -its own against all the so-called tapestry goods that the upholsterers -offer us. “Rep,” however, was utterly unsuitable -for curtains; it was stiff and wiry, and hung in ungainly folds.</p> - -<p>For our sitting room some light drapery at the windows is advisable. -If the room has no blinds, there should be some sort of -thick shades or venetian blinds. There is a yellowish brown -holland that is admirable for the purpose; but with outside or inside -blinds, a thin curtain like Madras muslin is all that is necessary -to shade the blackness of the windows at night, or to temper -the brightness of the sunlight by day. The advantage of Madras -muslin or Cretan cloth over lace, muslin, or cheese cloth curtains -lies in the color and figure; colored and figured curtains -showing to better advantage against the light than plain white, -and looking fresher much longer; they “furnish” a room more.</p> - -<p>Whatever curtains are used, they should be hung with rings -from rods of brass, bamboo, or wood—varnished pine is good -enough—so that they can be pushed entirely to one side with -ease. Rods should not be too large and should be finished at -the ends with some simple ornament, as a plain ball which -pulls off at one end, so as to allow the rings to slip over the -rod. The curtains may be long, if hung outside the window -frame, and just reach the floor, or they may hang from the upper -sash and just reach to the window ledge, so as to cover only -the window; or they may be half curtains hanging from a small -rod or wire so as to screen only the lower sash. It is not at all -necessary to treat the windows alike. A bay window may -have a long, heavy curtain running across the bay and forming -a nook where two or three may sit cosily together, and the -other windows may be treated to sash or half-sash curtains of -soft silk, Madras muslin, or even Turkey red calico. Where -a window is filled with plants, the little half curtain running -upon a brass wire and falling over the lower sash serves, on -winter nights, as a slight protection for the plants from outer -air, and can be thrust to one side by day, and tucked up out -of sight. A little drapery is a great relief in a room where -there are bare floors and much display of woodwork in doors -and window frames. Then, a portière in place of a closet -door, a hanging before a book case, or curtains at the windows -would relieve the bareness of the room as nothing else could. -Curtains should not repeat the color of the walls, nor should -portières be of the same material and color as the curtains. -Woodwork, however, when painted should repeat the wall -color, though it should be somewhat lighter in shade.</p> - -<p>There lacks but little to make our home parlor complete. A -piano, if practice thereon will not interfere with the occupancy -of the room by the household; otherwise let the piano be kept -where music lessons given and studied will not disturb the -family serenity; for many reasons the drawing room is the -best place for the piano, it is more likely to be treated with -respect by mischievous fingers there than in the living room; -and a clock, the plainer the better—no little French fanciful affair, -but something substantial, that can last like the tall, ancestral -eight-day time piece. Should the clock stand on the mantel -it is not essential to have balancing ornaments on either side. -The choicest treasures of the house should indeed adorn the -mantel piece, but it is never necessary to have two of a kind -standing at equal distances from the center.</p> - -<p>This is the room in which all things should seem to grow -into a likeness to the household, and to grow old with it. Here -no changes should be made but for good cause, and always -for the better, never by the wholesale. Nor should furniture -be introduced that is so staringly new and gay as to put the -rest out of countenance and make it look shabby by comparison. -There are plenty of good stuffs subdued enough in color -to harmonize with any long used parlor, no matter how old the -carpet nor how faded the chair seats. Whatever is good and -old, though worn, let us respect, preserve, and repair.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[271]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="NATIONAL_AID_TO_EDUCATION">NATIONAL AID TO EDUCATION.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY GENERAL JOHN A. LOGAN,<br /> -U. S. Senator from Illinois.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>To bring to light and expose to public gaze our national defects -or social deformities is an unpleasant and generally -thankless task, but so long as we shirk it, just so long will they -remain to our national detriment and disgrace. To be conscious -of disease, to locate and properly diagnose it, is to be -half-way on the road to good health.</p> - -<p>It is not necessary in this age of enlightenment to dwell -upon the manifest and manifold advantages to a people and -to a nation, of education. They are palpable, and conceded -by all men. Illiteracy, then, must as plainly be a disadvantage -to a nation, a hindrance to the advancement and welfare of -its people, and an evil which should be eradicated.</p> - -<p>We Americans boast, and boast rightfully, of the high position -in the scale of intelligence we occupy as a people; but -pride in that fact should not blind our eyes to our existing imperfections. -We are proud of the attainments of our men of -letters; we rejoice in the achievements of our scientists and -inventors; we glory in our rapid advance among the nations -to wealth and power; and we fail to give serious heed to the -hundreds of thousands of our people who are growing up every -year in clouded ignorance, without even the rudiments of -education.</p> - -<p>If we examine with care our census returns and the reports -of our Bureau of Education, we will be startled by some of the -facts they reveal. To follow many of these revelations in detail -might lead to an accusation of making invidious distinctions, -but there are enough to which the attention of the country -may be called without the shadow of justification for such -a charge. Let us look at these.</p> - -<p>Take the Bulletin of “Illiteracy in the United States,” as returned -at the tenth census, and its first line reveals the deplorable -fact that of the 36,761,607 persons of ten years of age and upward, -4,923,451 (over one-seventh) are unable to read, and -6,239,958 (nearly one-sixth) are unable to write.</p> - -<p>It appears, moreover, from other census tabulations presented<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> -to the United States Senate that, of the 50,155,783 -persons constituting our population in 1880, there were equally -proportioned between the white and colored races, 4,204,363 of -both sexes over twenty-one years of age unable to write, or -about 2,000,000 “illiterates” out of the 10,000,000 persons at -that time entitled to vote; or, in other words, one of every five -voters in the United States unable to write his name. From -other statistics of that census it appears also that 1,640,000 -voters were unable to read. Thus we have the astounding -assurance that while one in every five voters can not write the -ballot that he wishes to deposit, one in every six voters can not -even read the ballot that he places in the box!</p> - -<p>It is this one illiterate voter in every five (or six) voters -who holds the balance of power at our elections.</p> - -<p>While a very large proportion of our population, and also of -that portion of it which exercises the elective franchise, can -both read and write, yet a great number of these are very little -the more intelligent because their limited ability to do either -or both is so imperfect and so rarely availed of. Alluding to -these, a committee of the United States Senate (Report 101, -Pt. 2, first session, Forty-eighth Congress), said: “Of those -who can write, multitudes do not place a sentence on paper -twice in a lifetime. Thousands never get an idea from the -printed page.” Yet these are the men who may at any time -subject the country to their control—men who hold the weighty -balance of political power.</p> - -<p>To the patriot, to the lover of republican institutions, to the -advocate of unrestricted individual suffrage, this fact is appalling. -But it is none the less a fact that should be known. -Nor may the advocates of monarchical systems of government -and of restricted suffrage take comfort from that fact. -That the deciding ballot in our political contests may be an -ignorant one does not prove the evil or folly of unrestricted -suffrage. Not at all. Cancer in the breast does not prove the -folly of life. Nor is a jammed finger necessarily fatal. These -simply remind us that in the one case the knife, and in the -other the lotion, should be quickly and efficiently used. So -with the ignorant ballot. Its existence merely proves the absolute -necessity of prompt and vigorous action to enlighten it—of -educating him who casts it—of taking counsel from the -past and present and providently guarding the future. It -teaches us that while we are properly horrified at any desecration -of the sacred right of suffrage—whether by bulldozing, -ballot-box stuffing, false counting, or other methods of intimidation -or of fraud—it is high time to arouse ourselves to a -state of facts existing around us and under our very noses, -constituting a sacrilege only differing from these others in degree; -to realize, in time to remedy it, that at every election we -witness, at almost every voting precinct in the land, a constant, -never-failing, almost winked-at desecration by power-clad -ignorance of that right; to realize the great dangers from this -source that we have thus far happily escaped; to properly -apprehend the possible perils thus stored up for us in the -bosom of the future, and by timely, energetic and sufficient -action to arrest them. Thus the very knowledge that one in -every five of our voters exercises ignorantly this undue and -prodigious power must nerve a free and enlightened people to -make immediate and adequate provision both to aid and to -make obligatory the elementary education of those who in due -time will inherit from us the right of suffrage.</p> - -<p>It can not be too often or too strongly urged, under the light -of this revelation from the census returns, that an ignorant -ballot is a dangerous ballot, because it may be at once heedless, -and easily deceived; that an educated ballot is, to the -degree of education, an enlightened ballot—possibly wrong-headed -or mistaken at times, but as a rule careful, brave -and pure; and that, as the ballot is placed in the hands of all -Americans, education—the means by which they may discriminatingly -cast that ballot—should be open and free to -all.</p> - -<p>The very existence of the Republic depends upon the proper -use of the potential ballot. Education alone can teach that -proper use. Hence it is that “education to all” is the chief -corner stone of the Republic; and to make that secure, no -effort however great, no expense however large, should be -withheld.</p> - -<p>Here then, with the fact staring us in the face, that the one -potential vote of every five votes that decides all the great -political questions of the day—questions involving the most -complex and far-reaching principles of government—questions -of finance, of diplomacy, of commerce, of trade, of the tariff, -of the relations of capital and labor, and others whose solution -perplexes the minds of our very ablest statesmen—is an utterly -ignorant vote, can the American people hesitate to demand of -Congress not only immediate but adequate remedial legislation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[272]</a></span> -in the shape of ample national aid to elementary education -for all of school age, and obligatory attendance within -reasonable limits?</p> - -<p>But this is not the only fact bearing heavily upon the question -of the necessity of national aid to our public school system. -If we examine the details of these census tabulations we shall -find that much the larger portion of this illiteracy is found in -some thirteen or fourteen states. Taking these states and territories -in which the proportion of “illiterates” (those unable -to write) to the total state or territorial population of ten years -of age and upward exceeds 25 per cent., we find that ratio to -be: In Alabama, 50.9 per cent.; Arkansas, 38; Florida, 43.4; -Georgia, 49.9; Kentucky, 29.9; Louisiana, 49.1; Mississippi, -49.5; New Mexico, 65; North Carolina, 48.3; South Carolina, -55.4; Tennessee, 38.7; Texas, 29.7; and Virginia, 40.6. -Massing these twelve states and one territory together, we find -they include a population of 10,079,130 of ten years of age and -upward, of which number no less than 4,324,513, or over two -fifths, are unable to write—forty-three out of every one hundred -unable to sign their own names—while of the 26,682,477 -persons of like age in the remaining states and territories, the -number of such illiterates is but 1,915,445, or a little over seven -in every one hundred.</p> - -<p>We are all of course aware that this large proportion of illiteracy -in the states named is largely owing to the presence of -the colored population. Nevertheless the fact remains that -these people, to whom all the rights of citizenship have been -accorded, and who will hereafter form a very important and -possibly predominating factor in the administration of the affairs -of many of these states, as well as an important factor in -national affairs, must remain for a long time in ignorance unless -some other means of educating them be adopted than -that which now obtains.</p> - -<p>But let no one deceive himself with the idea that this undue -and lamentable ratio of illiteracy in these particular states is -due wholly to the presence of the colored population. Unfortunately -illiteracy prevails to a very considerable and almost -an alarming extent among their native white population also. -Thus the census tabulations show that the proportion of -“illiterates” (those unable to write), in the total native white -population, ten years of age and upward, is: In Alabama, 25 -percent.; Arkansas, 25.5; Florida, 20.7; Georgia, 23.2; Kentucky, -22.8; Louisiana, 19.8; Mississippi, 16.6; New Mexico, -64.2; North Carolina, 31.7; South Carolina, 22.4; Tennessee, -27.8; Texas, 13.9; and Virginia, 18.5. Massing them we find -that of the 6,010,714 native whites, ten years of age and upward, -within the territorial limits mentioned, there are as many -as 1,395,441—being 23.2 per cent., or nearly one in every four -of the whites—unable to write. It is evident, therefore, that -the surprising illiteracy in these states is not wholly attributable -to the presence therein of the colored race.</p> - -<p>It is somewhat humiliating to have to confess to the world -by our own official figures that one out of every four of the -native whites over ten years of age in twelve states and one -territory of our Republic is unable to write his own name, especially -when we compare it with the additional fact, derived -from the same tabulation, that the illiteracy of the foreign born -of these same localities does not rise in any instance above -10.9 per cent.</p> - -<p>Turning to the other side of the picture we may find some -grains of comparative consolation in observing the fact that of -the remaining 19,775,075 native whites, ten years of age and -upward, in the United States only 860,019—or 4.3 per cent., -being one in twenty-three—are unable to write. This favorable -condition of one part of the country, however, only serves -to bring out in sharper contrast the sad condition of the other -part, and should spur the philanthropist and statesman to renewed -and more strenuous effort to obliterate, or at least -ameliorate, this alarming sectional inequality in the degree of -illiteracy.</p> - -<p>Were it not for the hope of ultimately removing this inequality -by attaining an educational homogeneity or equality -on the higher level as between the sections, one might almost -be tempted to wish for an educational equalization on the -lower grade; for as long as that inequality continues to exist, -so long must it prove a source of irritation and danger in a -thousand forms.</p> - -<p>As to the situation in the old slave states, where the colored -population is proportionately large, it is not difficult to understand -it. We can appreciate the dread on the part of the -whites of an “uprising,” as it is termed, of the colored people. -But the words of Jefferson<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a>—possibly prophetic unless averted -by the exercise of wisdom and fairness—have in them a depth -of meaning that none but those whites can fully realize when, -speaking of the slaves, he says: “And can the liberties of a -nation be thought secure when we have removed their only -firm basis, a conviction in the minds of the people that these -liberties are the gift of God? That they are not to be violated -but with his wrath? Indeed I tremble for my country when I -reflect that God is just; that his justice can not sleep forever; -that considering numbers, nature and natural means only, a -<i>revolution of the wheel of fortune, an exchange of situation is -among the possible events</i>; that it may become probable by -supernatural interference! The Almighty has no attribute -which can take sides with us in such a contest.”</p> - -<p>Aside from the overawing influence of a large standing army -there is but one thing that can prevent a race-conflict, the very -possibility of which we dread to contemplate, and that is the -benign and liberalizing influence of education, resulting in a -free and untrammeled exercise of the elective franchise. Give -the former and you will unquestionably secure the latter.</p> - -<p>That the local as well as sectional inequality in education -can be overcome by no other means than by national aid, will -be further demonstrated. Nor is it just that we should expect -or ask it to be otherwise. No matter now what may have -caused this inequality, the fact that it exists is that which now -momentously concerns us. We know it can not be removed -by recurring to the cause; and it will become more and more -evident as we examine the subject that only by speedy and -efficient congressional action can we now insure that future -educational equilibrium, not only between the races and between -the sections, but also between the people in each state, -which will have so important a bearing upon the destinies of -this nation, and is so essential to the continued peace, prosperity -and contentment of its people.</p> - -<p>Another fact of great importance, as bearing upon the necessity -for national aid to education, is revealed by the census -returns. It is a curious as well as an important revelation, because -it shows that the ratio of children or persons under -twenty-one years of age to the adults, is considerably larger in -some states than in others, and correspondingly increases the -educational burden.</p> - -<p>The principle involved in this condition of affairs may be -simply illustrated thus: Suppose the head of each family -had to pay directly for the education of his own children. -Then, even with an equality of means, the burden would, as a -matter of course, fall heavier on the one with a numerous -than the one with a small progeny.</p> - -<p>To make apparent the effect of this inequality in the proportion -of minors to adults in different parts of our common country, -let us suppose that the mean average cost of schooling is -four dollars per annum for each child.</p> - -<p>It appears that in Connecticut, out of every one hundred -persons, fifty-nine are adults, and forty-one are minors. At this -supposed rate, then, the fifty-nine adults would have each to pay -two dollars and seventy-eight cents per annum in order to make -up the one hundred and sixty-four dollars per annum needed -for the education of the forty-one children. It appears also<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[273]</a></span> -that in South Carolina, out of every one hundred persons, forty-three -are adults and fifty-seven are minors. At the supposed -rate, then, these forty-three adults would have each to pay -five dollars and thirty cents per annum in order to make up -the two hundred and twenty-eight dollars per annum needed -for the education of the fifty-seven children.</p> - -<p>Now, this is a very important fact, indeed, and must lead all -fair minded advocates of education to modify somewhat the -criticisms they may have made touching the expenditure in the -South for education as compared with that in the North and -West; for here it becomes palpable that two dollars and seventy-eight -cents per adult in Connecticut is equivalent to five -dollars and thirty cents per adult in South Carolina for the -schooling of the children respectively, in those states. Nearly -twice as much in one state as in the other.</p> - -<p>But this result is from an assumed uniform mean average -standard of the cost of educating each child in the Union. Let -us test the matter by a comparison founded on actual cost. -Take, for instance, the states of Maine and Mississippi.</p> - -<p>In Maine there are fifty-eight adults to forty-two minors in -every one hundred persons. In Mississippi there are forty-three -adults to fifty-seven minors in every one hundred persons. -In Maine<a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a> the educational expenditure per capita of the -school population is four dollars and sixty-seven cents per -annum. This enforces an annual expenditure for this purpose -of three dollars and thirty-eight cents by each adult. An equal -school tax of four dollars and sixty-seven cents per annum for -each scholar, imposed upon the adult population of Mississippi -would call for six dollars and nineteen cents from each adult—or -nearly twice what the adult of Maine must pay.</p> - -<p>The effects of this disparity will be more fully dwelt upon at -a later period. But it must surely be already apparent that -this inequality of the educational burden created by the disparity -existing between the populations of various portions of our -country can alone be met and remedied by some aid from the -general government.</p> - -<p>It is true that the facts thus far adduced indicate rather the -necessity for national assistance to certain sections or states -than for general and uniform aid to all. But a further study and -the development of other facts will, as we proceed, more fully -reveal, not alone the wisdom and necessity of such aid to all, -but the character and extent of the aid required.</p> - -<p>Before we reach that period, however, there are facts touching -other phases of inequality of burden that are worthy of -close and careful consideration.</p> - -<p>Careful tabulations from the census returns show that a -school enrollment of 22.4 per cent. of the total population of -Missouri amounts to but 88.6 per cent. of the school population -of that state, fixing the standard of school age as between -six and sixteen years; while a school enrollment of 22 per cent. -of the total population of New Jersey is equal to<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a> 101.5 per -cent. of her school population. Hence, although Missouri has -a somewhat larger percentage in school of her total population -than has New Jersey, yet she lacks more than 11 per cent. -of having all her children of school age enrolled as scholars; -while a slightly smaller per cent. of her total population places -more than all the school age children of New Jersey in school. -So also with Vermont, where a school enrollment of 22 per -cent. of the total population gives 109.5 per cent. in school, of -all of school age.</p> - -<p>Comparing Nebraska and Connecticut, we find that while -22.3 per cent. of the total population of the former state enrolled -in the schools amounts to but 95.4 per cent. of her children -of school age, 21.3 per cent. of the total population of -the latter state enrolled in the schools is equivalent to 110.3 per cent. of -her children of school age.</p> - -<p>Massachusetts has to send 19.2 per cent. of her total population -to school in order to equal 104.8 per cent. of her children -of school age, while Illinois has to send to school 24.5 per -cent. of her population to reach a like ratio of enrolled scholars -to children of school age.</p> - -<p>Even in states situated so near to each other as Pennsylvania -and New York we observe this inequality. In the former, -where the school enrollment is 22.8 per cent. of the total population, -it is but 99.4 per cent. of the children of school age, -while in New York 23 per cent. of the total population enrolled -in the schools is 112.4 per cent. of her children of school age.</p> - -<p>Thus far have been selected for comparison some of those -states the ratios of whose school enrollment to the total population -were about the same. But while these contrasts bring -out very clearly the inequality in the burden of educating the -children of our country, yet there are more marked illustrations -at hand.</p> - -<p>Take Arkansas, West Virginia and New York, for instance. -In Arkansas the school enrollment is 13.5 per cent. of population, -and but 51.3 per cent. of the children of school age. At -the same ratio a school enrollment of 23 per cent. of total population -in Arkansas would be but 87.4 per cent. of the children -of school age. West Virginia has a school enrollment of 23.3 -per cent. of total population, which is only 87.9 per cent. of her -children of school age. Yet New York, as we have already -seen, by an enrollment of 23 per cent. of her total population -secures schooling for 113.3 per cent.—more than all—of her -children of school age.</p> - -<p>Comparing other states, one with the other—such as Alabama -with Maine, Georgia with New Hampshire, Tennessee -with Rhode Island, Mississippi with Massachusetts, etc.—we -see similar, and in some cases even greater inequality.</p> - -<p>Let us now apply these facts practically, and thus reach a -clearer understanding of the effect of this great disparity.</p> - -<p>The actual mean average cost of the schooling of each public -school scholar in the United States is about ten dollars. Assuming -then that the adult population of each state bears the -burden of educating its children, and that all the children of -school age in each state are enrolled in the schools—as they -should be—let us ascertain how much the tax per capita would -be on the adults bearing this burden in each state and territory. -In other words, let us discover how much in each state -and territory must every adult (male or female) pay every year -in order to supply the ten dollars per annum that it costs to -educate each and every child in that state or territory.</p> - -<p>It would cost each adult in Montana, $1.95; in Wyoming, $2.12; -Nevada, $2.12; Colorado, $2.20; Arizona, $2.34; New Hampshire, -$2.78; Idaho, $3.00; Massachusetts, $3.23; Dakota, $3.30; -Rhode Island, $3.22; California, $3.33; Connecticut, $3.27; -Maine, $3.43; Vermont, $3.46; New York, $3.56; District of -Columbia, $3.77; Washington, $3.94; New Jersey, $4.02; Michigan, -$4.15; Oregon, $4.29; Delaware, $4.31; Pennsylvania, -$4.26; Ohio, $4.55; Maryland, $4.55; Nebraska, $4.77; Minnesota, -$4.70; New Mexico, $4.65; Wisconsin, $4.86; Illinois, -$4.88; Indiana, $5.00; Iowa, $5.10; Missouri, $5.28; Kansas, -$5.32; Louisiana, $5.54; North Carolina, $5.67; Virginia, $5.59; -Texas, $5.86; Kentucky, $5.65; Florida, $5.78; Utah, $6.07; -Alabama, $6.12; Arkansas, $6.12; Georgia, $5.98; South Carolina, -$5.98; Tennessee, $6.00; West Virginia, $5.86, and Mississippi, -$6.28—while, massing the entire Union, the cost to each -adult in it would be $4.70.</p> - -<p>Thus we find that while the school tax on each adult in New -York would be but $3.56, in the adjoining state of Pennsylvania -it would be $4.26; that while in Massachusetts it would be -but $3.23, in Illinois it would be $4.88—a difference of $1.65 per -capita to the adult; that while in New Hampshire it would be -but $2.78, in Mississippi it would be more than double that -amount. But the reader can himself, by a glance at the list -presented, perceive even more glaring inequalities than these -in the relative burdens which would be imposed upon the adult<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[274]</a></span> -population of the various states and territories, were that burden -to be placed entirely on their shoulders.</p> - -<p>If it be the true policy of a nation to equalize, as far as possible, -the necessary burdens imposed upon its people, then we -certainly have before us in these statistics, a condition of facts -demanding serious consideration and efficacious action by the -general government.</p> - -<p>If inequality in the burdens imposed in order to educate -our children be any argument in favor of national aid to education—and -who will venture to deny it?—then we have in these -statistics positive evidence of very great and possibly hitherto -unsuspected inequalities; inequalities of which none could be -aware without a close and critical analysis of the figures, the -developments of which as previously hinted, may well cause -us to modify somewhat the reproaches we may have felt inclined -to cast upon some of our states for what seemed to be a -lack of proper effort on their part in the direction of education.</p> - -<p>While, however, reproachful criticism of them still appears -to some extent justifiable, yet the deductions from rearrangement -and classification of the census and educational bureau -tables show that the fault does not altogether lie at the doors -of those among whom the greatest amount of illiteracy is -found.</p> - -<p>In order to make this clear let us examine the ratio of children -enrolled in schools, not to the state, but to the adult population. -That ratio is, in Alabama, 34.6 per cent.; Arkansas, -31.4; California, 35.2; Colorado, 17.7; Connecticut, 36.1; Delaware, -34.6; District of Columbia, 32.1; Florida, 35.8; Georgia, -42; Illinois, 50; Indiana, 54.3; Iowa, 56; Kansas, 53.8; -Kentucky, 36.3; Louisiana, 19.8; Maine, 40; Maryland, 31.4; -Massachusetts, 33.5; Michigan, 44; Minnesota, 47.8; Mississippi, -48.6; Missouri, 47.7; Nebraska, 45.5; New Hampshire, -31.3; New Jersey, 40.7; New York, 40.3; North Carolina, 40.7; -Ohio, 47.8; Pennsylvania, 42.2; Rhode Island, 30.2; South -Carolina, 32.3; Tennessee, 49.1; Texas, 25.2; Utah, 44.4; Vermont, -38; Virginia, 35.4; West Virginia, 51.8; Wisconsin, 50.4, -and in the entire Union, 42 per cent.</p> - -<p>Now, the mean average number of children in the United -States enrolled in the schools being forty-two to every one -hundred adults, what is our surprise to find, in the figures just -given, that every New England state, as well as New York, -New Jersey, and the District of Columbia, falls below this average, -while on the other hand, every northwestern state (including -Ohio, Missouri and Kansas), as well as Mississippi, -Tennessee and West Virginia, stands above it!</p> - -<p>That in proportion to the adult population of those states, -there are more children at school in Mississippi, Tennessee -and West Virginia, than in any of the New England states, is, -indeed, an astounding revelation.</p> - -<p>Supposing, then, the cost of educating a child in those states -to be the same, it follows that each one hundred adults in Mississippi, -Tennessee, and West Virginia are paying more to -educate their children than is paid by the same number of adults -in any New England state!</p> - -<p>At first sight these statistical results fairly stagger one, and -give rise to doubts of their accuracy. But a careful examination -of them will satisfy any reasonable mind that these developments -are veritable facts, if the census returns and the school -enrollment reported by the Commissioners of Education are -to be accepted—being based upon and directly calculated from -them. Even supposing the existence of some deficiencies in -the returns or some minor errors in the calculations, the general -facts they reveal must be accepted as true.</p> - -<p class="center">[TO BE CONTINUED.]</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a> By Senator Butler, of South Carolina.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[E]</span></a> “Notes on Virginia, Fourth American Edition, N. Y. 1801,” p. 241.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[F]</span></a> See Report of Commissioner of Education for 1881, page 49.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[G]</span></a> The surplus of percentage being due doubtless to the attendance at school of some -children beyond the school age prescribed by law.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_PARSONS_COMFORTER">THE PARSON’S COMFORTER.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY FREDERICK LANGBRIDGE.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The parson goes about his daily ways</div> -<div class="verse indent1">With all the parish troubles in his head,</div> -<div class="verse">And takes his Bible out, and reads and prays,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Beside the sufferer’s chair, the dying bed.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Whate’er the secret skeleton may be—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Doubt, drink, or debt—that keeps within his lair,</div> -<div class="verse">When parson comes, the owner turns the key,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And lets him out to “squeak and gibber” there.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">It seems a possibility unguessed—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Or little borne in mind, if haply known—</div> -<div class="verse">The he who cheers in trouble all the rest</div> -<div class="verse indent1">May now and then have troubles of his own.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Alas! God knows, he has his foe to fight,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">His closet-atomy, severe and grim;</div> -<div class="verse">All others claim his comfort as of right,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">But, hapless parson! who shall comfort <i>him</i>?</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A friend he has to whom he may repair</div> -<div class="verse indent1">(Beside that One who carries all our grief),</div> -<div class="verse">And when his load is more than he can bear</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He seeks his comforter, and finds relief.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He finds a cottage, very poor and small,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The meanest tenement where all are mean;</div> -<div class="verse">Yet decency and order mark it all:—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The panes are bright, the step severely clean.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He lifts the latch—his comforter is there,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Propt in the bed, where now for weeks she stays,</div> -<div class="verse">Or, haply, seated knitting in her chair,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">If this be one of those rare “better days.”</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A tiny woman, stunted, bent, and thin;</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Her features sharp with pain that always wakes;</div> -<div class="verse">The nimble hand she holds the needles in</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Is warped and wrenched by dire rheumatic aches.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Sometimes, but seldom, neighbors hear her moan,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Wrung by some sudden stress of fiercer pain;</div> -<div class="verse">Often they hear her pray, but none has known,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">No single soul has heard her lips complain.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The parson enters, and a gracious smile</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Over the poor pinched features brightly grows;</div> -<div class="verse">She lets the needles rest a little while;</div> -<div class="verse indent1">“You’re kindly welcome sir!”—ah! that he knows.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He takes the Book, and opens at the place—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">No need to ask her which her favorite psalm;</div> -<div class="verse">And, as he reads, upon her tortured face</div> -<div class="verse indent1">There comes a holy rapture, deep and calm.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">She murmurs softly with him as he reads</div> -<div class="verse indent1">(She can repeat the Psalter through at will);</div> -<div class="verse">“He feeds me in green pastures, and He leads,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He leads me forth beside the waters still.”</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The reading’s done, and now the prayer is said;</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He bids farewell, and leaves her to her pain;</div> -<div class="verse">But grace and blessing on his soul are shed—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He goes forth comforted and strong again.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">He takes his way, on divers errands bound,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Abler to plead, and warn, and comfort woes;</div> -<div class="verse">That is the darkest house on all his round,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And yet, be sure, the happiest house he knows.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[275]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="THE_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION">THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY G. BROWN GOODE.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Let the trust of <span class="smcap">James Smithson</span> to the United States of America -be faithfully executed by their representatives in Congress, let the result -accomplish his object, ‘the increase and diffusion of knowledge -among men,’ and a wreath of more unfading verdure shall entwine -itself in the lapse of future ages around the name of Smithson, than -the united hands of tradition, history, and poetry have braided around -the name of Percy through the long perspective in ages past of a thousand -years.”—<i>John Quincy Adams.</i></p> - -</div> - -<p>The name of the Smithsonian Institution is a household -word throughout North America, and its fame is current -wherever printed literature exists. Abroad it is regarded as -the chief exponent of the scientific activities of the people of -the United States, and the administrative scientific department -of our government. At home, its actual relations to the administration -are better understood, and it is looked upon in its -proper capacity—that of an organization closely affiliated to -the government and tenderly cherished by its officers, yet, in -virtue of its independent foundation, independent of political -favor, and ready to encourage, advise and coöperate with any -public or private enterprise without the necessity of annual -appeals to the congressional committees on appropriations.</p> - -<p>Visitors to the national capital usually carry away pleasant -memories of the quiet old building among the trees in the -mall, with its mediæval battlements and turrets of brown stone -conspicuous from every point of view, and the multitude who -enter its halls are at least impressed with the fact that the -national treasure houses are becoming filled with valuable collections -rather faster than the available money and space will -allow to be properly arranged and displayed. Only a very -few, however, of the four hundred thousand persons who visited -the buildings last year can have had the opportunity to inspect -the administrative offices or the scientific laboratories, -and very few indeed of those who are acquainted with the -general nature of the operations of the establishment, have -the slightest conception of their meaning and importance.</p> - -<p>No class of American people, except indeed our scientific -investigators, better understand and appreciate the work of -the Institution than do our members of Congress, as is clearly -shown by the uniform liberality with which, throughout many -successive terms, regardless of changes in the political complexion -of the administration, they have supported its policy, by the -care with which they disseminate its reports, by the judgment -with which they select their representatives in its board of regents, -and above all, by the scrupulous care with which they -have protected its independence from political complications. -Through the disinterested labors of Washington correspondents, -novelists, and playwrights, the average congressman of -current, popular belief, is not a person remarkable either for -manners, honesty or intellect. Residents of Washington, however, -do not find the representative men at the Capital counterparts -of the eminent politicians depicted by the author of -“Democracy,” but in their stead, practical men of business, -hard-working in their committees and hard-worked by their -constituents. It is its support by these men, and through -them by the people of the United States, that has enabled the -Smithsonian Institution to do its work in the past. It is to such -support that it will owe its efficiency in the future, and it seems -right that every opportunity should be taken to explain its -operations to the public. Representatives of the best classes of -thinking Americans will no doubt thoroughly appreciate the -benefits which education has received and will continue to receive -from the proper administration of the Smithsonian bequest.</p> - -<p>The story of the foundation of the Institution sounds more -like a romance than like fact. Its history seems like the fulfillment -of some ancient prophecy—even more strikingly so -because it is evident that the future is to fulfill the promise of -the past. The father of the founder of the Smithsonian Institution -was one of the most distinguished members of the English -peerage. Upon the plate of his coffin in Westminster Abbey, -where he was buried “in great pomp” in 1786, he is described -as “the most high, puissant and most noble prince Hugh -Percy, Duke and Earl of Northumberland, Earl Percy, Baron -Warkworth and Lovaine, Lord Lieutenant and Custos Rotulorum -of the Counties of Middlesex and Northumberland, Vice -Admiral of the County of Northumberland and of all America, -one of the Lords of His Majesty’s most Honorable Privy -Council and Knight of the most noble Order of the Garter, -etc., etc.” While his aged father was sustaining this overwhelming -accumulation of dignities, and while his elder -brother, Earl Percy, was acting as Lieutenant-General in the -war against the rebellious British colonies in North America -(he commanded the reinforcements at the battle of Lexington -in 1775, and led the column that reduced Fort Washington, -near New York in 1776), James Smithson, a youth of modest -fortune, inherited from his mother, was laying the foundations -of a scientific education in the English schools and colleges, -receiving the degree of Master of Arts at Pembroke College, -Oxford, in 1786, the year of his father’s death. He was then -known as James Louis Macie, Esq., and did not assume the -name of Smithson until fourteen years later, after he had attained -to some reputation as a man of science. His mother -was not the Duchess of Northumberland, but a cousin of her -father’s, Elizabeth Hungerford, who was subsequently known -as Mrs. Macie. She appears to have been the daughter and -heiress of Sir George Hungerford of Audley and the Hon. -Frances Seymour, sister of the Duke of Somerset and aunt of -Algernon Seymour, Lord Percy, by marriage with whose -daughter Sir Hugh Smithson was enabled to assume the name -of Percy and the title of Duke of Northumberland. The -Smithsons were an old Yorkshire family, Sir Hugh Smithson, -the great-grandfather of James Smithson, having been created -baronet in 1660 by Charles II. after his restoration. The -names of Percy and Northumberland were, as has been stated, -assumed by James Smithson’s father. These barren, genealogical -details are referred to because they seem to be necessary -to the understanding of James Smithson’s career.</p> - -<p>Proud of his descent he undoubtedly was. In his will he -describes his identity himself in these words: “I, James -Smithson, son of Hugh, first Duke of Northumberland and -Elizabeth, heiress of the Hungerfords of Audley, and niece to -Charles the Proud, Duke of Somerset.” He was, however, a -man of broad, philosophic mind, in whom a thorough training -in the best scientific methods of his day, and associations with -leading investigators in Germany and France, and his brother -Fellows of the Royal Society of London, had developed a generous -appreciation of the value of scholarship and scientific -culture.</p> - -<p>In one of his manuscripts was found the following sentiment, -which I have already referred to as prophetic in its ring:</p> - -<p>“The best blood of England flows in my veins; on my -father’s side I am a Northumberland, on my mother’s I am -related to kings, but this avails me not. <i>My name shall live -in the memory of man when the titles of the Northumberlands -and the Percys are extinct and forgotten.</i>”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[276]</a></span></p> - -<p>These words came to my mind last summer in London when -I saw the present Duke of Northumberland, grandson of -Smithson’s half-brother, a feeble old man, still one of England’s -greatest dignitaries, following in the train of the Prince -of Wales, and rising to falter out a feeble speech proposing a -vote of thanks to His Royal Highness for presiding at one of the -conferences of the International Fisheries’ Exhibition, upon -the occasion of an address by Prof. Huxley, president of the -Royal Society. The name of the Smithsonian Institution has -a world-wide fame; but who outside of English court circles -ever heard of Algernon George Percy, Duke of Northumberland?</p> - -<p>Smithson seems early in life to have become imbued with -the scientific spirit of his time. In 1784, while still an undergraduate -at Oxford, he made a scientific exploration of the -coasts of Scotland in company with a party of geologists. In -1787 he was admitted as a Fellow of the Royal Society, and -during the remaining forty-two years of his life, a considerable -portion of which was passed upon the continent, in Berlin, -Paris, Rome, Florence and Geneva, he was the associate of -the leading men of science, and devoted himself to research. -He made an extensive collection of minerals, which was destroyed -by the burning of a portion of the Smithsonian building -in 1865, and always carried with him a portable chemical -laboratory. His contributions to science are included in -twenty-seven memoirs, chiefly upon topics in mineralogy and -organic chemistry, but a number of them relating to applied -science and the industrial arts.</p> - -<p>His work was by no means of an epoch-making character, -but seems to have been remarkable for its minute accuracy. -Smithson was a much greater man than his published writings -would indicate. In his eulogy the president of the Royal Society -remarked: “He carried with him the esteem of various -private friends, and of a still larger number of persons who -admired and appreciated his acquirements.” He was evidently -a man of broad, general culture, who understood -thoroughly the needs of the world in the direction of scientific -endowment, and whose action in bequeathing his estate to the -people of America was deliberate and well considered.</p> - -<p>In his admirable little monograph entitled “Smithson and -His Bequest,” Mr. W. J. Rhees has shown the tendency of the -time of Smithson to have been in the direction of establishing -permanent scientific institutions. Between 1782 and 1826, -over twenty of the most important academies and societies -now in existence were organized. This period he remarks -“was not less marked by the gloom occasioned by long protracted -and almost universal war, and the extent and rapidity -of its social changes, than by the luster of its brilliant discoveries -in science, and its useful inventions in the arts. Pure, -abstract science had many illustrious votaries, and the practical -applications of its truths gave to the world many of the -great inventions by means of which civilization has made such -immense and rapid progress.” He quotes in support of these -statements the words of Lord Brougham, the representative -statesman of the day. “To instruct the people in the rudiments -of philosophy,” Brougham remarked, “would of itself -be an object sufficiently brilliant to allure the noblest ambition.”</p> - -<p>He recommended this idea to the wealthy men of England, -pointing out how, by the promotion of such ends, a man, however -averse to the turmoil of public affairs, may enjoy the -noblest gratification of which the most aspiring nature is susceptible, -and may influence by his single exertions the character -and fortunes of a whole generation.</p> - -<p>Very closely do these ideas agree with those expressed by -Smithson in various passages in his note books, especially -with that which is used for a motto upon the publications of -the Institution: “Every man is a valuable member of society -who, by his observations, researches, and experiments, procures -knowledge for men.” Or this: “It is in his knowledge -that man has found his greatness and his happiness, the high -superiority which he holds over the other animals who inherit -the earth with him, and consequently, no ignorance is probably -without loss to him, no error without evil.”</p> - -<p>It was with a mind full of such thoughts as these, with perhaps -the support and inspiration of Lord Brougham’s words -quoted above from his “Treatise on Popular Education,” -printed in 1825, with such models in mind as the Royal Society, -whose object is “the improvement of natural knowledge,” -the Royal Institution “for diffusing the knowledge and facilitating -the general introduction of useful mechanical inventions -and improvements, and for teaching the application of -science to the common purposes of life,” and the Society for -the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge established in London in -1825, that in 1826 Smithson drew up his will containing the -following weighty provision: “<i>I bequeath the whole of my -property to the United States of America to found at Washington, -under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment -for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among -men.</i>”</p> - -<p>No one has been able to show why he selected the United -States as the seat of his foundation. He had no acquaintances -in America, nor does he appear to have had any books relating -to America save two. Rhees quotes from one of these, -“Travels Through North America,” by Isaac Weld, secretary -of the Royal Society, a paragraph concerning Washington, -then a small town of 5,000 inhabitants, in which it is predicted -that “the Federal city, as soon as navigation is perfected, will -increase most rapidly, and that at a future day, if the affairs -of the United States go on as rapidly as they have done, it will -become the grand emporium of the West, and rival in magnitude -and splendor the cities of the whole world.”</p> - -<p>Inspired by a belief in the future greatness of the new nation, -realizing that while the needs of England were well met by -existing organizations such as would not be likely to spring up -for many years in a new, poor, and growing country, he -founded in the new England an institution of learning, the -civilizing power of which has been of incalculable value. -Who can attempt to say what the condition of the United -States would have been to-day without this bequest? In the -words of John Quincy Adams: “Of all the foundations of -establishments for pious or charitable uses which ever signalized -the spirit of the age or the comprehensive beneficence of -the founder, none can be named more deserving the approbation -of mankind.”</p> - -<p>When the fact of the bequest became known, some six years -after Smithson’s death, much opposition was shown in Congress -toward its acceptance. Eminent statesmen like Calhoun -and Preston argued that it was beneath the dignity of the -United States to receive presents, and that it was too cheap a -way of conferring immortality on the donor. The wise counsels -and enthusiastic labors of John Quincy Adams, who -seems to have had from the first a thorough appreciation of -the importance of the matter, finally prevailed, and the Hon. -Richard Rush was sent to England to prosecute the claim. -He entered suit in the Courts of Chancery, in the name of the -President of the United States, and in less than two years—an -event unparalleled in the Court of Chancery—had obtained a -favorable decision. The legacy was brought over in the form -of 104,960 gold sovereigns which were delivered September -1st, 1838, to the Philadelphia mint, where they were immediately -recoined into American money, producing $508,318.46, -as the first installment of the Smithsonian legacy. This was -increased in 1861 to $534,529.09.</p> - -<p>For eight years the legacy lay in the Treasury, while the wise -men of the nation tried to decide what to do with it. In this -instance the adage that in the multitude of counselors there -is wisdom did not appear to be applicable in the ordinary interpretation. -The delay, though irksome to those who desired -to see immediate results, was, however, the best thing in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[277]</a></span> -end for the interests of the trust. Every imaginable disposition -of the legacy was proposed and discussed in Congress; the -debates fill nearly three hundred and fifty pages of Rhees’s -compilation of Smithsonian documents. Letters by the hundred, -advisory, expostulatory and dissuasive were received from -representative thinkers and from societies at home and abroad. -Every man had a scheme peculiar to himself, and opposed all -other schemes with a vigor proportionate to their dissimilarity -to his own. Schools of every grade, from a national university -to an agricultural school, a normal school and a school for -the blind were proposed. A library, a botanical garden, an observatory, -a chemical laboratory, a popular publishing house, -a lecture lyceum, an art museum, any and all of these and -many more were proposed and advocated by this voluntary -congress of many men of many minds. It is not necessary in -this place to discuss the history of the period at length, nor to -relate the manner in which the prevalence of wiser councils -was brought about. It is sufficient to say that though the new -institution was burdened from the start with various undertakings -which have since proved unprofitable or better suited to -the capacity of other institutions, such have been the flexibility -of its organization and the vitality of its membership that it has -been able to work out a career for itself unparalleled in the history -of benevolent foundations.</p> - -<p>It need not be said that the accomplishment of these effects -was the result of long continued effort on the part of men of -unusual ability, energy and personal influence. No board of -trustees or regents, no succession of officers serving out their -terms in rotation could have developed from a chaos of conflicting -opinions, a strongly individualized establishment like -the Smithsonian Institution. The names of Joseph Henry and -Spencer F. Baird are so thoroughly identified with that of the -Institution that their biographies combined would form an almost -complete history of its operations. A thirty-two years’ -term of uninterrupted administrative service has been rendered -by one, thirty-four years by the other. It is very doubtful -whether any other institution has ever had the benefit of such -an uninterrupted administration of thirty-eight years, beginning -with its birth and continuing in an unbroken line of consistent -policy a career of increasing usefulness and enterprise.</p> - -<p>Joseph Henry, the first secretary, entered upon his duties at -the end of the year 1846, a man already famous as an investigator -in physical science, a professor of fourteen years’ standing -in Princeton College, and recognized as eminent in scientific -and general acquirements. From the age of forty-seven -to that of seventy-nine, his life was merged in that of the Institution. -Professor Asa Gray has pointed out so clearly the -deep impression which he made upon the Institution while it -was yet plastic, that I venture to quote his words in order to -explain the character of this new force in the evolution of -good results from the Smithson benefaction. “Some time before -his appointment,” writes Professor Gray, “he had been -requested by members of the Board of Regents to examine -the will of Smithson and to suggest a plan of organization by -which the object of the bequest might, in his opinion, best -be realized. He did so, and the plan he drew was in their -hands when he was chosen secretary. The plan was based on -the conviction ‘that the intention of the donor was to advance -science by original research and publication; that the establishment -was for the benefit of mankind generally, and that all -unnecessary expenditures on local objects would be violations -of the trust.’ His ‘Programme of Organization’ was submitted -to the Board of Regents in the following year, was -adopted as its governing policy, and has been reprinted in full -or in part in almost every annual report. If the Institution is -now known and praised throughout the world of science and -letters, if it is fulfilling the will of its founder and the reasonable -expectations of the nation which accepted and established -the trust, the credit is mainly due to the practical wisdom, the -catholic spirit, and the indomitable perseverance of its first -secretary, to whom the establishing act gave much power of -shaping ends, which as rough-hewn by Congress were susceptible -of various diversion. Henry took his stand on the broad -and ample terms of the bequest, ‘for the increase and diffusion -of useful knowledge among men,’ and he never narrowed -his mind and to <i>locality</i> gave what was meant for mankind. -He proposed only one restriction, of wisdom and necessity, -that in view of the limited means of the Institution, it -ought not to undertake anything which could be done, and -well done, by other existing instrumentalities. So as occasion -arose he lightened its load and saved its energies by -giving over to other agencies some of its cherished work.” -The character of the work done in manifold directions will be -discussed topically below; its spirit is sufficiently indicated in -Dr. Gray’s terse summary just quoted. Professor Henry died -in 1878. “Remembering his great career as a man of science,” -remarked President Garfield, “as a man who served his Government -with singular ability and faithfulness, who was loved and -venerated by every circle who was blessed with the light of -his friendship, the worthiest and the best, whose life added -new luster to the glory of the human race, we shall be most -fortunate if ever in the future we see his like again.”<a name="FNanchor_8" id="FNanchor_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[H]</a> His -statue, erected by Congress, stands in the Smithsonian Park.</p> - -<p>Concerning the influence of Professor Baird, upon whom -the mantle of his predecessor has descended, it would perhaps -be premature and out of taste to speak. His eminence as a -naturalist and his patriotic service as Commissioner of Fisheries -are too well known to need mention, and indeed may be -quite as appropriately discussed elsewhere. As assistant secretary -from the age of twenty-four he was intimately associated -with Professor Henry for twenty-seven years, and his executive -ability found full scope in the development of the systems -of publication and international exchange, as well as the museum, -and the explorations, biological and ethnological, which -were from the beginning under his charge. As secretary his -policy has been a direct continuation of that of Professor -Henry. The services of Mr. William J. Rhees, for thirty-two -years chief clerk, merit also especial notice.</p> - -<p>The formal direction of the Institution is vested in a board of -regents, consisting of the Vice President and Chief Justice of -the United States, three members each from the Senate and -the House of Representatives, and six persons citizens of the -United States appointed by Congress. The President and his -cabinet are <i>ex officio</i> members of the Institution, and there is -a provision, not at present carried into effect, providing for the -election of honorary members of the Institution. The secretary -is the only executive officer of the board, and is responsible -to the board for his conduct of affairs. The regents meet -once a year in January. Many eminent men have served in -the capacity of regents, and the records of their proceedings -indicate that their interest in the work under their charge has -been uniformly very active.</p> - -<p>The building occupied by the Institution and bearing its -name is an ornate structure of Seneca brown stone, occupying -a prominent position in the “Mall” which extends from the -Capitol to the Washington monument. This building was begun -in 1847 and completed in 1855. It is hybrid in character, -combining features selected from both Gothic and Romanesque -style, and is more admired by the public than by connoisseurs -in architecture. It is doubtful if a building more -unsuited to the purposes for which it was designed was ever -constructed. The diversion of the funds of the Smithsonian<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[278]</a></span> -bequest to this building was one of Professor Henry’s greatest -griefs, and before the close of his life by careful economy of -the annual income, he had succeeded in restoring the entire -sum, amounting to about $450,000 to the permanent endowment -fund, beside increasing this fund nearly $150,000 over -and above the original bequest. The eastern wing of the -building, for so many years the hospitable home of the secretary, -has been reconstructed internally, and the offices of the -Institution are all established within its walls. The remainder -of the building is occupied by laboratories and exhibition halls -connected with the National Museum. Another building has -recently been built east of the Smithsonian for the reception of -a portion of the national collections. This was put up by congressional -appropriation, and Congress has at last recognized -the justice of the claim, so many years urged upon them by -the secretary, that the Smithson money should not be used -to provide shelter for the government cabinets, and has assumed -the care of the Smithsonian building and votes money -for its repairs and maintenance.</p> - -<p>Few people who visit Washington make the proper discrimination -between the Smithsonian Institution proper, and the -establishments under its custody. What they see is the National -Museum. The relations of the Museum to the Institution -will be discussed more fully in a separate article, but it is -necessary to state just here that it is not the property of the -Institution, but rather its ward—its management being intrusted -by law to the Institution which is provided with funds for its -maintenance by annual congressional grants. In early days -the Smithsonian supported collections of its own, but these -were not primarily for public exhibition, but for the uses of -scientific investigators. Professor Henry always maintained -that not one cent of the Smithson fund could with propriety be -applied to the support of the National Museum, and his view -is now the accepted one.</p> - -<p>In the Smithsonian proper, little is to be seen by visitors. -In the regents’ room is an interesting collection of relics of the -founder, including his portrait, his scientific library, and certain -of his pictures and personal effects. Beside the regents’ -room there are offices, store rooms and packing rooms occupied -by busy clerks and mechanics. The Smithsonian is, first -of all, an executive establishment, to which have been confided -various trusts, to be mentioned hereafter. It is also a publishing -house, and an “exchange” for the reception and transmission -of scientific materials. The great masses of books in -brown wrappers and cases of papers, apparatus and specimens -constitute therefore the greater bulk of the material with which -it has to deal.</p> - -<p>The leading feature of the plan proposed by Professor -Henry was from the first “to assist men of science in making -original researches, to publish them in a series of volumes, and -to give a copy of them to every first-class library on the face of -the earth.” The manner in which the first item of policy has -been carried out can not be described here. Those who wish to -know how it has been done must consult the thirty-four thick -volumes of the annual reports, presented to and printed by Congress. -It is safe to say, however, in general terms that there -is probably not a scientific investigator in America to whom -the helping hand of the Institution has not at some time been -of service, and that assistance of this sort has been by no -means restricted to this side of the Atlantic. Books, apparatus -and laboratory accommodations have been supplied in thousands -of instances, and every year a certain number of money -grants have been made. Not less important has been the personal -encouragement afforded, especially to beginners and -persons remote from other advice, in the hundreds of thousands -of letters which have been written by the two secretaries during -the seventy years of their added terms of office. No communication -is ever passed by unnoticed and the archive rooms -of the Institution packed from floor to ceiling with letter files -and letter copy books are well worthy of inspection.</p> - -<p>The publications of the establishment are as numerous as -those of a great publishing house, and as a matter of fact, they -are all given away; although there is a provision for their sale -at cost price, I doubt if a thousand dollars’ worth has been sold -in five years. There are three series, the aspect of which must -be familiar to every observing person who has ever spent a day -among the shelves in any American library of respectable -standing. The Smithsonian “Contributions to Knowledge,” -now including twenty-three stately volumes quarto with 116 -memoirs, in all 12,456 pages, and numerous fine plates, the -Smithsonian miscellaneous collection, in octavo, containing -122 papers with 20,299 pages, and thirty-five annual reports. -The papers included in these volumes are all published separately, -the number of separate volumes printed up to this time -being above 500. These include papers varying in length -from 4 to 1,000 pages, by the most eminent specialists in every -branch of science. The most recent work, one now in progress, -two volumes having been published, is a systematic work on -the botany of North America by Dr. Asa Gray; another is -an illustrated work on prehistoric fishing, by Dr. Charles -Rau.</p> - -<p>I have never seen an estimate of the value of the books distributed -during the thirty-eight years, but I should judge that -it can not fall below $1,000,000, estimating the prices at standing -publishing rates.</p> - -<p>In addition to the direct publications of the Institution let us -look at the numerous magnificent volumes of scientific reports -printed in more or less direct coöperation with the Institution -by the various government surveys and exploring expeditions, -at government expense. Who can doubt that the extent of -this literature, which is a constant source of comment in foreign -scientific journals, where it is desired to stimulate European -governments to publish scientific researches in a similar way, -is largely a product of the influence of the Institution?</p> - -<p>One of the main features of the Institution in its early days -was its library. Its publications were distributed throughout -the world to every scientific and literary institution of good repute, -and in exchange they sent their own publications. In -this way an immense collection of scientific periodicals and -journals was received, and the Smithsonian library became -one of the most extensive in the world in this department. -Books came in freely from other quarters and the support of -the library became a great burden to the Smithson fund. The -same policy which led to the abandonment of the Smithsonian -cabinet, led to a transfer of the library, and in 1866 the books -were transferred to the Capitol where they are cared for as a -section of the national library under the name of “The Smithsonian -Deposit.” The books come in as heretofore, in exchange -and as donations, and are sent weekly to their place of -custody at the other end of the mall. The increase in 1883 -amounted to 11,739 books and pamphlets, and the total deposit -amounts to about 100,000 volumes. Several thousand -volumes are retained in the working libraries of the Institution.</p> - -<p>At the time of the Smithson bequest the endowment of research -had scarcely been attempted in America. There were -schools and colleges in which science was taught and certain -of the professors employed in these institutions were engaged -in original investigation. There were a few young and struggling -scientific societies, the American Academy of Sciences in -Boston, and the Boston Society of Natural History, the Connecticut -Academy of Sciences, the New York Lyceum of Natural -History (now the New York Academy of Sciences), the -American Philosophical Society, and the Academy of Natural -Sciences in Philadelphia. The American Association for the -Advancement of Science was not organized until 1840. The -publications of these societies were necessarily very limited -in extent and influence, but then together with the monthly -journal published at New Haven, by Professor Silliman, they -embodied the chief outcome of American scientific work. -Science in America was an infant in swaddling clothes. Forty<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[279]</a></span> -years have passed and American science now stands by the -side of the science of Britain, of Germany, of France, a fellow -worker, competing on an equal footing in nearly every field of -research. No one is likely to question the statement that the -Smithsonian Institution has done what was absolutely indispensable -to the rapid and symmetrical development of American -scientific institutions, and it is equally certain that the -progress of American science has had an immense influence -upon the welfare of America in every department of intellectual -and industrial activity. It has offered a helping hand to every -institution and every individual in America capable of profiting -by its generous aid, and has stimulated coöperation by -them with similar workers abroad. In this way its influence -has been enormous, but still greater has been the benefit of its -stimulating powers upon the policy of the general government -toward scientific ends.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_8" id="Footnote_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[H]</span></a> “One trait,” remarks Professor Gray, “may not be wholly omitted from the biography -of one who has well been called ‘the model of a Christian gentleman,’ and -who is also our best example of a physical philosopher. His life was the practical -harmony of the two characters. His entire freedom from the doubts which disturb -some minds is shown in that last letter which he dictated, in which he touches the -grounds of faith, both in natural and revealed religion; also in his sententious declaration -upon some earlier occasions, that the person who thought there could be any -real conflict between science and religion must be either very young in science or -very ignorant of religion.”</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="GEOGRAPHY_OF_THE_HEAVENS_FOR_FEBRUARY">GEOGRAPHY OF THE HEAVENS FOR FEBRUARY.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY PROF. M. B. GOFF,<br /> -Western University of Pennsylvania.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE SUN.</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Now when the cheerless empire of the sky</div> -<div class="verse i1">To Capricorn the Centaur Archer yields,</div> -<div class="verse i1">And fierce Aquarius stains the inverted year;</div> -<div class="verse i1">Hung o’er the farthest verge of heaven, the <span class="smcap">Sun</span></div> -<div class="verse i1">Scarce spreads o’er ether the dejected day.</div> -<div class="verse i1">Faint are his gleams, and ineffectual shoot</div> -<div class="verse i1">His struggling rays in horizontal lines,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Through the thick air; as clothed in cloudy storm,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Weak, wan, and broad, he skirts the southern sky;</div> -<div class="verse i1">And, soon descending, to the long dark night,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Wide-shading all, the prostrate world resigns.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>But as the days go by, his rays no longer struggle “through -the thick air” in “horizontal lines,” nor does he so closely -“skirt the southern sky,” but higher mounting pierces with -penetrating power the dark shadows, lessening “the long, -dark night,” driving “the dusky shades away.” So rapidly -do these changes occur that in four weeks our daylight increases -one hour and seven minutes, or our length of days -from ten hours and nine minutes on the 1st to eleven -hours sixteen minutes on the 28th. On the 1st, 16th and 28th -the sun rises at 7:09, 6:52 and 6:34 a. m., and on the same days -sets at 5:18, 5:36 and 5:50 p. m. respectively.</p> - -<h3>THE MOON</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Presents us with great regularity her changes: Last quarter -on the 6th at 5:29 p. m.; new, on the 14th, at 9:13 p. m.; first -quarter, on the 22d, at 5:23 a. m.; and full on the 28th, at 10:52 -p. m. In apogee (farthest from earth) on the 9th, at 7:24 p. m.; -in perigee (nearest the earth) on the 25th, at 6:24 p. m. Least -elevation, 10th, amounting to 30° 9´; greatest elevation, 24th, -equal to 66° 45´.</p> - -<h3>MERCURY,</h3> - -<p class="unindent">“The fleet-footed,” makes a direct motion of 43° 18´ 37´´, -moving from about the middle of the constellation <i>Sagittarius</i> -and through <i>Capricornus</i>, and is the companion of Venus -throughout the month (see “Venus”). Rises on the 1st at 5:55 -a. m., and sets at 3:13 p. m.; on the 16th, rises at 6:12 a. m., -sets at 3:50 p. m.; on the 28th, rises at 6:22 a. m., sets at 4:46 -p. m. On the 11th, at 7:00 p. m., is 44´ south of Venus; on -the 12th, at 4:00 a. m., farthest from the sun; on the 13th, at -5:42 a. m., 5° 56´ south of the moon.</p> - -<h3>VENUS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">And Mercury are both morning stars during the entire month, -and are so intimately connected as to afford a fine opportunity -for making the acquaintance of the latter. On the 1st Venus -is about one and a half degrees east and 1´ 38´´ north of Mercury; -but as Mercury moves more rapidly than Venus, he will -overtake and pass her on the evening of the 11th at a point -44´ south; on the 22d, he will cross her orbit to the north, and -at a distance of 3½° east; and on the 28th will be found nearly -6° east and 53´ north of her. Before the 11th Mercury will rise -earlier than Venus; on the 11th they will practically rise at the -same time; after the 11th Mercury will rise later than Venus. -On the 1st Venus rises at 6:00 a. m.; on the 16th, at 6:05 a. m.; -and on the 28th, at 6:03 a. m. She sets on the corresponding -days at 3:18, 3:51 and 4:19 p. m. respectively. Her motion is -direct and amounts to 35° 54´ 10´´; on the 13th, at 5:18 a m., -she is 5° 9´ south of the moon. Her diameter decreases from -11.2´´ on the 1st to 10.6´´ on the 28th.</p> - -<h3>MARS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will during this month be both evening and morning star, -changing his relation on the 11th, on which date he will be in -conjunction with the sun, and will not be visible to the naked -eye. His motion will amount to 21° 25´ 32´´ direct, and his -diameter remain at 4.2´´. On the 14th, at 10:44 p. m., he will -be 4° 30´ south of the moon; on the 28th, at 2:00 p. m., in perihelion, -or nearest the sun. On the 1st he will rise at 7:26 a. m. -and set at 5:22 p. m.; on the 16th, rise at 6:58 a. m., set at 5:24 -p. m.; on the 28th, rise at 6:35 a. m., set at 5:25 p. m.</p> - -<h3>JUPITER</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Rises on the 1st at 6:48 p. m., and sets on the 2d at 8:06 a. m.; -rises on the 15th at 5:48 p. m., sets at 7:12 a. m. on the 16th; -rises at 5:47 p. m. on the 28th and sets the next day at 5:17 a. -m. On the 1st, at 2:07 a. m., he is 4° 9´ north of the moon; on -the 19th, at 2:00 a. m., in opposition to the sun, that is, on the -opposite side of the sun from the earth; on the 28th, at 6:43 a. -m., he is again in conjunction with the moon, being 4° 27´ -north of our satellite. During the month his diameter increases -two-tenths of a second, and he has a retrograde motion -of 3° 24´ 8´´. The statement that Jupiter retrogrades some 3½° -may puzzle some of our younger readers, who have doubtless -been instructed in what is a fact, that not one of our planets -has a retrograde motion; but that all move from west to east -about the sun as a center. What we mean by retrograde is -really only <i>apparent</i> retrograde; and it was something very -puzzling to the early astronomers, particularly to those who -thought that the earth and not the sun was the center of our -system; that the sun and all the heavenly bodies revolved -each day about our earth. When it was discovered that the -earth revolved each day on its axis, and all the planets revolved -about the sun, the retrograde motions were <i>comparatively</i> -easy to understand. Let us see if we can obtain a clear -idea of Jupiter’s actions for this month. As we view him on -the night of the 1st he appears about five degrees <i>east</i> and 1° -2´ south of the bright star <i>Regulus</i>, which can be seen almost -the entire night as the brightest of the six stars forming the -sickle in the constellation <i>Leo</i>. Noting his position again on -the night of the 28th, we find that he has moved westward -about 3½°, and is only about 1½° <i>east</i> and 17´ north of Regulus; -thus, as we say, having retrograded about 3½°. To assist -us in understanding this, let us take an orange to represent -the sun, a grain (of mustard, for example) to represent the -earth, a pea to represent Jupiter, and a point of some kind for -Regulus. Now place these objects on a stand in the following -order: In one line, at the beginning, the orange; two inches -distant, the grain; eight inches farther, the pea. Next draw<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[280]</a></span> -a line through the center of the orange so as to make an angle -of five degrees with the line through the orange, grain and -pea, and at as great a distance as convenient, stick a pin to -represent Regulus. Now move the grain and pea (the former -about two and one-fourth times as fast as the latter) about the -orange as a center, in the direction of the movement of the -hands of the clock (that is, from left to right). We can readily -see that on account of the more rapid motion of the grain, together -with its being nearer the orange, that the pea will <i>fall -behind</i>; and if we sight along the line of the grain and pea, -the latter will be seen nearer the line joining the orange and -the pin; and should we continue the moving of the grain and -pea, making similar observations, we should find the pea approaching -nearer and nearer, and perhaps even passing the -line through the orange and pin. These relative motions we -can see will continue until the grain makes nearly one-fourth -of a circumference, after which the pea appears to make a -movement in exactly the opposite direction. Now the foregoing -represents tolerably well the relative positions and movements -for this month of the bodies named. The earth, Jupiter -and Regulus are on the same side of the sun; the earth nearest, -Jupiter next (about five times as far as the earth), and -Regulus next (at a distance of say 20,000,000,000,000 miles), -and five degrees west of the line joining the earth and Jupiter. -(These bodies we know move at the average rate of 18.38 and -8.06 miles per second respectively.) Our standpoint is the -earth, and as we move eastwardly so much more rapidly than -Jupiter, we find him dropping back each day, and apparently -approaching nearer to Regulus, till at the end of the month we -find him as before stated, only about 1½° <i>east</i> of that star. -Should we watch him through March and April, we should -find him retrograding during the former month and twenty-two -days of the latter, on the 23d of April being 1½° <i>west</i> of Regulus; -and on the same date, as the earth would be going directly -away from him, he would appear stationary; and immediately -afterward would seem to start again toward the east. -Jupiter, as we know, is one of the superior planets, and an explanation -of his retrograde motion explains that of all the others -of his kind. A little ingenuity, putting the earth for Jupiter -and Mercury or Venus for the earth, will show what is meant -by the retrograde motion of the inferior planets.</p> - -<h3>SATURN</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Rises at 12:58 p. m. on the 1st and sets at 3:34 a. m. on the 2d; -rises at 11:58 a. m. on the 16th and sets at 2:35 a. m. on the -17th; rises at 11:12 a. m. on the 28th and sets at 1:48 a. m. on -March 1st. On the 16th, at 4:00 a. m., stationary; on 23d, at -3:21 a. m., 3° 44´ north of the moon. Diameter diminishes one -second. Will be an evening star during the entire month, and -thus afford most convenient opportunities for observations.</p> - -<h3>URANUS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Has a retrograde motion of 49´ 53´´; diameter, 3.8´´. On the -3d, at 3:25 a. m., is 1° 7´ north of the moon; on the 31st of January -it rises at 9:25 p. m. and sets on the 1st at 9:23 a. m.; on -the 15th, rises at 8:24 p. m. and sets on the 16th at 8:22 a. m.; -rises on the 27th at 7:35 p. m. and sets on the 28th at 7:35 a. m. -It is now a little south of the equator, in the constellation <i>Virgo</i>, -and will remain in that constellation some six years.</p> - -<h3>NEPTUNE</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Is only mentioned, lest the omission of his name might be regarded -as a “slight.” He is a slow-goer, and, except that his -presence confirms a law, we hardly know what he was created -for. However, his habits are quite regular; and we note that -he takes the <i>rôle</i> of evening star, setting on the 2d at 1:22 a. -m.; on the 17th, at 12:23 a. m., and on the 28th, at 11:37 p. m. -Has a direct motion of 14´ 35´´; a diameter of 2.6´´; and on -the 8th, at 9:00 p. m., is 90° east of the sun.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="NEW_ORLEANS">NEW ORLEANS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY GEORGE ALFRED TOWNSEND.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>New Orleans is our most pleasing American city to persons -from a northern climate. Florida presents no place important -enough to illustrate a large general society. Texas has rising -towns, but the Anglo-Saxon domination there brings them -more and more into resemblance to our own settled English, -or rather, British communities. In San Francisco we are -charmed not only with a complete change of foliage, scenery, -and climate, but with unexpected varieties in the population, -there being a little tinge of the south of Europe as well as of -Mexico and of the Celestial Kingdom in the speculative yet -placid elements there. Yet New Orleans is not so hard as even -San Francisco. It is a land not merely of fruit, but of the sugar-cane. -It lies on that warm gulf whose farther shores were -more historical three hundred years ago than now. As time -advances and we complete our own connections and general -developments we see more and more that the American destiny -must be southward. Canada, which has had a much -longer history than the United States, presents even now but a -thin rim of settlement, and her entire population from the -banks of Newfoundland to Vancouver’s Island is not equal -to that of the single state of New York. On the other hand, -Mexico, through which the Americans have built costly railroad -systems piercing to the very capital city, has a population -certainly twice that of Canada, and probably three times the -number, considering the extension of Mexico toward Central -America. American diplomacy has little other ground to cover -for the near future, than the republics to the south of us. The -surfeit of enterprises and of productions in the United States -compels us to consider a time when we must not only find markets -in the Spanish American states, but shall become, if not -pioneers, as we once were, certainly competitors in the Pacific -Ocean, of the English, Germans, and other modern nations. -We have opened a way to the Pacific by railroad, but the canal -long contemplated across Central America will operate more -impartially toward shippers, will cheapen the movement of -goods, and incline the United States rapidly toward an understanding -of the new peoples to our southwest, in methods no -doubt providentially designed. New Orleans has been so -clearly understood by our railroad magnates that they have -hastened, almost without public assistance, to connect her not -only with great points like Hampton Roads, Richmond, Cincinnati -and Chicago, but the railroads are finished from San -Francisco to New Orleans, and the only continental railroad -system from ocean to ocean under a single management, does -not pass by Chicago, but by New Orleans. The Americans -originally stimulated by the governmental credit to build from -the Missouri River to San Francisco, have upon their own -credit and earnings stretched a railroad through California -nearly to the gulf of that name, and then across the deserts and -Texas, until New Orleans is at this moment the Atlantic seaport -of California. Mr. Gould, who succeeded Colonel Thomas -A. Scott, has stretched another railroad system parallel to Mr. -Huntington’s from the desert through Northern Texas and -down the Red River to New Orleans.</p> - -<p>Near the close of the past year another important railroad -was built from Memphis directly to New Orleans. A little earlier -last year the Cincinnati Southern Railroad was extended -directly to New Orleans by the great syndicate which had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[281]</a></span> -leased it. Therefore, there now run into New Orleans four -lines of rail east of the Mississippi River, and two great lines -west of the Mississippi. Contrast this with the railroad facilities -which existed there only fourteen years ago. At that time -New Orleans had only one railroad to the north, and that had -certain connections, and was under no consolidated sway. It -was not even connected with its adjacent city of Mobile by -rail. It had no railroad facilities whatever to reach Texas, -except a little piece of road which ran to the Gulf near the -mouth of the Atchafalaya, and there found steamships for Galveston.</p> - -<p>While other cities in the South have shown a cheerful energy -to revive themselves, and while new cities have started up at -many points, and have become respectable centers of trade, -New Orleans has retained all that imperial promise under freedom -which she had in the palmiest days of slavery. Perhaps -no city in the South, or in the world, has so thoroughly changed -its ideas, political and social, in spite of sharp contests for party -supremacy there.</p> - -<p>The great exhibition of the present year is the best instance -that New Orleans means to lead the industrial spirit of the -South, and to become no longer the great filibuster in the -tropics, but the energetic merchant and projector there. No -lawless impulse guided the erection of the great buildings -which are now crowded with the productions of America and -Mexico.</p> - -<p>The attempt to let the sugar interests of Louisiana and Mississippi -go in favor of the productions of Cuba and the East -Indies, distinctly points the people at the mouth of the Mississippi -to the fact that their alliance is probably to be with the -Northern states, not merely in politics, but in commerce.</p> - -<p>New Orleans is not the only French city in the United States, -but it is the only one which preserves the French quality and -language perfectly, and in that respect resembles Montreal and -Quebec. St. Louis had a French and Spanish basis, but when -that post became American the small Latin element was compelled, -in self-defense, to adopt the language and living of the -Anglo-Saxons. New Orleans, however, had a sufficient start -when the Americans occupied it in 1803, to grow relatively -with the American settlers and consequently two cities arose -side by side, which still preserve their differences as much as -if a quarter of London and a quarter of Paris had been cut out -and united. Besides, there was a large rural and planting -element in Louisiana, of the French stock, which has assisted -to keep up the French infusion, and hence the market at New -Orleans is the most characteristic thing in the city, where the -<i>habitants</i> and the hucksters, the fishers from the Gulf, and the -porters and carters, carry us back to a scene anterior to the -France of to-day, or before republican ideas had reached the -far French colonies. New Orleans, too, constantly received -emigration from neighboring French and Spanish islands and -coasts as they were affected by negro insurrections, or by internal -revolutions. Naturally the fleeing planters from Hayti -and the Lesser Antilles made their way to the nearest large -town, and the steam shipping of the Gulf all concentrates at -the two centers of the ellipse, New Orleans and Havana. The -Mississippi River, which is the only river of the first class on -the globe to pass through a cultivated land and an enlightened -population, sufficiently marks New Orleans as the eye of its -destiny adjacent to its mouth. There are many Americans -who have never been to New Orleans, who are unaware that -it, like New York, has two distinct harbors or outlets. As New -York has Long Island Sound and the Bay of New York, -one opening a hundred miles to the east of the other, so New -Orleans has a lake system close by which gives her internal -communication far to the east, or almost to the bay of Mobile, -and saves her two hundred miles of round-about river navigation -to reach her own coasts. It may be thought that New -Orleans is too far from the mouth of the Mississippi to command -that the commerce of the Gulf should come a hundred -miles up that river for her benefit, yet Philadelphia and Baltimore -are quite as far from the ocean, and these cities have -easily commanded a great interior trade through the communications -they possessed, and from the products they had to -supply. Coal, for example, makes the most effective article -of the commerce of both Baltimore and Philadelphia, and coal -is more valuable in the Gulf because farther from the mines, -than it is on the near east coast. The coal furnished to the -shipping at New Orleans has descended the entire line of the -river, yet by such easy facilities that at New Orleans it is -probably the cheapest coal in the world for the distance it has to -come to get a market. Great floats, of which dozens are hauled -by a small tug or tow boat, go down the Ohio to its mouth, and -pass on to New Orleans and are there so easily discharged that -the lumber in them finds a market with the coal.</p> - -<p>Besides, the railroad projectors, without other inducement -than their own sagacity, have concurred in running all their -railroads to New Orleans, for the country at the mouth of the -Mississippi is neither so healthy nor so strategical for trade as -this old town which was founded by the French under the direction -of their government when they picked slowly and carefully -the sites of future trade and military empire. These -same French located St. Louis, and it has not been found advisable -by any succeeding generation to try a better situation.</p> - -<p>We may ask whether New Orleans has as great an antiquity -as our own English cities? It is not as old as Philadelphia by -almost thirty years, and is somewhat younger than Charleston, -and is about fifteen years older than Savannah. Of course it -does not compare in antiquity with the colonial cities of the -northeast, such as New York, Albany, Boston, Montreal and -Quebec. But it is nearly a century older than any of our important -Anglo-Teuton cities of the West. It is more than half -a century older than Cincinnati, and we may almost call it a -century older than Chicago. St. Louis was its Albany, or upstream -neighbor, and was under the same political domination. -Mobile was the parent place the French established on -the Gulf, and Governor Bienville made New Orleans his capital -as late as 1723, or about nine years before the birth of -General Washington.</p> - -<p>Soon after this a levee was built in front of the new town, -and the early French authors and novelists took pleasure in -visiting it, and even at that date they called it “the famous -place.” As in Quebec and Montreal, the early French settlement -was almost simultaneous with the bringing out of monks -and nuns, and soon a cathedral was conceived and nunneries -were built. The French, however, had not the vigorous nature -of the English in founding new places, and after nearly -half a century of occupation there were hardly three thousand -persons in it to transfer to the Spanish who took possession of -the place in the midst of a revolution, and had some of the -best French citizens shot in order to be a terror to what the -Spanish governor, O’Reilly, already suspected to exist in -French Louisiana, the spirit of independence, which Spain -wanted to extirpate in all her colonies, fearing that they would -speedily rise to importance and overwhelm the parent power. -Spain had been dismembered by a treaty early in the eighteenth -century, and was left with enormous American possessions, -and with a very small Spain to handle them. The Spanish -cabinet then conceived the policy of preventing the growth -of the colonies, so as to keep them down, use them merely for -trade, and not let that spirit of municipal independence which -makes great fermentations in states commence anywhere. -Some of the Spanish governors, however, ordered public buildings -to be constructed, and the American residents at New -Orleans say that the Spanish sway of about forty years has -left better monuments than the French.</p> - -<p>A Spanish infusion of settlers marks the present population, -and the Americans call all the Latin races, no matter whether -they come from France and her islands, or Spain and her -coasts, by the name of Creoles.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[282]</a></span></p> - -<p>A curious feature of New Orleans is the existence of considerable -elements there from states as foreign to ourselves as -Yucatan.</p> - -<p>At the close of the American Revolution there were less than -five thousand persons in New Orleans. During that Revolution -a considerable number of respectable British settlers who -wanted to avoid the War of Independence, settled in West -Florida and about Natchez, and in other spots contiguous to -New Orleans. Hence the Revolution was hardly over before -the first chapter of manifest destiny was directed from Pennsylvania, -Ohio and Kentucky upon the opening of the Mississippi -River. That physical achievement was so important to -the producers on the Ohio and the Tennessee Rivers that -schemes of every sort were tried to hasten the opening of commerce -to the Gulf. One Senator of the United States was expelled -from his place for an intrigue partaking of the nature -of treason with the British who still backed up the Spanish on -the Gulf; and a Vice President was actually pursued nearly to -the Gulf and brought back and tried for treason at Richmond. -How long the United States might have had to wait the slow -course of diplomacy or the rough chance of war to get New -Orleans, is uncertain, but Napoleon, who had acquired Louisiana -by his mastery over Spain, believing that he could not -hold it against the English fleets, made haste to sell it to the -Americans for a sum of money and old commercial claims.</p> - -<p>Eighty-two years ago, or about the rounded lifetime of an -old man, the Americans occupied New Orleans, and much of -the city burnt up the year our forefathers were voting for the -first President of the United States. A French newspaper had -been issued in New Orleans several years before the American -possession. There were perhaps eight thousand persons in -the city when it was transferred to us. Twelve years after the -transfer, the Americans under General Jackson had to give -battle to hold the city, which the English attacked with the -best troops they had used in Spain against Napoleon who had -already fallen. Napoleon was contemplating his last endeavor -to astonish the world at Waterloo, when the English and -Americans, unconscious that a treaty of peace had been made -between themselves, fought the battle of New Orleans, which -resulted in more disaster to the British arms than any battle on -land during our second conflict for independence. In St. -Paul’s Cathedral stand the monuments and statues of Packenham -and Gibbs who lost their lives in the marshes around New -Orleans.</p> - -<p>In 1862, Farragut with his fleet took New Orleans. His -victory drove an entering wedge into the heart of the Confederacy -and gave to the navy of the United States a prestige -which it had never enjoyed and which in its present enfeebled -state it is rapidly losing. New Orleans was the wealthiest and -most populous city of the Confederacy; it was four times -larger than either Charleston or Richmond, and before the -war had the largest export trade of any city in the world. -Commanding mid-continental navigation and being the key to -the Gulf, its military value was equal to its commercial importance.</p> - -<p>The plan for the capture of New Orleans by the navy, and -the reduction of the forts which guarded the approach to it -from the south, originated in the Navy Department in the fall -of 1861. The credit for proposing this plan has been claimed -by more persons than one, and it is likely that it was conceived -and developed from suggestions and hints received -from a variety of sources. It was determined that a naval expedition -should be sent against New Orleans. The plan found -little favor with army officers, but the President became interested -in it and Secretary Welles set about carrying it into effect. -The attention of military men was concentrated on a -proposed combination of the forces of the army and the navy -for the capture of New Orleans, in an expedition which was to -descend to the city from the upper waters of the Mississippi -River. This scheme seemed more attractive, and the idea of -taking New Orleans by means of a fleet advancing from the -Gulf had never been entertained in military circles. When -Stanton became Secretary of War and was told of the proposed -naval expedition, he was astonished at the originality and audacity -of the idea and exclaimed: “An attack upon New -Orleans by the navy! I never heard of it! It is the best news -you could give me.” Secretary Stanton entered cordially into -the spirit of the project and increased the number of the troops -which General McClelland had promised, from ten thousand to -eighteen thousand. Shortly after this, General B. F. Butler -was made acquainted with the purpose of Secretary Welles -and he was given the command of the military force which was -to hold New Orleans after the fleet had taken it. There is no -evidence that General Butler suggested any of the important -plans or details for the expedition or that he had any definite -plans concerning it.</p> - -<p>Congress had ordered the blockade of 3,500 miles of coast -line. There were scarcely ships enough to maintain it, and -the vessels for the New Orleans expedition had to be built or -procured from other sources. After the Secretary of the Navy -had decided to send a fleet against New Orleans and had given -orders for the construction of it, the most serious question -which presented itself was the selection of a commander. All -of the naval officers of high rank were suggested and considered. -It was to be the most powerful and splendid fleet ever -gathered under the stars and stripes, and the Department -moved cautiously in the matter of choosing a leader for it. -Finally the name of David Glasgow Farragut was proposed. -The Secretary of the Navy remembered that years before in -the war with Mexico, Farragut had offered a daring plan for -the capture of the strong fort of San Juan de Ulloa, at Vera -Cruz. He proposed that the fort be “boarded” by attaching -long ladders to the masts of the attacking ships, which should -then be towed up to the walls of the fort. Secretary Welles -was impressed at the time with the boldness and dash of the -scheme, and though he had not seen Farragut since that day, -and really knew very little of him, yet after some consultation -he decided to offer him the command of the fleet. Farragut, -who had never had a squadron, gladly accepted the honor and -the responsibility. He had been trained by a life of study and -active service for some great emergency like this, which came -late in life, in his sixty-second year, but he was prepared for -it and he knew it. Farragut adopted the plans which had been -considered by the Navy Department and made them his own. -He grasped the work before him with a degree of earnestness -and enthusiasm unusual in men of his age. Secretary Welles -says of him at that time: “In every particular he came up to -all that was expected or required of him. He determined to -pass the forts and restore New Orleans. He might not come -back, he said, but the city would be ours.” After his arrival -at Ship Island on the 25th of March, 1862, Farragut wrote: “I -have now attained what I have been looking for all my life—a -flag—and having attained it, all that is necessary to complete -the scene is a victory. If I die in the attempt it will only be -what every officer has to expect. He who dies in doing his -duty to his country and at peace with his God, has played out -the drama of life to the best advantage.” Here was a genuine -pious hero of the old school, determined to do or to die. His task -was a herculean one. New Orleans was defended by two forts -erected at the lowest favorable point for the location of military -works, above the Gulf. Fort St. Philip occupied the left -bank of the river, and a short distance below it on the right -bank stood Fort Jackson. These forts mounted in all one hundred -and fifteen guns. A fort on the site of Jackson in 1815 held -the British fleet in check for nine days. The rebel forts were -garrisoned by 1,500 men commanded by General J. K. Duncan. -A short distance above the forts lay fifteen rebel vessels. This -fleet included the iron ram “Manassas” and a great floating -battery clad with railroad iron. Below the forts a heavy chain -supported by the hulks of eight dismasted ships obstructed the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[283]</a></span> -river. Farragut was to break through the chain, fight his way -by the forts, destroy or capture the rebel fleet and then steam -up to New Orleans and place that city under his guns. The -attack was commenced by the mortar fleet. For six days the -mortars poured a ceaseless fire of shells into the fort. The -shells were flying through the air at all times; nearly six thousand -were thrown, but the forts were damaged very little and -the Confederate loss was only fourteen killed and thirty-nine -wounded. It was determined to pass the forts on April 24th. -At sunset on the 23d there were indications of the approaching -conflict on every ship in Farragut’s fleet. The attack was to -be made under cover of darkness. At eleven o’clock that -night an officer signaled that an opening which had been -made in the chain was still clear. Five minutes before two -o’clock in the morning two red lights were displayed from the -peak of the flag ship. It was the signal to steam up the river. -In about one hour the fleet of seventeen vessels, in three divisions, -was moving. The moon was rising, but its light was -lost in the fierce flames from bonfires and fire rafts. Both forts -opened fire upon the first ship as she passed through the row -of hulks. Five minutes later the little “Cayuga” was pouring -grape and canister into Fort St. Philip, and in ten minutes more -she had passed from the range of its guns and was in the arms -of the rebel fleet. It was a lively moment for the brave little -boat. Eleven rebel gunboats tried to demolish her at once. -She could not go forward, she would not go backward. There -was nothing to do but to close with the enemy. She drove an -“eleven inch” shot through one of her antagonists and it ran -aground and burned up. Another one was crippled by a well -directed shot, and the “Cayuga” was about to grapple with the -third when two ships of the Union fleet came to her aid, the -“Oneida” and the “Varuna.”</p> - -<p>The former ran into one of the rebel ships and almost cut her -in twain. The “Varuna” was rammed by the “Manassas” and -another ship and went to the bottom in fifteen minutes. While -she was going down she fired into one of her adversaries and -so damaged her that she had to surrender to the “Oneida,” and -she sent a shell into another rebel gunboat which exploded its -boiler. All the time the remaining vessels of the first division -were steaming by the forts, pouring tremendous volleys into -them and receiving tremendous discharges in return. Farragut’s -flag ship, the “Hartford,” led the second division of the -fleet. She was a noble vessel, splendidly equipped; she -steamed into the fight and was followed by the long line of -ships in the second and third divisions. By this hour day was -dawning, but heavy clouds of smoke hung over the river and -no light from the east reached the battling ships. The cannonading -which all along had been terrific was now growing sublime. -Three hundred heavily shotted guns were flashing and -roaring over the dark water. The Union ships advanced to -the fray like the famous “Light Brigade,” with cannon to the -right of them, to the left of them and before them. Probably -it was the most picturesque naval battle in the world’s history. -Thirty-four armed vessels and two great forts were struggling -in the early morning. The sun seemed to stand still in the -heavens. The light of the guns was brighter than the orb of -day, and Farragut’s gunners had to aim at the cannon flashes -from the rebel forts. The forts themselves were not visible. -The vessels of the enemy were not visible. Our ships were -striking great blows in the dark and they always struck with -deadly effect. From points above the rebels pushed great fire -barges loaded with blazing pitch and cotton into the stream. -These rafts came floating down and when they did not ignite our -ships they illuminated them for the Confederate marksmen. A -flaming fire raft was hurled against the “Hartford” and flames -ran from the water’s edge to the mast top. The well trained crew -extinguished the fire and within five minutes the “Hartford” -destroyed a rebel steamer filled with boarding parties. The -“Brooklyn,” another Union ship, encountered a fire raft and for -a time lay helpless before the merciless guns of Fort Jackson. -Disentangling herself, she steamed up to the fort and poured -such withering broadsides into it that its guns were silenced -for a time, and the gunners were seen by the ship’s crew as -they peered through the cannon-lighted portholes, to be fleeing -from their guns. At this time the vessels which had passed -the forts were doing good work, and the stream was filled with -wrecked and burning Confederate gunboats. Fire rafts and -wrecks came drifting down side by side, and frequently one of -the latter would explode with a loud report. The low, curved -iron rams glided about like gigantic serpents of the sea. -Boarding parties were overrunning some vessels and being repulsed -from others. It was an awful, dazzling and furiously -shifting panorama. The last ship to pass the forts on that memorable -morning was the “Penola.” In the light of a blazing raft -she received the discharge of the forty guns of St. Philip, and -passed on to join the victorious fleet above. “And thus,” says -Farragut’s son, “was accomplished a feat in naval warfare -which had no precedent, and which is still without a parallel -except the one furnished by Farragut himself two years later -at Mobile.”</p> - -<p>On the morning of the next day the fleet moved up to New -Orleans. At noon Captain Bailey was sent to demand of the -mayor of the city its unconditional surrender, and that the flag -of Louisiana be removed from the City Hall. The mayor refused -to haul down the flag or to make a formal surrender of -the city. While the officers and men of the fleet were attending -divine service the next day, they were startled by the discharge -of a howitzer from the main mast of the “Pensacola.” -The watchman in the rigging had seen four men tear down the -flag of the Union from the roof of the mint, and had at once -fired the gun which was trained on the flag staff.</p> - -<p>On the 28th the forts surrendered to Commander Porter, who -had been pounding away at them with his mortars. May 1st, -General Butler and his troops entered New Orleans, and Farragut -turned the city over to him. His administration was -vigorous, but was hateful to the citizens. He hanged Mumford, -the leader of the mob which tore the Union flag from the -mint; he issued his celebrated woman order which placed -every female who insulted a Union soldier on the level of the -street walker; he treated with severity a Mrs. Phillips, who -jeered at the remains of a Union soldier. He is condemned -for all of these things by very many people. Many dishonest -things were done during his administration, but repose, vigor -and security were the characteristics of it. General Butler -was a just, efficient, straightforward tyrant, not cruel, but possessed -of an inflexible determination to make his will the law -and to make his cause succeed. After General Butler came -General Banks. He endeavored to restore loyalty to the state -by good treatment, but fell into the error of reposing trust in a -type of men who could not understand freedom nor adopt -even a business patriotism for the sake of their own prosperity.</p> - -<p>By the census of 1880 New Orleans showed for three-quarters -of a century of American rule a population of 216,000 people, -of whom 175,000 are natives of the United States, and only -58,000 are colored people. New Orleans stood the tenth of -American cities, with more than 36,000 houses, and more than -45,000 families. Although the manufactures of New Orleans -were in their infancy they had an annual product of nineteen -million dollars, and paid nearly four million dollars a year -wages. Looking over the list of states to discover the origin -of the people of New Orleans, the remarkable fact appears -that of her 216,000 people more then 151,000 are natives of -Louisiana. The neighboring state of Mississippi has not put -thirty-eight hundred souls into New Orleans. Alabama, which -is within two or three hours’ ride by cars, has not two thousand -native children in New Orleans, but New York has over two -thousand of her progeny settled in New Orleans, and Virginia -has 4,300. Of the 41,000 foreign population, nearly 7,000 are -natives of France, showing that there is a constant immigration, -as in the days of Bienville, from old France to new France.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[284]</a></span> -Germany has contributed to New Orleans 14,000 emigrants. -About the same number have come to New Orleans from Great -Britain and Ireland. Spain has contributed about 800 of her -natives, Italy about 2,000, Switzerland nearly 500, Mexico only -300, and the West Indies scarcely 400. These are suggestive -figures, and show that since the great rebellion those elements -go to the far South which have the most original emigrating -spirit and the greater variety of self-sustaining trades and pursuits. -A man who can do nothing, make nothing, improve -nothing, has the least of all motives to emigrate. The debt -of New Orleans was about seventeen million dollars at the last -advices, considerably less than the debts of Baltimore and -Washington, but some four millions more than the debt of -Chicago. Railroads and other municipal improvements were -responsible for a good deal of this debt.</p> - -<p>Since the war New Orleans has been transformed from the likeness -of a quiet old French city like Orleans which gave it name, -to the appearance of a new French city with pretty relics here -and there, and strong cosmopolitan attachments. The great -river which sweeps in splendid curves past this city has compelled -the streets to conform to some extent to its shores, but -the consequence is a charming disposition of streets to both -those who hate crooked streets, and those who hate straight -ones. The town may be likened to the spokes of a wheel with -streets laid out between the spokes in both directions, and conforming -to them to some extent. In front of the city stretches -the great bank called the levee, at the foot of which ride the -majestic steamers which come from all portions of the Mississippi -valley and are often like palaces in cardboard, and since -the jetties have been made a success by Captain Eads and the -United States engineers, you also see at New Orleans, riding -cosily, the huge steamships from New York, Liverpool and -Cuba. The chief maritime lines from New York to Texas now -stop at New Orleans and the journey is continued by rail. -This great levee, which is an artificial hill thrown up to keep -the river back, is lined with the sugar hogsheads and cotton -bales of the South, with coal and iron, plows and stoves, kegs -of nails, merchandise assembled from all parts of the globe, -and massive presses driven by steam to further compress -the bales of cotton and reduce them in bulk for shipment. A -canal runs through the city, and its other termination is on -Lake Pontchartrain. At the lake is a beautiful new resort -built in recent years, nearly as agreeable as Chautauqua Lake, -and the peculiar Creole and negro cooking of New Orleans is -to be found in perfection there, as well as at the Spanish fort, -in the environs of the city. The shops of New Orleans are -open to the air all winter long, and art of a local nature is -taking root there. Whatever the Gulf produces is to be seen -at the Creole capital, and a visit to it for even a few days is -the next thing to a trip to Europe.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_UPPER_CHAUTAUQUA">THE UPPER CHAUTAUQUA.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY CHANCELLOR J. H. VINCENT, D.D.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>There is a Chautauqua further on. First, there is a lake -level, and just above it is the level of the “Point,” with its -pleasant grass, its winding walks, its old Auditorium, shaded -and hallowed with memories that have grown through multiplying -years. The old cottages, and many of the old cottagers -remain about this Auditorium—reminders of the old times, -and the oldest times, of Chautauqua, when the first vesper service -announced that “The Day Goeth Away,” and the “Nearer -My God to Thee,” rang out under these forest arches. Who -that was there can ever forget that hour? The altars were -aglow that night, and hearts on fire. It was an experiment, -but from the first it was an assured success. The time will -come when the remaining sharers in that first feast in the evening -light will be very few, and the last of them will receive -honor, and the children of Chautauqua will listen to their story -as with quivering lips and kindling eye they speak about that -first evening under the trees, the words that broke the sacred -silence, the songs that bore praise and wonder and joy to the -heavens, and the friendships that were formed there never to -be broken.</p> - -<p>How many who joined in the first Chautauqua service have -already “fallen on sleep” and gone out into a world sleepless -and without nightfall, where, for vesper chant are substituted -the hallelujahs of an eternal morning.</p> - -<p>But let us go up higher. Beyond the Point and Auditorium -level are the terraces that run along the hillside, one above -another, gardens and cottages, with pathways and winding -roads, leading up under welcome shadows to a higher Chautauqua—a -long stretch of table-land crowned now with Temple -and Chapel, Pyramid, Museum and Hall of Philosophy, -while beyond, in the open fields toward the north we reach the -highest point of our Assembly grounds, one of the highest on -the lake. Thus from the landing and the beginning of our -journey we ascend from the lowest to the highest, and find -beauty, delight, pleasant welcomes and rewards all the way.</p> - -<p>This study in the lay of the land which makes the physical -Chautauqua is an allegory. There is an upper Chautauqua. -And not all who visit the place see it, and not all who become -Chautauquans reach it.</p> - -<p>The Chautauqua movement is progressive, and its friends -and students are expected to make advancement in the line of -its conceptions and provisions. It has court beyond court in -which it unfolds its progressive aims and introduces its disciples -to the higher privileges of culture which it provides. No -fences or lines mark these successive stages. They do not -correspond with the topographical elevations, although we -have found in the one a figure or symbol of the other. But -such gradation exists, and I shall point it out.</p> - -<p>I. <span class="smcap">The Assembly</span>—Is the first point of approach to the true -Chautauqua. It is the outer court open to the whole world. It -has no restraints upon those who come, save those which are -necessary to guarantee a financial support to the institution, -and those rules of ordinary decorum which are essential to the -quiet enjoyment and profit of those who pay their tribute and -wait for the promised compensation. And this compensation -comes in lectures on the widest range of topics, from the “Philosophy -of Locke and Berkeley” to the light and cheery discussions -about “Fools and their Folly.” Concerts by gifted -artists, characterizations by rare impersonators, illustrations of -life and manners in remote regions, by the aid of costumer -and <i>tableaux vivants</i>, stories of travel, with photographic accompaniments -colored, magnified, and illuminated; sermons -by able ministers, lessons by competent teachers, attractions -for lighthearted youth and wearied but rational age, in bonfires, -processions, fireworks, illuminated fleets—these are the features -of the outer court of Chautauqua for the entertainment, -awakening, and broadening of people who come with no far-reaching -or serious purpose, but who come to “hear” and -“see” and have “a good time.” They are simply recipients. -The will-power lies dormant, save as some stirring statement -of lecture or sermon, or some unsyllabled passage in music -opens the soul to the worlds all about it replete with marvel, -beauty and power. So much for the outer Chautauqua. There -are those who see this—only this and nothing more. They<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[285]</a></span> -come and go. They wonder why they and others come, and -yet they think they may come again—but are not sure. They -do not forget Chautauqua, and they do not “go wild” over -it. They smile at other people, whom they call “fanatics,” because -they are full of it, and “bound to come again,” and to -“come every year,” and always, and “would be willing to -live there.” These have seen the Upper Chautauqua—for beyond -the “Assembly” is</p> - -<p>II. <span class="smcap">The Circle.</span>—It is another court—further in, and a -little higher up—with a white-pillared hall among the trees—“The -Hall in the Grove,” about which a book has been written, -and in which songs are sung and weird services held, and -where strange inspirations fall on people. For those who belong -to the Circle—the “C. L. S. C.” as everybody calls it—are -advanced Chautauquans. They know why they come to -the place. And they know when to come. They keep a calendar, -and they mark the feasts, and they know what to do -when they are there. They seem at home. There are hosts -of them—all knowing each other, and apparently bound together -by some secret association which has a mystic power. -They wear badges on certain days, badges of different styles -and colors and legends. In all this there is something singular -and beautiful.</p> - -<p>This “Circle” is a company of pledged readers in wide -ranges of literature. The “Assembly” contains people who -listen. The “Circle” is made up of people who read. The -“Assembly” covers a few weeks. The “Circle” casts its canopy -over the year and the years. The “Assembly” is at Chautauqua. -The “Circle” carries Chautauqua to the world’s end—to -the east and to the west, to Canada, to Florida, to Scotland, -to the Sandwich Islands, to India, and Japan, to Cape -Colony—everywhere.</p> - -<p>The members of the “Circle” stand on a higher plane than the -Assembly, because they put will into the work. They read -what they ought, for months and years, everywhere, getting -larger views of the world, and worthier views of life, and nobler -views of the race, and of God the Father of all.</p> - -<p>The “Circle” takes a wide sweep in the world of letters. Its -themes are those of the college world. It puts the preparatory -and college curriculums into good, readable English, and helps -people out of college to know what is going on there; what -the young people study in history, language, and literature; -what authors they read, and what estimate is to be placed on -them and their work. It gives glimpses of science, physical -and metaphysical—pointing down to the rocks and up to the -stars, and about to the fields and seas and the forms of life in -plant and animal. Whatever college boys study, the “Circle” -provides in some form and degree for parents to read, that -home and college may be one in outlook and sympathy, in aim -and delight. But there is something beyond.</p> - -<p>III. <span class="smcap">The Inner Circle.</span>—Beyond the readers are the students—those -who have completed the four years’ reading in the -“Circle,” and the members of the “Society of the Hall in the -Grove;” have filled out the various memoranda; have certain -seals on their C. L. S. C. diplomas, testifying to this fact, and -to the reading of the additional books. These walk on the -higher levels. Their names are enrolled in the “Order of the -White Seal.” Their faces are turned toward the Upper Chautauqua.</p> - -<p>It is possible that the members of the C. L. S. C. who walk -in the inner circle may meet those who rank with them, although -they have come hither by other routes—through the -“Chautauqua Teachers’ Retreat,” the “Chautauqua Spare Minute -Courses,” and the “Chautauqua Assembly Normal -Courses.” As students, they all rejoice in the larger places of -Chautauqua. But there are heights beyond these heights.</p> - -<p>“Hearers,” “readers,” “student-readers,” successively mark -the three ascending grades of the Chautauqua movement, as -outlined in the “Assembly,” the “Circle,” and the “Inner -Circle.” Beyond these three stages, we come to</p> - -<p>IV. <span class="smcap">The University Circle.</span>—Here are members of “The -League of the Round Table,” whose seven seals on the C. L. -S. C. diploma entitle them to this higher honor. Here, too, -are advanced students in the “Chautauqua School of Languages;” -these walk in the outer courts and among the sacred -corridors adjoining the University itself. Chautauqua now -means more than ever to them. The towers of the University -rise above them. They ask why its doors may not open to -them, and why they may not rejoice in work, real work, with -after-tests in genuine examinations, and after-honors in diploma -and degrees.</p> - -<p>Some remain in this goodly place, hearing the songs that -float down from the higher halls, enjoying converse with their -fellows of the grander degree, and encouraging other and -younger and more vigorous companions to go up and possess -the land. Others knock at the door by the upper step, and as -it opens, they enter the fifth and highest form of the Chautauqua -movement—</p> - -<p>V. <span class="smcap">The University</span>, with its schools, colleges, and <i>academiae</i>; -its teachers and professors, its text-books and tasks, its -rigid examinations, and its promotions. Concerning the <span class="smcap">University</span>, -I shall write later on.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="OUTLINE_OF_REQUIRED_READINGS">OUTLINE OF REQUIRED READINGS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>FEBRUARY, 1885.</h3> - -<p><i>First Week</i> (ending February 7).—1. “College Greek -Course,” from page 83 to 107.</p> - -<p>2. “Chemistry,” chapters I, II and III.</p> - -<p>3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 1 to 32.</p> - -<p>4. “How English Differs from other Languages,” in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>5. Sunday Readings for February 1, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Second Week</i> (ending February 14).—1. “College Greek -Course,” from page 107 to 133.</p> - -<p>2. “Chemistry,” chapters IV and V.</p> - -<p>3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 32 to 66.</p> - -<p>4. “Temperance Teachings of Science” and “Home -Studies in Chemistry and Physics,” in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>5. Sunday Readings for February 8, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Third Week</i> (ending February 21).—1. “College Greek -Course,” from page 133 to 154.</p> - -<p>2. “Chemistry,” chapters VI and VII.</p> - -<p>3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 66 to 92.</p> - -<p>4. “Kitchen Science and Art,” in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>5. Sunday Readings for February 15, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Fourth Week</i> (ending February 28).—1. “College Greek -Course,” from page 154 to 187.</p> - -<p>2. “Chemistry,” chapter VIII.</p> - -<p>3. “How to Help the Poor,” from page 92 to 125.</p> - -<p>4. “The Circle of Sciences” and “Huxley on Science,” in -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>5. Sunday Readings for February 22, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[286]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="PROGRAMS_FOR_LOCAL_CIRCLE_WORK">PROGRAMS FOR LOCAL CIRCLE WORK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>FIRST WEEK IN FEBRUARY.</h3> - -<p>1. Essay—The Life of Plato.</p> - -<p>2. Selection—“Translators of Homer.” From the “Prose -Writings of William Cullen Bryant,” vol. ii.</p> - -<p>3. Fifteen minutes’ talk on Home Decoration.</p> - -<p>4. Select Reading—Extracts from the Life of Pericles, found -in “The Young Folks’ Plutarch.”</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>5. Essay—Lavoisier and the Phlogiston Theory</p> - -<p>[In the “History of the Inductive Sciences,” by Whewell, -a good reference will be found.]</p> - -<p>6. What we have all seen (mentally, perhaps,) at New Orleans -this week. [Reports being made by each one of what he -has read, heard or witnessed.]</p> - -<p>7. Report of Critic, who is to be appointed at the beginning -of the evening, and who is to note and correct all mistakes.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>MONTHLY PROGRAM.</h3> - -<p>1. Roll call—Quotations from Æschylus, taken from the -“College Greek Course.”</p> - -<p>2. Essay—Socrates.</p> - -<p>3. Select Reading—“Valentine’s Day.” By Charles Lamb. -[Found in his “Elia.”]</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>4. A General Talk on Huxley and his Teachings. [Let each -one come prepared to read or tell something about him.]</p> - -<p>5. Essay—The Greek Drama.</p> - -<p>6. Debate—Resolved, that it is wrong to feed tramps.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>FOUNDER’S DAY—FEBRUARY 23.</h3> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“He tried the luxury of doing good.”</p> - -</div> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>1. Roll-call—Quotations on the Companionship of Books.</p> - -<p>2. Essay—New Departures in Education.</p> - -<p>[Reference can be made to Pestalozzi, Froebel, Col. Parker, -and others.]</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>3. Recitation—Alone with My Conscience.</p> - -<p>[Found in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for October, 1884.]</p> - -<p>4. A Paper on the Chautauqua Institutions.</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>5. Select Reading—Proper Method of Employing Time. -By Addison.</p> - -<p>6. A <i>Conversazione</i>—Subject: What Chautauqua has done -for me. [Entered into informally by all members of the circle.]</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>LONGFELLOW’S DAY—FEBRUARY 27.</h3> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“High as our hearts he stood.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>1. Roll call—Quotations from Longfellow.</p> - -<p>2. Let several members who have been appointed beforehand -give brief accounts of different periods of the poet’s life, -such as: His early life, his years in college, his life as a college -professor, his travels abroad, his literary work, his home -in the Craigie House, and his love for children.</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>3. Recitation—“The Hanging of the Crane.”</p> - -<p>4. Select Reading—Extracts from “Outre-Mer.”</p> - -<p class="center">Music.</p> - -<p>5. Essay—Longfellow’s Characteristics as a Writer.</p> - -<p>6. Recitation—“The Poet and the Children.” By John G. -Whittier.</p> - -<p>7. A Paper—The Tributes to Longfellow by Eminent Men -and Women.</p> - -<p>8. An analytical study of the poem “Sandalphon.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A delightful Longfellow entertainment may be arranged -from “Evangeline” or “Miles Standish.” The poem chosen -should be carefully cut so as not to require more than an hour -for reading. Let a good reader be chosen, and as he reads let -the most picturesque and striking passages be represented by -tableaux.</p> - -<p>Help in preparing programs for Longfellow’s Day may be -found in the following articles: <i>The Century</i>, June, 1882, -“Henry Wadsworth Longfellow,” poem; <i>The Century</i>, October, -1883, “Longfellow;” <i>The Century</i>, November, 1878, -“Henry Wadsworth Longfellow;” Allibone’s “Dictionary of -Authors;” Griswold, “Poets and Poetry of America;” Duyckinck, -“Cyclopædia of American Literature,” vol. ii.; <i>North -American Review</i>, January 1840, July 1842, July 1845, and January -1848; <i>Fraser’s Magazine</i>, March 1848; <i>British Quarterly -Review</i> for January and April 1864; <i>The Literary World</i>, vol. -xii., No. 5; “Homes of American Authors,” by George William -Curtis; “American Classics for Schools,” vol. i; “Longfellow -Leaflets”—these convenient little slips have been prepared for -schools, but will be found very useful for large circles. They -may be had of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Boston, Mass.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="LOCAL_CIRCLES">LOCAL CIRCLES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>C. L. S. C. MOTTOES.</h3> - -<p>“<i>We Study the Word and the Works of God.</i>”—“<i>Let us keep our Heavenly Father in the Midst.</i>”—“<i>Never be Discouraged.</i>”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>C. L. S. C. MEMORIAL DAYS.</h3> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>1. <span class="smcap">Opening Day</span>—October 1.</p> - -<p>2. <span class="smcap">Bryant Day</span>—November 3.</p> - -<p>3. <span class="smcap">Special Sunday</span>—November, second Sunday.</p> - -<p>4. <span class="smcap">Milton Day</span>—December 9.</p> - -<p>5. <span class="smcap">College Day</span>—January, last Thursday.</p> - -<p>6. <span class="smcap">Special Sunday</span>—February, second Sunday.</p> - -<p>7. <span class="smcap">Founder’s Day</span>—February 23.</p> - -<p>8. <span class="smcap">Longfellow Day</span>—February 27.</p> - -<p>9. <span class="smcap">Shakspere Day</span>—April 23.</p> - -<p>10. <span class="smcap">Addison Day</span>—May 1.</p> - -<p>11. <span class="smcap">Special Sunday</span>—May, second Sunday.</p> - -<p>12. <span class="smcap">Special Sunday</span>—July, second Sunday.</p> - -<p>13. <span class="smcap">Inauguration Day</span>—August, first Saturday after first -Tuesday; anniversary of C. L. S. C. at Chautauqua.</p> - -<p>14. <span class="smcap">St. Paul’s Day</span>—August, second Saturday after first -Tuesday; anniversary of the dedication of St. Paul’s -Grove at Chautauqua.</p> - -<p>15. <span class="smcap">Commencement Day</span>—August, third Tuesday.</p> - -<p>16. <span class="smcap">Garfield Day</span>—September 19.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>One of the most profitable half hours of the local circle evening -is that spent in general conversation on a particular topic. -It furnishes a practice which is of incalculable value. At the -same time it is not possible to put a number on a program of -which it is more difficult to make a perfect success. Of course -many circles have learned the art of talking. At <span class="smcap">Shiloh, N. -Y.</span>, the “Atlantic” circle of sixteen members, a busy, prosperous -organization, to introduce variety into their programs,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[287]</a></span> -often hold a “meeting of informal conversation,” but very -many of us can not succeed. At the root of our trouble lies -that totally false idea that the ability to converse is the gift of -a few. When leaders suggest a <i>conversazione</i> the difficulties -presented seem almost insurmountable. The members contend -that they can not talk; they will not try; they urge that -while history and science make excellent studies, they are too -“heavy” for conversation; they fly the subject and intrude -a chit-chat which totally destroys serious conversation. Some -time ago we saw successfully tried in a circle of about twenty -members, the following method for cultivating conversation: -The subject was introduced by the leader in a brief and earnest -talk. He showed the barrenness of ideas and the lack of -fine and exact expression in our social converse. He urged -the possibility and the duty of every one becoming an entertaining -talker. An interest was thoroughly aroused, -and a vote was carried by the society to devote a half hour -to talking on subjects suggested by the C. L. S. C. readings. -Each member promised to confine himself to the subject, to -come prepared to follow the whole subject, and to give particular -items on certain points. Members were bound to ask -questions, to look up pictures to illustrate, anecdotes to enliven -and wise words to enforce the points brought out. They -learned to talk, and to talk on worthy subjects. Their experience -soon grew to be a little like that which happened to a -member of the <span class="smcap">Hollister, California</span>, circle. A lady -meeting her, remarked: “I am getting jealous of those Chautauquans, -for if two of them meet they can talk of nothing -but those old Greeks.” Our friends grew to talk so well that a -lady, applying for admission, said: “I want to join your society, -for it seems to me that a society which inspires so much -intelligent conversation must be very valuable.” Every circle -of the C. L. S. C. which has had experience in this work should -lend to others its ideas and suggestions. But now let us -turn to something which is much easier to chat over than are -methods for improving ourselves in conversation—our circles.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Nova Scotia</span> gives no hint in its report from the <span class="smcap">Halifax</span> -C. L. S. C. of the bleakness which we usually associate with -its stormy northern coast. This Halifax circle announces -itself in a flourishing condition, with a regular membership of -fifteen and with twenty or thirty regular attendants. The -growth of the work in Nova Scotia is apparent to them and -they look for an addition of many members soon. Already -the number of members in Nova Scotia is nearly double that -of last year.</p> - -<p>At the extreme eastern point of <span class="smcap">Maine</span>, in the pretty village -of <span class="smcap">Lubec</span>, the “Pansies” have taken root. The busy little -“Quoddy” circle of eight members forms the nucleus around -which, we trust, will collect a future legion of as interested -members as are our present friends.——Another Pine-Tree -state town, <span class="smcap">Brownfield</span>, has a circle reading its third year’s -course. It would be difficult, they think, to find more enthusiastic -workers.——On the southern point of the beautiful -Moosehead Lake, in the town of <span class="smcap">Greenville</span>, a circle of -“Plymouth Rocks” was founded in November, 1884. The -class express increasing interest in their readings, and are confident -of a large growth in numbers during the year. The -“North Star” is the pretty name they have chosen for their -circle.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">New Hampshire</span> sends two year-old circles to our columns -this month. One from <span class="smcap">Tilton</span> reorganized last fall with -twenty-four members. They meet fortnightly and remember -all the memorial days. May their name, “Winnipisaukee,” -prove auspicious, and the “smile of the Great Spirit” be ever -with them.——The “St. Paul” circle, which was organized in -the fall of 1883, at <span class="smcap">Manchester, N. H.</span>, but not reported to -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, was reorganized last fall with a membership -of thirty-seven. They have in the circle twenty-one of the -class of ’88, while only five are of the class of ’87—a proof that -the “Chautauqua Idea” is growing in favor. They prepare -interesting programs consisting of essays, readings, talks, etc. -Also, they use the “Chautauqua Songs,” and find them a great -help.</p> - -<p>The circle at <span class="smcap">Plainfield, Vermont</span>, consists of fourteen -hard working members and is in its first year. They find great -enjoyment in their reading. Last November, the loss by death -of one of their most active and loved members, Mrs. F. A. -Drinell, threw a shadow over their circle, but they have persisted -in their work.——To the numbers of pretty programs -which have come to our table has been added a neatly painted -one from <span class="smcap">Rutland, Vt.</span>, a souvenir of the Milton Memorial Reception -held by the “Alpha” branch of the C. L. S. C. This -entertainment was very highly complimented by the local press.</p> - -<p>A member of the “Mizpah” circle of <span class="smcap">New Bedford, Mass.</span>, -pays a very high compliment to the character of that circle’s -work. He writes that he has learned more of Greek history -and literature in the four meetings which their circle had held -when he wrote, than in all the time he gave last year to solitary -study. Certainly the circle must be accomplishing its design -of doing “solid work.” Nor are their numbers, though -but six, a drawback. A small circle, if perfectly congenial, has -some strong advantages.——Last month <span class="smcap">East Weymouth, -Mass.</span>, reported the circle which has had such a vigorous -growth this year. Now we hear of a new circle in the sister -city of <span class="smcap">South Weymouth</span>, and very soon we may hope to do -something more than formally introduce our new friend.——The -“Parker Hill” local circle, of <span class="smcap">Boston</span>, organized in September, -1883, has become so much interested in the circles -which month after month send their greetings and their suggestions -to <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan’s</span> columns, that it joins our -number. Very glad we are to present it—the only circle, -so far as we remember, composed entirely of young men. -Thirteen of them form this club, all of them connected with -the Highland Congregational Church, of which the Rev. A. -E. Dunning, the honored president of the “Plymouth Rocks,” -has been pastor. A particularly happy suggestion, it seems to -us, is contained in a special feature of their program. They -require each member to suggest at each meeting, in writing, -some subject for the next meeting’s program. These suggestions -being read by the president, the circle selects from them -a sufficient number of topics to occupy the allotted time. The -subjects are then assigned to the various members.——From -two other Massachusetts circles come pleasant letters. One -from <span class="smcap">Cape Cod</span> says: “We call ourselves the ‘Seaside’ -circle, and our name is very appropriate, for ‘the sea’ -lies both east and south of us. We are located in the ‘elbow’ -of the ‘right arm’ of Massachusetts, and scarce an hour in -our lives passes that we do not feel the invigorating breezes -of the Atlantic Ocean. At present we number fourteen regular -and three local members, one ’85, four ’87s, and the rest ’88s. -Our enthusiasm is great, and, as is the experience of every -local circle, increases with every meeting.”——And another -from <span class="smcap">Falmouth</span>: “Our ‘Neptune’ circle is prosperously -started this year with twenty-three active members. We are -encouraged, as this is more than double our last year’s membership. -We try to keep the line of study for each evening -separate, one evening being devoted to science, another to -Greek. Last week we took up the ‘Iliad,’ different members -giving five-minute sketches of its gods and heroes. At other -meetings we have had successful experiments in carbon and -hydrogen. Our local badges bear the letters C. L. S. C., with -the trident, the symbol of our circle.” With this letter the -writer sends a bit of experience which is very interesting. -“Last summer,” she writes, “while visiting the ‘Morning -Star,’ as she lay at the wharf before starting on her noble life -work, I found the C. L. S. C. books in the captain’s library. I -never before so fully realized the bond of sympathy between -Chautauquans. Mrs. Bray, the captain’s wife, told me that -she and her husband belonged to the class of ’85. They take -the readings together while far out on the deep.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[288]</a></span></p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Connecticut</span> has a goodly array of items for the month. -<span class="smcap">Norwich</span> sends us several of its capital programs; peculiarly -attractive is the one for Milton’s Day.——<span class="smcap">Bristol</span> reports a -circle of twenty-four members, organized in October last, and -boasts, most justly, of ten school teachers in its ranks. All the -regular work arranged for circles they have been performing, -and report most pleasant special meetings on Bryant and -Milton Days.——<span class="smcap">Winsted</span> has sent us a New Year greeting. -A happy circle they are, with their enormous membership -of sixty-one members, and “not one lazy one in our -ranks,” the secretary writes.——At <span class="smcap">New Britain</span> the Milton -Day service was very pleasant. The professor of English -literature in the State Normal School gave a talk on Milton, -and the evening closed with a question match.</p> - -<p>The plan of reviewing each work read has been adopted at -<span class="smcap">Bristol, R. I.</span> An unusually interesting review was prepared -on the “Art of Speech.” The epitome which the writer gives -of the opening chapter will not only be interesting, it may serve -to disentangle some one’s ideas on the puzzling growth of -English:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">With Chapter first our toil begins,</div> -<div class="verse">’Tis like a penance for our sins</div> -<div class="verse indent2">To try to read it over.</div> -<div class="verse">We read it once, we read it twice,</div> -<div class="verse">With close attention read it thrice,</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Its meaning to discover.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">We find, at last, that English speech</div> -<div class="verse">Through long succeeding years, doth reach</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Back to primeval ages.</div> -<div class="verse">From Aryan root it sprang at first—</div> -<div class="verse">How long ago, tell us who durst—</div> -<div class="verse indent2">And grew by easy stages.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Teutonic trunk and German branch</div> -<div class="verse">And Saxon twig grew strong and stanch,</div> -<div class="verse indent2">And Norman foliage crowned it;</div> -<div class="verse">From Latin grafts it gained new strength</div> -<div class="verse">And from Greek scions, too, at length</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Grew thrifty leaves around it.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The fruits upon the wondrous tree,</div> -<div class="verse">If we should test, we soon should see</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Have many foreign flavors.</div> -<div class="verse">From Spanish, Dutch, and Portuguese,</div> -<div class="verse">Italian, Indian, and Chinese,</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Have they derived their savors.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The “Knowledge Seekers,” of <span class="smcap">Jamestown, R. I.</span>, form a -new circle. Until this year they were a branch of the local -circle in <span class="smcap">Newport</span>, but as six members were added they have -formed a circle of their own.——“Pawcatuck” local circle, -of the ’88 class, C. L. S. C., was organized September 23, -1884, in the village of <span class="smcap">Carolina</span>, a small manufacturing place in -southern Rhode Island. The circle has now twenty-four members -and meets weekly. Considering the fact that there are -only about 375 inhabitants in the place, in all, and that fully -one half of this number are mill operatives, the size of the -circle is remarkable. The members are all thoroughly interested -in the work, and are taking hold of it in a very commendable -manner.</p> - -<p>From all directions throughout <span class="smcap">New York State</span> good news -of growing circles reaches us. Away up north, in <span class="smcap">Jefferson -County</span>, in the village of <span class="smcap">Adams</span>, there has been organized “a -real live C. L. S. C.” It is modeled on the broad Chautauquan -platform, and has three churches represented in its -officers. The program of their Bryant Memorial Day exercises -was a model of happily chosen selections, and we learn -from the columns of their local paper that it was as happily rendered.——A -very profitable plan of assigning subjects is -followed at <span class="smcap">Kingston, N. Y.</span>, in their circle of seven members. -Each member is given, at the beginning of the year, a subject -from the C. L. S. C. readings, to which he devotes his entire -attention; thus our correspondent writes that during last -year she furnished outlines and questions upon the subject of -“Art,” and that this year her theme is “Kitchen Science and -Art.” We like the plan.——In the pleasant town of <span class="smcap">Mount -Kisco</span>, not far from New York City, there is a circle which -dates back to a public meeting in the interests of the C. L. S. -C. held by one of the pastors of the town, in the fall of 1882. -A thriving circle of the class of 1886 still exists there. Their -plan of work is very comprehensive, including Chautauqua -music, general discussions, essays and social observance of -the special days.——The <span class="smcap">Ithaca, N. Y.</span>, C. L. S. C. has a -membership of forty-six of the classes of ’85, ’86, ’87 and ’88. -The meetings, held bi-monthly, are full of life and interest. -They observe memorial days generally. One of their most -active members has moved to <span class="smcap">Cazenovia, N. Y.</span>, Mrs. Rev. H. -F. Spencer, vice president. She writes: “Our circle, here, -is in embryo—think how prosy to come down to a circle of -three or four.”——The <span class="smcap">Newfield</span> circle of fifteen members -was organized last fall, and held their meetings every Friday -evening. Their president, the Rev. W. H. Rogers, is a graduate -of the class of ’82.——In an interesting letter from the president -of a circle at <span class="smcap">Binghamton, N. Y.</span>, we have found some -very good hints. He says: “Here in Binghamton our circle -numbers twenty. We call ourselves the ‘F. F. F.’ circle, -from our motto: ‘Fortiter, fideliter, feliciter’—bravely, -faithfully, successfully. Two things our programs all include: -First, devotional exercises, remembering that ‘we study the -<i>Word</i>’ as well as ‘the works of God.’ We use the Chautauqua -hymns, all singing together and greatly enjoy it. Secondly, -roll call. This is one of our most interesting exercises. -We respond by quotations from one or more authors, specially -designated for the evening, and keep a record of every quotation -given. In this way we are compiling what promises to be -a very interesting book of choice quotations. Our members -are very much in earnest, and every meeting finds them all -present.”——The history of one of the circles at <span class="smcap">Olean, N. -Y.</span>, has been sent us by its secretary: “The ‘Whitney’ circle -(Baptist) was so named in honor of the venerable Dr. Whitney, -one of the fathers of the First Baptist Church. This circle was organized -in the fall of 1883, with a membership of thirty. This fall -we have reorganized, with a membership that bids fair to double -that of last year. Each member, in alphabetical order, takes -part in the exercises, and are nearly all active workers. Our -meetings open with the ‘Chautauqua Songs,’ followed by the -roll call, each member answering with an apt quotation from -the readings. Our program then consists of a drill on subjects -gone over in the readings for the past two weeks. Two -essays, on subjects in harmony with the readings, are read -each evening. We also have interesting scientific experiments -conducted by Dr. S. J. Mudge, a scientist of this city. We -have introduced a novel feature called the ‘Tug of War,’ in -which sides are chosen in spelling-down style, and questions -asked on a book which has been completed. Guesses at the -Greek alphabet and Greek words are also features of our programs. -We also observe some of the memorial days. Last -summer our superintendent, the Rev. MacClymont, secured -Chancellor Vincent to lecture for us. We invited the M. E. -circle, and had a splendid lecture. Taken altogether, we may -say our circle is in a prosperous and flourishing condition.”</p> - -<p>The <span class="smcap">Keystone State</span> is in no way behind New England -and its <span class="smcap">Empire</span> neighbor this month in reports. From <span class="smcap">Connelsville</span>, -on the banks of the Youghiogheny, comes a hearty -greeting to all C. L. S. C. classmates. It is from the sturdy -“Spartans,” of the class of ’88. The circle, organized on -Opening Day, numbered at its start twenty-four members. -The “Athenian” circle of ’86 and the “Pansy” circle of ’87 -proposed a consolidation of forces; so large was the circle that -a public meeting place was necessary. The best talent of the -city is in the circle, and to belong to its rank is a good recommendation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[289]</a></span> -wherever the circle is known.——At <span class="smcap">Mount -Pleasant, Pa.</span>, a circle was formed in October consisting of fifty-one -members, all but four of which belong to the class of ’88. -They promise us a full report when fairly started in their work.——A -friend at <span class="smcap">Verona, Pa.</span>, writes: “Our name is the -‘Verona Resolutes,’ our age two months, our number fifteen. -We owe our existence to the fact that three of our new members -attended Chautauqua Lake Assembly, and one Mountain -Lake Park Assembly, where they caught the C. L. S. C. -fever, and upon returning home spread the disease until fifteen -are found upon the fever list. We are enjoying it, though, and -hope our recovery will be slow, if <i>recovery</i> means loss of interest.”——<span class="smcap">West -Philadelphia</span> has a new circle—the -“Parsonage” circle. They number six and promise to try to -increase their list. No doubt their efforts will succeed, the -present circle being due to the efforts of three members who -last year read alone.——The <i>Elizabeth Herald</i>, of <span class="smcap">Elizabeth, -Pa.</span>, contained recently the following pleasant notice of -the circle in that town: “<span class="smcap">Chautauqua Circle.</span>—This flourishing -institution is pursuing a course of study and research -and enjoying an exchange of ideas, which is a veritable reveling -in intellectual and social pleasures, unknown to many of -the community whose congenial tastes and capabilities would, -if properly directed and cultured, lead them to a sharing of -these delights, so far above the frivolities too common to young -life. For instance, at the regular meeting of this week, in addition -to the regular quiz and discussion of the set topics, the -Milton Memorial Day was observed with services of an appropriate -nature. The evening was a most pleasant one -throughout, and after the regular program was concluded the -members, loth to leave, remained, singing and talking in pleasant, -informal fashion, for some time.”——We are pleased to -notice here, a kindly compliment to the president of the -flourishing circle of thirty at <span class="smcap">Washington</span>, Professor Lyon, of -Washington and Jefferson College. Our friend says of him: -“In our studies in chemistry, etc., we have the benefit of his -knowledge and skill, and obliging disposition, for he always -carries from the college to our rooms the apparatus needed for -explanation and experiment.” This circle held a “sociable” -on the evening of December 11th, each member inviting a -friend. It was an enjoyable affair and may be the means of -adding members.——In kind remembrance of Mary Vincent, -the mother of Chancellor Vincent, the members of the C. L. S. C. -at <span class="smcap">Petersburg, Pa.</span> have named their circle the “Mary Vincent” -circle—a peculiarly fitting tribute, Mrs. Vincent having -been well known and deeply honored by many Chautauquans -in that vicinity.</p> - -<p>The <span class="smcap">Cincinnati, Ohio</span>, members of the S. H. G. held their -yearly reception to the new class, in the pleasant parlor of the -First Presbyterian Church, in October. The “Irrepressibles” -were right royally received. The president of the society, Mr. -J. G. O’Connell, welcomed the class into the society. The -following were the toasts, to which hearty responses were given: -“The Class of ’82;” “Class of ’83;” “Class of ’84;” “The -Founder of the C. L. S. C.—Chancellor J. H. Vincent;” “Chautauqua, -the Mecca of the C. L. S. C.;” “Cincinnati Circles;” -“Chautauqua Music.” The musical part of the program was unusually -fine. The collation was a part of the program in which -every one present took part. The following are the officers for -the ensuing year: President, Mr. J. G. O’Connell, ’82: vice presidents: -Class of ’82, Mrs. M. J. Pyle; class of ’83, Mrs. I. W. -Joyce; class of ’84, Miss Sarah Trotter; recording secretary, -Miss Julia Kolbe; corresponding secretary, Mr. M. S. Turrill; -treasurer, Miss Selina Wood. The society separated brimful -of enthusiasm for the success of the C. L. S. C. Bryant’s Day -was celebrated by the Cincinnati circles at the Third Presbyterian -Church. Mr. S. Logan presided. Among the excellent -things on the program were an essay on W. C. Bryant, by Mr. -J. A. Johnson, a piano solo by Miss Belle Burnham, and a recitation, -“Waiting by the Gate,” by Miss Nellie Allan. A union -vesper service was held by the circles at Grace M. P. Church, -on the Special Sunday, November 9th. The service was conducted -by the Rev. Mr. Spohr, of Grace Church, and Dr. -Ridgeway, of Mount Auburn, gave a very fine address upon -“Praise.” This being the “Greek” year in the C. L. S. C. -course, the various circles have added to their names that letter -of the Greek alphabet which will indicate their rank in order -of organization.——The local circle of <span class="smcap">Mount Pleasant, -Ohio</span>, came into existence in October of 1883. The circle has -the usual officers, and meets twice a month at the homes of -the members. The enrollment is nineteen, with a large average -attendance. They have local talent enlisted, and the -meetings are instructive and interesting. The work of 1883 and -1884 was thoroughly accomplished.</p> - -<p>One new circle enters the list this month from <span class="smcap">Friendswood, -Ind.</span> It is formed of twelve members—enthusiastic and brave -they must be, for they report themselves as living in the country -several miles apart. Not only are they overcoming the -difficulty of regular meetings under these circumstances, they -are contemplating enlisting others in their work.——Another -zealous <span class="smcap">Indiana</span> circle is at <span class="smcap">Corydon</span>. It is a year old, -and believes itself to have done better work than any other -circle in the country, an assertion that their method warrants, -for they have adopted the novel plan of a C. L. S. C. school, -where one member is appointed to hear the lesson and every -other comes prepared to recite. Our Corydon friends gave a -delightful Milton reception to over thirty guests.——The C. -L. S. C. local circle of <span class="smcap">Fort Wayne</span> began its fifth year’s work -on Garfield Day—officers were elected, and seventeen new -members added. The subjects under consideration are conducted -in a conversational manner. One evening was devoted -to chemistry, with highly interesting and successful experiments -given by the leader, who is professor of science at the -M. E. College. They have held one “Sunday Evening Vesper -Service,” which proved such an inspiration that they purpose -having more. “At the age of five years,” they write, “we are -truly ‘Irrepressible,’ ‘Invincible,’ and as firm and steady as -old Plymouth Rock itself.” Altogether “we are a live and -enthusiastic circle, possessed with the true ‘Chautauqua Idea.’”</p> - -<p>A letter received from a lady well known to readers of <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>, Mrs. E. J. Bugbee, says of a circle lately -started at <span class="smcap">Evanston, Ill.</span>: “I am happy to report from this -glorious Athens of the West a flourishing circle of the C. L. S. -C., organized on the first Monday evening in November, and -numbering now between forty and fifty members. We have -started out with an enthusiasm which we hope will not abate, -and indeed we do not expect it to do so under our present fortunate -leadership. We have for president Mr. Weeden A. -Sawyer, of this place. He presides with dignity and ease, and -carries forward the business of the circle with promptness and -dispatch. We are also happy in our instructor, the Rev. F. -Clatworthy, pastor of the Baptist church of Evanston, who -shows wonderful adaptation for this work, and is heartily in -sympathy with the Chautauqua Idea, and endeavors closely to -follow out the plan for local circles.”——At <span class="smcap">Hinsdale, Ill.</span>, -a circle was organized in the fall of 1882. The circle was conducted -in a very informal manner, having but one officer—secretary—“each -member taking her turn as leader, and our -exercises were merely the discussions of the past week’s reading. -In the fall of 1883 we again organized, this time admitting -gentlemen, electing a president and secretary, and taking -to ourselves a name, ‘The Alpha Chautauqua Circle.’ Our -membership increased to eighteen. Meeting every Monday -evening, our exercises were the same as during the preceding -year. We celebrated three of the memorial days, which proved -not only pleasant and interesting, but very instructive. This -last fall our Chautauquans were so enthusiastic that the first -meeting was called for September 4th. We reorganized with -only nine members; since then have admitted two more. If -it can be possible, our work this year seems more interesting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[290]</a></span> -than ever. We continue to meet weekly, and have now decided -to take one text-book, or one month’s reading in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span> at a time, finishing one subject before taking -up another; thinking thereby to obtain a better understanding -of the same. Shall also use the questions and answers in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>, said lessons to be conducted the same as a -spelling match. The members respond to the roll call with -appropriate quotations, thus far from Greek authors. We have -been too busy to observe the memorial days this year, otherwise -than by quotations from the author in question. Two of -our circle are members of the ‘Pansy’ class. One of our -number graduated last year, who is now an honorary member -of the local circle, acting as critic; and we shall have one -graduate this year.”</p> - -<p>A genuine proof of good work is this bit of experience from -<span class="smcap">Tecumseh, Mich.</span>: “At the beginning of this year,” the president -writes, “we members of ’86 reviewed thoroughly our -Greek history for the benefit of those of our circle belonging -to the classes of ’87 and ’88. We were highly gratified with -the proficiency of the class of ’86. How well we remember -two years ago the despondency of many of the members at the -hard Greek words, and now they pronounce them with ease -and fluency. Any one would have been convinced of the benefits -of the C. L. S. C. who could have listened to those reviews -of Greek history.”——The Bryant memorial was very pleasantly -observed by the local circle of <span class="smcap">Escanaba, Mich.</span> Mrs. -W. H. Tibbals, ’86, invited the members to dinner at 6 o’clock. -Nine of the members were present. After the repast, at which -each member present received as a souvenir a pallet painted -by the hostess, the literary feast was enjoyed. Select reading, -“Early Life of the Author;” selection, “The Rivulet;” -selection, “The Autumn Woods;” essay, Bryant and his Contemporaries; -selection, “The Planting of the Apple Tree;” -selection, “The Crowded Street;” essay, Bryant, the Poet; -analytical study of the “West Wind;” questions prepared by -the president.</p> - -<p>Sad news and a beautiful tribute to the C. L. S. C. come to -us from <span class="smcap">Waupan, Wis.</span>, whence the secretary writes: “Our -C. L. S. C. opens this year with added enthusiasm in its membership, -and an increasing number. The Bryant Memorial -Day was observed in a fitting manner by sentiments, readings, -discussion, and a biographical sketch, all bearing upon the -great poet. The selections and topics were in accord with our -feelings, as we had just met with our first loss since organizing -five years ago, in the death of one of our youngest and brightest -members, Mrs. Jennie Weed Hinkley. As we review the -life of our beloved sister, we can see a symmetry and beauty -of character that needed no further lights and shades. Our -studies make us better mothers and housekeepers, better able -to take our places in the prayer meeting, better able to guide -our children, and to understand the work they do in the -school room.”——The “Pansy” class of <span class="smcap">Sparta, Wis.</span>, also -sends its greetings to all the members of the People’s College. -A friend telling the story of the circle says: “Our little Spartan -class passed through the first year of its existence without a -break in the circle, and profiting by the favorable circumstances, -observed among others, Shakspere Memorial Day with -more than the ordinary preparation, closing with a basket picnic, -served at the house of one of the members. This year, -however, sickness has overtaken two of the members, and one -still remains an invalid; nevertheless, our progress has been -steady. We have observed Bryant’s and Milton’s Days by -interesting exercises.”</p> - -<p>The C. L. S. C. is coming well to the front this year in <span class="smcap">St. -Paul, Minn.</span> The year was begun by a lecture from Dr. Vincent -on Monday evening, October 6th, on the “Chautauqua -Idea.” This aroused the enthusiasm of the old Chautauquans -and brought in a large addition of new members. On Thursday -evening, October 23d, the “Pioneer” circle was reorganized -with nineteen members, which have since become twenty-five. -On Monday evening, November 3d (Bryant Day), the -“Canadian American” circle was formed, with ten members. -There have been at least four other circles formed, with a -membership of about eighty. On the evening of November 27th, -Thanksgiving night, the “Pioneer” circle held its regular -meeting in the parlors of the First M. E. Church. All the -other circles in the city were represented, about eighty persons -being present. Among the other visitors they were delighted -to welcome Prof. J. L. Corning, of Ocean Grove, N. J., a name -well known to all Chautauquans. His address on the C. L. S. -C. at Ocean Grove and the Chautauqua University was both -instructive and enjoyable. The program was in celebration of -both Bryant and Thanksgiving Days, and included essays on -Bryant’s life and works and the origin of Thanksgiving day, -with selections from Bryant’s works and Thanksgiving day -poems. Altogether the evening was a very pleasant one. -They are making arrangements for forming a central circle -somewhat after the plan of the Toronto central circle and the -Troy circle.</p> - -<p>Three new circles are reported this month from <span class="smcap">Iowa</span>. At -<span class="smcap">Wapello</span> a circle of five members; at <span class="smcap">Parkersburg</span> one of -nine members; and at <span class="smcap">Elvira</span>, one of ten. Each reports the -work as a delightful revelation, and expresses the hope that -they may be able to largely increase their numbers.——In -the fall of 1883 a circle was organized in <span class="smcap">Missouri Valley, -Iowa</span>. It consisted of some fifteen members, some of whom, -for want of time, failed to do the reading. During the past -year a number of the members left the town, one of whom—President -Sabine—graduated in the class of 1884. Though the -class is scattered, several are doing the reading.</p> - -<p>We are always particularly glad to hear from the <span class="smcap">Blue -Grass State</span>, perhaps because our friends there have not sent -us frequent reports. This month a friend writes of the circle -at <span class="smcap">Hardensburg</span>: “The C. L. S. C. of this place is prosecuting -its work with unabating energy and zeal. We organized -early in September, with eighteen members, that we might be -entirely ready for Opening Day. However, there was so much -severe illness in our town, and especially among some of the -friends of our circle, that it was late in the Circle year before -we did anything more toward having a meeting. When at -last through the Father’s providence we were permitted to -meet again, we found that nearly every member had ‘read -up’ to date. We meet on Tuesday evening of each week and -carry out the program as furnished for each week in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>. We keep each memorial day.”</p> - -<p>Another Southern state to report is <span class="smcap">Louisiana</span>. From <span class="smcap">Lake -Providence</span> this letter comes: “We have twenty-two members -between fifteen and twenty-one years old. We meet once -a week; at roll call each answers by reciting, ‘We study the -Word and works of God,’ ‘Let us keep our Heavenly Father -in the midst,’ ‘Never be discouraged.’ We assign lessons -from the C. L. S. C. course for each week as given by <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>. In our class the member who is most attentive, -whose conduct is best, who learns the lessons recited most thoroughly, -is made president of the class. The places of vice -president, secretary, etc., are filled in this way. The lessons -which have been memorized by particular members, are -learned at their recital by the other members who were not -appointed to learn these lessons. In this way the work is -done thoroughly, and for hours the interest and enthusiasm do -not cool; however, we change from one study to another to -prevent any from becoming monotonous. Nineteen members -of our circle are college students, but for the most of them this -will be their last year at school; so we are trying to fill them -with the Chautauqua spirit of learning, morality, truth and -Christian worth, that it may linger with them and develop -them through all the future into strong and true, noble and -pure womanhood and manhood. Having established this circle -among the young, we are now working to originate one -among the grown. We talk of it a great deal in our social<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[291]</a></span> -life; have induced eight to become members of the C. L. S. -C., and hope to largely increase the numbers.”</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Springfield, Missouri</span>, sends the following interesting history: -“In October, 1883, a wave of Chautauqua enthusiasm -reached our beautiful city of the Ozarks. Through the influence -of two or three energetic ladies, it resulted in the organization -of the ‘Queen City’ circle of the C. L. S. C. The circle -began with a membership of fifteen ladies, representing eight -religious denominations. Regular meetings were held once a -week, all the memorial days kept, and the year’s work finished -in June. In October, 1884, our circle was reorganized with the -same officers. Our members returned full of enthusiasm and -ready for work. On Opening Day we endeavored to lay before -our new members and visitors—having opened our doors to -all interested—the object, the magnitude and the blessing of -the ‘Chautauqua Idea.’ Those interested, and others to whom -the ‘Idea’ was entirely new caught the enthusiasm, and many -applications for membership were presented from both gentlemen -and ladies. As the ‘Queen City’ circle is a woman’s -circle exclusively, holding its meetings in the afternoon, it was -thought best to organize another circle, to which both ladies -and gentlemen could be admitted. On Bryant’s Day the new -circle was formed, with a membership of thirty-one. Their -meetings will be held on Tuesday evening of each week. It -is the intention of the two circles to work together as closely -as possible. The ‘Queen City’ circle meets once a week -in a pleasant parlor, which we owe to the courtesy of -one of our members. We study the readings for the week -thoroughly. Topics are assigned by our instruction committee -a week in advance for special study, greater research and more -thought being thus brought to bear upon the lesson. Criticism -upon pronunciation, inaccuracies of speech, etc., is unsparingly -given to all. We are trying to make thorough study -of our text-book on ‘Parliamentary Practice,’ and endeavor -to observe all the rules of a deliberative body. Our work is -both profitable and delightful, and I think it safe to say that -our circle can never languish. Already the ’87s are living in -joyful anticipation of the day when they will be permitted to -pass beneath the Arches at Chautauqua.”——A word also -comes from <span class="smcap">Kansas City</span>. There are six circles there, the -oldest of which is the “Kansas City” circle, whose interest -was so great that the weekly meetings were kept up during last -summer, without any vacation. October 1st, they reorganized, -with a membership of twenty-five. Two graduates are reading -with this circle this year.</p> - -<p>A pleasant account of work done in the interest of the C. -L. S. C. has reached our table from <span class="smcap">Hiawatha, Kansas</span>. A -graduate of the class of ’84 it comes from: “I have talked -C. L. S. C. to my friends until I have declared that it will soon -be necessary for me to get a new tongue. I went to our editor -to-day and asked his assistance in spreading the work. He -has kindly consented to print whatever we wish. There are -many things in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> that would enlighten the -people concerning the C. L. S. C.—what it is, and what it is -doing—but the very ones who most need this information do -not take <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>. By the assistance of our editor -we can bring this knowledge to the people. I tell my friends -that I can not help being enthusiastic on this subject, because -I am an ‘Irrepressible.’ A ‘Pioneer’ and an ‘Invincible’ -moved to our town this fall. Beside these we have a few ‘Progressives,’ -‘Pansies,’ and ‘Plymouth Rocks.’ We meet in one -of the offices in the court house for our regular meetings—it -being a more central point for all—but I invited the circle to -my home for a late meeting. I wished to show them the growth -of the Persian empire and Alexander’s dominions as pictured -on Adams’s ‘Synchronological Chart.’ I bought one this summer -at Chautauqua. Since my return I made an easel for the -chart of hard pine, open-mortised four cross-pieces, on two of -which I fastened the chart, and chamfered the edges. The -boards were ‘in the rough’ when I took them, but I smoothed -them, sand-papered and oiled them, then blackened the chamfered -edges and varnished the easel. Several carpenters have -examined my work and all say my joining is perfect and the -work well done, and yet I never handled tools until I went to -Chautauqua last summer and took instructions.”——A new -circle has been organized at <span class="smcap">Hartford, Kansas</span>. It consists -of seventeen members, representing a variety of professions and -employments. The work has proven pleasant and profitable -to them thus far.</p> - -<p>Right glad we are to hear from <span class="smcap">Nebraska</span>. A breezy letter -comes from the circle at <span class="smcap">York</span>, in which the writer tells us: “We -have twenty-four members. We feel quite encouraged when -we remember that we began last year with only four. Nearly -every meeting adds a new name to our roll. Our members -are all enthusiastic and in earnest, preferring to let anything -else go rather than miss one ‘C. L. S. C.’ I really think nothing -less than a ‘Nebraska blizzard’ or cyclone would keep -some of our members away. We pursued the Chautauqua -plan of questions and answers last year very successfully, and -are proceeding in the same way this year, although our programs -vary according to the option of the leader. Each member -leads in the order his name stands on the secretary’s -roll. In this way the timid ones of our circle are brought out. -We usually have written questions on the readings in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>; they are either handed to the secretary to be -read, or exchanged. We are fortunate in having a professor of -our college as a member, and just now he is making the study -of chemistry very interesting and pleasant. We certainly do -appreciate our C. L. S. C.”</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Wyoming Territory</span> is the western limit of our circle travels -for February. At <span class="smcap">Cheyenne</span>, the “J. L. Taylor” circle organized -in 1883 has reorganized with a membership of twelve. The secretary -writes: “While we are all young people, having many daily -duties and cares, our interest in Chautauqua steadily increases, -as we feel it broadens our outlook over the world, and draws -us nearer and nearer to our ideal of a higher life. We hope to -be able to report much good work done in the future—as we -feel that we can not stop with only moderate endeavors.”</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_C_L_S_C_CLASSES">THE C. L. S. C. CLASSES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CLASS OF 1885.</h3> - -<p class="center">“<i>Press on, reaching after those things which are before.</i>”</p> - -<h4>OFFICERS.</h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><i>President</i>—J. B. Underwood, Meriden, Conn.</p> - -<p><i>Vice President</i>—C. M. Nichols, Springfield, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Treasurer</i>—Miss Carrie Hart, Aurora, Ind.</p> - -<p><i>Secretary</i>—Miss M. M. Canfield, Washington, D. C.</p> - -<p><i>Executive Committee</i>—Officers of the class.</p> - -<p>Class badges may be procured of either President or Treasurer.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The badges for ’85, phœnix-like, have risen from their ashes -and can now be furnished promptly.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>President Underwood would be glad if circles composed of -members of the Class of ’85 would inform him of their existence -and send name of president and secretary, that he may -visit them when possible.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A Canadian classmate writes: “I am prosecuting my studies -in connection with the C. L. S. C. all alone in a remote corner -of our country, and find my greatest pleasure in holding communion -with the good and great of the present and past ages. -I am well pleased with the motto for our class and hope to be -among those who verify its appropriateness by passing through -the Gates next summer at Chautauqua.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[292]</a></span></p> - -<p>One member of ’85 writes: “Having just read the December -column of ’85 in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, have concluded to -show my enthusiasm by sending for our colors.” We can all -say amen to this: “Please place my name on the roll of the -Invincibles, and may God for dear Jesus’ sake help us all to -‘Press on, reaching after those things which are before.’”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Another says: “Although I was nearly fifty years of age -when I commenced study in this way, yet am greatly interested -and love it more and more. I hope to ‘press on, reaching -after those things which are before,’ until I can stand in -the immediate presence of Him whom my soul loveth.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>From Kentucky comes this testimony: “I am hoping to be -able, literally, to ‘pass through the Gates’ next August and -receive from Chancellor Vincent my diploma. I was at Chautauqua -in ’83, and will not be content till I go again. My interest -and enthusiasm increase as the four years draw to a close. -During this time I have pursued my studies alone, having failed -entirely to form even a ‘straight line’ in my neighborhood, five -miles from Versailles. Although I would doubtless have enjoyed -being connected with a circle, I know that studying the -course, even alone, has very greatly benefited me. One of -these benefits, and by no means the least, has been the increasing -and strengthening of my taste for solid reading.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">New York.</span>—“I have often wished that I could express my -gratitude for, and appreciation of, my C. L. S. C. studies and -associations, but when I attempt it my list of adjectives seems -all too meager and inadequate. Since taking up the course, life -and all that pertains to it assume a different aspect. I have -gained an outlook which gives life a charm and attractiveness -of which I had never dreamed. I had passed my forty-fifth -year when I comprehended the C. L. S. C. plan sufficiently to -see that it was for such illiterate people as I. The benefits I -have received are past computation.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Our Class Memorial to our loved alma mater must not be -forgotten. We want to prepare for a memorial, a present -worthy our <i>name</i> and <i>aim</i>. Fifty-five (55) names have up to -this time been sent to the treasurer, with contributions to the -class fund (some sending more than the amount requested). -That is but a small beginning of the hundreds to hear from.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CLASS OF ’86.</h3> - -<p>“<i>We study for light, to bless with light.</i>”</p> - -<h4>CLASS ORGANIZATION.</h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><i>President</i>—The Rev. B. P. Snow, Biddeford, Maine.</p> - -<p><i>Vice Presidents</i>—The Rev. J. C. Whitley, Salisbury, Maryland; Mr. L. -F. Houghton, Peoria, Illinois; Mr. Walter Y. Morgan, Cleveland, -Ohio; Mrs. Delia Browne, Louisville, Kentucky; Miss Florence Finch, -Palestine, Texas.</p> - -<p><i>Secretary</i>—The Rev. W. L. Austin, New Albany, Ind.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The officers of ’86 send greeting to their classmates and co-workers.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The new class badge will soon be ready to send out. The -color of the badge remains the same, but the class emblem -and motto will be added.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>From Colorado—Durango—comes this encouraging bit of class -news: “We have eleven members in our class and are pursuing -our studies this winter with unabated interest. Belonging to -the class of ’86, we mean to be true to the name ‘Progressives.’ -We hold our meetings every Monday evening, and follow the -program laid out in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>. There seems to be -a growing interest in the Chautauqua work, and we hope to -have another class organized in our little town before many -months. The members of the present class are busy workers, -teachers, mothers and housekeepers, but they have continued -the course with increasing interest to this the third year, and -purpose finishing the full course.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CLASS OF 1887.—“THE PANSIES.”</h3> - -<p class="center">“<i>Neglect not the gift that is in thee.</i>”</p> - -<h4>OFFICERS.</h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><i>President</i>—The Rev. Frank Russell, Mansfield, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Western Secretary</i>—K. A. Burnell, Esq., Chicago, Ill.</p> - -<p><i>Eastern Secretary</i>—J. A. Steven, M.D., Hartford, Conn.</p> - -<p><i>Treasurer</i>—Either Secretary, from either of whom badges may be -procured.</p> - -<p><i>Executive Committee</i>—The officers of the class.</p> - -<p>Class paper may be procured from Mr. Henry Hart, Atlanta, Ga.</p> - -</div> - -<p>The Canadian Pansies are doing good work in the promotion -of the Chautauqua Idea.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The leaves swung lazily and slow,</div> -<div class="verse">The wind hummed low its reverie,</div> -<div class="verse">Chautauqua bells with loving chime</div> -<div class="verse">Pealed forth their sweetest melody.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Their quaint, weird music rolling on,</div> -<div class="verse">Mingling with heaven’s azure ray,</div> -<div class="verse">Enwrapped the earth with bright, new joy;</div> -<div class="verse">It was our “Pansies’” natal day.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Remembrance fond brings back the hour</div> -<div class="verse">When on our breast the pansy blue</div> -<div class="verse">We placed, with earnest, fervent prayer</div> -<div class="verse">That to its trust we might be true.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Again, again, and yet again,</div> -<div class="verse">Our widening circle grew apace;</div> -<div class="verse">And pansies bloomed on every side;</div> -<div class="verse">North, South and West each claimed a place.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">And now a year with hurried tread,</div> -<div class="verse">Has paced its tiny cycle round,</div> -<div class="verse">Girdled with moments richly spent</div> -<div class="verse">In wanderings on classic ground.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Methinks we scarce could well have crowned</div> -<div class="verse">The year agone with richer gems</div> -<div class="verse">Than these bright visions of the past,</div> -<div class="verse">Tho’ culled from monarch’s diadems.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A goodly company our band—</div> -<div class="verse">Twice seven thousand now we claim;</div> -<div class="verse">And purpose with a royal love</div> -<div class="verse">Thro’ every land to spread its fame.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Tinted is the horizon’s rim</div> -<div class="verse">With wisdom’s deep, ethereal blue,</div> -<div class="verse">Yet all may reach its shining goal,</div> -<div class="verse">If firm their trust and true.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">E’en though the path may rugged be,</div> -<div class="verse">And lengthening shadows bar the way,</div> -<div class="verse">Onward we’ll press with firmer zeal,</div> -<div class="verse">Knowing success shall crown the day.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The New England Branch of the Pansy class held its reunion -November 28th in the People’s Church in Boston. The first -hour, from one to two p. m., was spent in social enjoyment. -Prof. Sherwin then introduced himself in one of his characteristic -speeches and concluded by presenting the New England -president, the Rev. F. M. Gardner. He was unknown to -many of the members, as he was elected on the last day of the -Framingham Assembly, when many of the class had gone -home. The president made an appropriate and pleasing address. -The secretary, Miss Corey, then read her report. The -pupils of the Boston Conservatory of Music, under the direction -of Prof. Sherwin, gave a delightful musical entertainment. -At the close of the musical program the Rev. J. W. Hamilton, -pastor of the church, addressed the class in a very happy and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[293]</a></span> -interesting manner. A class poem was read by Miss Nell -Robinson, of Lowell, Mass., which finds its place in this Pansy -column this month. After some business the meeting was -closed by singing a Chautauqua song. Nearly one hundred -and fifty were present at this meeting. During the session -the secretary called attention to the samples of class paper -which had been sent on from Atlanta by direction of the committee -appointed at Chautauqua last summer. The samples -met the approval of those present.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CLASS OF 1888.—“THE PLYMOUTH ROCKS.”</h3> - -<p class="center">“<i>Let us be seen by our deeds.</i>”</p> - -<h4>CLASS ORGANIZATION.</h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><i>President</i>—The Rev. A. E. Dunning.</p> - -<p><i>Vice Presidents</i>—Prof. W. N. Ellis, Brooklyn, N. Y.; the Rev. Wm. -G. Roberts, Bellevue, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Secretary</i>—Miss M. E. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Treasurer</i>—Miss M. E. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>All items for this column should be sent to the Rev. C. C. -McLean, Jacksonville, Florida.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The Class of ’88 will undoubtedly increase its numerical -strength at the Florida Chautauqua, to be held at Lake De -Funiak, February 10th to March 9th, 1885.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Miss Ella Pearsall, the secretary, writes that in October a -C. L. S. C. was organized in Matteawau, New York, taking as -its motto, “Labor and Progress.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>One from New Haven, Conn., writes objecting to our name, -“Plymouth Rock.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Mrs. C. H. Pike, of New Haven, Conn., informs us that at -one of their meetings, they made successful experiments in -chemistry, before a delighted audience. Speaks well for our ’88s.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The Rev. H. L. Brickett, of Linnfield Center, Mass., class -’88, was appointed as a committee of one to confer with the -granite companies of New England in regard to a base of -granite for the proposed new Hall of Philosophy at Chautauqua, -and has been successful in having donated one from the -best granite, to be highly polished, bearing our name, monogram, -motto, and year of our class. It is valued at $100. We -extend to him, in the name of the “Plymouth Rocks,” the ’88s, -more than thanks.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The Rev. Dr. Dunning, of Boston, has consented to deliver -the address at our first annual “spread” in August next.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Stationery and badges for ’88 may be secured of Henry -Hart, Atlanta, Ga.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Good for ’88. In the eight or ten circles found in St. Paul, -Minn., about four fifths of the members are of the class of ’88.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “COLLEGE GREEK COURSE IN ENGLISH,” “CHEMISTRY,” -AND “HOW TO HELP THE POOR.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY A. M. MARTIN,<br /> -General Secretary C. L. S. C.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>I.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “COLLEGE -GREEK COURSE IN ENGLISH”—FROM PAGE 83 TO PAGE 187.</h3> - -<p>1. Q. Who is foremost among Greek philosophers? A. Socrates.</p> - -<p>2. Q. Who is foremost of Greek philosophical writers? A. -Plato.</p> - -<p>3. Q. What four works have been the fruit, direct or indirect, -of Plato’s “Republic?” A. Cicero’s “De Republica,” St. -Augustine’s “City of God,” Sir Thomas More’s “Utopia,” and -Bacon’s “New Atlantis.”</p> - -<p>4. Q. In any just representation of Plato, who could not but -be a very conspicuous figure? A. Socrates.</p> - -<p>5. Q. In the first extract given from Plato’s “Republic,” -what does the speaker, Glaucon, undertake to set forth for Socrates -to overthrow? A. A notion which he avers to be current -and accepted among men, that injustice is better policy than -justice.</p> - -<p>6. Q. From the discussion of the nature of justice and injustice, -to what does Plato make a very unexpected passage? -A. To that form of discussion which has given its name to the -“Republic”—the ideal state.</p> - -<p>7. Q. Who has recently made a scholarly and adequate -translation of Plato’s entire works into English? A. Mr. Jowett.</p> - -<p>8. Q. How is the so-styled “Platonic love” defined in the -“Republic?” A. “A friend should use no other familiarity to -his love than a father would use to his son, and this only for a -virtuous end, and he must first have the other’s consent.”</p> - -<p>9. Q. What was the “Socratic dæmon” to which Plato alludes -in his “Republic?” A. A benign and beneficent influence—a -kind of divinity within him that governed the conduct -of Socrates.</p> - -<p>10. Q. How is the Timæus of Plato described? A. As of -all the writings of Plato the most obscure and most repulsive -to modern readers, while the most influential of all over the ancient -and mediæval world.</p> - -<p>11. Q. What are some of the other best known works of -Plato? A. “The Laws,” the “Symposium,” the “Phædrus,” -the “Gorgias,” and the “Parmenides.”</p> - -<p>12. Q. What is the name of the dialogue in which Plato tells -of the end of Socrates? A. The “Phædo.”</p> - -<p>13. Q. What was the sentence of antiquity in regard to -Plato? A. That Zeus, if he had spoken Greek, would have -spoken it like Plato.</p> - -<p>14. Q. Who was a distinguished pupil of Plato? A. Aristotle, -and in influence on human thought he equaled and rivaled -his master.</p> - -<p>15. Q. How does our author state the difference between ancient -tragedy and modern, in a single antithetical sentence? A. -Modern tragedy presents real life idealized; ancient tragedy -presents an ideal life realized.</p> - -<p>16. Q. What did Greek tragedy have for its chief purpose? -A. To teach.</p> - -<p>17. Q. How were Greek tragedies represented? A. By daylight, -in the open air, before assemblages that numbered their -tens of thousands of spectators.</p> - -<p>18. Q. What is said of the dress of the actors? A. The -actors wore masks on their faces and buskins on their feet. -Beside this they wore a kind of wig designed to make them -look taller, and dressed with padding to make them look larger.</p> - -<p>19. Q. Who were the three masters of Greek tragedy? A. -Æschylus, Sophocles and Euripides.</p> - -<p>20. Q. When and where was Æschylus born? A. In 525 -B. C., in an Attic village near Athens.</p> - -<p>21. Q. In the present volume, from what tragedy of Æschylus -are selections presented? A. “Prometheus Bound.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[294]</a></span></p> - -<p>22. Q. Who was Prometheus? A. A mythical being of superhuman -rank, who stole fire from heaven and brought it to -men. For this offense against Zeus he was condemned to be -chained alive to a rocky cliff in the Caucasus.</p> - -<p>23. Q. What other great tragic poet was contemporary with -Æschylus? A. Sophocles.</p> - -<p>24. Q. From what masterpiece of Sophocles are the selections -of the present volume made? A. “Œdipus Tyrannus, -or Œdipus the King.”</p> - -<p>25. Q. How is this tragedy considered by, perhaps, the majority -of qualified critics? A. To be not only the best work of -Sophocles, but the “bright, consummate flower” of all Greek -tragedy.</p> - -<h3>II.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “CHEMISTRY”—FROM -BEGINNING OF BOOK TO PAGE 84.</h3> - -<p>26. Q. Of what does chemistry treat? A. All kinds of material -substances.</p> - -<p>27. Q. What is said of the number of the various kinds of -matter already existing on our earth? A. The number is so -great that the various kinds have never been so much as -counted, much less described, in any list or volume.</p> - -<p>28. Q. Of what are all things known to chemists made up? -A. A few simple substances, either existing alone or in richly -various combinations.</p> - -<p>29. Q. What are called chemical elements, and what compounds? -A. The simplest substances when alone are called -the chemical elements, or elementary substances; the things -resulting when different elements are united are called compounds.</p> - -<p>30. Q. What does the two-fold character of chemical study -involve? A. First, the examination of elementary substances -and their compounds. Second, a consideration of the many -general and special laws and forces which determine the various -possible combinations.</p> - -<p>31. Q. How many elementary substances are there now generally -recognized as such? A. Sixty-six.</p> - -<p>32. Q. About how many of the elements possess names that -are familiar to ordinary readers? A. About one sixth of them.</p> - -<p>33. Q. Of what two elementary substances is it probable -that three fourths of our globe is composed? A. Of oxygen -one half, and of silicon one fourth.</p> - -<p>34. Q. What general name is given to most of the elements? -A. Metals.</p> - -<p>35. Q. What symbol and what weight has each element? A. -An atomic symbol and an atomic weight.</p> - -<p>36. Q. How is an atom of each elementary substance designated? -A. By a symbol, usually the initial letter of the native -or Latin name of the substance.</p> - -<p>37. Q. What are three properties an elementary substance -accepted as a metal should possess? A. It must possess the -property of existing in a solid condition; it should possess the -metallic luster; and it should possess the power and tendency -to readily form a chemical union with oxygen.</p> - -<p>38. Q. What are called binary and what ternary compounds? -A. Compounds having only two kinds of elements are called -binaries. Compounds having three kinds of elements are -called ternaries.</p> - -<p>39. Q. What four binary compounds are given as examples? -A. Hydric chloride, sulphur di-oxide, sulphur tri-oxide, and -plumbic oxide.</p> - -<p>40. Q. Under what two heads are the principal ternaries -grouped? A. Acids and salts.</p> - -<p>41. Q. What are the two principal ternary acids used by -chemists? A. Nitric acid and sulphuric acid.</p> - -<p>42. Q. What is meant by the term atom? A. It is that portion -of any kind of matter that is to human beings indivisible -in fact.</p> - -<p>43. Q. With what invisible, occult power is each atom and -each molecule endowed? A. A power called chemical affinity.</p> - -<p>44. Q. What are three of the peculiarities of chemical affinity? -A. Each kind of atom has its peculiar chemical affinities. -Each atom has a certain equivalence or atom-fixing -power. Chemical changes produce striking results.</p> - -<p>45. Q. What is the most common way of producing hydrogen? -A. By bringing together sulphuric acid and zinc.</p> - -<p>46. Q. What are some of the properties of hydrogen as a -gas? A. It is colorless, odorless, tasteless, and, bulk for bulk, -it is the lightest substance known in nature.</p> - -<p>47. Q. What is the most interesting chemical property of -hydrogen? A. Its power to unite with oxygen.</p> - -<p>48. Q. What is said of the uses to which hydrogen may be -put? A. As an elementary gas it finds but few applications in -the arts.</p> - -<p>49. Q. For what standards is hydrogen used by chemists? -A. As the standard of equivalence or atom-fixing power; the -standard of atomic weight, and the standard of density for -gases.</p> - -<p>50. Q. What did the remarkable lightness of hydrogen early -suggest? A. The fitness of that gas for the inflation of balloons.</p> - -<h3>III.—TWENTY-FIVE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “HOW TO HELP -THE POOR.”</h3> - -<p>51. Q. What is the aim of the book, “How to Help the -Poor?” A. To give a few suggestions to visitors among the -poor, and to lead all such visitors to attend the conferences -which are now held weekly in almost every district of our large -cities.</p> - -<p>52. Q. What is one of the most direct commands in the -Christian Scripture? A. “Give to him that asketh.”</p> - -<p>53. Q. Why need there be no beggars in our American -cities? A. Labor is wanted everywhere, especially educated -labor; nowhere is the supply of the latter equal to the demand.</p> - -<p>54. Q. What do the people crying continually “give to us” -really need? A. A chance to learn how to work, and sufficient -protection in the meantime from the evils of idleness, -drunkenness and vice.</p> - -<p>55. Q. What is “out-door relief?” A. It is the giving of -money (or its equivalent) which is raised by taxing the people, -if the applicants come under certain rules and laws.</p> - -<p>56. Q. To what conclusion does Mr. Seth Low, of Brooklyn, -N. Y., come in regard to “out-door relief?” A. That out-door -relief, in the United States as elsewhere, tends inevitably -and surely to increase pauperism.</p> - -<p>57. Q. Of what three parts is the conference of a district -composed? A. First, the district committee; second, the representatives -of societies and officers; third, the visitors.</p> - -<p>58. Q. How does one writer state that the disciplining of our -immense poor population must be effected? A. By individual -influence; and this power can change it from a mob of paupers -and semi-paupers into a body of self-dependent workers.</p> - -<p>59. Q. What does not, and what does visiting the poor -mean? A. Visiting the poor does not mean entering the room -of a person hitherto unknown to make a call. It means that -we are invited to visit a miserable abode for the purpose, first, -of discovering the cause of that misery.</p> - -<p>60. Q. What does Dr. Tuckerman say of every child who -is a beggar? A. Every child who is a beggar, almost without -exception, will become a vagrant and probably a thief.</p> - -<p>61. Q. What is the only just reason for taking children from -their natural homes? A. To lift them out of moral poverty. -Material poverty, alone, is not sufficient cause.</p> - -<p>62. Q. What do the statistics of the Labor Bureau show in -regard to homeless young women in Boston? A. That there -are twenty thousand homeless young women in Boston whose -wages average only four dollars per week.</p> - -<p>63. Q. What is the first suggestion made for the better care -of the aged? A. By patient study of each individual, and by -ingenious experiment of one plan after another, some fit occupation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[295]</a></span> -can often be found which shall bring both happiness -and profit.</p> - -<p>64. Q. When does not private charity do its full part? A. -While any other than almshouse cases are allowed to fall into -the care of the city authorities.</p> - -<p>65. Q. What does experience, as the opportunities for observation -widen, induce the writer to believe? A. That every -human being can do something if he has a chance, and is intended -to fill some gap in the universal plan.</p> - -<p>66. Q. What does Edward Denison say of the crime of begging? -A. It does not consist in the mere solicitation of alms. -The gist of the offense is the intention of preying upon society; -and of this intent the asking alms is only evidence—not proof.</p> - -<p>67. Q. What is the root of a very large proportion of the suffering -of the poor in the cities of America? A. Drunkenness.</p> - -<p>68. Q. What is one of the first duties of a visitor in entering -a tenement house? A. To use his senses.</p> - -<p>69. Q. What knowledge means physical salvation, and thus -a better prospect for understanding the spiritual? A. How to -make even the smallest home clean and attractive, and to get -the largest return from every dollar earned.</p> - -<p>70. Q. What is one of the earliest and most important topics -which should engage the attention of the visitor? A. That of -helping people to save.</p> - -<p>71. Q. What drives people into solitude? A. Trouble of -any kind, and especially any misfortune which has a tendency -to lower a person in the social scale.</p> - -<p>72. Q. What is said of many of the poor who most deeply -need visitors? A. They are lonely persons, and the fact of -finding a friend at last is encouragement to them and the -beginning of better times.</p> - -<p>73. Q. What is almost the only true help of the worldly sort -which it is possible to give the poor? A. To teach them how -to use even the small share of goods and talents intrusted to -them.</p> - -<p>74. Q. What truth has been made clear in regard to the expenditure -of money and goods alone? A. That it does not alleviate -poverty.</p> - -<p>75. Q. What has experience taught differently from the assertions -that certain evils can not be helped, and that we may -as well let things alone? A. That evils can be helped, and to -let things alone is to lend ourselves to wrong.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="THE_CHAUTAUQUA_UNIVERSITY">THE CHAUTAUQUA UNIVERSITY.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CAN LANGUAGE BE TAUGHT BY CORRESPONDENCE?</h3> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">BY PROF. R. S. HOLMES, A.M.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Can a language be taught by correspondence? Unhesitatingly, -yes! Experience, though brief, gives warrant for the -answer. The constantly increasing number of advertisements -appearing in journals of wide circulation gives evidence that -teachers at least believe instruction by this method both possible -and profitable. It is in this belief that the only danger -to the system lies. Incompetency in this field must fail. It -can be hidden by no outward show. No would-be teacher, -with text-book and printed question in hand, can parade before -a class and <i>hear a recitation</i>. Only a teacher, a real -teacher, can hope for success in this work, and that must come -by methods entirely foreign to the ordinary methods of the -class-room. Born a teacher, not made; such must be he who -would successfully use the correspondence system in his work -of teaching. Such teachers are rare, even in comparison with -the multitudes of those who already fill the places in our hundreds -of thousands of schools, and still more rare in the ranks -of the throng which, filling the avenues leading to them, is -expectantly awaiting the constantly occurring vacancies. For -this reason we have said that the growing demand for correspondence -schools constitutes their principal danger; for persons -aware of this demand and allured by the hope of swelling -moderate incomes, though they have no peculiar appreciation -of the particular requirements demanded to fit one for -the work, will yet enter the lists as competitors in this field. -The inevitable results must be failure by the teacher, discouragement -to honest and earnest students who can find no other -means for acquiring education, distrust of the practicability of -the system, and discredit for correspondence teachers as a -class. To avoid this, to provide only competent instructors, -and to arrange and systematize as broad and comprehensive -a course of study as is furnished by an institution is one of the -purposes of the Chautauqua University. In such a course languages, -ancient and modern, must be taught, and must be -taught by correspondence, or not at all. But while it will be -conceded that instruction by correspondence is possible, in -ordinary branches, yet the honest inquirer will ask in view of -the peculiarities surrounding the subject of foreign languages, -the question which begins this paper: Can a language be -taught by correspondence? Again we answer, unhesitatingly, -yes! and in no dubious way, but with a measure of success -fully equal to that possible by oral instruction. The question -of the time necessary to complete any given topic is not germane -to this discussion. Yet in passing, it may be said, that of -two persons who should be able to devote their whole time to -study, one using oral and the other correspondence methods, -we see no reason why the first should have any advantage in -point of time required for the completion of any prescribed -course of study.</p> - -<p>We present four reasons in support of the answer we have -so positively given:</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">First</span>—<i>The class of students seeking this instruction is more -teachable than can be easily found elsewhere.</i> Its members -rank in earnestness and intensity of application with the best -of those pursuing post-graduate or special courses in resident -and special institutions. They are men already in professional -life, physicians, attorneys, pastors, journalists and -teachers. They are men who, having long looked wistfully -from a distance at our great educational institutions without -being able to avail themselves of their advantages, suddenly -find excellent educational advantages brought to their very -doors and offered on terms which they can easily accept. -They are young men and women who during their school days -felt the necessity of making the best use of their time, and acquired -habits of steady application, of critical study, and of -economy in the use of spare moments; but whose school days -were limited by unconquerable circumstances to the village -academy or high school, or even to the less ambitious country -district school. These classes are easier to teach than almost -any other, since they are ready to do to the fullest extent the -work which alone can make any teaching successful.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Second</span>—<i>More skill is required in the work of preparing and -assigning lessons than is ordinarily shown.</i> The art of assigning -lessons should form a part in every scheme of pedagogical -instruction. Unfortunately, the methods with which -most who have memories of the class room are familiar are -worthy subjects for criticism. The recitation hour passes -rapidly in question and answer over the technicalities of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[296]</a></span> -text. The closing moments are sufficient to direct a continuation -of the advance reading, a review of previous lessons, and -the assignment of certain portions from the grammar. There -is no definite direction as to special points to be examined; -no provision for particular work in etymology, or analysis, or -comparison; no synthetic outline for the next day’s thought; -no aids to help the student to test his own work or to detect -his own errors before the next recitation assembly. Such -methods or lack of methods in the correspondence school -would surely cause its failure. How to assign lessons becomes -here the crucial test of the teacher’s power. He must so lay -out the work to be done that the pupil whom he has never -seen will be stimulated to effort and not grow discouraged; -will be led from the world of the known at his feet, into the -world of the unknown in which the teacher lives; will be allowed -to make no misuse of time in unprofitable study; will -be wisely directed in the acquirement of lexical and grammatical -knowledge, and will be enabled to test his own work -with ever increasing accuracy. Such a teacher can not fail of -success in his effort to teach a language by correspondence.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Third</span>—<i>More care is required in the matter of interrogation.</i> -Thorough mastery of the art of interrogation is an essential; -almost priceless in any teaching—here it is a <i>sine qua non</i>. -The presence of teacher and pupil in the class room makes -questioning easy; the oral question is quickly given, quickly -answered, and many questions may be used to elicit a single -truth, or to impress a single lesson. But the correspondence -teacher is not so favored. His questions must be so framed -that one, or at the most two, shall suffice. Again, the oral -teacher through lack of memory and long custom, may allow -his questions to become a mere matter of routine, and daily -tread the same monotonous round. We speak from memory -when we assert of a college class, that it became so familiar -with the questions asked during Greek hour in junior year, as -to be able to answer the coming question almost before its utterance. -This will not do for the correspondence teacher. -His questions must be only such as his lesson directions have -suggested; they must be committed to paper, in remorseless -ink; they are to be subjected to scrutiny; they must not be -obscure, or repetitious; and their range must be as wide as -his students’ knowledge. Such questioning can not fail of -success.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Fourth</span>—<i>More earnest and thorough study is required of the -student.</i> He has in a certain sense the work of two persons to -perform, his own and his teacher’s; his own, in that he investigates -and acquires as directed; his teacher’s, in that he must -prove and test that which he has done and is doing, by efforts -of memory, by work of comparison, and by strict grammatical -rule. He must recite to himself, ask of himself the questions -which he must answer, and correct himself before finally his -finished work is returned to his teacher for revision.</p> - -<p>We think we have made sufficiently plain the possibility of -success in teaching a language by correspondence. The reasons -seem to us conclusive. That which remains to be said is -even more potent. After all thinking, reasoning and objecting -is done, after all testimony for or against has been received -the established fact remains, successful teaching of languages, -ancient and modern, by correspondence alone, has been done -within the years just past, is now being done, and will be yet -more effectively and widely done with each advancing year.</p> - -<p>In support of these statements, which we believe are true, we -present a testimonial from an experienced teacher, who has -been and is a member of the College of Modern Languages in -the Chautauqua University. It is as follows:</p> - -<p>“I have been a member of the German class in the Chautauqua -Correspondence School of Languages for two years, -and I consider this plan of study, including the six weeks’ instruction -each year at Chautauqua, superior to any other. -The method is not only more comprehensive, it also advances -the pupil much more rapidly, makes him more thorough, -broadens his culture, enables him to become familiar with history, -with literature, with art, and better than all, teaches him -how to acquire knowledge.”</p> - -<p>We add two statements of fact which can be verified as -proofs of popular opinion regarding correspondence schools:</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">First</span>—That the Director of the Department of New Testament -Greek in the Chautauqua School of Theology has students -to the number of almost four hundred who rely for instruction -entirely upon correspondence lessons.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Second</span>—That the Dean of the Department of Hebrew in -the same institution has under instruction by the same methods, -in the different enterprises with which he is connected, -about seven hundred students. Could there be anything more -significant?</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="EDITORS_OUTLOOK">EDITOR’S OUTLOOK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>“MINOR MORALS.”</h3> - -<p>The importance of good breeding can not be too diligently -insisted upon. But what is good breeding? This is hardly -to be understood as synonymous with good manners, though -certainly involving them. Nor is it quite the same thing as -exemplary or agreeable behavior, though likely to insure it. -The latter is entirely the product of constant practice. Good -manners, polished behavior, are the fruit of long discipline—perfection -herein being reached only when these manners become -habitual, natural, instinctive.</p> - -<p>True courtesy, meanwhile, involves something deeper than -mere manners or motions. It has its seat in the heart—its root -in the moral nature. Fundamentally it consists in an inward -kindly, neighborly, tender feeling toward every one, an interest -in, and a desire to promote everybody’s welfare. Genuine -courtesy, in a word, is born of love, springs from a -benevolent disposition, a brotherly, chivalric impulse.</p> - -<p>But what is good breeding? It consists in this inward principle -of good will, and the outward <i>habit</i> of graceful demeanor -combined—it consists in the aforesaid inward gracious -impulse, rooted in the heart, and finding natural outward expression, -or interpretation, through that disciplined elegance -of deportment of which I have spoken. To the inward impulse, -or sentiment, duly awakened, the outward, educated -habit naturally, instinctively responds; and we have the deportment, -or carriage, of the truly polished or accomplished -gentleman or lady.</p> - -<p>These twin principles, the inward nurture and the outward -culture or training, working together, underlie what in the -highest sense is to be understood as good breeding.</p> - -<p>The practical value of the accomplishment under consideration -can not well be overestimated. How charming, truly, -this gentlemanly, lady-like conduct—this kindly, graceful, -genial way of carrying one’s self socially. True courtesy, -verily, is as delightful as a song. More eloquent is it, we may -say, than any oratory. It is a fine art. Better still, it is -Christian.</p> - -<p>Is it not at once a privilege and a duty to promote the pleasure -of others? As has just been suggested, how may we more -effectually minister to the pleasure of others than by a charming -behavior?</p> - -<p>By cultivated, agreeable manners, moreover, we immensely -enhance our personal influence—our power for good. A person -of agreeable manners, by uniformly pleasing, will, naturally,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[297]</a></span> -always be popular—have hosts of friends. While, whatever -one’s worth or attainments, we yet shun his presence if he -be disagreeable or offensive in manner or speech; on the -other hand, we instinctively covet the society of one who, in -any way, delights us.</p> - -<p>The irresistible charm of polished manners, even when cultivated -solely for commercial purposes, is well illustrated by a -remark said to have been made by Mr. Beecher concerning -the clerks in the shops of Paris. They were, he said, so polite -and engaging in their attentions that his first impression always -was that he must have met them somewhere before. -And who has not, indeed, under the influence of the benign -spirit, the genial and engaging manners, the kindly and -obliging offices of the accomplished tradesman, often felt his -prejudices give way, his original intentions to purchase nothing -yield, and, instead, a purpose gradually spring up in his -mind to do just the opposite of what he originally designed?</p> - -<p>Nothing can be more evident, therefore, than that this matter -of manners and breeding is a no unimportant part of one’s -education, constituting, truly, a no insignificant part of every -true man’s character. How greatly, then, does that youth -stand in his own light, who, for any cause, neglects his manners. -The thoroughly courteous youth, other things equal, -will surely win his way to success. Personally agreeable in -all his ways, he conciliates opposing prejudices, charms the -indifferent, and makes every one he meets his friend. The -boorish man, on the contrary, as inevitably blocks his way to -fortune by awakening, on the part of those with whom he has -to do, only sentiments of aversion and disgust.</p> - -<p>Girls, for some reason, seem to take more naturally and -kindly to graceful ways, to gentle courtesies, than boys. -Young America, we think, is characteristically boorish, if not -clownish. The boy of the period manifestly places no adequate -value on good manners. Doubtless this matter of breeding—this -careful cultivation of a genial and amiable deportment—is -sadly neglected in our day. The youth of our day -should be taught not only that rudeness and vulgarity never -pay; but that while awkwardness is disagreeable and burdensome, -the slightest approach to rowdyism is detestable and unpardonable.</p> - -<p>Some one has very happily represented good manners as -“minor morals.” And certain it is that vulgarity and vice are -intimately related; that the low, vulgar fellow will ever be -found but a few removes from a positively vicious one.</p> - -<p>Love, refinement, social cultivation are all closely allied with -righteousness; these, always and everywhere, constitute the -true gentleman and lady.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE COUNCILS AT BALTIMORE.</h3> - -<p>It was a noteworthy fact that two of the three great religious -bodies of this country were holding councils in the same city -in the last days of 1884. The city of Baltimore enjoys the distinction -of being both a Catholic and a Methodist city. The -former is the older claimant, since it was founded by English -Catholics; but Methodism, also founded by Englishmen, has -a Baltimore history which occasioned the centennial conference -of last month. It was in Baltimore, Christmas 1784, that -a few circuit riders organized the Methodist Episcopal Church. -It is doubtless through the effectiveness of that organization -that Methodism holds its position as the religious union of the -largest <i>population</i> embraced in any one organization in this -country. The Catholics are ordinarily reckoned the most -numerous, because they count population and Methodists -count only members; but taking the former basis as a common -measure, the various branches of Methodism are doubtless -the most numerous; and it is probable that by the same -tests the Baptists outnumber the Catholics. If the Presbyterian -bodies could be counted together, and the Lutherans and -Congregationalists included, we should have a third great body -of Protestants which may possibly outnumber the Catholics. -Two other communions, the Protestant Episcopal and the -Unitarian, would be in the first rank of religious influence if -we attempted to measure and compare by this test. Taking -account of members only, the most difficult problem of religious -statistics is to determine whether any religious organization -is relatively increasing. The unattached population, and the -independent Protestant organizations, have been growing in -numbers for a score of years; and the Protestant communions -can not count by population without including the same persons -in more than one church. It is not surprising that the -Catholics most easily make an imposing array in the statistical -tables. The precise count is not important in this place. The -Catholics and Methodists are large bodies of American Christians, -and they have some common features as well as some -striking contrasts.</p> - -<p>Both communions owe their success (if we take worldly -measurement) to their vigorous management and subordination -of their clergy for the good of the common cause. A -Methodist itinerant and a Catholic priest resemble each other -very little, but they are alike in being men who are “sent,” -and who “obey orders.” Their personal choices and well-being -are subordinated to a service and devotion. They alike -resign at the doors of the temple their rights to serve and -please themselves. It may be said that all Christians should -do this; but this self-surrender is to the priest and the itinerants -<i>objective</i> as well as <i>subjective</i>. It means that they go -where they are sent by a human authority which they identify -with the divine will. They are sacrificed to the general good; -they suffer that others may rejoice—always under an external -and visible authority. Another point of resemblance is the -<i>practical</i> liberty of laymen in both churches. Theoretically -the Catholic and the Methodist laymen are both bound to considerable -service and duties. Methodism began in a rigor of -religious duties which makes one wonder how John Wesley -missed founding a new Catholic order of world-renouncing -priests and lay brothers. Catholicism is theoretically even -more rigorous. In the progress of this century, both laities -have achieved more liberty than is good for them; the priest -and the itinerant serve and sacrifice for all. A bright-eyed -Methodist editor called attention some years ago to the fact -that his church tolerates no heresy in ministers and pays little -attention to the doctrinal vagaries of its laymen. It is doubtless -true of both Catholics and Methodists; though neither church -is prepared to make any admission of the sort or ever will be. -The theory in each case calls for sound believing; and it is -probably a just judgment which says that liberty is the atmosphere -required for the growth of sound faith.</p> - -<p>Another point of resemblance between Catholic and Methodist -is that both communions have had a great mission to -preach to the poor; and that they have preached to such effect -that large numbers of their poor have become rich, not so -obviously in faith as in worldly goods. We mean not to sneer, -but to put our finger on the <i>objective</i> reality which lies before -us. He is a careless man who fails to see that Methodism and -Catholicism have produced industry, thrift, temperance and -wealth in classes of people who were miserably poor at the -outset. The fact has long been understood of Methodists; a -special fact has obscured this large one among Catholics. -There has been a steady inflow of poverty from the Old World -and the Catholics have received into their communion a very -large portion of this poverty. Their needy have been most -abundantly recruited and continue to be. But at the same -time their poor have grown wealthy all over the land. The -Puritan farmer is disappearing in New England and the Irish -Catholic is taking his place. Wealthy Catholics abound in all -the large cities.</p> - -<p>There are many points of contrast between the two communions. -We suggest a single one, still looking at externals -and not at creeds. While Methodism has for a quarter of a -century been one of the most influential factors in politics—not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[298]</a></span> -at all as a machine, but altogether as an influence—Catholicism -has during the same period almost lapsed out of sight -as a political element. This resulted from the foreign character -and training of the majority of the priests and people, and -from wise avoidance of occasions of odium by the Catholic -prelates. We suggest this contrast without drawing any inferences -from it. For the near future, it is safe to predict a -change on the Catholic side. Their Baltimore council will, by -force of associations which are full of significance, tend to produce -change. In Baltimore the Catholic may properly remember -his claims to be and live an American of the Americans. -That church has had a vast body of foreigners to naturalize; it -has done the work under an array of obstacles which seemed too -formidable to be overcome. It is a near day when the Americanism -of the Catholics of this country will come to the proof -of its quality and value. At Baltimore the thoughtful priest -must have been moved to remember what claims he has on -the country and what claims the country has on him. We -shall as a people suffer some bitter trials and humiliations if -the Catholics are not to be genuine Americans and ardent patriots. -They are too many to be neutral or hostile.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>A POOR MAN’S MOTOR.</h3> - -<p>The labor problem has not yet received a solution. Its -central difficulty is to secure to workmen a fair share of the -blessings of life. No one supposes that, taking the world together, -they do now receive a fair share. In this country, -workmen have fared uncommonly well; but there is a belief, -resting on some facts, that the actual rewards of labor, as -measured in the blessings of life, are rapidly declining, and -must go on declining under the existing industrial system. -Some theories on the subject are no longer tenable. The -workman’s theory that capital robs him is not sound. Money, -once worth ten per cent., has fallen to three per cent. for perfectly -safe loans; when higher interest is paid, it is paid for -conducting the business of lending (as in banks) or for risks -of the loans. The government can borrow a thousand and more -millions at two and one-half to three per cent.—and this shows -what a hard time of it capital is having. The risks of manufacturing -probably bleed labor; but the bleeding is not in the -form of which the workman thinks. It is not profit but loss -which drives the lancet in to the hilt. Political economists have -shown (and they are entirely unanimous) that the high profits -produce a competition which brings down profits. Capital is -cheap; large profits can be made only in conditions which are -monopolistic.</p> - -<p>Our system of industrial exchange has one very weak place, -called <i>credit</i>. This credit is a hole in the net through which -industrial gains are dropped into the bottomless sea; and the -system is so fixed upon us that there is no hope of reform in -our day. To pay when we buy more and more offends something -in our make-up. A wise man proposed that one, two -and five dollar bills be abolished, in order that we might circulate, -as the French do, a large amount of silver. A member -of Congress immediately amended the suggestion thus: “No. -Put this silver in the United States Treasury, and let us use -‘silver notes.’” We insist upon having even a credit money, -and object to “the trouble” of handling coin. This refined and -transcendental sentiment, or taste, or æstheticism about coin -runs through us. The man who always pays, as well as the -sneak who never pays if he can avoid it, says, “Charge it,” -when he buys goods. Goods are sold by the manufacturer to -the jobber on credit; the jobber sells to the wholesale houses -on credit; the wholesale dealers sell to retailers on credit; the -retailers sell to consumers on credit. It is within the mark to -say, that more is lost in these four credit traps than capital -gets—much more. It is not, in fact, the capitalist, but the -well-dressed and the shabbily-dressed thieves who cheat and -rob labor.</p> - -<p>At first sight, the reader will wonder how the losses of the -four credits come home to labor. We reply: they are -merely the aggregate of the risks incurred in making staple -goods—all other risks being insignificant in such manufacturing. -The order of things is like this: what the jobber loses -the manufacturer loses by the failure of the jobber. The jobber -loses what the dealers between him and the consumers -lose. Not quite all, perhaps, for the capitals of the dealers -must be of some worth; but the consumer has, in the end, to -pay all these losses, and the result is an enhanced price. In -other words, a bale of goods starts out with a burden of risk -which grows as it travels, and adds to the cost of goods so -much that the consumer can not buy as much as he needs. The -from 250 to 300 or more failures each week tell a part of the -workman’s trouble; another vast body of his losses does not -go to record at all. It is the fifty-cents-on-a-dollar compromise -system between wholesalers and retailers.</p> - -<p>Workmen ought to get what consumers pay, less three per -cent. on capital and about as much more for risk of ordinary -kinds and a fair cost of handling goods. We maintain a -system of extraordinary risks, called a credit system, which -consumes two or three times as much as capital. It is plain -that workmen can not get (we write of such staples as cotton -cloth) pay for lost goods. Wherever they are lost, the sums lost -can not reach labor. We do not enter into the details of this -argument; we have suggested reasons for believing that a -cash system would stop one of the great leaks of the industrial -system.</p> - -<p>There are other great wastes in the existing forms of industrial -management which, like the credit system, come out of -the bones and blood of the workman. We pass them by to -suggest that the industrial system has gone wrong, and can -never go right, under the empire of steam. Steam is a centralizer. -It concentrates industry, and by packing laborers into a -small compass <i>enhances the cost of living</i> and enlarges the -area of losses on sales and of distress in hard times. And to -go at once to our solution of the labor problem, we will describe -it as decentralization. A writer in <i>MacMillan’s Magazine</i> suggests -that electric motors may prove to be the decentralizing -force. Of course, it is not in the power of any material agent -to effect great changes except as it coöperates with our inclinations. -The expensiveness of steam machinery coöperated -with our inclination to congregate in cities. We have congregated -there. The larger half of our growth is in towns. -The result is dear food, dear rent, pestilential diseases, moral -degradation. When we grow sick of the experiment of building -a modern Babel, our inclinations may coöperate with a -motor energy which is plebeian and democratic. Let us suppose, -then, that a workman can make any of the innumerable -small articles which have iron or steel for a material. This -workman has his bits of machinery and tools in his house. -They do not cost more than a carpenter’s chest of tools. He -has the skill; he has the tools; he wants power. But a -neighbor tells him that he can buy in quart or gallon cans -stored-up electricity, and by a little contrivance, which may -cost fifty cents, he can attach his machinery to this democratic -motor and be an independent workman, with all the advantages -of machinery. He can make all these iron and steel contrivances -in the middle of a prairie and sell them to his neighbors -for cheap food and cheap rent. The <i>divisibility</i> of electric -power may make it the poor man’s friend. You can not -buy five cents’ worth of steam; there is now no reason to doubt -that electric power may be sold in five-cent packages if there -is a demand for it in such form. There is a vast aggregate of -small manufacturing. Of course there are great industries to -which our solution would not apply; but if half the laborers of -the country could work profitably, each man by himself, in -his own house—just as cobblers work—then the strain on -the large industries, such as iron and steel making, would be -so far reduced that workmen in those branches would probably -command, permanently, excellent wages.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[299]</a></span></p> - -<p>This article aims to do nothing more than to open a window -of hope. We shall need to change a great deal; but the poor -man’s motor will probably help us to change. A good many -monopolies have grown up because steam favored their -growth; others are the fruits of general ignorance. Under the -sway of ignorance, the trade-mark becomes a tyrant, a grasping -monopolist. For example, there are no patents on sewing -machines, but machines of certain firms, wearing a certain -trade-mark, command a monopoly price. Any good mechanic -can build a good sewing machine for ten dollars. There might -be men in every town engaged in supplying the local wants -in the matter of sewing machines. No large factories, no -heavy transportation bills, no eloquent traveling agents would -be needed. There are thousands of things to which the same -rule will apply when there is a poor man’s motor and such a -diffusion of intelligence that the poor man can make, and -people will buy, the home-made articles. The empire of the -trade-mark will disappear when the motor and the intelligence -come along, and both seem to be coming. It will not be necessary—if -the motor arrives—to herd people together like cattle, -or to transport goods long distances. The workmen will carry -their kits of tools to the villages and live independently and -cheaply in the midst of their customers. Is this a dream? -But why should it not come true?</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>REFORMED CRIMINALS.</h3> - -<p>The French government is considering a proposition to restore -the custom of deporting criminals. It is remarkable that -the practical argument on this subject is decidedly favorable -to this system. The argument against it is a sentimental one. -The unsettled question about punishments for other than capital -offenses is, how to secure the reform of criminals. Under -the best managed prisons, reform of a lasting kind is rare. -The best management seems to succeed until the prisoner is -set at liberty. Then the reformed man finds himself an object -of suspicion to orderly people and of special interest and sympathy -to the criminal classes. The former will not employ him -and the latter will. The result is, in most cases, that he relapses -into crime. Perhaps there is some hope that the better -classes may improve in their habits; but unless they do, it is -well nigh useless to reform criminals in prison. The poor men -who come out into an unsympathetic world which does not believe -in their reformation, and in which unreformed ex-convicts -are numerous enough to keep the general distrust of their -class alive, have nothing like a fair chance to begin the world -over again. If there were any hope that prisons could be perfected -so as to reform all convicts, public prejudice could be -broken down; but it is too much to expect that the general -public will acquire a habit of distinguishing between good and -bad ex-convicts. This is the difficulty for which no device has -yet been found which will take it out of the path of humanitarian -prison discipline. No faith is more stable than that which, -among the public at large, affirms the total depravity of <i>some</i> -men; especially of ex-convicts.</p> - -<p>Turning to penal colonies, experience is most favorable to -the belief that it opens the road to reform. The reports on the -British penal colonies are especially cheerful from this point -of view. The majority of the criminals sent abroad during three -centuries reformed their lives. Australia ought to be the most -disorderly country on the globe, if deporting criminals to a -colony could produce a bad society. But notwithstanding the -fact that England sent a large criminal population to that -colony, Australia is one of the most orderly and respectable of -the English dependencies. The only possible explanation is -that the official reports are true, and that the convicts did actually -reform. If Botany Bay did not reform them, the honest -opportunities of that vast island did coöperate with their good -purpose and promote their reform. England deported criminals -from 1597 to 1867—a period of 270 years. During the -War of Independence she suspended deportation and enrolled -her convicts in the armies sent to subjugate us. In 1838 more -than 100,000 criminals had been sent to Australia. An official -report sets forth that in 1850 an enumeration of ex-convicts in -Australia accounted for 48,600, and that all of them except an -insignificant fraction were living honestly. But it will be said -that Australia protested against the continuance of the system. -This is not the exact fact. In dealing with the question, the -English government threw upon the Australians all the expense -of the surveillance of the deported criminals. The colonial -government demanded, most righteously that England -should pay this bill of expense; but rather than pay it the English -Parliament chose to abolish the system of deportation. The -colonists did make sentimental objections to receiving convicts, -but they did so on the ground that the cost of watching -the criminals of England was unjustly thrown upon them. A -French writer remarks that in this case, as in the quarrel with -us, the money question was allowed to prevail over statesmanship. -The British ex-convict is worse off than our own because -there are fewer opportunities for men under the reproach -of prison service.</p> - -<p>The French proposition to resort again to penal colonies, or -rather to dumping ship-loads of criminals on new and undeveloped -countries, suggests the seriousness of the question. -Every French colony will object to receiving the vicious cargoes -of humanity; but the objections will lose their violence -if the home government shall send a proper proportion of -French gold with each cargo. The testimony on the subject -seems to show that if the transported men are such as to give -signs of real reform, ninety-five per cent. of them will make -good citizens. The open country, the new moral scenery, the -necessities of that new world, conspire with good resolutions -to maintain reformed habits. What shall <i>we</i> do with our reformed -prisoners? It is not improbable that in a few years -England will imitate France and restore the system of deportation. -Why should not we make an experiment? Alaska, at -least, might safely be used for the purpose. It would not be -difficult to devise a system under which the best class of reformed -men should be offered land and a small outfit in some -remote corner of our country. By selecting the best, and making -their removal voluntary, we might save to society the -larger part of the men whom our prisons reform. We do not -wish to disguise the fact that, however remote the place, the -men who have lived by crime and escaped punishment would -endanger the virtue of the ex-convict. But the criminal classes -do not flow to the farthest frontiers except in scanty streams; -and the Alaskan territory is as yet as safe as a wilderness can -be. Some scheme of the sort is worth the devising. We are -making little headway under our present best systems, simply -because the ex-convict has no chance. Can he be given a -fair chance?</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The Civil Service Reform League—and every reform is dependent -upon an organization—has addressed a letter to President-elect -Cleveland, asking him what he proposes to do -about removals from office. Mr. Cleveland answers, with full -information, that he believes in the doctrine of civil service -reform. We think that the practical application of the letter -to the civil service will make a real and safe basis for judgment. -Till we see this, we deem it wise not to express an opinion.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[300]</a></span></p> - -<p>The old “Liberty bell,” which was on exhibition during the -Centennial at Philadelphia, has been taken to the New Orleans -Exposition in charge of a committee. The council of Philadelphia -passed a resolution authorizing its removal from Independence -Hall for that purpose.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Our national Congress is the subject of a shameful scandal, -and the worst feature of it is, our Senators and Representatives -know it, but fail to correct it themselves. It is this: By figures -prepared by the Public Printer, it appears that during the last -four congresses nearly six hundred speeches have been published -in the “Congressional Record” as a part of the debates -and proceedings of Congress, but not one of them was ever -delivered in the House of Representatives. Here is a number -of printed but undelivered speeches of Senators. This -is an unnecessary expense entailed on the government. It is -a falsehood and makes the “Record” a lie, for you can not -tell by reading it what has been said or done in Congress. -Senator Vest has introduced a resolution into the Senate to -abolish the practice, but it is still an open question whether a -body of men who do such things will have the moral courage -to vote their undelivered speeches out of the “Record.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Our readers will find the article by General John A. Logan, -elsewhere in this impression, full of interesting and very remarkable -statements concerning rudimentary education in the -different states. We think his points concerning the common -schools in the Southern states will be a surprise to many people. -Another article on the subject from the General’s pen -will appear in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for March.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A number of <i>Bradstreet’s</i>, issued in the latter part of December, -shows that at that time the whole number of men out -of employment in the United States, because the establishments -had shut down, and by reason of strikes, etc., was 316,000, -or thirteen per cent. of the whole number employed in -1880, which was 2,452,749.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Concerning General B. F. Butler, it is announced that he has -signed an agreement with a publishing house to write his political -reminiscences, in two volumes, for which he is to receive -$50,000 in cash and a royalty beside. The advent of Messrs. -Blaine and Butler into the literary world is suggestive. It is -altogether probable that both of these men regard literary -fame, when compared to political favor, as a more substantial -and enduring quantity, and believe that their names will live -longer in literature than in politics. Of course, there may be -other motives prompting them, but to some men <i>fame</i> hath its -peculiar charms.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>It was a surprise and sorrow to Christian people to learn -that the management at New Orleans had decided to keep the -Exposition open on the Sabbath. The very liberal—perhaps we -ought to say lax—ideas about the observance of the Sabbath -which prevail throughout the country deserve serious thought. -Certainly to extend opportunities for making sight seeing and -pleasure seeking part of the day’s work should be emphatically -discouraged.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>One of Chautauqua’s staunchest friends and most devoted -workers, the Rev. S. McGerald, has entered a new field of -work. In a recent issue of the Buffalo <i>Christian Advocate</i> we -find his name announced as the future editor of that paper. -Mr. McGerald’s new and important position is sure to be well -filled. He has the hearty good wishes of all Chautauquans in -his new enterprise.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The Indians of Arizona made an exhibit at the recent fair of -that territory, which ought to open the public mind to the degree -of civilization which some Indians have attained, and -suggest, as well, the possibility of such civilization for all Indians. -The first premium for the best modern plow displayed -was awarded them, and to show their taste for the antique as -well as the modern, it may be mentioned that a wooden plow -was displayed which was an exact counterpart of those used -2,000 years ago in the valley of the Nile.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>There is no doubt of it—the cause of much human failure -and misery is insomnia. Mr. Gladstone has found the only -panacea in Christendom which prevents and cures this dread -disease, and he gave the secret to the world recently, when he -said: “I never allow business of any kind to enter my chamber -door. In all my political life I have never been kept -awake five minutes by any debate in Parliament.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Now that Mark Twain is attempting to become his own publisher, -it may be of interest to read the record of his occupations. -He has been in turn, practical printer, steamboat pilot, -private secretary, miner, reporter, lecturer and book-maker. -Should he succeed in his publishing scheme, he may start a -fashion among successful writers which will be hard on publishing -houses.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A winter resort where the thermometer falls frequently to -40° below zero, is fully launched at Saranac Lake, in the Adirondacks. -The hotels are reported full, and prices of lots have -gone up with the usual nimbleness which characterizes embryo -resorts. If peculiar, this new fashion may serve as a -blessing to the idle and half sick people who are apt to patronize -fashionable resorts by bringing into use many vigorous -and healthful winter sports.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The wonderful Fish River caves, discovered last year in -New South Wales, have been given a new name by the government -of that country, and will henceforth be known as the -Jenolan caves. Astonishing discoveries are reported to have -been made there recently. Our own Kentucky wonder begins -to dwindle before the reports of these new subterranean palaces -and gardens.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A reading people we know ourselves to be, but it is rather -astonishing to discover that we publish twelve times as many -daily papers as the United Kingdom. <i>The Athenæum</i> calls -attention to the fact that while the United States has one daily -paper to every 10,000 inhabitants, the English have one to -every 120,000. It would be gratifying if we could feel sure that -the quality stood in the same ratio.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The work of the Chautauqua University is attracting attention -far and wide. In a recent issue of the <i>Irish Christian -Advocate</i>, published in Belfast, we notice in answer to a correspondent’s -query, as to “What is the Chautauqua University?” -a long and enthusiastic article upon the plan. The -adaptation of the “Chautauqua Idea” to all people and all -countries is very wonderful.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A lady is said to have recently offered $50,000 to the Boston -school authorities, to be devoted to the filling of the teeth of -children whose parents were too poor to employ dentists. -Should she devote her money to the purchase of tooth brushes -and toothpicks, and employ a police of teeth, who would compel -their daily use by children from babyhood up, she would -confer an inestimable benefit upon future generations.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Frances Power Cobbe, well known to the readers of <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>, concludes her powerful article on “A Faithless -World,” in the December issue of <i>The Contemporary Review</i>, -with these strong words: “We have been told that in the -event of the fall of religion, ‘life would remain in most particulars -and to most people much what it is at present;’ it appears -to me, on the contrary, that there is actually <i>nothing</i> in life -which would be left unchanged after such a catastrophe.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A wise thing is being done in London. A series of popular -lectures upon the subject of precautions—national, local and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[301]</a></span> -personal—to be taken against cholera, has been begun. Now -that the menace of this dread disease hangs over our own -country, it would be a sensible plan for cities and villages to -provide a similar course of instruction. It could be easily arranged, -too.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>We are happy to extend congratulations to a well known -contributor to <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, Mr. C. E. Bishop. Mr. -Bishop was married in Buffalo, December 31st, to Miss Emma -Mulkins, of that city. As the former editor of the Jamestown -(N. Y.) <i>Journal</i>, of the Buffalo <i>Express</i>, and at present of <i>The -Countryside</i>, of New York, as an editorial writer on <i>The Assembly -Herald</i>, as the author of “Pictures in English History,” -and of frequent entertaining articles in our columns, Mr. -Bishop is widely and favorably known.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The assignee’s sale of the stock of imported books and fine -art publications of Mr. J. W. Bouton, of New York, is now advertised. -It is a real shock to know that this rare collection must -be sacrificed. For years his rooms have been a resort for book -lovers, and a liberal education to the loiterers about his -counters. Perhaps there is no collection in America, outside -of the libraries, the sale of which would cause such general -regret.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_FEBRUARY">C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR FEBRUARY.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>COLLEGE GREEK COURSE IN ENGLISH.</h3> - -<p>Articles on Plato may be found in the following works: Plato’s -“Republic,” De Quincey; “Plato,” Encyclopædia Britannica; Smith’s -“Greek and Roman Biography,” at the beginning of the various -editions of his works; Mahaffey’s “Classical Greek Literature;” Müller’s -“Literature of Ancient Greece;” “Against the Atheists,” <i>Christian -Examiner</i>, vol. xl, p. 108; “Life of Plato,” <i>Methodist Quarterly</i>, -vol. xx, p. 368; “On the Immortality of the Soul,” <i>Christian Repository</i>, -vol. xxii, p. 507; “Platonism,” <i>Baptist Quarterly</i>, vol. i, p. 22; -“Ethical Philosophy,” <i>American Church Repository</i>, vol. xxii, p. 175.</p> - -<p>P. 86.—“Cicero,” etc. The “De Republica” was a dialogue on -what is the best form of the state; the “City of God” treats of the -body of Christians in distinction from the City of the World, or those -out of the church. St. Augustine wrote this book after the sack of -Rome by Alaric to answer the assertion that the destruction of the country -was a punishment for the desertion of the pagan deities; “Utopia” -is the story of an imaginary land supposed to have been discovered by -a companion of Amerigo Vespucci, where the laws were perfect; the -“New Atlantis” was an island in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, -where Bacon represents himself to have been shipwrecked, and where -he found societies for cultivating art and the sciences.</p> - -<p>P. 96.—“Dæmon.” “This demon or genius of Socrates, which was -not personified by himself, was regarded by Plutarch as an intermediate -being between gods and men, by the fathers of the church as an evil -spirit, by Le Clerc as one of the fallen angels, by Ficino and Dacier as -a good angel, and by later writers as a personification of conscience or -practical instinct, or individual tact.”</p> - -<p>P. 98.—“Origen.” (185?-254?) This eminent writer of the early -church fathers made an effort to reconcile Platonism with Christianity, -and in his commentaries on the Scriptures used the allegorical method -almost entirely. “The literal sense is always secondary; and the critic -never fails where it is possible to find in the simplest fact or the plainest -exhortation some hidden meaning.”</p> - -<p>P. 99.—“Lemma.” When in demonstrating a proposition a second -proposition is introduced and assumed as true, or demonstrated for immediate -use, it is called a <i>lemma</i>.</p> - -<p>P. 100.—“Oneida Community.” A society founded at Oneida, New -York State, by one John Humphrey Noyes, a perfectionist. He introduced -into this community his peculiar views, persuading them to practice -a community of women and of goods, to allow women equal business -and social privileges with the men, and to live in a “unitary home.”</p> - -<p>P. 104.—“Silenus.” An attendant of Bacchus. He is represented -as a very ugly old man, fat, with a bald head and pug nose, and always -intoxicated. Generally he rode an ass or was carried by the -satyrs. Silenus was also represented as an inspired prophet. When -drunk and asleep he was in the power of mortals who could compel -him to sing and prophesy by surrounding him with chains of flowers.</p> - -<p>P. 105.—“Marsyas.” See C. L. S. C. Notes, page 57 of <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span> for October.</p> - -<p>“Corybantian reveler.” So called from the Corybantes, the priests -of Cybele in Phrygia. They celebrated her worship in the wildest, -most frenzied dances. The drum and cymbal accompanied this dance.</p> - -<p>P. 107.—“Brasidas.” The most famous of the Spartan leaders in -the Peloponnesian War. After taking many Athenian cities in Macedonia -he was killed at Amphipolis, where he defeated Cleon. He was -honored by the inhabitants as a hero.</p> - -<p>“Nestor.” An aged Greek hero of the Trojan war, whose wisdom -and advice were considered equal to the gods. “Antenor” held a position -among the Trojans similar to that of Nestor among the Greeks. -His advice, however, was not followed by his countrymen, and he offered -to deliver the city to the Greeks. Upon the capture of Troy he -was spared by the victors.</p> - -<p>P. 108.—“Boreas.” The North Wind was fabled to live in Thrace. -The allusion here is to the story that he carried away Orithyia, the -daughter of the king of Attica, for his wife.</p> - -<p>“Agra;” the demus south -of Attica was called Agra. It contained two temples; one to Diana, -the other to Ceres.</p> - -<p>“Typhon.” A monster born of Tartarus and Gæa, who attempted -to revenge the overthrow of the Titans. His head reached to heaven, -his eyes poured forth flame, and serpents were twined about his body. -Jupiter killed him with lightning.</p> - -<p>P. 109.—“Agnus Castus,” or the “chaste tree,” the name given to a -plant native to the Mediterranean countries, which became associated -with the idea of chastity, it is said, from the similarity of the name -<i>agnus</i> to the Greek word <i>chaste</i>. Grecian matrons strewed their couches -with its leaves during the feast of Ceres, and in the convents of Southern -Europe a syrup made of its fruit was used by the nuns.</p> - -<p>“Achelous.” A river god—a son of Oceanus—from the earliest -times worshiped generally throughout Greece. At one time he took -the form of a bull in a fight with Hercules, who conquered him and -took one of his horns. This horn the Naiads afterward changed into -the horn of plenty.</p> - -<p>P. 118.—“Sunium.” The promontory forming the southern extremity -of Attica; a town of the same name stood upon it.</p> - -<p>P. 121.—“Swan’s Utterance.” Referring to the fable told of the -swan, that it sings its sweetest song at death—“the sweetest song is the last -he sings.” Thus in “Othello,” “I will play the swan and die in music.”</p> - -<p>P. 127.—The chapter on Æschylus may be supplemented by the following -readings: “Theory of Greek Tragedy,” De Quincey; Müller, -Mure, and Mahaffy on Æschylus, in their histories of Greek Literature; -Talfourd’s “Tragic Poets of Greece,” from “History of Greek Literature;” -Symond’s “Studies of the Greek Poets,” <i>Christian Examiner</i>, -Vol. xliii, p. 140; <i>Contemporary Magazine</i>, Vol. iii, p. 351; <i>Biblia -Sacra</i>, Vol. xvi, p. 354; <i>North American Review</i>, Vol. lxvii, p. 407.</p> - -<p>P. 129.—“Cyprid.” A poem, author unknown, called Cyprid or -<i>Cypria</i>, “either because the author came from Cyprus, or because -it celebrated the Cyprian goddess, Aphrodite, and detailed from the -commencement her action in the Trojan war.… The poem -was an introduction to the ‘Iliad,’ telling a vast number of myths and -leading the reader from the first cause of the war up to the tenth year of -its duration. It is easy to see that such a vast subject, loosely connected, -must have failed to afford the artistic unity which underlies the course -of the ‘Iliad.’”</p> - -<p>“Little Iliad.” A poem by Lesches, a Lesbian. It relates the -complete story of the sack of Troy, from the contest of Achilles -to the fall of Troy. The “Competition for the Arms,” we -have had in the “Iliad.” “Philoctetes” was the chief archer of -the Greeks, having been instructed by Hercules in the use of the bow.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[302]</a></span> -On the voyage to Troy he was bitten by a snake and left on the -island of Lemnos. In the tenth year of the war the oracle declared -the city could not be taken without the arrows of Hercules. Philoctetes -was brought, and having slain Paris, the city was taken. “Neoptolemus,” -a son of Achilles, was one of the warriors that the -oracle declared necessary for the capture of Troy. He was one of -the heroes concealed in the wooden horse. “Eurypylus” who -came from Ormenion to Troy, played a prominent part in battle, -slaying many Trojans; he was wounded by Paris. “Ulysses Mendicant,” -the story of the wanderings of Ulysses. “Lacæna,” the Lacedæmonian -woman, referring to Helen. “Illii-persis,” treats of the plundering -of Troy after the capture, and “Apoplus,” of the sailing away -of the ships. “Sinon.” After the wooden horse was finished, Sinon -mutilated his body and allowed himself to be captured by the Trojans. -He told them that he had been maltreated by his countrymen, and that -if they (the Trojans) would drag the horse into the city they would -conquer the Greeks. After the Trojans had followed his advice he -let the Greeks out of the horse. “Troades,” the Trojans.</p> - -<p>P. 134.—“Trilogy.” A set of three dramas. Each one is in itself -complete, but the three are related, one event following or growing -out of another, as in Shakspere’s Henry VI.</p> - -<p>P. 137.—“New made kings.” This allusion will be explained by -reading the story of Cronos and Zeus on page 77 of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -for November.</p> - -<p>P. 144.—“Sweet Muse-Mother.” See page 73 of “Brief History -of Greece.”</p> - -<p>P. 145.—“Mantic.” Prophetic; derived from the Greek word for -prophetic.</p> - -<p>P. 152.—“Protagonist.” One who fills the leading part in a drama, -and hence in any enterprise.</p> - -<p>P. 153.—“Ettrick Shepherd.” A name given to the Scottish poet, -James Hogg. His home was in the Ettrick forest, and when a boy he -had been a shepherd. The reference here is to the articles he contributed -to the series of papers which appeared in <i>Blackwood</i> between -1822 and 1835, called Noctes Ambrosianæ, and which were principally -written by Christopher North.</p> - -<p>P. 154.—“Sophocles.” In connection with the chapter on Sophocles -the following readings may be used: “Classical Writers,” an essay -on his life and writings by Campbell; Talfourd’s “History of Greek -Literature,” chapter on “The Tragic Poets of Greece;” Symond’s -“Studies of the Greek Poets;” <i>Baptist Quarterly</i>, Jan. 1877; Mahaffy’s -“History of Classical Greek Literature;” Mure’s “Critical History of -the Language and Literature of Ancient Greece;” an account of the -performance of “Ædipus Tyrannus,” at Harvard in May, 1881, will be -found in <i>The Century</i>, November, 1881; <i>Harvard Register</i>, April, 1881; -Boston <i>Sunday Herald</i>, March 27, 1881; New York <i>Evening Post</i>, -April 22, 1881.</p> - -<p>P. 173.—“Abæan.” From Abæa, a town of Phocis, where stood a -very ancient temple and oracle of Apollo.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CHEMISTRY.</h3> - -<p>P. 13.—The abbreviations used in the atomic symbols are taken from -the Latin or Greek names, and when these differ from the English there -seems to be no correspondence between the name of the element and its -atomic symbol; as <i>Au</i> for gold.</p> - -<p>Hydrogen is the lightest form of matter known, and the weight of its -atom is taken as the unit of the system of weights. In the table the -numbers in the column of atomic weights give the weight of one atom -of each substance as compared with one atom of hydrogen. For instance, -an atom of aluminum is twenty-seven times as heavy as an -atom of hydrogen.</p> - -<p>A-luˈmi-num; Brōˈmĭne; Caesium (kēˈsi-um); Cerium (seˈri-um); -Chlorine (klōˈrĭne); Chrōˈmi-um; Di-dynˈi-um; Erˈbi-um; Fluˈor-ĭne; -Gălˈlĭ-um; Hyˈdro-gen; Glu-cinum (glu-sīˈnum); I-ridˈĭ-um; Iˈo-dĭne; -Lanˈtha-num; Lithˈĭ-um; Manganese (mangˈa-nezeˌ); Mŏl-yb-dēˈnum; -Nī-oˈbi-um; Nīˈtrō-gen; Osˈmi-um; Pal-lāˈdĭ-um; Phosˈphŏ-rus; -Platˈĭ-num, or Pla-tīˈnum; Po-tasˈsĭ-um; Rhōˈdĭ-um; Ru-bidˈi-um; -Ru-thēˈnĭ-um; Scanˈdĭ-um; Se-lēˈnĭ-um; Strontium (stronˈshĭ-um); -Tanˈta-lum; Tel-luˈri-um; Thalˈli-um; Thoˈri-um; Tī-taˈni-um; -Tungˈsten; U-rāˈni-um; Va-nāˈdi-um; Yt-terˈbi-um; Zir-cōˈni-um.</p> - -<p>P. 19.—“Guyten de Morveau,” gwēˈton dĕh morˈvō. (1737-1816.) -A French chemist. He suggested a new nomenclature which was -adopted by Lavoisier, and wrote a “Dictionary of Chemistry.”</p> - -<p>P. 33.—The symbols are to be read by calling the letters and the small -numbers one after the other, in the order in which they occur. If a compound -contains an element which requires two letters to express it, the -latter one, always a small letter, as on page 35, AgNO₃, it is to be -read in the same way, with a shorter pause between the A and g than -between the other letters, as A-g—N—O-₃. Ag and O₃ might be compared -to words of two syllables. The number always belongs to the -letter which it follows.</p> - -<p>P. 60. “Sir Humphrey Davy.” See C. L. S. C. Notes, page 59 of -vol. v of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>“Biot,” Jean Baptiste (bēˈōˌ). (1774-1862.) A French savant. -His fame rests upon his mathematical, physical, and astronomical writings. -Biot’s description of Cavendish, translated from the French: -“The richest of all learned men, and probably, also, the most learned -of all rich men.”</p> - -<p>P. 63.—“La Trappe.” A Benedictine convent in France, famous for -the austerity of its monks, founded in the twelfth century.</p> - -<p>“Van Helmont.” (1577-1644.) A Flemish physician, chemist, and -philosopher. He attempted a reform in medicine, but his system was so -mingled with mysticism that it is not of much practical value. He succeeded, -however, in introducing much exactness into science.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN">NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.”</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>HOW ENGLISH DIFFERS FROM OTHER LANGUAGES.</h3> - -<p id="english1"><a href="#anch_english1">1.</a> Perhaps this absurdity, and the complications it involves, may be -better illustrated by the following few lines from one of DeBertrand’s -novels. (They might be found in a dozen others.)</p> - -<p>“Madame,” dit il, “il y a là une [feminine] personne qui demand M. -le Baron.”</p> - -<p>“Quelle [feminine] est cette [feminine] personne?”</p> - -<p>“C’est un [masculine] monsieur,” etc.<a name="FNanchor_9" id="FNanchor_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">[I]</a></p> - -<p>Thus, it will be seen, both feminine and masculine articles must be used -to designate the same object; and a person must be spoken of as feminine, -although the person is a man; the reason being that <i>personne</i>, the -<i>word</i>, is feminine.—<i>Richard Grant White.</i></p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_9" id="Footnote_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[I]</span></a> “Madame,” said he, “there is a person without who asks for the Baron.”</p> - -<p>“Who is this person?”</p> - -<p>“It is a gentleman,” etc.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<p id="english2"><a href="#anch_english2">2.</a> For contrary to apparently reasonable assumption, the history of -language shows that minute and highly wrought grammatical forms are -the signs, or at least the accompaniments, not of advanced civilization -and high culture, but of a rude and savage condition of society. -The further we penetrate the obscure of antiquity, the more grammar -we find. The oldest language known to us, the Sanskrit, is the most -complex and elaborate in its grammar; the youngest, English, is, to all -intents and purposes, grammarless; and Sanskrit grammar is at least -four thousand years old. My readers will now see why it was that I -said the minute forms and complicated grammatical relations of the -Greek language are not the signs of a high development of language, -but were relics of barbarism.—<i>Richard Grant White.</i></p> - -<p id="english3"><a href="#anch_english3">3.</a> “Galore,” gā-loreˈ. Plenty, abundance.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>SUNDAY READINGS.</h3> - -<p id="sunday1"><a href="#anch_sunday1">1.</a> “Fuller,” Thomas. (1608-1661.) An English author and divine. -“The style of all his writings is extremely quaint and idiomatic, in -short, simple sentences, and singularly free from the pedantry of his -times.”—<i>American Cyclopædia.</i></p> - -<p id="sunday2"><a href="#anch_sunday2">2.</a> “Robert Hall.” (1764-1831.) An English writer and preacher of -the Baptist church. When he was eleven years of age his teacher said -that he could not keep up with the boy. No man in modern times -ranked higher as an orator.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[303]</a></span></p> - -<p id="sunday3"><a href="#anch_sunday3">3.</a> “Goulburn.” (1818-⸺.) An English clergyman. He was in 1859 -head master of the Rugby School, in 1866 was made Dean of Norwich. -He was a voluminous and popular writer.</p> - -<p id="sunday4"><a href="#anch_sunday4">4.</a> “Bascom,” Richard H. (1796-1850.) An American clergyman, -bishop of the Methodist Episcopal Church, South. His works comprise -sermons, addresses and lectures.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CHEMISTRY.</h3> - -<p id="chem1"><a href="#anch_chem1">1.</a> Transcriber’s Note: This note was omitted -in the original. Wikipedia has to say: “In general in ancient Greece, each state, -city or village possessed its own central hearth and sacred fire, representing -the unity and vitality of the community. The fire was kept alight continuously, -tended by the king or members of his family. The building in which this fire was -kept was the Prytaneum, and the chieftain (the king or prytanis) probably made -it his residence.”</p> - -<p id="chem2"><a href="#anch_chem2">2.</a> “Lavoisier,” läˈvwäˈze-āˌ. See Appleton’s “Chemistry,” pages 19, -21 and 118. He was condemned to death by a revolutionary tribunal -at Paris on a frivolous charge brought against him as one of the farmers -of the taxes during the Reign of Terror.</p> - -<p id="chem3"><a href="#anch_chem3">3.</a> “Phlogiston,” flo-jisˈton. Stahl supposed it to be pure fire, fixed -in combustible bodies in order to distinguish it from fire in a state of -liberty.</p> - -<p id="chem4"><a href="#anch_chem4">4.</a> “Magnesium.” A shining, almost silver-white metal. When -heated it may be rolled out into very thin, long strips resembling ribbons, -which will burn with an intense light. In burning it produces -magnesium oxide or magnesia, which falls as a fine white powder.</p> - -<p id="chem5"><a href="#anch_chem5">5.</a> “Dr. Priestly.” See “Chemistry,” page 118. (1733-1804.) An -eminent English divine and philosopher. His partiality to the French -Revolution excited the English against him, and in one of the riots his -home, library and manuscripts were destroyed by the fire kindled by an -angry mob. His later home was in Northumberland, Pa. He wrote -between seventy and eighty volumes on history, literature, theology and -science.</p> - -<p id="chem6"><a href="#anch_chem6">6.</a> In a few volcanic districts steam escapes from the earth, which -contains small quantities of boric acid. These vapors are condensed -into water, which is again evaporated and the acid crystallized out. -When this acid is mixed with alcohol and the solution set on fire it -burns with a green flame. See “Chemistry,” page 157.</p> - -<p id="chem7"><a href="#anch_chem7">7.</a> “Corpuscles of the blood.” Minute particles, both red and white, -existing in the blood, which can be seen under a microscope. In the -human species the red corpuscles are thick and circular. They are so -small that Young says it would take 255,000 of them to cover a surface -of a square inch. They are elastic and pliant, so that they can pass -through blood vessels having a smaller diameter than themselves. The -white corpuscles are more globular than the red, and contain more fat, -and have the power of changing their form. These spontaneous -changes have been thought by some scientists a proof that they are -microscopic animals. But this is scarcely a sufficient reason for admitting -that they are animalculæ, as the muscles of a body, when separated -from it, often manifest apparently spontaneous movements.</p> - -<p id="chem8"><a href="#anch_chem8">8.</a> Phosphoric acid is always produced by burning phosphorus in air -or oxygen. The experiment may be performed as follows, but before -undertaking it see page 167 of the “Chemistry,” and note with how -much care it must be handled: Place a fragment of carefully dried -phosphorus in a small cup on a stand in the middle of a large plate, -ignite it by a hot wire, and place over it a bell-glass. White fumes will -fill the glass and aggregate into small particles, which will fall to the -plate, presenting the appearance of a miniature snow storm.</p> - -<p id="chem9"><a href="#anch_chem9">9.</a> Barium is a yellow, lustrous, malleable metal. It is used in fireworks, -for the green color it gives off in burning.</p> - -<p id="chem10"><a href="#anch_chem10">10.</a> “Bayberries.” The plant, called also wax myrtle, is a low, crooked -shrub found throughout the United States, especially near the sea coast. -It grows to a height of from three to eight feet. The naked flowers appear -in April and May, in clusters, of which from four to nine ripen -into dry berries. Plantations of them have long been cultivated in -Europe, and they have been raised in Algeria. For many years they -have been an article of commerce. A bushel of the berries will yield -from four to five pounds of wax.</p> - -<p id="chem11"><a href="#anch_chem11">11.</a> “Strontium.” It takes its name from Strontian, in Scotland, -where it was first observed as a carbonate. It is a pale yellow metal, -harder than lead. If strontium carbonate be dissolved in nitric acid -and mixed with combustible substances it will burn with a beautiful -carmine red flame, and for this purpose is much used in fireworks.</p> - -<p id="chem12"><a href="#anch_chem12">12.</a> “Sodium.” See “Chemistry,” page 67. It is a lustrous, silver-white, -soft metal. When thrown upon water, if it be prevented from -moving, or if the water be warm, it ignites, burning with its characteristic -yellow flame.</p> - -<p id="chem13"><a href="#anch_chem13">13.</a> Extinguishing flame by carbon di-oxide. See “Chemistry,” -page 218.</p> - -<p id="chem14"><a href="#anch_chem14">14.</a> “Lignite.” Also called brown coal. It is the most imperfectly -mineralized form of coal. In some instances plants are so little changed -that they can easily be classified by the structure of the leaves and the -fruit. The fiber has become so impregnated with bitumen that it burns -with its peculiar flame and smoke. The jet so much used in jewelry is a -black variety of lignite, very compact in texture, and taking a high polish.</p> - -<p id="chem15"><a href="#anch_chem15">15.</a> “Kohinoor,” kohˌ-i-noorˈ (mountain of light). This famous -stone is now in possession of Queen Victoria. It was obtained before -the Christian era in one of the mines of Golconda, and passed to successive -sovereigns of India until it was borne away by a Persian conqueror -in the early part of the eighteenth century. In 1813 it was -bought back by the ruler of Punjaub. When Punjaub was annexed to -the East India Company’s territory it was surrendered to the Queen of -England. It is said to have weighed about 900 carats originally, but -by cutting to have been reduced to a weight of nearly 279 carats. By -recutting it was again reduced so as to weigh 186 carats, and at this -time was shown (1851) at the Great Exhibition. Since that time it has -been again recut, for the third time, and now weighs 123 carats, and -is estimated at $600,000. For the other “Paragons” see “Chemistry,” -page 204. It is questioned whether the “Grand Mogul” is a -pure diamond. The largest undoubted diamond is the “Orloff,” in the -scepter of the Emperor of Russia. It weighs 194¾ carats. The -“Regent” or “Pitt” is thought to be the purest and most perfect -brilliant in Europe. It weighs now 136¾ carats, but its original -weight was 410 carats, and the fragments split off when it was cut were -valued at some thousand pounds. It was placed in the hilt of the -sword of state by Napoleon I. The “Grand Duke” belongs to the Emperor -of Austria, and weighs 134 carats. The “Star of the South,” -found in Brazil, weighs 124 carats. The “Sancy” weighs only 53½ -carats. It belongs to the Emperor of Russia.</p> - -<p id="chem16"><a href="#anch_chem16">16.</a> “Golconda.” An ancient city and fortress of India, once the -metropolis of the kingdom of Golconda. It is renowned for its diamonds, -which are, in truth, only cut there.</p> - -<p id="chem17"><a href="#anch_chem17">17.</a> “The Dark Continent.” Africa, so called because so little has -been known of it through all history; but through the zeal and enterprise -of modern explorers we are led to hope that “the day is not far -distant when the secret places of this land of mystery will be penetrated -by the light of science and civilization.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>TEMPERANCE TEACHINGS OF SCIENCE.</h3> - -<p id="science1"><a href="#anch_science1">1.</a> “Malice prepense.” Malice aforethought, deliberately and previously -planned.</p> - -<p id="science2"><a href="#anch_science2">2.</a> “Professor Newman.” See C. L. S. C. Notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -for November 1884, page 115.</p> - -<p id="science3"><a href="#anch_science3">3.</a> “Cardinal Manning.” (1808-⸺.) An English Roman Catholic -cardinal, the author of several works. He is the son of the late William -Manning, member of Parliament, and governor of the Bank of -England. He was educated at Oxford, as a member of the Church of -England. In 1857 he joined the Catholics, and was ordained priest. -In 1865 he was nominated by the pope Archbishop of Westminster, and -in 1875 he was made cardinal, an office next in rank to that of pope. -He is one of the most prominent men in London, and the leading representative -of the Roman Catholic Church in England.</p> - -<p id="science4"><a href="#anch_science4">4.</a> “Thugs.” A set of robbers and assassins who lived in India, and -worshiped the goddess Kali. They roamed over the country in bands, -and put to death by strangulation any traveler whom they met. The -British government has exterminated them.</p> - -<p id="science5"><a href="#anch_science5">5.</a> “Leibnitz.” See notes on the “Art of Speech” in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -for November, 1884.</p> - -<p id="science6"><a href="#anch_science6">6.</a> “Lord Palmerston.” (1784-1865.) A British statesman. He succeeded -Lord Aberdeen as prime minister in 1855, and retired in 1858, -on account of the defeat of a bill introduced with reference to the attempted -murder of Napoleon III. by Orsini. In 1859 he was again -made premier and held the post until his death.</p> - -<p id="science7"><a href="#anch_science7">7.</a> “Loch Fyne.” An inlet of the sea on the western coast of Scotland, -running into Argyle for about forty miles, with an average width -of five miles. The town of Inverary stands near its head.</p> - -<p id="science8"><a href="#anch_science8">8.</a> “Homberg.” A town in Prussia, noted for the gambling which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[304]</a></span> -was extensively carried on there formerly, but which was suppressed by -the Prussian government in 1870.</p> - -<p>“Baden,” or “Baden-Baden.” A German watering place situated -on the Oos, at the foot of the Black Forest. It was formerly celebrated -for the gaming tables found in the <i>Conversationshaus</i>, which was the -principal resort for visitors. The licenses for gambling expired in 1872, -and have not since been renewed. Those who have read “Daniel Deronda” -will remember that it was at Baden that Deronda first saw -Gwendolen Harleth, when she was engaged in gambling. The description -of the persons gathered round the long tables is very interesting -and vivid, and gives a good insight into fashionable life at Baden in -those days.</p> - -<p id="science9"><a href="#anch_science9">9.</a> “Lord Brougham.” (1779-1868.) Lord Chancellor of England. -He took a strong stand on the side of the suppression of the slave trade, -and favored Roman Catholic emancipation, and labored earnestly in the -cause of popular education. As an orator he was second only to Canning.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>KITCHEN SCIENCE AND ART.</h3> - -<p id="kitchen1"><a href="#anch_kitchen1">1.</a> “Alkaloid.” The name given to those extracts of vegetables -which will unite with acids to form salts.</p> - -<p id="kitchen2"><a href="#anch_kitchen2">2.</a> “Caffeine,” caf-fēˈine. The alkaloid of coffee; the same extract -of tea is called théine. It is present in coffee to the extent of one per -cent.; in tea from two to six per cent. It can be extracted by using acetate -of lead. It has a bitter taste, and acts powerfully upon the system -when taken in doses of from two to ten grains, causing palpitation of -the heart, confusion of the senses, and sleeplessness.</p> - -<p id="kitchen3"><a href="#anch_kitchen3">3.</a> “Theo-bromine.” The alkaloid of chocolate, extracted in the -same manner as from tea or coffee.</p> - -<p id="kitchen4"><a href="#anch_kitchen4">4.</a> “Thea viridis,” theˈa virˈĭ-dis. (Green tea.) The name given to -that species of tea plant formerly supposed to yield green tea.</p> - -<p id="kitchen5"><a href="#anch_kitchen5">5.</a> “Camilliaceæ,” cam-milˌli-āˈce-e. An order of plants comprising -trees or shrubs with alternate, simple, feather-veined leaves, and -regular flowers.</p> - -<p id="kitchen6"><a href="#anch_kitchen6">6.</a> “Loblolly bay.” A tree found in the Southern States, growing to -the height of from thirty to eighty feet, having long, narrow leaves, and -large, white flowers, about two inches across, and resembling the single -camellia.</p> - -<p id="kitchen7"><a href="#anch_kitchen7">7.</a> “Stuartia.” Catesby. A shrub having deciduous leaves, and -large, fragrant, white flowers.</p> - -<p id="kitchen8"><a href="#anch_kitchen8">8.</a> “Tannin.” The astringent principle contained in a great variety -of plants, which renders them capable of combining with skins of animals -to form leather.</p> - -<p id="kitchen9"><a href="#anch_kitchen9">9.</a> “Turmeric,” turˌmeˈric. A name given to the tuber-like root of -a plant found in Asia. As prepared for commerce the roots are of the -size of the little finger, and two or three inches long, of a yellowish -color. They have an odor like ginger, and an aromatic taste. They -form an orange-yellow powder, which is used in dyeing. Prussian blue -is prepared from prussic acid, potassium, and a solution of sulphate of -iron. Gypsum is a native sulphate of lime, that, when calcined, forms -plaster of Paris.</p> - -<p id="kitchen10"><a href="#anch_kitchen10">10.</a> “Caper.” The caper bush is a native of the south of Europe; -it is a climbing shrub which flowers all summer. The buds are gathered -every morning, and preserved in vinegar and salt. They have an -agreeable pungency of taste. “Pekoe.” The young leaf buds of a -kind of tea known as the pekoe, which is the choicest of black teas, are -gathered as early as April, and sometimes mixed with other teas, to flavor -them.</p> - -<p id="kitchen11"><a href="#anch_kitchen11">11.</a> “Caseine,” cāˈse-ine. An organic compound allied to albumen, -found in milk. It may be coagulated and separated from the milk by -the application of rennet.</p> - -<p id="kitchen12"><a href="#anch_kitchen12">12.</a> “Cibber,” sibˈber. (1671-1757.) An English poet, appointed to -be poet laureate in 1730. He figures in the “Dunciad.” See <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>, vol. v, page 213.</p> - -<p id="kitchen13"><a href="#anch_kitchen13">13.</a> “Waller.” (1605-1687.) An English poet.</p> - -<p id="kitchen14"><a href="#anch_kitchen14">14.</a> “Coffea Arabica,” cof-feˈa A-raˈbi-ca.</p> - -<p id="kitchen15"><a href="#anch_kitchen15">15.</a> “Rubiaceæ,” ru-bi-aˈse-ē. An order of herbaceous plants of -which there are three or four hundred species; abounding chiefly in -the northern hemisphere and upon the mountains in the tropics.</p> - -<p id="kitchen16"><a href="#anch_kitchen16">16.</a> “Bouvardias.” A class of autumn and winter blooming house -plants in the northern climates. Leaves regular; flowers appear in -clusters, and are something like the honeysuckle in form. They vary in -color from a pure white to a deep scarlet.</p> - -<p id="kitchen17"><a href="#anch_kitchen17">17.</a> “Koran.” The sacred book of the Mohammedans, and their -chief authority, also, in political, military, and ethical matters.</p> - -<p id="kitchen18"><a href="#anch_kitchen18">18.</a> “Caffeone.” A fragrant, volatile oil contained in coffee.</p> - -<p id="kitchen19"><a href="#anch_kitchen19">19.</a> “Sterculiaceæ,” sterˌcu-li-aˈse-ē. Large trees or shrubs, with -simple or compound leaves, and flowers like those of the mallow, except -that the anthers turn outward.</p> - -<p id="kitchen20"><a href="#anch_kitchen20">20.</a> “Mahernia,” usually called <i>Mahernia odorata</i>, is an exotic -flowering shrub cultivated in conservatories, mostly for its rich fragrance.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>HOUSEHOLD BEVERAGES.</h3> - -<p id="bev1"><a href="#anch_bev1">1.</a> “Made-over tea.” In Chinese tea houses, large jars are kept, into -which the dregs of all the tea that has been used are thrown. These -exhausted leaves are dried, carefully rolled again, and thrown upon the -market for a second sale. It is said this tea is easily detected if -coloring matter has been used, but when re-rolled without, only a chemical -analysis can disclose the fraud.</p> - -<p id="bev2"><a href="#anch_bev2">2.</a> “Reliable.” Much fault has been found by critics with this word. -It is claimed that it has no right to a place in our language. <i>Able</i> or -<i>ible</i> is a suffix which, added to the stem of a transitive verb, gives an -adjective which may be defined by placing the word <i>able</i> before the passive -infinitive of the verb whose stem has been used; for example: -tolerable, able to be tolerated; admissable, able to be admitted; deniable, -able to be denied, etc. But reliable means able to be relied <i>upon</i>. -The preposition has to be supplied. The proper form of the adjective -would be the awkward word, “relionable,” or “reliuponable.” The -word is favored in the dictionaries, but trustworthy is preferable.</p> - -<p id="bev3"><a href="#anch_bev3">3.</a> “Cosey.” A wadded cap made to fit the tea-pot closely, and thus -hold in the aroma and the heat.</p> - -<p id="bev4"><a href="#anch_bev4">4.</a> “Café au lait,” cä-fā ō lā.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>HUXLEY ON SCIENCE.</h3> - -<p id="huxley1"><a href="#anch_huxley1">1.</a> “Aliases.” The plural of alias (āˈle-as). Meaning another name, -an assumed name.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES.</h3> - -<p id="circle1"><a href="#anch_circle1">1.</a> “Napier,” naˈpe-er, John. (1550-1617.) An English mathematician. -“Logarithms” are numbers so related to natural numbers that -the multiplication and division of the latter may be performed by addition -and subtraction, and the raising to powers and the extraction of -roots by the multiplication and division of the former. They are arranged -in tables which can be readily understood and used, and they -save enormous calculations and labor.</p> - -<p id="circle2"><a href="#anch_circle2">2.</a> “Kepler,” Johann. A German astronomer.</p> - -<p id="circle3"><a href="#anch_circle3">3.</a> “Mercator’s Chart.” In all the charts in use before Mercator’s, -curved lines were drawn representing the meridians and parallels. A -vessel which followed these lines always receded too far from the equator, -and, if land did not intervene, would describe a spiral course and -finally reach the pole. Mercator constructed a map as follows: A line, -AB, was drawn representing the equator, and was divided into 36, 24 -or 18 equal parts for meridians at 10°, 15°, or 20° apart, and the meridians -were then drawn through them perpendicular to AB. The distance of -the parallels and the tropics, and the arctic circles were marked from the -equator on the sides, and these points joined by straight lines. The map -does not give a natural representation, as the polar regions are immensely -exaggerated. The distortions in the form of the countries and the relative -distances of places are rectified by making the degrees of latitude -increase proportionably to those of longitude.</p> - -<p id="circle4"><a href="#anch_circle4">4.</a> “Quadrant.” Quadrants were used for surveying, making astronomical -observations, and, in navigation, for determining the meridian -altitude of the sun, and from that the latitude of the observer. They -were made of a great variety of form and size to suit their several uses. -The interest attaching to them at the present time is chiefly historical, -as they have been superseded by the sextant and the full circle.</p> - -<p>“Davis.” An eminent English navigator of the latter part of the -sixteenth century.</p> - -<p>“Hadley,” John. An English mathematician of the early part of -the eighteenth century. An intimate friend of Newton.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[305]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS">TALK ABOUT BOOKS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>That most remarkable poem of the Orient, the “Rubáiyát”<a name="FNanchor_10" id="FNanchor_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[J]</a> of Omar -Khayyám, has recently had the rare fortune of receiving from translator, -artist and publisher an almost perfect treatment. Its translation -places it among English classic poems, its illustration and make-up -among American classic art books. This poem, very imperfectly known -among us, is the work of a Persian astronomer and poet, Omar Khayyám, -or Omar the Tent-Maker, a native of Naishapúr, in Khorassan. -He was born in the latter half of the eleventh century, and became a -favorite of the rulers of the realm. His life was, so goes the chronicle, -“busied in winning knowledge of every kind, and especially in astronomy, -wherein he attained to a very high preēminence. Under the Sultanate -of Malik Shah, he came to Merv and obtained great praise for -his proficiency in science, and the Sultan showered favors upon him.” -Omar was an honest thinker; he refused the hollow mysticism of the -times, and framed a system which approaches Epicureanism. His views -of life, his fruitless search for Providence, his sad conclusion,</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“I came like water, and like wind I go,”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">together with his final refuge in the wine cup, with the command</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Drink, for you know not whence you came nor why,</div> -<div class="verse i1">Drink, for you know not why you go, nor where,”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">are the subjects of his “Rubáiyát,” or quatrains. In the original these -verses have no connection. The translator, Mr. Edward Fitzgerald, -selected those which seemed to him most suitable, and arranged them -into a sort of eclogue. This translation met with a hearty reception. -Mr. Fitzgerald had been fortunate enough to make Omar Khayyám much -more lucid and entertaining than Omar had made himself. An interpretation -of the poem was undertaken in May 1883, by Elihu Vedder. -The interest in the elegant volume just issued by Messrs. Houghton, -Mifflin & Co., centers, of course, about these illustrations. There is not -a line of the poem but what takes a new and powerful meaning under -his treatment. Indeed, it seems as if in many cases the verses were but -a key-note, the drawing the completed strain. The artist seems to have -been inspired by the same sense of mystery, sadness, and final devotion -to pleasure which influenced the author. His idea of Omar’s philosophy -is most beautifully represented in the picture called “Omar’s Emblem.” -In it life is represented by a whirling stream, upon which the -mortal, under the form of a rose, has floated in. Along the stream the -leaves are scattered here and there, while crushed and half petalless -the rose floats into oblivion. This whirl of life surrounds what we -may suppose to be the emblem which incessantly confronted Omar’s -mind—a human skull; upon this is perched a singing nightingale—a -sign of the music which in spite of the mockery of existence the poet -always heard, and in which he found the sole relief for living. The pictures -include a wealth of suggestion which only diligent and sympathetic -study discloses. They show surprising fancy and versatility, while at -the same time the finish of each is most perfect.</p> - -<p>Among the handsome books of the year must be classed Cassell’s -new edition of “Atala,”<a name="FNanchor_11" id="FNanchor_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">[K]</a> Chauteaubriand’s charming romance of Indian -life and love. Though the story is far from filling our modern ideas of -a novel, it is one of those rare, pure love tales which never loses its -hold upon us. It will always keep its place with “Undine” and “Paul -and Virginia.” The present edition contains illustrations by Gustave -Doré, which, though inferior in some respects to later works by -him, are still very beautiful pictures. Only a few of the illustrations of -the “Atala” show that weird power and strong imagination for which -Doré is so famous, but what we miss there is quite made up by the interest -we feel in his conceptions of American scenery, of which he knew -nothing except from description. These conceptions, if sometimes very -incorrect, are still full of exuberant fancy. The binding and letter-press -of the volume are superior, making a most charming gift book.</p> - -<p>The “Prose Writings of William Cullen Bryant,”<a name="FNanchor_12" id="FNanchor_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">[L]</a> edited by Parke -Godwin will meet with a cordial welcome from all readers of good literature. -They appear in two volumes, and properly belong to a set -called “The Life and Works of William Cullen Bryant,” forming the -fifth and sixth volumes of the set. It was the thought of the editor at -first to publish entire the orations, addresses, and various letters of Mr. -Bryant, but careful consideration led him to think that this would extend -the work beyond desirable limits; so it was confined to a few selections -from the various departments in which the author displayed his -power. Volume V of the set, or I of the “Prose Writings,” contains -several “Literary Essays,” “Narratives,” and “Commemorative Discourses” -on Cooper, Irving, Halleck, and Verplanck. Volume II contains -“Sketches of Travel,” “Occasional Addresses,” comprising those -on Shakspere, Scott, Burns, Goethe, Schiller, and many others; and -“Editorial Comments and Criticisms.” The selections are all timely and -well adapted to catch the reader’s fancy and interest. There can scarcely -fail to come to one, however, who is the possessor of these books, a feeling -of regret that the editor did not follow his original intention and -give more of the writings of the author. The wish to have at hand the -complete works of the great American, and to have them in as attractive -a form as that in which Mr. Godwin has arranged them is strong -enough to far outweigh his unjustifiable fear of making too voluminous -a collection.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_10" id="Footnote_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[J]</span></a> Rubáiyát of Omar Khayyám, the Astronomer-Poet of Persia. Rendered into -English verse by Edward Fitzgerald, with an accompaniment of drawings by Elihu -Vedder. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 1884. Price, $25.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_11" id="Footnote_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[K]</span></a> Atala. By Chauteaubriand. Translated by James Spence Harry. Illustrated -by Gustave Doré. Introduction by Edward J. Harding. Extra cloth, full gilt, $5.00: -full Morocco, extra, $10. New York: Cassell & Co. 1884.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_12" id="Footnote_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[L]</span></a> Prose Writings of William Cullen Bryant. Edited by Parke Godwin. New -York: D. Appleton & Co. 1884.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>BOOKS RECEIVED.</h3> - -<p>Euphrasia and Alberta. Poetic Romances. By John Ap Thomas -Jones. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1884.</p> - -<p>French Conversation. By J. D. Gaillard. New York: D. Appleton -& Co. 1885.</p> - -<p>Journal of the General Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church, -held in Philadelphia, May, 1884. Edited by the Rev. David S. Monroe, -D.D. New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & -Stowe.</p> - -<p>The Life of John Howard Payne. Author of Home, Sweet Home. -With illustrations. By Gabriel Harrison. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott -& Co. 1885.</p> - -<p>Elements of Geometry. By Eli T. Tappan, LL.D. New York: D. -Appleton & Co. 1885.</p> - -<p>Elements of English Speech. By Isaac Bassett Choate. New York: -D. Appleton & Co. 1884.</p> - -<p>The Life of the Rev. Philip William Otterbein. By the Rev. A. W. -Dewey, A. M. With an introduction by Bishop J. Weaver, D.D. Dayton, -Ohio: United Brethren Publishing House. 1884.</p> - -<p>The Children of the Bible. By Fannie L. Armstrong. With an introduction -by Frances E. Willard. New York: Fowler & Wells Co., -Publishers. Price, $1.</p> - -<p>Outlines of Metaphysics. By Herman Lotze. Translated and edited -by George T. Ladd. Boston: Ginn, Heath & Co. 1884.</p> - -<p>Appleton’s Chart Primer. By Rebecca D. Rickoff. New York: D. -Appleton & Co. 1885.</p> - -<p>The A B C Reader. By Sarah F. Buckalew and Margaret W. Wells. -New York: A. Lovell & Co.</p> - -<p>The Philosophy of Ralph Cudworth. By Charles E. Lowry, A. M. -New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. 1884.</p> - -<p>Elements of Calculus. By James M. Taylor. Boston: Ginn, Heath -& Co. 1884.</p> - -<p>Notes on Ingersoll. By the Rev. L. A. Lambert. Buffalo, N. Y.: -Buffalo Catholic Publication Company. 1884.</p> - -<p>The Methodist Year Book for 1885. Edited by W. H. De Puy, D.D., -LL. D. New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe.</p> - -<p>One Little Rebel. By Julia B. Smith. New York: Phillips & Hunt. -Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe. 1884</p> - -<p>The Story of the Resurrection. By William H. Furness, D.D. Philadelphia: -J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1885.</p> - -<p>Square and Compass. By Oliver Optic. With illustrations. Boston: -Lee and Shepard. New York: Charles T. Dillingham. 1885.</p> - -<p>Friends in Feathers and Fur. For Young Folks. By James Johannot. -New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1885.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[306]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="SPECIAL_NOTES">SPECIAL NOTES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Among the many beautiful things which art and taste and -money combined to furnish for the holidays nothing surpassed -the Christmas cards of L. Prang & Co. In design, coloring -and finish it is difficult to see how they could be improved. It -will interest those of our readers who expect to visit the New -Orleans Exposition to know that all Messrs. Prang & Co.’s -former prize cards and the frames, with consecutive proofs of -a reproduction, have been sent to the Massachusetts department -at New Orleans by special invitation of the State Commission. -The collection of prize designs recently exhibited in -New York and Boston by Mr. L. Prang is now, by special invitation, -shown in the Art Institute in Chicago, and, in response -to a similar request made by the managers of the -Museum of Fine Arts at St. Louis, this collection of paintings -will be sent to that city later on.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The banquet of the C. L. S. C. Alumni, which was to have -been in Boston in February, will be held at Lake View, Wednesday, -July 22. The committee decided upon this change -when it was found that Chancellor Vincent, Professors Hurlbut -and Holmes, also Prof. Sherwin, could not be present in -February.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Important to members of the Class of 1888. The first article -on “How to make Home Beautiful,” which was published in -<i>Alma Mater</i> No. 2 last year, will be mailed to all members of -the class of 1888, during the present year, 1884-5. We were -unable to have this article reprinted in time to accompany -<i>Alma Mater</i> No. 3, which was sent last month to all members -of the C. L. S. C.</p> - -<p class="right"><span class="smcap">J. H. Vincent.</span></p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The last copy of <i>The Outlook</i> published by the class of 1884 -appeared in December. It contains much news of interest to -the class, the class list of graduates as made up to November -1st, including 1,387 names, and the editor’s farewell. <i>The -Outlook</i> has been a faithful and zealous advocate of the interests -of the “Irrepressibles.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>People of all denominations loved and honored Bishops -Simpson and Asbury of the M. E. Church. At the recent centennial -celebration of that church a fitting souvenir to these -two noble men was displayed in the form of medallions, on -which were embossed the heads of the two bishops. These -medallions were mounted in a leather case lined with satin. -It forms a beautiful object for any one’s collection of souvenirs.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">’82 Class Motto.</span>—Members of the Pioneer class are reminded -that the selection of a motto was remitted to a committee. -Any member prepared to make a suggestion in the -matter is invited to send it to Lewis C. Peake, Drawer 2,559, -Toronto, Canada. The general feeling of the class was that -the motto should be in English.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">The Chautauqua Musical Reading Club</span> is a new department -of Chautauqua work. The course has been thoughtfully -arranged in consultation with many among the most cultured -musicians in the land, and is of such recognized merit that, -with the hearty approval of the faculty, it has been adopted in -the New England Conservatory of Music at Boston. Information -may be obtained concerning the C. M. R. C. by addressing -W. F. Sherwin, Director C. M. R. C., Boston, Mass.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2 id="C_L_S_C_GRADUATES">C. L. S. C. GRADUATES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The following list of graduates of the Class of 1884 appears according to states. It has been prepared with care by the -office secretary, Miss Kate F. Kimball.</p> - -<p>Persons whose names are marked * have died since graduation.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Maine.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Allen, Mrs. Almira L.</li> -<li>Beale, Miss Annie C.</li> -<li>Beck, the Rev. Charles A.</li> -<li>Bruce, Mrs. Eveleen</li> -<li>Buck, Mrs. F. R.</li> -<li>Estes, Miss Eva M.</li> -<li>Fletcher, Mrs. Sarah F.</li> -<li>French, Mrs. Emma M.</li> -<li>Grant, Mrs. Nellie</li> -<li>Hobart, Mrs. Augusta A.</li> -<li>Longfellow, Miss Mary O.</li> -<li>Lunt, Miss Mary K.</li> -<li>Page, Mrs. Geo. N.</li> -<li>Palmer, Mrs. Maria B.</li> -<li>Reynolds, Mrs. Mary J.</li> -<li>Robinson, Mrs. Frances H. B.</li> -<li>Sanborn, Miss Gulielma P.</li> -<li>Skinner, Miss Sarah E.</li> -<li>Varney, Miss Clara B.</li> -<li>Woodbury, Mrs. Mae B.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>New Hampshire.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Avaun, the Rev. J. M.</li> -<li>Baker, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Beckwith, the Rev. Geo. A.</li> -<li>Cleworth, Mrs. Cleora B.</li> -<li>Emerson, Miss Hattie E.</li> -<li>Farwell, Mrs. Marion L.</li> -<li>James, Mrs. Lizzie B.</li> -<li>Lane, John G.</li> -<li>Lewis, Mrs. Hannah E.</li> -<li>Moore, George W.</li> -<li>Pettengill, Miss Selina D.</li> -<li>Russell, Mrs. Helen I.</li> -<li>Senter, Miss Nella M.</li> -<li>Shepherd, Miss Betsey B.</li> -<li>Stiles, Miss Nellie</li> -<li>Worthley. Mrs. Emma L.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Vermont.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Clark, Mrs. Mary W.</li> -<li>Clark, Miss Susan E.</li> -<li>Farnham, Mrs. Roswell</li> -<li>Farr, Miss Hattie J.</li> -<li>Howell, Mrs. Elsie S.</li> -<li>Lovejoy, Miss Martha H.</li> -<li>Merrill, the Rev. Charles H.</li> -<li>Merrill, Mrs. Laura B.</li> -<li>Read, Miss Keziah H.</li> -<li>Sheldon, Mrs. Charles F.</li> -<li>Stedman, Miss Clara M.</li> -<li>Streeter, Miss Emilie E.</li> -<li>Thomas, Mrs. H., Jr.</li> -<li>Wires, Mrs. Eveline W.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Massachusetts.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Alexander, Miss Harriet I.</li> -<li>Allis, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Alvord, the Rev. Augustus</li> -<li>Anderson, William E.</li> -<li>Baber, Miss Eliza M.</li> -<li>Baber, Miss Fannie</li> -<li>Bacon, Mrs. Leora A.</li> -<li>Baker, Samuel E.</li> -<li>Ball, Miss Nettie</li> -<li>Ball, Miss Minnie L.</li> -<li>Ball, Miss Carrie E.</li> -<li>Batchelder, Miss Harriette S.</li> -<li>Blackmer, Miss Nellie E.</li> -<li>Blackmer, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Blake, Miss Evelyn A.</li> -<li>Blanchard, Frederic W.</li> -<li>Blanchard, Miss Isabel I.</li> -<li>Blanchard, Walter A.</li> -<li>Blodgett, Miss Maria L. C.</li> -<li>Borden, Miss Helen M.</li> -<li>Borden, Mrs. Harriet A.</li> -<li>Bosworth, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Bowers, George N.</li> -<li>Boyd, Miss Margaret W.</li> -<li>Bradford, Mrs. Helen M.</li> -<li>Bradford, Lemuel B.</li> -<li>Bridges, Mrs. Jennie L. C.</li> -<li>Brigham, Miss Mary M.</li> -<li>Brigham, Miss Helen F.</li> -<li>Brooman, Mrs. L. G.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Lottie E.</li> -<li>Burgess, Miss Lucy A.</li> -<li>Burnett, Mrs. Hattie C.</li> -<li>Burns, Miss Mirriam A.</li> -<li>Buswell, Mrs. Clara L.</li> -<li>Caffin, Miss Mabel B.</li> -<li>Candlin, the Rev. Joseph</li> -<li>Candlin, Mrs. Ruth E.</li> -<li>Chapman, Mrs. Lizzie C.</li> -<li>Chapman, Miss Eva</li> -<li>Chase, Charlie S.</li> -<li>Chauncey, Mrs. Mary C.</li> -<li>Cheever, Miss Lizzie H.</li> -<li>Chenery, Miss Hattie M.</li> -<li>Cheney, Miss A. Oreanna</li> -<li>Clutia, Mrs. S. P.</li> -<li>Coburn, Mrs. S. A.</li> -<li>Cochran, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Cogswell, Miss Kate A.</li> -<li>Colesworthy, William G.</li> -<li>Coombs, Miss J. Fannie</li> -<li>Cowan, Mrs. P. D.</li> -<li>Crane, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Crosby, Miss Sarah J.</li> -<li>Cummings, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Cummings, Mrs. Ada A.</li> -<li>Cushing, Mrs. Mary H.</li> -<li>Cushing, the Rev. John R.</li> -<li>Davis, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Davis, Mrs. Mial</li> -<li>Delano, Mrs. Emma L.</li> -<li>Delva, Mrs. K. Augusta</li> -<li>Dennis, Miss Georgette E.</li> -<li>Dimick, Mrs. Lizzie G.</li> -<li>Doane, Mrs. Clara J.</li> -<li>Doty, Mrs. Julia C.</li> -<li>Douglass, Miss Mary</li> -<li>Drew, Miss Fidelia</li> -<li>Eastland, Miss Georgiana</li> -<li>Eaton, Mrs. Belle M.</li> -<li>Eaton, Mrs. Daniel W.</li> -<li><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[307]</a></span>Eldridge, Mrs. Vesta K. F.</li> -<li>Ely, George W.</li> -<li>Ely, Miss Josephine L.</li> -<li>Emerson, Miss Mary J.</li> -<li>Fairbanks, Mrs. Lydia L.</li> -<li>Fairchild, Mrs. Maria H.</li> -<li>Fay, Mrs. Abby B.</li> -<li>Fay, Miss Anna B.</li> -<li>Fay, George E.</li> -<li>Fay, Miss Anna C.</li> -<li>Fisher, Mrs. Angie B.</li> -<li>Fiske, Miss Ella A.</li> -<li>Flanders, Mrs. Elvira W. C.</li> -<li>Floyd, 2d, David</li> -<li>Fraser, Mrs. Daniel F.</li> -<li>Freeman, Miss Emma F.</li> -<li>Freeman, Miss Annie E.</li> -<li>French, George B.</li> -<li>Frye, Charles H.</li> -<li>Fullarton, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Gardner, Mrs. Sarah A.</li> -<li>Gill, Mrs. M. F.</li> -<li>Goodwin, Miss Annie A.</li> -<li>Goodwin, Miss Lucy B.</li> -<li>Grant, Miss Mary</li> -<li>Grant, Miss Martha</li> -<li>Greenwood, Miss Nellie</li> -<li>Grout, Mrs. Ellen L.</li> -<li>Gustin, Mrs. Ellen G.</li> -<li>Hadley, Miss Amanda M.</li> -<li>Hall, the Rev. A. J.</li> -<li>Hammond, Miss Jennie S.</li> -<li>Hancock, Mrs. Warren</li> -<li>Harrington, Francis M.</li> -<li>Harrington, Miss Ada L.</li> -<li>Harrington, Mrs. Mary L.</li> -<li>Harris, Miss Sarah G.</li> -<li>Hawley, Miss Emily E.</li> -<li>Hayward, Miss Nellie A.</li> -<li>Hayward, Mrs. Susan C.</li> -<li>Hersey, Miss Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Hersey, Miss Ellen M.</li> -<li>Hewins, Miss Emeline</li> -<li>Higgins, Miss Sarah B.</li> -<li>Hildreth, Mrs. Kate B.</li> -<li>Hitchcock, Mrs. Nellie E.</li> -<li>Hodges, Mary A.</li> -<li>Holway, Mrs. Susan B.</li> -<li>Holway, Miss Sadie O.</li> -<li>Houghton, Miss Mary J. W.</li> -<li>Howard, Henry F.</li> -<li>Howard, Mrs. Mary C.</li> -<li>Howard, Mrs. Louisa B.</li> -<li>Hull, Miss Abby F.</li> -<li>Hutchinson, Miss Cora F.</li> -<li>Inman, Mrs. Edna M.</li> -<li>Irving, Charles H.</li> -<li>Irving, Mrs. Sarah M.</li> -<li>Johnson, the Rev. Charles T.</li> -<li>Jones, Addison W.</li> -<li>Jones, Mrs. Sophronia B.</li> -<li>Jones, Miss Eva G.</li> -<li>Keene, Mrs. Fannie S.</li> -<li>Kendall, Miss Amanda M.</li> -<li>Kimball, Edward A.</li> -<li>Kimball, Mrs. Elsie E.</li> -<li>King, Mrs. Laura C.</li> -<li>Kinsman, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Kneil, Miss Emily G.</li> -<li>Knight, Joseph K.</li> -<li>Ladd, Mrs. Rebecca E.</li> -<li>Lawrence, Miss Mary M.</li> -<li>Lee, Mrs. Elizabeth R.</li> -<li>Leonard, Mrs. Kate H.</li> -<li>Leonard, Miss M. Fanny</li> -<li>Leonard, Miss Anna R.</li> -<li>Lewis, Miss Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Light, Charles F.</li> -<li>Light, James B.</li> -<li>Light, Mrs. Ellen E.</li> -<li>Lindsay, Miss Florence</li> -<li>Litchfield, Mrs. Isabelle W.</li> -<li>Little, Mrs. William C.</li> -<li>Lloyd, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Manning, John M.</li> -<li>Manning, Mrs. J. M.</li> -<li>Merriam, Miss Susan M.*</li> -<li>Marsh, the Rev. Francis J.</li> -<li>Marston, Mrs. Carrie M.</li> -<li>Marston, Luther M.</li> -<li>Matthews, the Rev. Henry</li> -<li>McClure, Miss Louisa</li> -<li>McGeoch, W. Stanley</li> -<li>McKeil, Miss Jessie</li> -<li>Meriam, Miss Effie J.</li> -<li>Mills, Mrs. Jeannette R.</li> -<li>Mitchell, Miss Elizabeth L.</li> -<li>Moore, Miss Ella F.</li> -<li>Moreland, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Morse, Miss Nannie M.</li> -<li>Morse, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Murdock, Mrs. Lucretia Y.</li> -<li>Norris, Mrs. Chas. S.</li> -<li>Ordway, Miss Myra A.</li> -<li>Owen, George A.</li> -<li>Packard, Miss Helen M.</li> -<li>Parker, Mrs. Anna E.</li> -<li>Partridge, Miss Deborah A.</li> -<li>Patterson, Miss Etta M.</li> -<li>Peabody, Daniel D.</li> -<li>Pease, Miss Alice N.</li> -<li>Peppeard, Miss Augusta</li> -<li>Phelps, Miss Emily E.</li> -<li>Pike, Arthur G.</li> -<li>Pike, Miss Emily C.</li> -<li>Pike, Miss Sarah A.</li> -<li>Pike, Mrs. Azelia M.</li> -<li>Platts, Mrs. Annie M.</li> -<li>Plummer, Mrs. Amanda H.</li> -<li>Prescott, Miss Emma L.</li> -<li>Price, Miss Lotta A.</li> -<li>Purington, Miss M. Emma</li> -<li>Pynchon, Mrs. Charlotte E.</li> -<li>Radford, Mrs. Anna M.</li> -<li>Randall, Mrs. Lucy A.</li> -<li>Ranger, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Ray, Miss Hattie C.</li> -<li>Richardson, the Rev. Wellen N.</li> -<li>Richardson, Mrs. Helen L.</li> -<li>Richardson, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Richardson, the Rev. W. G.</li> -<li>Ring, Miss Martha D.</li> -<li>Robinson, Mrs. J. G.</li> -<li>Rockwood, Miss Susie A.</li> -<li>Rodliff, Miss Anna I.</li> -<li>Rolfe, Mrs. Helen M.</li> -<li>Rooke, Mrs Emma E.</li> -<li>Ross, William E.</li> -<li>Ross, Miss Helen V.</li> -<li>Ruggles, Miss Olive</li> -<li>Ryan, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Safford, Mrs. Henry G.</li> -<li>Safford, Miss Eliza</li> -<li>Sargent, Mrs. Hannah E.</li> -<li>Scales, Miss Sarah E.</li> -<li>Severance, Miss Millie I.</li> -<li>Shattuck, Miss Clara L.</li> -<li>Sherman, Mrs. Clara A.</li> -<li>Sill, Miss Frances A.</li> -<li>Skene, the Rev. George</li> -<li>Skinner, Miss Mary S.</li> -<li>Skinner, Miss Maria S.</li> -<li>Skinner, Miss Abbie A.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Effie</li> -<li>Spalding, Mrs. Edward L.</li> -<li>Sprague, Miss Flora H.</li> -<li>Stafford, Mrs. B. F.</li> -<li>Stanley, Mrs. Susan C.</li> -<li>Stevens, Ira W.</li> -<li>Stone, Henry R.</li> -<li>Stone, Mrs. H. H. P.</li> -<li>Stone, Miss Ellen K.</li> -<li>Struthers, Miss Mary S.</li> -<li>Sykes, Miss Jennie E.</li> -<li>Taylor, Mrs. Marie E.</li> -<li>Taylor, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Thayer, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Thing, Miss Addie L.</li> -<li>Thompson, Mrs. Helen A. B.</li> -<li>Thompson, Mrs. Lydia M. E.</li> -<li>Thompson, Mrs. Mary C.</li> -<li>Thurber, Mrs. Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Trask, Robert D.</li> -<li>Trask, Mrs. Achsa E.</li> -<li>Traversee, Mrs. Marietta</li> -<li>Traversee, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Trow, Miss Lizzie F.</li> -<li>Varnum, Miss Hannah</li> -<li>Wadsworth, Miss Jennie E.</li> -<li>Walker, Jefferson C.</li> -<li>Warren, Mrs. M. W.</li> -<li>Watson, Mrs. Thomas A.</li> -<li>Wentworth, Mrs. A. L.</li> -<li>Wheeler, Miss Lizzie J.</li> -<li>White, Mrs. Emma C.</li> -<li>White, Miss Ellen M.</li> -<li>Whitney, Mrs. Ella M.</li> -<li>Whitney, Mrs. F. W.</li> -<li>Whitney, Miss Nellie S.</li> -<li>Willey, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Williams, Charles W.</li> -<li>Williams, Albert P.</li> -<li>Wilson, Miss Emily J.</li> -<li>Wood, Miss Alice A.</li> -<li>Woodbury, the Rev. Webster</li> -<li>Woodbury, Mrs. Webster</li> -<li>Woodward, Miss Clara O.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Rhode Island.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Aldrich, Mrs. Marcia A.</li> -<li>Aldrich, Mrs. David L.</li> -<li>Armington, Miss Harriet A.</li> -<li>Barber, Miss Arabel E.</li> -<li>Barney, Mrs. Sarah F.</li> -<li>Brownell, Miss Ella W.</li> -<li>Dexter, Mrs. W. W.</li> -<li>Fiske, Dr. Elmer S.</li> -<li>Fitz, William E.</li> -<li>Goodier, the Rev. Erastus W.</li> -<li>Goodier, Mrs. Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Kendall, Miss Emma F.</li> -<li>Kendrick, Mrs. Phebe E.</li> -<li>Kendrick, John E.</li> -<li>Langworthy, Miss Hattie G.</li> -<li>Leavitt, Mrs Abbie G.</li> -<li>Leavitt, Miss Charlotte E.</li> -<li>Lee, Mrs. Nellie</li> -<li>Lewis, Miss Eugenia L.</li> -<li>Mason, Mrs. Ella K.</li> -<li>Nason, Mrs. Medora T.</li> -<li>Nye, John M.</li> -<li>Nye, William H.</li> -<li>Owen, Miss Hannah A.</li> -<li>Paine, Miss Lydia A.</li> -<li>Potter, Mrs. Sarah M.</li> -<li>Puffer, Mrs. Emma L. S.</li> -<li>Steere, Miss Rachel</li> -<li>Stevens, Miss Mary</li> -<li>Sullivan, James J.</li> -<li>Vars, John</li> -<li>White, Miss Ella E.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Connecticut.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Baldwin, Miss Lotte A.</li> -<li>Beman, Miss Emma</li> -<li>Bidwell, Mrs. Emma W. B.</li> -<li>Bradley, Miss Sarah L.</li> -<li>Brewer, Miss Ellen M.</li> -<li>Bridge, the Rev. Wm. D.</li> -<li>Bridge, Mrs. Mary S. H.</li> -<li>Buffett, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Bushnell, Miss Sarah M.</li> -<li>Bushnell, Mrs. Margaret A.</li> -<li>Caulkins, Miss Abbie A.</li> -<li>Cowles, Miss Catherine M.</li> -<li>Cowles, Miss Elizabeth A.</li> -<li>Davies, John C.</li> -<li>Davies, Mrs. Lois F.</li> -<li>De Forest, Miss Emily M.</li> -<li>Fenn, Willis I.</li> -<li>Fowler, Miss Hattie E.</li> -<li>Gilbert, Miss Anna L.</li> -<li>Gillespy, Miss Estelle</li> -<li>Griswold, Miss Corinth</li> -<li>Harrison, Oscar G.</li> -<li>Hawley, Miss Mary F.</li> -<li>Huntington, Frederick L.</li> -<li>Hurd, Wilbur F.</li> -<li>Jones, Mrs. Andrew F.</li> -<li>Kirtland, Miss Grace E.</li> -<li>Lathrop, Mrs. R. S.</li> -<li>Loomis, Miss Jane E.</li> -<li>Lowry, Miss Minnie B.</li> -<li>Merriam, Mrs. Etta M.</li> -<li>Morton, Jas. H.</li> -<li>Porter, Miss Ida A.</li> -<li>Scranton, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Seward, Miss Hattie E.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Lillian B.</li> -<li>Stanton, Miss Julia E.</li> -<li>Stone, Mrs. Sarah A.</li> -<li>Sturtevant, Mrs. Annie E.</li> -<li>Treat, Miss Susie C.</li> -<li>Treat, Miss Emily A.</li> -<li>Underwood, Miss Clara B.</li> -<li>Underwood, Mrs. Clara A.</li> -<li>Vaill, Miss Nellie E.</li> -<li>Warriner, Charles H.</li> -<li>Whitmore, Miss Clara L.</li> -<li>Witter, Miss Ruth</li> -<li>Wooster, Mrs. Kate A.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>New York.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Adams, Miss Valeria N.</li> -<li>Allen, Miss Susie</li> -<li>Allen, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Allen, the Rev. Walter O.</li> -<li>Andrews, Mrs. Annie M.</li> -<li>Anoski, Miss Rose L.</li> -<li>Atchinson, Miss Harriet L.</li> -<li>Babcock, Miss Mary F.</li> -<li>Bailey, Miss Carrie A.</li> -<li>Baker, Mrs. E. J. L.</li> -<li>Baldwin, Miss Frances A.</li> -<li>Baldwin, Clair H.</li> -<li>Barbour, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Barker, Miss S. Emma</li> -<li>Barnes, Miss Alice E.</li> -<li>Bartholomew, Mrs. Tillie C.</li> -<li>Baxter, Miss Helen A.</li> -<li>Benedict, Mrs. Calphurnia N.</li> -<li>Benjamin, Miss Nettie D.</li> -<li>Bennett, Edward N.</li> -<li>Bickley, Mrs. Lizzie H.</li> -<li>Biddle, the Rev. William T.</li> -<li>Billings, Mrs. Mary S.</li> -<li>Bliss, Miss Nettie G.</li> -<li>Bond, Miss Bessie</li> -<li>Bourne, Miss Elma A.</li> -<li>Brainard, Miss Emma C.</li> -<li>Briggs, Miss Carrie E.</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. Esther E. C.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Elizabeth</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Helen</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. J. S.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Teresa</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Alice J.</li> -<li>Brown, John S.</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. Helen M.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Edith M.</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. C. K.</li> -<li>Buell, Miss Elizabeth C.</li> -<li>Camp, Miss Elizabeth B.</li> -<li>Carpenter, Miss Hannah M.</li> -<li>Carr, Miss M. Jennie</li> -<li>Carson, Mrs. Charles H.</li> -<li>Carter, Miss Maggie A.</li> -<li>Cash, Mrs. Adella</li> -<li>Caswell, Miss Hattie C.</li> -<li>Chapin, Miss Ida E.</li> -<li>Chappell, Mrs. Hattie F.</li> -<li>Clark, Charles E.</li> -<li>Clark, Miss Delia H.</li> -<li>Clark, Edwin J.</li> -<li>Clark, Lizzie</li> -<li>Clark, Miss Mary W.</li> -<li>Clinton, Miss E. Eloise</li> -<li>Coe, Miss Lottie A.</li> -<li>Colby, John E.</li> -<li>Colby, Mrs. Lucy J.</li> -<li>Cook, Mrs. Mary D.</li> -<li>Cowles, Miss Kittie M.</li> -<li>Coy, Mrs. W. Henry</li> -<li>Crane, Edward J.</li> -<li>Crannell, Miss Julia W.</li> -<li>Curtis, Mrs. Julia M.</li> -<li>Curtis, Miss Fanny</li> -<li>Dailey, Charles J.</li> -<li>Dearstyne, Miss E. Louise</li> -<li>Dempster, Mrs. Mary J.</li> -<li><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[308]</a></span>Deverell, Miss Sarah A.</li> -<li>Dobbin, Miss Lizzie G.</li> -<li>Donaldson, Mrs. Mary F.</li> -<li>Douglass, Miss Martha B.</li> -<li>Driver, Mrs. Ida M.</li> -<li>Dunn, Miss Mary S.</li> -<li>Durfee, Miss Annie E.</li> -<li>Edge, Miss Elizabeth</li> -<li>Edmonds, Miss Lottie E.</li> -<li>Ellis, Miss Jennie L.</li> -<li>Farman, Miss Mattie E.</li> -<li>Fisher, Edward L.</li> -<li>Fisher, Miss F. Eugenie</li> -<li>Fletcher, Miss Minnie A.</li> -<li>Foote, Miss Ellen E.</li> -<li>Foote, Miss Frances A.</li> -<li>Fox, Miss Rosalie M.</li> -<li>Frost, Miss Libbie E.</li> -<li>Gail, Mrs. Henrietta S.</li> -<li>Gammans, Mrs. Etta B.</li> -<li>Gaston, Miss Mary C.</li> -<li>Gere, Justus T.</li> -<li>Gillespie, Miss Emily T.</li> -<li>Gillespy, Miss Edith</li> -<li>Graybiel, Miss Sara N.</li> -<li>Green, Mrs. Carrie A.</li> -<li>Greene, George E.</li> -<li>Greene, Miss Emma C.</li> -<li>Gregory, Miss Libbie</li> -<li>Griffin, Miss Olivia A.</li> -<li>Gunton, Mrs. Henrietta M.</li> -<li>Hahn, Miss Hattie E.</li> -<li>Hampton, Miss Jennie S.</li> -<li>Handshaw, James E.</li> -<li>Hannum, Mrs. Ida</li> -<li>Harrington, Miss Sarah D.</li> -<li>Harrington, Mrs. Adelaide L.</li> -<li>Harris, Miss Lucinda</li> -<li>Hartwell, Miss Mary H.</li> -<li>Hathorn, Ira B.</li> -<li>Haviland, Mrs. C. W.</li> -<li>Hawley, Miss Mary T.</li> -<li>Hearn, the Rev. George</li> -<li>Hendrickson, Mrs. Adeline</li> -<li>Highriter, Miss F. Maria</li> -<li>Hitchcock, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Holden, Alexander M.</li> -<li>How, George V.</li> -<li>Hope, Mrs. Mary B.</li> -<li>Hopkins, Miss Susie C.</li> -<li>Hopkins, Miss Annie W.</li> -<li>Hopkins, Miss Hattie E.</li> -<li>Houck, Miss Kate A.</li> -<li>Huff, Mrs. Anna E.</li> -<li>Hull, Miss Eliza J.</li> -<li>Hunsicker, Miss Ida M.</li> -<li>Ingraham, Miss S. E.</li> -<li>Ipsen, Miss Alicia L.</li> -<li>Jenks, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Johns, Miss Dora</li> -<li>Johnson, Mrs. S. Lizzie</li> -<li>Jones, Miss Cora M.</li> -<li>Judd, Mrs. Ellen M.</li> -<li>Kellogg, Miss Lottie R.</li> -<li>Kendall, Miss Clara E.</li> -<li>Kent, Miss Annabelle</li> -<li>Kibbey, Mrs. Louisa</li> -<li>Kibbey, Samuel</li> -<li>King, Mrs. Olie C.</li> -<li>King, Clarence</li> -<li>Kinsley, Fred. A.</li> -<li>Kinsman, Miss Jeannie E.</li> -<li>Kipp, Miss Alice R.</li> -<li>Knight, Miss Jane</li> -<li>Labagh, Miss Maria C.</li> -<li>Lamson, Miss Eva S.</li> -<li>Lapham, Mrs. Geo. P.</li> -<li>Lathrop, Miss Carrie</li> -<li>Lathrop, Miss Ella M.</li> -<li>Latimer, the Rev. E. Herman</li> -<li>Lent, William J.</li> -<li>Loveridge, Miss Grace C.</li> -<li>Luther, Stephen</li> -<li>Lyon, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Mackey, Miss Florence A.</li> -<li>Mallette, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Manrow, Milton</li> -<li>Marley, William J.</li> -<li>Mathews, Mrs. Candace P.</li> -<li>Matthews, Andrew J.</li> -<li>Melven, Emmett S.</li> -<li>Miller, Charles E.</li> -<li>Milliman, Robert L.</li> -<li>Milliman, Mrs. Susan F.</li> -<li>Miner, George G.</li> -<li>Mogg, Mrs. Jennie A.</li> -<li>Moore, Mrs. Philena B.</li> -<li>Morrison, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Morrison, Miss Emma F.</li> -<li>Martin, Wilbor A.</li> -<li>Newton, Miss Lura</li> -<li>Nichols, Miss Nancy M.</li> -<li>Noble, Miss Grace A.</li> -<li>Northup, Miss Ella A.</li> -<li>Ogden, Mrs. Florence W.</li> -<li>Olney, Miss Minnie M.</li> -<li>Parker, Mrs. Sabine E.</li> -<li>Parmelee, Miss Lizzie F.</li> -<li>Pease, Miss Ettie E.</li> -<li>Phyfe, Archibald B.</li> -<li>Pindar, Miss Rose E.</li> -<li>Pond, Miss Martha</li> -<li>Pratt, Miss Lettie C.</li> -<li>Rhoda, Mrs. Ella A.</li> -<li>Rice, Mrs. Maggie C.</li> -<li>Rice, Mrs. Clara E.</li> -<li>Rockwell, Mrs. Ada E.</li> -<li>Rockwell, the Rev. Lyman E.</li> -<li>Ross, Mrs. Mary E. K.</li> -<li>Rowel, Miss Eliza L.</li> -<li>Rowell, Miss Ida E.</li> -<li>Sammons, Charles</li> -<li>Sanford, Miss Frances E.</li> -<li>Seely, Mrs. Hannah</li> -<li>Schellinger, Miss M. Amelia</li> -<li>Sheldon, Miss Emma J.</li> -<li>Shumway, Mrs. A. Adda H.</li> -<li>Silliman, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Simmons, Mrs. Jennie E.</li> -<li>Slada, Miss Emma D.</li> -<li>Slada, Miss Mary M.</li> -<li>Slattery, John T.</li> -<li>Sleeper, Charles W.</li> -<li>Smallbone, Miss Emma J.</li> -<li>Smith, Mrs. Maria A.</li> -<li>Sotham, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Spooner, Marvin L.</li> -<li>Spooner, Mrs. Lina A. H.</li> -<li>Stanley, Miss Jennie B.</li> -<li>Stevens, Mrs. Jennie</li> -<li>Stilson, Miss Alice M.</li> -<li>Stone, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Stone, Miss Addie H.</li> -<li>Stoutenburgh, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Tackitt, Miss Ellen</li> -<li>Thomas, Mrs. Maria L.</li> -<li>Terry, Mrs. Armenia M.</li> -<li>Terry, C. L. Emory</li> -<li>Tompkins, Mrs. Elizabeth S.</li> -<li>Torr, Miss Lizzie E.</li> -<li>Torry, Miss Grace</li> -<li>Trowbridge, Miss Helen R.</li> -<li>Trowbridge, Miss Augusta E.</li> -<li>Vail, Mrs. Horton</li> -<li>Vail, Horton</li> -<li>Van Cruyningham, Daniel</li> -<li>Van Cruyningham, Mrs. M. E.</li> -<li>Van Ness, Miss Lottie R.</li> -<li>Viele, Miss Ada L.</li> -<li>Wadsworth, Mrs. Carrie K.</li> -<li>Walley, William</li> -<li>Warner, Mrs. Jane R.</li> -<li>Weimert, Miss Kittie</li> -<li>White, Mrs. Harriet H.</li> -<li>Wight, Miss Martha A.</li> -<li>Williams, Mrs. Franc S.</li> -<li>William, Miss Emma J.</li> -<li>Williamson, Matthew D.</li> -<li>Willis, Mrs. C. C.</li> -<li>Willis, Charles C.</li> -<li>Winspear, Miss Clara J.</li> -<li>Wood, Mrs. James M.</li> -<li>Wood, Miss Lizzie</li> -<li>Wooden, Miss Emily S.</li> -<li>Wooden, Miss Loretta E.</li> -<li>Wooden, Miss Laura E.</li> -<li>Westcott, Mrs. Addie L.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>New Jersey.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Anderson, Miss Elizabeth</li> -<li>Baldwin, Miss Lizzie</li> -<li>Blanchet, Mrs. Mary C.</li> -<li>Brackin, Miss M. Fannie</li> -<li>Carty, Miss Kate</li> -<li>Davis, Miss Mary H.</li> -<li>Delano, Miss Laura C.</li> -<li>Dilts, Miss Ella V.</li> -<li>Dunn, Miss Clara I.</li> -<li>Ewing, Miss Olive M.</li> -<li>Fortner, Miss Sarah E.</li> -<li>Gokey, Miss Delia</li> -<li>Hall, Miss Helen F.</li> -<li>Hedden, Mrs. L. O.</li> -<li>Hoemer, George P.</li> -<li>Holbert, Mrs. Frances B.*</li> -<li>Huyler, Adam</li> -<li>McKay, Mrs. Mary H.</li> -<li>Mead, Miss Margaret H.</li> -<li>Morehouse, Miss Hattie A.</li> -<li>Norris, Miss Alice L.</li> -<li>Parker, Ellis</li> -<li>Peet, Dr. Gilead</li> -<li>Riker, Miss Grace H.</li> -<li>Rittenhouse, Miss Ada F.</li> -<li>Rogers, Miss Hannah D.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Abbie T.</li> -<li>Spring, Edward A.</li> -<li>Stevenson, Miss Georgiana</li> -<li>Taylor, Mrs. Agnes C.</li> -<li>Thompson, Miss M. Reba</li> -<li>Weeks, Miss Mary F.</li> -<li>Wegmann, Miss Bertha B.</li> -<li>Woolston, Miss Ray B.</li> -<li>Woolston, Miss Beulah D.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Pennsylvania.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Alcorn, Miss Lettie E.</li> -<li>Alcorn, Miss Alice M.</li> -<li>Allen, Elisha M.</li> -<li>Allison, Miss Louisa</li> -<li>Arnett, Miss Aroline</li> -<li>Baker, Miss Ida A.</li> -<li>Bar, Miss Irene</li> -<li>Beatty, Mrs. Agnes B.</li> -<li>Beatty, Mrs. Julia S.</li> -<li>Beers, Mrs. Celia H.</li> -<li>Bethune, John T.</li> -<li>Bolard, Mrs. Jennie E.</li> -<li>Bradley, Miss Mary S.</li> -<li>Braham, Miss Isabella H.</li> -<li>Brisbin, Miss Florence</li> -<li>Buchanan, Mrs. M. Josephine</li> -<li>Buehler, Mrs. Anna F.</li> -<li>Burrows, Mrs. Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Cernea, Miss Anna T.</li> -<li>Clark, Norman H.</li> -<li>Closson, James H.</li> -<li>Clark, Mrs. Harriet R.</li> -<li>Cooke, Mrs. Cordelia H.</li> -<li>Copeland, Miss Irene</li> -<li>Copeland, J. Renwick</li> -<li>Cox, Miss Ettie A.</li> -<li>Crosby, Miss Lizzie C.</li> -<li>Dale, Mrs. Elizabeth C.</li> -<li>Dampman, Miss Lizzie B.</li> -<li>Davidson, Miss Anna</li> -<li>Dewey, Mrs. Martha J.</li> -<li>Dickinson, Levi S.</li> -<li>Dickson, Miss Maggie A.</li> -<li>Dorand, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Du Bois, Mrs. Ella R.</li> -<li>Dunham, Mrs. Helen</li> -<li>Eaton, Mrs. S. J. M.</li> -<li>Ely, Miss Alice K.</li> -<li>English, Miss Ellen R.</li> -<li>Evans, Miss H. Louise</li> -<li>Farley, Mrs. H. N.</li> -<li>Fellows, Mrs. Sarah</li> -<li>Findlay, Peter</li> -<li>Finley, Miss May A.</li> -<li>Fishburn, Miss Lizzie E.</li> -<li>Fisher, Miss Mate E.</li> -<li>Frescoln, Oscar P.</li> -<li>Frew, William A.</li> -<li>Frysinger, Edward</li> -<li>Furst, Miss M. Katie</li> -<li>Gail, Miss Emma B.</li> -<li>Gardner, Lot</li> -<li>Gerould, Miss Flora E.</li> -<li>Gyger, Miss Hannah</li> -<li>Harris, Edward F.</li> -<li>Henry, Miss Elizabeth</li> -<li>Hill, Miss Zelia</li> -<li>Hill, Miss Ella</li> -<li>Hill, Miss Mattie J.</li> -<li>Horner, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Hostetter, Miss Venetta E.</li> -<li>Howe, Miss Cora</li> -<li>Hubbard, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Humphriss, Mrs. Mary I.</li> -<li>Hunter, Le Roy M.</li> -<li>Ingram, Miss Almeda R.</li> -<li>Jackson, Mrs. Amanda A.</li> -<li>Jones, Harry L.</li> -<li>Kelly, Miss M. Emma</li> -<li>Ladd, Miss Anna A.</li> -<li>Lawrence, James A.</li> -<li>Leavitt, Mrs. Walter</li> -<li>Little, Miss Ettie E.</li> -<li>Love, Miss Myrtle L.</li> -<li>Marsh, Mrs. G. D.</li> -<li>Marsh, George D.</li> -<li>Mason, Edwin T.</li> -<li>McElroy, Mrs. Jennie</li> -<li>McFarland, Mrs. Caroline</li> -<li>McIntire, Miss Annie M.</li> -<li>Miller, George W.</li> -<li>Miller, Miss Emily A.</li> -<li>Moford, Miss H. Mary</li> -<li>Morrow, Miss Mary B.</li> -<li>Myton, Thomas W.</li> -<li>Neal, Mrs. H. N.</li> -<li>Nevin, Miss Laura</li> -<li>Oglevee, the Rev. Jesse A. B.</li> -<li>Oudry, Miss Katie E.</li> -<li>Paxson, Miss Sallie B.</li> -<li>Pearson, Miss Hulda A.</li> -<li>Pettit, Miss Harriet L.</li> -<li>Purdy, Mary E.</li> -<li>Reineke, Miss Carrie W.</li> -<li>Reineke, Miss Minnie E.</li> -<li>Renn, Miss Jennie W.</li> -<li>Ross, Mrs. Mary M. F.</li> -<li>Rowland, Frank S.</li> -<li>Sabin, the Rev. Edward N.</li> -<li>Sammons, Miss Fannie B.</li> -<li>Sammons, Miss Martha L.</li> -<li>Sargent, Mrs. R. H.</li> -<li>Schooley, Miss Jennie C.</li> -<li>Scott, Miss Mary I.</li> -<li>Scott, Albert O.</li> -<li>Scott, Frank H.</li> -<li>Selkregg, Mrs. I. V.</li> -<li>Sheldon, Willard M.</li> -<li>Siegfried, Miss Stella</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Clara L.</li> -<li>Smith, Christopher W.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Emma C.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Kate F.</li> -<li>Smith, Mrs. Lou M.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Ella M.</li> -<li>Smith, Mrs. Annie M.</li> -<li>Spaulding, F. W.</li> -<li>Starkweather, Miss Arvilla H.</li> -<li>Steele, Herbert</li> -<li>Stoever, Mrs. Laura M.</li> -<li>Stoever, Miss Sue E.</li> -<li>Stone, Mrs. C. E.</li> -<li>Straub, Miss Effie T.</li> -<li>Strong, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Strong, Henry A.</li> -<li>Tracy, Mrs. Edith E. P.</li> -<li>Tracy, Mrs. Malie</li> -<li>Tracy, Malie</li> -<li>Trosh, Nathaniel F.</li> -<li>True, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Tryon, Mrs. George W.</li> -<li>Tryon, Miss Arabella</li> -<li>Thomas, Miss Ada F.</li> -<li>Warner, Mrs. A. A. H.</li> -<li>Wilson, Mrs. Ida G.</li> -<li>Wood, Collin</li> -</ul> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[309]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Delaware.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Cahall, Joseph L.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Maryland.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Bayne, Lawrence P.</li> -<li>Markell, Miss Virginia H.</li> -<li>Parkhurst, Miss Alice S.</li> -<li>Rawlings, Joshua S.</li> -<li>Rodgers, Mrs. Amy C.</li> -<li>Sadtler, Miss M. Adelaide</li> -<li>Smyth, Miss Lizzie K.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>District of Columbia.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Blodgett, Carrie A.</li> -<li>Coakley, Miss Rosetta E.</li> -<li>Darby, Miss Susan C.</li> -<li>Dudley, Frederick E.</li> -<li>Hall, Mrs. Jennie B.</li> -<li>Johns, Miss Jessie C.</li> -<li>McKinney, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Meacham, Miss Annie M.</li> -<li>Nalle, Mary</li> -<li>Parke, Miss Caroline E.</li> -<li>Patterson, Miss Emma</li> -<li>Pumphrey, Miss Cora A.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Virginia.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Alexander, Wellington G.</li> -<li>Hatcher, Mrs. Charles</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>West Virginia.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Barnes, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Carter, Miss Sarah P.</li> -<li>Clohan, Miss Elizabeth</li> -<li>Forman, Israel</li> -<li>Fowler, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Glass, Miss Annie V.</li> -<li>Pierpoint, Miss A. Pierrie</li> -<li>Reppetto, Miss Mary D.</li> -<li>Riheldaffer, the Rev. Wm. G.</li> -<li>Turner, Miss Adela</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>North Carolina.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Small, the Rev. J. B.</li> -<li>South Carolina.</li> -<li>Harris, Mrs. Kittie S.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Kentucky.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Cox, Miss R. Aussie</li> -<li>Cragg, Mrs. Mattie</li> -<li>Gunn, Miss Frances A.</li> -<li>Heazlitt, Clarence W.</li> -<li>Ruttle, Miss Eliza J.</li> -<li>Winall, Miss Vina</li> -<li>Winall, Miss Belle</li> -<li>Winall, Miss Eva</li> -<li>Tennessee.</li> -<li>Allen, Mrs. Mattie E.</li> -<li>Bain, Daniel Hiram</li> -<li>Fleece, Mrs. Mary T.</li> -<li>Scott, F. N.</li> -<li>Shearer, J. L.</li> -<li>Tadlock, Mrs. Clara M.</li> -<li>Thomas, Miss Anna W.</li> -<li>Treadwell, Miss Annie D.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Arkansas.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Allen, Everett F.</li> -<li>Colwell, Mrs. Emma R.</li> -<li>Lyon, Miss Hattie J.</li> -<li>Vaughan, Mrs. Myra</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Louisiana.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Armstrong, Miss Frances L.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Georgia.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Brooks, Miss Addie M.</li> -<li>Steele, Miss Carrie J.</li> -<li>Thompson, Miss Mary H.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Alabama.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Kennedy, Miss Annie</li> -<li>Leslie, Mrs. Sara McC.</li> -<li>Watkins, Mrs. Lizzie E.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Mississippi.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Moore, Miss Cora L.</li> -<li>Parker, Mrs. Bettie</li> -<li>Row, Miss E. Evelyn</li> -<li>Steele, Dr. N. C.</li> -<li>Townes, Miss Julia G.</li> -<li>Winter, Miss Kate E.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Ohio.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Aldcroft, Miss Ella</li> -<li>Alexander, Miss Cora E.</li> -<li>Allan, Miss Nellie</li> -<li>Alward, Miss Alice J.</li> -<li>Armstrong, Mrs. Mary H.</li> -<li>Armstrong, Mrs. Permelia B.</li> -<li>Austin, Miss Florence</li> -<li>Barnett, Miss M. Alma</li> -<li>Beiler, the Rev. Samuel L.</li> -<li>Beiler, Mrs. Anna F.</li> -<li>Bell, Mrs. Alice</li> -<li>Bell, J. W.</li> -<li>Beyerly, Mrs. Julia H.</li> -<li>Binkley, Miss Laura A.</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. J. H.</li> -<li>Bunker, Miss Stella N.</li> -<li>Bunker, Miss Clara</li> -<li>Burge, Miss Zelma</li> -<li>Burner, G. Washington</li> -<li>Burt, Mrs. Nellie C.</li> -<li>Burt, Miss Harriet C.</li> -<li>Caldwell, Mrs. Sarah E.</li> -<li>Cameron, Miss M. Amelia</li> -<li>Chamberlain, Miss Fanny P.</li> -<li>Chamberlain, Charles W.</li> -<li>Chamberlain, Mrs. Charles W.</li> -<li>Chancellor, Mrs. Lida B.</li> -<li>Chandler, Miss Anna</li> -<li>Chidlaw, Miss Mary I.</li> -<li>Clemans, the Rev. Francis M.</li> -<li>Clemans, Mrs. Sarah I.</li> -<li>Colby, the Rev. Henry F.</li> -<li>Crossley, Mrs. Cecelia S.</li> -<li>Dayton, Mrs. James</li> -<li>Deming, Miss Sophronia O.</li> -<li>De Veny, Miss Belle M.</li> -<li>Dietz, Will. C.</li> -<li>Dimmick, Mrs. Hannah A.</li> -<li>Elcock, Miss Lucy A.</li> -<li>Facer, Miss Fannie R.</li> -<li>Faulkner, Mrs. Amelia H.</li> -<li>Ferriss, Frank E.</li> -<li>Freeman, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Fries, Miss Emmabel</li> -<li>Gee, Samuel A.</li> -<li>Giboney, Mrs. S. H.</li> -<li>Goodrich, the Rev. Ira B.</li> -<li>Goodrich, Mrs. Adaline C.</li> -<li>Gough, Mrs. Sadie H.</li> -<li>Grafing, John C.</li> -<li>Guthrie, Miss Sarah I.</li> -<li>Haight, Miss Louise J.</li> -<li>Hammond, Mrs. Mary W.</li> -<li>Hankins, Mrs. Mary J.</li> -<li>Hart, Miss Mary P.</li> -<li>Hayward, Miss Josephine A.</li> -<li>Hicks, Miss Bella C.</li> -<li>Highlands, John S.</li> -<li>Hinckley, Mrs. Augusta V.</li> -<li>Hine, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Humphrey, Dr. Elwin</li> -<li>Hussey, Elroy E.</li> -<li>Kattenhorn, Miss Mary</li> -<li>Kattenhorn, Miss Ella</li> -<li>Keagey, Miss Carrie L.</li> -<li>Kellogg, J. A.</li> -<li>Kelly, Mrs. Carrie M.</li> -<li>Kidder, Miss Mary I.</li> -<li>Lee, Mrs. Dr. E. B.</li> -<li>Loomis, Mrs. Letitia E.</li> -<li>Loomis, Elisha S.</li> -<li>Loudin, Mrs. Harriet C.</li> -<li>Mann, Miss M. Maud</li> -<li>Mansfield, Mrs. Howard</li> -<li>March, Miss Lizzie G.</li> -<li>McFarland, Mrs. Mary D.</li> -<li>McKitrick, Mrs. Addie A.</li> -<li>Minor, Mrs. J. A.</li> -<li>Moore, the Rev. John W.</li> -<li>Morse, Miss Belle G.</li> -<li>Morgan, Mrs. Mary D.</li> -<li>Morgan, Miss Lizzie</li> -<li>Munson, Miss Nellie</li> -<li>Murphy, Miss Marian A.</li> -<li>Nash, Miss Harriet A.</li> -<li>Parish, Miss Nettie A.</li> -<li>Park, Mrs. Maria B.</li> -<li>Park, Mrs. J. D.</li> -<li>Parmelee, Mrs. Anna J.</li> -<li>Parsons, Mrs. Lucinda M.</li> -<li>Parsons, Mrs. Josie L.</li> -<li>Patten, Charles E.</li> -<li>Pearce, Miss Selina P.</li> -<li>Pickett, Daniel D.</li> -<li>Powers, Miss Minnie</li> -<li>Randall, Mrs. Rebecca R.</li> -<li>Reed, Miss Myrta</li> -<li>Reed, Cornelius A.</li> -<li>Rice, Miss Frances M.</li> -<li>Richards, Miss Emily S.</li> -<li>Robison, Miss Kate R.</li> -<li>Ruckenbrod, Miss Maggie</li> -<li>Saumenig, Miss Emily B.</li> -<li>Schenck, Miss Claribel</li> -<li>Scott, Miss Katie</li> -<li>Scott, Miss Fannie</li> -<li>Sherrard, Walter P.</li> -<li>Shields, Miss Sarah E.</li> -<li>Sloane, Miss Jeannette M.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Ione L.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Mary I.</li> -<li>Snyder, Franklin E.</li> -<li>Spillard, Mrs. Willa H.</li> -<li>St. John, Mrs. M. P.</li> -<li>Taylor, Mrs. Annette H.</li> -<li>Taylor, Miss Ellen E.</li> -<li>Taylor, Royal</li> -<li>Thompson, Mrs. Ella P.</li> -<li>Thorne, Miss Lizzie B.</li> -<li>Trotter, Miss Sarah</li> -<li>Walker, Mrs. Mary P. S.</li> -<li>Walker, Miss M. Augusta</li> -<li>Webb, Mrs. Dora V.</li> -<li>Wheelock, Mrs. Estelle C.</li> -<li>White, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>White, the Rev. Levi</li> -<li>White, Miss Fannie E.</li> -<li>Whipple, Mrs. J. C.</li> -<li>Wilcox, Mrs. Hannah E.</li> -<li>Williams, Miss Etta C.</li> -<li>Willis, Miss Laura B.</li> -<li>Winter, Mrs. Laura C.</li> -<li>Winter, the Rev. William W.</li> -<li>Young, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Zartman, Miss Essie H.</li> -<li>Zuck, the Rev. William J.</li> -<li>Zuck, Mrs. Jessie M.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Indiana.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Alcott, Mrs. Ellen P.</li> -<li>Baldwin, John J.</li> -<li>Barry, Mrs. Fannie W.</li> -<li>Berg, Mrs. Mattie V.</li> -<li>Bettis, Mrs. Mary P.</li> -<li>Boughman, Melancthon A.</li> -<li>Bowen, Miss Loretta V.</li> -<li>Busick, Mrs. Kate M.</li> -<li>Clark, Miss Florence</li> -<li>Crawford, Mrs. Jennie R.</li> -<li>Daggett, Miss Angelia</li> -<li>Denison, Mrs. Aurilla A.</li> -<li>Dunn, Temple H.</li> -<li>Ellis, Miss Grace</li> -<li>Fitch, Miss Ida A.</li> -<li>Fosdick, Miss Sophie H.</li> -<li>Fosdick, Benajah S.</li> -<li>Foster, Miss Madge</li> -<li>Francis, Mrs. May</li> -<li>Gooding, Mrs. Mary M.</li> -<li>Goodman, Miss Clara M.</li> -<li>Hackleman, Miss Indiana</li> -<li>Hagenbook, Allen M.</li> -<li>Hammond, Mrs. Angie L.</li> -<li>Harter, Miss Mary C.</li> -<li>Hascall, Miss Julia E.</li> -<li>Hedden, Miss Theodosia E.</li> -<li>Howard, Mrs. Cinderella J.</li> -<li>Hudson, Mrs. H. S. B.</li> -<li>Jackson, Miss Nellie M.</li> -<li>Jamieson, Mrs. Hattie H.</li> -<li>Jones, Miss S. Ella</li> -<li>Kauffman, Jacob S.</li> -<li>Lambert, Miss Lottie A.</li> -<li>Lambert, Miss Tillie</li> -<li>Lesley, Mrs. Edith</li> -<li>Matheny, Miss Eva</li> -<li>Matheny, Miss Mattie</li> -<li>Maxwell, the Rev. John A.</li> -<li>Maxwell, Mrs. Alice W.</li> -<li>McCauley, Miss Rose</li> -<li>Milburn, Miss Nellie F.</li> -<li>Mitchell, Miss Marcia</li> -<li>Moffit, Mrs. Rebecca A.</li> -<li>Morrill, Miss Annie</li> -<li>Morse, Mrs. Florence S.</li> -<li>Newhouse, Mrs. Mary R.</li> -<li>Ogg, Robert A.</li> -<li>Ogg, Mrs. Louise H.</li> -<li>Perkins, William H.</li> -<li>Pickett, Miss Ella M.</li> -<li>Power, Miss Ella</li> -<li>Powers, Mrs. R. B.</li> -<li>Ratliff, Dr. Barclay</li> -<li>Roberts, Mrs. Lizzie M.</li> -<li>Robertson, Miss Margaret</li> -<li>Robinson, Mrs. Elvira T.</li> -<li>Sabine, Miss Nettie W.</li> -<li>Semans, Mrs. Sarah W.</li> -<li>Sexton, Miss Ruby</li> -<li>Shane, Miss Lizzie</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Lilian G.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Laura</li> -<li>St. John, Hermon F.</li> -<li>Stoy, Mrs. L. R.</li> -<li>Swope, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Taylor, Miss Emily</li> -<li>Towers, Mrs. Bel K.</li> -<li>Town, Mrs. Laura L.</li> -<li>Town, the Rev. Salem B.</li> -<li>Townsend, Mrs. Elizabeth B.</li> -<li>Vail, Mrs. Arvilla Z.</li> -<li>Wilkes, John H.</li> -<li>Wilmuth, Mrs. Lydia P.</li> -<li>Zent, Miss Ida M.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Illinois.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Bartlett, Mrs. Helen A.</li> -<li>Black, Mrs. Addie L.</li> -<li>Blake, Miss Ellen M.</li> -<li>Blakeway, Miss Ada M. A.</li> -<li>Blakeway, Miss Ella R. M.</li> -<li>Brophy, Dennis P.</li> -<li>Brown, Mrs. Mary L. S.</li> -<li>Burpee, Miss Minnie L.</li> -<li>Chamberlain, Miss Orra N.</li> -<li>Colby, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Conley, Mrs. V. C. M.</li> -<li>Day, Miss Clara C.</li> -<li>Douglass, Miss Alberta N.</li> -<li>Dubois, Mrs. Sarah T.</li> -<li>Dunn, Mrs. Frances L.</li> -<li>Earle, Clarence A.</li> -<li>Eastburn, Mrs. Dora M.</li> -<li>Enoch, Miss Emma A.</li> -<li>Fairbanks, John</li> -<li>Fairbanks, Mrs. Carrie H.</li> -<li>Gay, Miss Hannah P.</li> -<li>Gregory, Mrs. Sue F.</li> -<li>Gridley, Mrs. Annah B.</li> -<li>Gunn, Miss Jessie</li> -<li>Hanaford, Mrs. Melvina</li> -<li>Hart, Mrs. Ida B.</li> -<li>Hart, Samuel R.</li> -<li>Harvey, Mrs. Lucia M.</li> -<li>Hayes, Mrs. Dr. R. F.</li> -<li><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[310]</a></span>Holmes, Mrs. Melanie G.</li> -<li>Kay, Mrs. Ella M.</li> -<li>Leal, Miss Sarah M.</li> -<li>Lobaugh, Mrs. Sarah C.</li> -<li>Mayo, Miss Carrie P.</li> -<li>McMurray, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>McReynolds, Mrs. Abbie M.</li> -<li>McSween, Mrs. Helen</li> -<li>Mitchell, Walter</li> -<li>Moir, Mrs. Jessie G.</li> -<li>Moore, Mrs. Stata M.</li> -<li>Norris, Mrs. Nellie R.</li> -<li>Overman, Miss Myra</li> -<li>Palmer, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Pells, Miss Louise</li> -<li>Pickering, Mrs. Ida O.</li> -<li>Price, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>Rea, Mrs. Lucia G.</li> -<li>Read, Mrs. Frank</li> -<li>Rinaker, Mrs. Clarissa K.</li> -<li>Robinson, Miss Bessie M.</li> -<li>Rowland, Mrs. Hattie W.</li> -<li>Scott, Miss Kate M.</li> -<li>Scoggin, Miss Libbie</li> -<li>Spear, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Sprouse, Miss Jennie G.</li> -<li>Swanzey, Miss Clara J.</li> -<li>Tunnicliff, Mrs. Sarah A.</li> -<li>Turnbull, Mrs. Lizzie E.</li> -<li>Vining, Mrs. Letty W.</li> -<li>Walker, Mrs. D. T.</li> -<li>Wallace, Mrs. J. F.</li> -<li>Willey, Mrs. Agnes H. C.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Michigan.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Alford, Miss Caroline P.</li> -<li>Barlow, Mrs. Hannah M.</li> -<li>Barrows, Mrs. Hattie A.</li> -<li>Barrows, Mrs. Agnes C.</li> -<li>Bedell, Mrs. Mary B.</li> -<li>Benjamin, Miss Lillian</li> -<li>Benjamin, Miss Anna</li> -<li>Benjamin, Mrs. M.</li> -<li>Borden, Miss Harriet E.</li> -<li>Brown, Miss Kate</li> -<li>Brown, Miss M. Viola</li> -<li>Chapman, Mrs. Olivia E.</li> -<li>Churchill, Miss Frances A.</li> -<li>Clark, Mrs. Ettie A.</li> -<li>Clay, Mrs. Hattie E.</li> -<li>Coe, Miss Lovisa M.</li> -<li>Cooley, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Cooley, Miss Lottie I.</li> -<li>Coville, Mrs. Mary E. H.</li> -<li>Field, Miss Dencie L.</li> -<li>Flewelling, Mrs. F. E.</li> -<li>Frost, Mrs. Nellie J.</li> -<li>Furman, Mrs. Libbie T.</li> -<li>Gannon, Joseph M.</li> -<li>Goodyear, Mrs. Emma J.</li> -<li>Hill, Frank J.</li> -<li>Hills, Mrs. Mary M.</li> -<li>Holmes, Mrs. E. F.</li> -<li>Hoover, Miss Cora J.</li> -<li>Hough, Mrs. Tena W.</li> -<li>House, Dr. Robert B.</li> -<li>Johnston, Miss Janet H.</li> -<li>Kent, Mrs. Clara E.</li> -<li>Lathrop, Mrs. Chas. A.</li> -<li>Lilley, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Lincoln, Charles A.</li> -<li>Lincoln, Mrs. M. J.</li> -<li>Love, Miss Sara</li> -<li>Lutze, Mrs. Mary M.</li> -<li>McCartney, Mrs. F.</li> -<li>McDonald, Miss Anna</li> -<li>McElwee, the Rev. Samuel J.</li> -<li>McElwee, Mrs. Anna B.</li> -<li>Mellen, Miss Ellen E.</li> -<li>Owen, Miss Lucy A.</li> -<li>Pack, Miss Josephine</li> -<li>Paton, Mrs. Sarah B.</li> -<li>Pearce, Miss Abbie</li> -<li>Peacock, Miss Frances E.</li> -<li>Perrin, Mrs. Henry W.</li> -<li>Pickell, Mrs. C. W.</li> -<li>Queal, Miss Helen</li> -<li>Ramsay, Mrs. W. W.</li> -<li>Roe, Miss Genevieve B.</li> -<li>Russell, Miss Nellie J.</li> -<li>Sinclair, Miss Jane S.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Lora A.</li> -<li>Spangler, Mrs. W. P.</li> -<li>St. John, Mrs. Etta</li> -<li>Stocum, Mrs. C. W.</li> -<li>Switzer, Mrs. Anna M. L.</li> -<li>Van Fleet, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Van Slyke, Miss Julia</li> -<li>Wilcox, Mrs. Martha H.</li> -<li>Wilks, Mrs. Emily M.</li> -<li>Wolf, Miss Anna E.</li> -<li>Wilcox, Joshua L.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Wisconsin.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Algard, Mrs. Phebe M.</li> -<li>Baker, Miss Eva J.</li> -<li>Bovee, Mrs. Victoria</li> -<li>Chase, Miss Hattie</li> -<li>Coleman, Mrs. Edwin</li> -<li>Dougherty, Miss Nettie M.</li> -<li>Gates, Miss Laura</li> -<li>Grannis, Mrs. E. H.</li> -<li>Holden, Mrs. Hattie L.</li> -<li>Hooley, Miss Emma E.</li> -<li>Kennedy, Miss Catherine</li> -<li>Kutchin, Mrs. Hattie S.</li> -<li>Lucas, Miss Stella</li> -<li>McLean, Mrs. M. F. K.</li> -<li>Oddy, Mrs. Lydia A.</li> -<li>Shepard, Mrs. Mary S.</li> -<li>Shumway, Mrs. Clara E. C.</li> -<li>Steele, the Rev. John</li> -<li>Wheeler, the Rev. Bert E.</li> -<li>Wick, Gustave</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Iowa.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Banta, Mrs. Lillie E.</li> -<li>Bell, the Rev. William E.</li> -<li>Benedict, Miss Ella G.</li> -<li>Bennett, Mrs. Lizzie</li> -<li>Brindell, Mrs. Anna R.</li> -<li>Brown, the Rev. Henry</li> -<li>Buckley, Miss Eunice L.</li> -<li>Clarke, Mrs. Kate F.</li> -<li>Cort, the Rev. William C.</li> -<li>Cutter, Miss Valona J.</li> -<li>Day, Mrs. Eliza C.</li> -<li>Gaylord, Mrs. Mary J. L.</li> -<li>Greene, Miss Hattie</li> -<li>Harvey, Miss Carrie L.</li> -<li>Hooley, Miss Annie J.</li> -<li>Hooley, Miss Mattie F.</li> -<li>Huston, Mrs. Mary S.</li> -<li>Hyde, Miss Maie E.</li> -<li>Jones, Mrs. R. D.</li> -<li>Keen, Mrs. Mary T.</li> -<li>Key, Mrs. Sarah</li> -<li>Kellum, Miss Alma J.</li> -<li>Louthan, Mrs. Florence A.</li> -<li>Lukens, Miss Lucie E.</li> -<li>Mack, Miss May</li> -<li>McCarn, Mrs. Carrie E.</li> -<li>McCartney, Mrs. Lura J.</li> -<li>McMeans, Miss Mattie</li> -<li>Melvill, Mrs. Martha E.</li> -<li>Millard, Miss Nellie P.</li> -<li>Nagel, Mrs. Sadie E.</li> -<li>Palmer, Miss Nirma E.</li> -<li>Pollock, Miss Annie L.</li> -<li>Ritchey, Mrs. Ella L.</li> -<li>Robinson, Mrs. Marianna W.</li> -<li>Robinson, Mrs. M. E.</li> -<li>Scales, Miss Lena F.</li> -<li>Snyder, Mrs. D. B.</li> -<li>Tallman, Mrs. Catharine M.</li> -<li>Wadsworth, Mrs. Mary B.</li> -<li>Wegener, Miss Alice</li> -<li>Wilcox, Miss Rhoda M.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Missouri.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Albin, Miss Emma C.</li> -<li>Allen, Mrs. N. L.</li> -<li>Bennett, Alfred</li> -<li>Exly, the Rev. Frank</li> -<li>Miller, Charles W.</li> -<li>Parker, George A.</li> -<li>Russell, Miss Sarah F.</li> -<li>Watson, Miss Eva</li> -<li>Wayman, the Rev. John</li> -<li>Sabin, L. Willis.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Minnesota.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Brannan, Mrs. Carrie M.</li> -<li>Cole, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>Jerman, Mrs. Sara M.</li> -<li>Mendenhall, Miss Minnie E.</li> -<li>Scofield, Miss Persis E.</li> -<li>Stone, Mrs. J. W.</li> -<li>Taylor, Mrs. C. W.</li> -<li>Terwilligar, the Rv. Michael D.</li> -<li>Terwilligar, Mrs. Hester A.</li> -<li>Viall, Mrs. Florence M.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Dakota Territory.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Garner, Jacob A.</li> -<li>Hoffman, Miss Lizzie C.</li> -<li>Moyer, Mrs. S. J.</li> -<li>Moyer, Sanford J.</li> -<li>Potter, Mrs. V. A.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Maria T.</li> -<li>Squier, Mrs. Cora M.</li> -<li>Yost, Mrs. Julie H.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Nebraska.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Anderson, Mrs. Deborah L.</li> -<li>Dada, the Rev. William B.</li> -<li>Folden, the Rev. Andrew T.</li> -<li>Hamlin, Miss Lou E.</li> -<li>Howe, Miss Annette A.</li> -<li>Lemon, Mrs. Nora H.</li> -<li>Martin, Miss Nellie</li> -<li>Parrotte, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Perry, Miss Mary S.</li> -<li>Sargent, Mrs. Iola N.</li> -<li>Smith, Miss Lucy E.</li> -<li>Smith, the Rev. Charles L.</li> -<li>Warren, Miss Mary E.</li> -<li>Whitney, Miss Clara</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Nevada.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Leete, Benjamin F.</li> -<li>Simpson, Mrs. Elda A.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Kansas.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Blythe, Mrs. Julia H.</li> -<li>Conklin, Isaac J.</li> -<li>Dudley, Mrs. Carrie A.</li> -<li>Elliott, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>McFarland, Mrs. Tillie S.</li> -<li>Moll, Miss Eva M.</li> -<li>Moss, Mrs. Laura S.</li> -<li>Parker, Mrs. W. F.</li> -<li>Patrick, Miss Emma M.</li> -<li>Reed, Mrs. Emily G.</li> -<li>Smith, Fayette A.</li> -<li>Torrington, Mrs. Mary M.</li> -<li>Wallace, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>Weightman, Mrs. Annie M.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Colorado.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Crawford, Hugh C.</li> -<li>Freeman, Mrs. Lillie S.</li> -<li>Layton, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Lovejoy, Miss Jennie G.</li> -<li>McGonigal, Mrs. E. Belle</li> -<li>Reaugh, Mrs. Lottie E.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Idaho.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Yarington, Miss Stella</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Washington Territory.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Ames, Mrs. Jennie P.</li> -<li>Barrow, Mrs. M. R.</li> -<li>Horton, Dexter</li> -<li>Pratt, William G.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Oregon.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Churchill, Frank H.</li> -<li>Grider, Mrs. Mary A.</li> -<li>Kern, Mrs. Sarah M. K.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>California.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Anderson, Dr. C. L.</li> -<li>Bailey, Mrs. C. P.</li> -<li>Barber, Mrs. Emma F.</li> -<li>Baright, Mrs. Frances E.</li> -<li>Blake, Miss Alice S.</li> -<li>Brothers, Miss Carrie R.</li> -<li>Calhoun, Miss Clementine H.</li> -<li>Call, Miss Mattie C.</li> -<li>Call, Miss Mary A.</li> -<li>Carter, Miss Lou A.</li> -<li>Dawson, Mrs. Eloise J.</li> -<li>Drum, Mrs. Mary L.</li> -<li>Dryden, Mrs. S. Helen</li> -<li>Eckley, Emma</li> -<li>Field, Mrs. Mary H.</li> -<li>Franklin, Mrs. Belle O.</li> -<li>Frazee, Miss H. M.</li> -<li>Haight, Mrs. Elvira E.</li> -<li>Hammond, Miss Hulda A.</li> -<li>Harrison, Miss Elbertina C.</li> -<li>Hathaway, Mrs. Alice V.</li> -<li>Hesser, Mrs. Mary E.</li> -<li>Mantz, Mrs. E. F.</li> -<li>McKelvy, the Rev. Charles</li> -<li>Mock, Miss Clara E.</li> -<li>Nusbaum, Mrs. Lucretia J.</li> -<li>Osgood, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>Phillips, Mrs. Hattie W.</li> -<li>Read, William E.</li> -<li>Rogers, William</li> -<li>Selby, Miss Mattie K. A.</li> -<li>Shafter, Mrs. Helen S.</li> -<li>Shattuck, Mrs. E. M.</li> -<li>Shuey, Mrs. Lillian H.</li> -<li>Shuey, M. M.</li> -<li>Thomas, Mrs. Flora M.</li> -<li>Thomasson, Mrs. Martha E.</li> -<li>Warring, Hattie B.</li> -<li>White, Miss Nellie F.</li> -<li>Whitney, Mrs. Julia A.</li> -<li>Wilcox, Miss Gussie M.</li> -<li>Wilson, Miss Mary E.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Canada.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Beer, Mrs. Rachel M. L.</li> -<li>Beswick, Miss Emma</li> -<li>Coleman, Mrs. Caroline</li> -<li>Collins, John R.</li> -<li>Courtright, Mrs. Gertrude S.</li> -<li>Curry, Mrs. Catharine</li> -<li>Dudman, Miss Sarah A.</li> -<li>Dunspaugh, Mrs. Leonora C.</li> -<li>Farquhar, Miss Mary L.</li> -<li>Freeland, Mrs. Andrew</li> -<li>Griffith, Mrs. Lucinda P.</li> -<li>Gurney, Edward, Jr.</li> -<li>Gurney, Mrs. Mary F.</li> -<li>Henderson, Miss Frances M.</li> -<li>Henderson, the Rev. William</li> -<li>Henderson, Miss Jennie</li> -<li>Hooper, Mrs. H. T.</li> -<li>Horsey, Miss Maria</li> -<li>Horsey, Miss Heppie</li> -<li>Jackson, Miss Eliza J.</li> -<li>James, David</li> -<li>Kerr, Mrs. Jennie</li> -<li>Langlois, Miss Ida M.</li> -<li>Leake, Miss Annie</li> -<li>Lemon, Miss Emily J.</li> -<li>Longard, Charles H.</li> -<li>Lucas, Mrs. Hattie J.</li> -<li>McDonald, the Rev. C. D.</li> -<li>Millar, James E.</li> -<li>Murray, Mrs. Almey J.</li> -<li>Murray, Dr. Sydney S.</li> -<li>Orr, William H.</li> -<li>Platt, Mrs. Harriet L.</li> -<li>Scott, the Rev. Charles T.</li> -<li>Strickland, John R.</li> -<li>Thurlow, Mrs. Isaac E.</li> -<li>Watson, Miss Georgiana</li> -<li>Woodside, Mrs. Jane</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3><i>Hawaiian Islands.</i></h3> - -<ul> -<li>Coleman, Mrs. Hattie A.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="tnote"> - -<p class="center"><b>Transcriber’s Notes:</b></p> - -<p>Obvious punctuation errors repaired.</p> - -<p>Page 252, “probation” changed to “promotion” (that of dignity and promotion)</p> - -<p>Page 273, “110.3” changed to “110.3 per cent.” (is equivalent to 110.3 per cent. of)</p> - -<p>Page 292, “Durengo” changed to “Durango” (From Colorado—Durango—comes)</p> - -<p>Page 305, “Episopal” changed to “Episcopal” (the Methodist Episcopal Church)</p> - -<p>Page 306, “Informa-” changed to “Information” (Information may be obtained)</p> - -<p>Page 309, “Illtnois” changed to “Illinois” (section heading: Illinois.)</p> - -<p>Page 310, “Owen, Miss Lucy A.” moved to correct place in alphabetical list: from between Peacock and Perrin, to between Mellen and Pack.</p> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. V, February 1885, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. V, FEB 1885 *** - -***** This file should be named 55053-h.htm or 55053-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/0/5/55053/ - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f47539b..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus020a.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus020a.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5cf5890..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus020a.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus020b.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus020b.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1152b9d..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus020b.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus021a.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus021a.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 404da32..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus021a.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus021b.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus021b.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2afd98d..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus021b.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus022.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus022.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ea1989d..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus022.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus023a.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus023a.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ea4c73d..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus023a.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55053-h/images/illus023b.jpg b/old/55053-h/images/illus023b.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 06544ac..0000000 --- a/old/55053-h/images/illus023b.jpg +++ /dev/null |
